UNIT 1: MY NEW SCHOOL

A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
lunch far smart study
hard
sharpener compass schoolyard subject
alarm
rubber Sunday month large
fast

/a:/ /ʌ/

II. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. computer B. compass C. fun D. month
2. A. card B. farm C. art D. share
3. A. eat B. breakfast C. teach D. seat
4. A. grammar B. calendar C. father D.
calculator
5. A. lunch B. watch C. school D. chess

B. VOCABULARY
I. Put the words into the correct group.
calculator father football textbook mother English
school bag maths teacher physics judo rubber
student history chess compass basketball friend ruler
science classmate badminton pencil case Vietnamese
1. People:
____________________________________________________________________________
2. Sports and games:
____________________________________________________________________________
3. School subjects:
____________________________________________________________________________
4. School things:
____________________________________________________________________________
II. Put the words into the correct column.

judo breakfast maths housework the violin lunch

chemistry volleyball dinner grammar the guitar homework
friends geography pop music
the ironing English karate classmates exercise basketball
physics notebooks badminton

do play study have

III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.

1. I have a new _______, but I don’t wear it every day.
A. pencil case B. notebook C. bicycle D.
uniform
2. You can borrow books from the school _______.
A. yard B. canteen C. library D.
garden
3. My pencil is not sharp any more. I need a pencil _______.
A. sharpener B. case C. eraser D. head
4. What do you usually do _______ break time?
A. on B. in C. at D. about
5. In the afternoon, we learn to draw, swim, or do _______.
A. football B. science C. judo D. lunch
6. We study many _______ - maths, science, English, etc.
A. exercises B. grades C. subjects D. units
7. My best friend usually plays football in the school _______.
A. park B. garden C. playground D. club
8. Mary studies in _______ school. She doesn’t go home every day.
A. a boarding B. an international C. a new D. a high
9. The unit has a list of _______. It’s about 30 words.
A. lesson B. vocabulary C. grammar D.
homework
10. I’m in grade 6, but that English _______ is for grade 7.
A. textbook B. schoolbag C. compass D.
calculator
C. GRAMMAR
I. Complete the sentences using the present simple.
1. He usually _________________ (go) to school on time.
2. _________________ (Ms. Lucy, teach) English in your school?
3. Bella _________________ (not remember) her new friends’ names.
4. My new school _________________ (have) a judo club.
5. The students _________________ (study) maths every Wednesday.
6. Every day, Susan _________________ (take) her sons to school.
7. _________________ (you, help) your mother to do the laundry?
8. John _________________ (not like) doing homework.
9. Duy and Quang _________________ (not join) our football team.
10. The sun _________________ (rise) in the east and _________________ (set)
in the west.
II. Change the sentences into the negative form and question
form.
1. Joe uses pencils with erasers on top.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
?
2. Henderson reads many science books.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
?
3. Jennifer is busy with her homework.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
?
4. We go to the classroom in sequence.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
?
5. I come straight home after school.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
?
6. The playground of the school is full of people.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
?
7. Albert is her classmate in junior high school.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
?
8. They do experiments in the greenhouse.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
?
9. The teacher gives paper to all the children.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
?
10. Physics and English are your favourite subjects.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
?
III. Choose the correct answer.
1. (Rarely he/ He rarely) gets up before noon.
2. She (never swims/ swims never) in the sea.
3. (Never I see/ I never see) Julia at any school festivals.
4. This cinema (often doesn’t/ doesn’t often) offer free tickets.
5. Those kids (always are/ are always) late for breakfast.
6. Michael (is rarely/ rarely is) angry at his friends.
7. Brian (isn’t usually/ usually isn’t) satisfied with his marks.
8. Simon (often leaves/ leaves often) home for school before 7 a.m.
9. She (sometimes has/ has sometimes) a walk in the evenings.
10. We (seldom write/ don’t seldom write) to our grandfather.
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Linh _______ lunch with her best friend.
A. always have B. always has C. has always D. have
always
2. Your school bag _______ heavy.
A. looks B. look C. is look D. are
look
3. We _______ shuttlecock at break time.
A. often plays B. play often C. often play D. plays
often
4. The food in the canteen _______ quite good.
A. usually are B. are usually C. usually is D. is
usually
5. I _______ football, but my brother _______ badminton.
A. likes - like B. like - likes C. am like - is like D. like -
is likes
6. Julia _______ excited when a new school year _______.
A. feels always - starts B. feel
always - start
C. always feels - start D.
always feels - starts
7. _______ worried about my results at school.
A. I never am B. Never I am C. I am never D. I’m
not never
8. I _______ my cousin by his real name.
A. usually don’t call B. don’t call usually
C. don’t usually call D. doesn’t usually call
9. Hector _______ the last one to leave the room.
A. never is B. is never C. isn’t never D. never
isn't
10. Our teacher _______ strict when he _______ a lesson.
A. is always - has B. is always - have
C. always is - has D. always is - have
V. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. How are your first day at school, Duong?
A B C D
2. Huong and Duyen doesn’t have English lessons on Tuesdays.
A B C D
3. My cousin’s school is has 7 classes and about 300 students.
A B C D
4. She always is punctual, but her friend is always late.
A B C D
5. I do my homework and watches TV every evening.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Match the sentences.
1. What do you do after school? a. Yes, Mum.
2. I am John. Nice to meet you. b. Maths.
3. Do you wear uniform at school? c. Oh, wonderful.
4. You can use my calculator. d. I am Mary. Nice to meet you,
5. How do you go to school? too.
6. Does Mary live near her school? e. Yes, I do.
7. How is your first day at school? f. By bus.
8. What is your favourite subject at g. Thanks so much.
school? h. No, she doesn’t.
9. Put on your shoes, and let’s go. i. I practise judo.
10. Where are they playing j. In the playground.
football?
II. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ Hi, Mai. Are you ready?
___ How beautiful! It's such a great present.
___ Yes, it is. It’s my father’s present for the new school year.
___ Thanks, Mai. Is that your new bag?
___ Yes, just a minute. Oh, you’re wearing the new uniform. You look
smart, Lien!
1 Hi, Lien.
___ Thank you. Let me put on my uniform. Then we can go to school.
___ Sure, Mai.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and answer the questions.
A primary school, or an elementary school, is a school for children
between the ages of about six and twelve. It comes after preschool. When
children finish learning at primary school, they go to secondary school.
In the United Kingdom, a primary school usually comprises a nursery
and the first seven years of a child’s full-time learning. In Australia and the
United States, primary school begins with kindergarten. It lasts for six
years, usually until the fifth or sixth grade.
In Singapore, primary school refers to those students who are
normally between the ages of 7 to 12. Primary School is classified as Pl to
P6 for Primary 1 to Primary 6 respectively. At the end of P6, students sit
for a national level Primary School Leaving Exam (PSLE) which is used for
placement into Secondary School. Prior to Primary School, pupils attend
Kindergarten School for 2 years.
1. What is a primary school?

2. Does primary school come after preschool?

3. Where does a primary school comprises a nursery and the first seven
years of a child’s full-time learning?

4. Where does primary school begin with kindergarten?

5. In Singapore, who does primary school refer to?

6. When do the students in Singapore sit for a national level Primary
School Leaving Exam?

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

classroom learning know again

enjoyable subject
A lesson in school is a planned period of time for (1) _______ . It
involves one or more students being taught by a teacher. A lesson may be
either one section of a textbook or a short period of time during which
learners are taught about a (2) _______ or taught how to perform an
activity. Lessons are generally taught in a (3) _______ but may instead take
place in a situated learning environment.
Also, a lesson means a learner learning something he did not (4)
_______ before. Such a lesson can be either planned or accidental, (5)
_______ or painful. The slang phrase “to teach someone a lesson”, means
to punish or scold a person for a mistake they have made to make sure
that he does not make the same mistake (6) _______ .
F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. is/ school/ an/ place/ My/ interesting

2. Peter/ like/ computer science?/ Does

3. often/ Ms. Thy/ a/ pink dress/ wear/ doesn’t

4. do/ How/ you/ go/ school/ every day?/ to

5. good at/ I’m/ not/ usually/ playing sports

6. you/ Do/ play/ with/ often/ football/ your friends?

7. every morning/I/ walk/ school/ my sister/ to/ with

8. friends/ they/ nice/I/ me/ and/ are/ have/ a lot of/ to

II. Rewrite the sentences so that it has the words in brackets.

1. Do Phong, Duy and Vy walk to school? (usually)

2. Kelvin reviews the lesson in the morning. (rarely)

3. Are Gwen and Anna busy on Fridays? (normally)

4. The streets are crowded at this time of the day. (always)

5. The children have beefsteak for lunch. (seldom)

6. They don’t do exercise at the weekends. (often)

7. I forget to turn off the lights before leaving the room. (sometimes)

8. The canteen doesn’t run out of drinking water. (frequently)

 UNIT 2
MY HOUSE
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column according to the
pronunciation of ending sound.
chairs flats floors roofs rooms
toilets shops posters desks
doorsteps
kitchens clocks walls lamps
wardrobes
/s/ /z/

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. tables B. lights C. villas D.
windows
2. A. suburbs B. books C. streets D. safes
3. A. markets B. camps C. schools D. parks
4. A. gardens B. beds C. parents D. halls
5. A. drawers B. sofas C. photos D. attics
B. VOCABULARY
I. Put the words into the correct groups.
apartment attic country house picture stilt house
bathroom cupboard bedroom bookshelf town house
vase villa table kitchen hall chair living room
sofa toilet wardrobe
Types of buildings Rooms Furniture

II. Choose the correct word(s) to complete the sentences.

1. Her family’s _______ is on the fifteenth floor. (flat/ town house)
2. My sister is washing the dishes in the _______ now. (kitchen/ attic)
3. Susan wants to sit on the _______ next to the window. (table/ chair)
4. Frank will take a _______ before wearing the new uniform. (bath/ bed)
5. We don’t usually stay up late to watch _______ . (picture/ television)
6. Kate is sleeping in her _______ at the moment. (living room/ bedroom)
7. Mum is buying me a new _______ for my clothes this week. (chest of
drawers/ cupboard)
8. They live in an expensive _______ in the city. (stilt house/ villa)
9. I often turn on the _______ in hot weather. (air conditioner/ microwave)
10. There’s some ice and cold drinks in the _______ . (wardrobe/ fridge)
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. He keeps old books in the _______ on the top floor.
A. kitchen B. ceiling C. attic D. hall
2. I need to take a shower. Where is the _______?
A. dining room B. living room C. bedroom D.
bathroom
3. She is at the _______, washing her hands.
A. fridge B. fireplace C. sink D.
cupboard
4. She usually stands on the _______ and looks down the street.
A. balcony B. window C. roof D. wall
5. We often use bowls and _______ at mealtimes.
A. dishwasher B. chopsticks C. microwave D.
cookers
6. My grandpa’s _______ is in a tall building.
A. apartment B. villa C. town house D. stilt
house
7. My friends stay in _______ when they go camping.
A. a tent B. a country house C. a cottage D. an
apartment
8. Tom is opening the _______ to get some food.
A. wardrobe B. fridge C. chest of drawers D.
dishwasher
9. There is a big _______ of my family on the wall.
A. picture B. lamp C. window D. fan
10. Mary wants to buy a big _______ to store all her clothes.
A. fridge B. drawer C. bed D.
wardrobe
C. GRAMMAR
I. Choose the correct answer.
1. This is my (grandparents’/ grandparents’s) country house.
2. I don’t like (this gate’s colour/ the colour of this gate).
3. Do you know the address of (Mr. Wilson’s/ Mr. Wilson’) house?
4. I have to go to the (dentist’s/ dentists’s) tomorrow.
5. (New Year’s Eve/ New Year Eve) is the day before January 1st.
6. One of (my father/ my father’s) hobbies is fishing.
7. They are on the (upper floor of the building/ building’s upper floor).
8. (Birthday party of Kelvin/ Kelvin’s birthday party) will be next Friday.
9. (Last weekend’s journey/ The journey of last weekend) was
unforgettable.
10. The (department store’s lift/ lift of the department store) isn’t on the
ground floor.
II. Write the correct possessive cose of the nouns in brackets.
1. _______ (Iris) desk is over there.
2. She wants to look for _______ (women) clothes.
3. _______ (Mr. Dell) house is on this street.
4. The _______ (boys) new toy cars are the envy of his friends.
5. They won’t buy another house in _______ (ten years) time.
6. _______ (Elis) room is along this passage.
7. These are my _______ (friends) posters.
8. His _______ (parents) workshop isn’t too big.
9. Is _______ (Layla) book on the shelf?
10. Her house is near _______ (Ethan and Jacob) apartment.
III. Put a tick () next to the correct phrases and correct the false
ones.
1. the garden of my neighbour _______________
2. the president’s villa _______________
3. my dad’s new laptop _______________
4. the kid’ toys _______________
5. Viet Nam’s largest city _______________
6. the apartment’s basement _______________
7. two years time _______________
8. Mr. Hung town house _______________
9. the mens’s shoes _______________
10. the bedroom’s key _______________
IV. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition in brackets.
1. Her mum is cooking lunch _______ the kitchen. (on/ in)
2. My cat is sleeping _______ the sofa now. (in/ on)
3. The second floor is always _______ the third flloor. (under/ in front of)
4. The living room of their house is _______ the dining room. (between/
next to)
5. I can’t watch TV because my brother is standing _______ me. (behind/ in
front of)
6. There is a wall _______ the bathroom and the bedroom. (next to/
between)
7. You can’t see the window because it is _______ the curtains. (behind/
under)
8. Can you put some pillows _______ the bed, please? (on/ in)
V. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Ms. Jennifer is _______ work now.
A. on B. next to C. at D. in
2. Is Steven still _______ bed with flu?
A. at B. in C. on D. under
3. He hangs his coat _______ the door.
A. in B. between C. at D.
behind
4. The puppy is hiding _______ the bed.
A. under B. in front of C. between D. at
5. You can find the dictionary _______ that bookshelf.
A. at B. on C. in D. under
6. Julia has to wear braces _______ her teeth.
A. in front of B. in C. next to D. on
7. I can’t see the screen because of the person _______ me.
A. behind B. in front of C. at D. in
8. Fred is standing _______ the window over there.
A. between B. in C. at D. on
9. The Jeffersons had a picnic _______ the river.
A. on B. in C. under D. next
to
10. Tiffany is sleeping _______ her mum and dad.
A. between B. under C. at D. in
VI. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. The student favourite subject is science.
A B C D
2. Samuel and Anna’s flower garden are really big.
A B C D
3. I stays with my dad, my mum and my older brother.
 A B C D
4. He lives in a small town behind Liverpool and Manchester.
AB C D
5. Lucas’s and Amanda’s new apartment is really modern.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Answer the questions. Use the word(s) in brackets.
1. Where do you live, Brian? (near the city centre)

2. Do you live in a town house? (yes)

3. Is Thao’s bedroom big or small? (big)

4. Who does Emily live with? (her parents and her younger brother)

5. Where is my school bag? (on the table)

6. Does your house have an attic? (yes)

7. Is this your brother’s bedroom? (no)

8. What is your favourite place in the house? (the living room)

II. Match the sentences.

1. Anna, are you in your room? a. No, I don’t.
2. Where is the cat? b. My bedroom is upstairs.
3. Is it your study room, Hoang? c. No, it’s my parents’ reading
4. Let's clean the kitchen after room.
dinner. d. Some books, pens, and a lamp.
5. Do you know where our dog is? e. Living room.
6. Where does your grandfather f. It’s great that you like it.
live? g. In a villa by the sea.
7. Where is your bedroom? h. It’s under the sofa.
8. Which room in the house do you i. Great idea!
like best? j. Yes, I’m here, Mum.
9. What do you have on your desk?
10. I like your garden.
E. READING
I. Read the passage and decide whether the statements are TRUE
or FALSE.
A house is a building that is made for people to live in. It is not a place
that can be easily packed up and carried away like a tent or moved like a
caravan. If people live in the same house for more than a short stay, then
they call it their “home”.
Houses have many different shapes and sizes. They may be as small
as just one room, or they may have hundreds of rooms. They also come in
many different shapes and may have just one level or several different
levels. A big building with lots of levels and apartments is called “a block
of flats” or an apartment block.
Houses have a roof to keep off the rain and sun, and walls to keep out
the wind and cold. They have window openings to let in light, and a floor.
Houses of different countries look different to each other, because of
different materials and styles.
1. A house is not easily to be packed up and carried away like a tent.

2. If people live in the same house for a short stay, they call it their
“home”.

3. Small houses and big houses have the same number of rooms.

4. A block of flats is a big building with lots of levels and apartments.

5. Both houses and apartment blocks may have different levels.

6. Houses have a roof to keep off the rain, sun, wind, and cold.

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

with bathrooms walls village

because move
The place you live in is your home, whether it’s a house with four (1)
_______ and a roof, a flat that’s part of a larger building or a caravan on
wheels that can (2) _______ around. The homes in your city, town or (3)
_______ may look different from yours - this could be because they were
built at a different time, and from different materials.
Homes have changed over the centuries (4) _______ the way we live
has changed during that time. For example, we don’t all live in one room
(5) _______ our horses and cows anymore like the way that the Iron Age
Celts did, and it’s more common to have (6) _______ inside our homes now
instead of at the back of the garden like the Victorians in Britain did in the
19th century.

F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. is/ big wardrobe/ my sister’s bedroom/ There/ a/ in

2. on/ not/ pillows/ There/ the bed/ the guest room/ in/ any/ are

3. the town/ are/ schools/ There/ in/ four

4. in/ no/ is/ Melissa's/ There/ basement/ house

5. the living room,/ red carpet/ is/ there/ In/ the floor/ on/ a

6. a sink/ dishwasher/ and a/ in/ there/ Is/ your kitchen?

7. the/ Is/ your room/ next to/ bathroom?

8. picture/ There/ the wall/ is/ a/ on/ of flowers

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. The small house does not have a basement.
There isn’t

2. Kelvin is standing in front of Natalia.

Natalia is standing

3. I have a desktop and a bookcase in my bedroom.

There is

4. There are three ceiling fans in our classroom.

Our classroom has

5. They have two cookers in the kitchen.

There are

6. There aren’t a lot of people on the bus.

 The bus doesn’t

7. Does your new apartment have many rooms?

Are there
?
8. Let's put those new chairs in the dining room.
How about
?
 UNIT 3
MY FRIENDS
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
best play picnic boring patient
chubby pencil blonde band elbow
ponytail biscuit yearbook pretty sporty
/b/ /p/

II. Fill in the blanks with "b" or "p" to complete the words.
1. Jenny doesn’t have __ lack hair and __ rown eyes.
2. This is a __ icture of my friends at the __ arty.
3. I’m going to the foot __ all clu __ with my __ rother.
4. Can you __ ass me the __ iscuits __ lease?
5. I usually go on a __ icnic with my __ arents.

B. VOCABULARY
I. Choose the correct word in brackets to complete the sentences.
1. Tomorrow morning I’m having a _______ out at the dentist’s. (teeth/
tooth)
2. Jane wears a beautiful necklace around her _______ . (nose/ neck)
3. You must move your arms and _______ when swimming. (legs/ ears)
4. Helena has a round _______ with a high forehead, (face/ cheeks)
5. Please don’t speak when you have food in your _______ . (lips/ mouth)
6. I raise my _______ up to ask the teacher a question, (hands/ hand)
7. William has a small red spot above his right _______ . (eye/ eyes)
8. On seeing me, my dog wagged its _______ excitedly. (nail/ tail)
9. My _______ are hurt after a long walk to school. (feet/ foot)
10. Amanda has red _______ , so I can recognise her easily. (fur/ hair)
II. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. John is _______. He does not live with his parents.
A. boring B. serious C. independent D.
helpful
2. Rebecca often talks in class. She is _______.
 A. shy B. talkative C. creative D.
patient
3. Noriko looks pretty in her new _______ style.
A. hair B. elbow C. neck D.
shoulder
4. Jose finishes difficult maths questions in a short time. He is _______.
A. helpful B. clever C. kind D.
confident
5. Sara studies all day. She is a _______ girl.
A. funny B. sporty C. serious D. hard-
working
6. Jim rarely talks to his classmates. He is quite _______.
A. friendly and easy-going B. talkative and creative
C. dependent and confident D. quiet and reserve
7. Nick has broad shoulders and strong _______.
A. cheeks B. arms C. eyes D. head
8. Jack often plays sports and practises judo. He’s so _______.
A. short B. slim C. weak D. sporty
9. Phuc is _______. He is only 12 years old but 1.7 metre in height.
A. strong B. long C. fat D. tall
10. You can see her beautiful _______ when she smiles.
A. ears B. teeth C. feet D. neck

C. GRAMMAR
I. Choose the correct word(s) in brackets to complete the
sentences.
1. She _______ often busy on Mondays, (is/ has)
2. Julia _______ a round face and blue eyes, (have/ has)
3. Henry _______ creative and clever, (doesn’t have/ isn’t)
4. They _______ brown eyes and black hair, (are/ have)
5. _______ always kind and funny in class? (Do you have/ Are you)
6. The twins both _______ green eyes and fair skin, (are/ have)
7. Alex and Beck _______ tall but good-looking, (aren’t/ isn’t)
8. _______ blonde hair and big eyes? (Is James/ Does James have)
9. I _______ dark skin and curly hair, (don’t have/ am not)
10. Betty _______ chubby cheeks and white skin, (has/ is)
II. Write the correct form of the verbs in brackets in the present
continuous.
1. This evening, we _______ (work) on our school project.
2. I _______ (visit) my grandparents next Saturday afternoon.
3. The children _______ (watch) cartoons on TV at the moment.
4. _______ you _______ (play) football with my team this Sunday morning?
5. Bob _______ (not come) to our club tonight. He’s busy.
6. My mother _______ (bake) an apple pie for my birthday at the weekends.
7. The students are in the schoolyard now. They _______ (not take) a test.
8. _______ Harry _______ (cycle) to school tomorrow?
9. Wendy _______ (travel) to England for summer camp at present.
10. Look! Betty and Lucas _______ (talk) to a reporter.
III. Write the correct form of the verbs in the present simple or
the present continuous.
1. I _______ (not review) my maths lesson now.
2. Where _______ your grandfather _______ (live) ?
3. Look! Khoa _______ (speak) to a stranger.
4. She _______ (never, drink) lemonade at night.
5. Where _______ Jimmy _______ (go) at the moment?
6. What _______ your brother _______ (do) every weekend?
7. What’s that noise? - Paul _______ (play) the drums.
8. Ms. Thao _______ (sometimes, travel) to Canada in summer.
9. I’m looking at those boys. They _______ (wear) beautiful uniforms.
10. Henderson _______ (not walk) to school every afternoon.
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Caroline _______ to see the dentist at 3 p.m. this afternoon.
A. come B. coming C. comes D. is
coming
2. David and his friends _______ volleyball right now.
A. are playing B. play C. plays D. is
playing
3. Tomorrow evening, we _______ to the cinema.
A. are going B. go C. going D. goes
4. You can borrow Trinity's laptop. She _______ it at present.
A. doesn’t use B. use C. isn’t using D. uses
5. Mary _______ on the phone at the moment.
A. talk B. not talk C. talks D. is
talking
6. Listen! Someone _______ at the door.
A. knocks B. is knocking C. are knocking D. knock
7. What time _______ you _______ your English class?
A. are ... starting B. do ... start C. are ... start D. do ...
starting
8. I _______ reading comic books in free time.
 A. am liking B. like C. liking D. likes
9. Isabella _______ Literature on Wednesdays and Fridays.
A. don’t study B. doesn’t studies C. isn’t studying D.
doesn’t study
10. Nicholas _______ to Da Nang on tonight’s flight.
A. are flying B. is flying C. flies D. fly
V. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. He is a round face, a big nose, and short hair.
A B C D
2. She doesn’t very tall, but she’s pretty cute.
A B C D
3. What colour are her eyes have? - They’re blue.
A B C D
4. He wears glasses and he has very funny.
A B C D
5. This Sunday I do the gardening with my mum.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Match the sentences.
1. We are working on our school a. No, she doesn’t.
project. b. OK. Bye!
2. Does she have a round face? c. Yes. She talks a lot.
3. It’s time to go home. See you d. Green eyes? Where is she from?
later! e. Her name is Sylvie.
4. Where does Brian come from? f. Yes, she is.
5. My classmate has green eyes. g. He is not very tall.
6. What is your best friend’s name? h. Oh, I’m sorry. I can’t.
7. What does he look like? i. What is it about?
8. Is Olivia friendly and funny? j. He comes from England.
9. Would you like to join my party?
10. Lauren is kind but talkative.
II. Complete the conversation. Use the sentences in the box.
 What does she look like?
Why do you like her?
Who do you sit next to in your class, Lily?
It's great to hear that. When can I meet her?
Thank you very much.
Can you introduce me to her?
Blue eyes? I think she looks beautiful without
glasses.
Do you like her?
Ella: (1)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: I sit next to Chloe.
Ella: (2)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: She’s tall. She wears glasses and she has blue eyes.
Ella: (3)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: You’re right. But she wears glasses all the time.
Ella: (4)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: Yes, I do.
Ella: (5)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: Because she is friendly and helpful. She usually makes me laugh and
helps me with my English homework.
Ella: (6)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: Sure, Ella. I think she will like you. And three of us will be good
friends.
Ella: (7)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: Let me ask her first. Then I’ll tell you later.
Ella: (8)
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: Never mind.
E. READING
I. Read the passage and choose the best answers to the
questions.
There is a newcomer in our class. Her name is Daisy. She is tall with
curly, blonde hair. She has big blue eyes. I like her charming smile very
much.
Although she is a newcomer, she makes friends with other students
easily because she is friendly, easy-going, and sociable. Most of the
classmates like her. During the lessons, Daisy rarely talks when the
teacher explains something. In class, she is hard-working and does all
exercises. When we work in groups, she is energetic, helpful and active.
She always makes everything exciting.
Daisy’s house is far away from school, so she stays in the campus.
After class, she takes part in a sports club of the school. She is sporty and
can play volleyball well.
She enjoys reading books, going out with friends, listening to music,
and hiking. She tells me she would like to become a tour guide and she
also wants to travel to many other places in the world.
1. What is Daisy’s appearance?
A. She is tall with straight blonde hair.
B. She is tall and she has blue eyes.
C. She is short with curly blonde hair.
D. She is short and she has brown eyes.
2. Why does she make friends with other students easily?
A. Because she is talkative.
B. Because she is funny and clever.
C. Because she is unfriendly and shy.
D. Because she is friendly, easy-going, and sociable.
3. When working in groups, Daisy _______.
A. is hard-working and does all exercises
B. does all exercises and makes everything exciting
C. is energetic, helpful and active
D. is helpful but she rarely talks
4. Daisy is not interested in _______.
A. playing football B. listening to music
C. reading books D. going out with friends
5. Which of the following statements is NOT true about Daisy?
A. During the lessons, she talks when the teacher explains something.
B. She joins the school sports club after class.
C. She stays in the campus because her house is far away from school.
 D. She wants to become a tour guide and travel to many places.
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
similar sorrows sharing or necessary
knows
A friend is a person that someone likes or (1) _______. People who are
friends talk to each other and spend time together. They also help each
other when they are in trouble (2) _______ are hurt. Friends are people that
can be looked up to and trusted. Sometimes people can’t share their
secrets with their parents, but they share them with their friends. Usually,
friends have (3) _______ interests. A friend is one who admires a person’s
skill and helps or encourages them to make the right choices and do not
get into any trouble at all.
Friendship is both good and (4) _______ . Humans cannot live all alone.
We are social beings. We need someone to share our joys and (5) _______ .
Generally, it is only people of similar age, character, background,
mentality, etc., who can understand us and our problems. Friends are
needed for support and for (6) _______ .

F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. an/ My best friend/ active/ is/ person

2. watching/ my siblings/ am/ I/ with/ a film

3. smart/ My teacher/ woman/ and funny/ a/ is

4. and a/ has/ hair/ chubby/ Carlix/ curly/ face

5. are/ together/ today/ Sally and I/ lunch/ having

6. you/ join/ us/ like/ the/ to/ with/ Would/ summer camp?
7. is/ basketball/ plays/ sporty/ and/ Owen/ well

8. helping/ physics homework/ At/ my/ is/ present/ with/ my sister/ me

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. Her hair is long and curly.
Her hair isn’t
2. His eyes are big and blue.
He has

3. Do you want to join our judo club?

Would you
?
4. My friends are very honest.
I have

5. He likes this book best.

This is

6. She has chubby and rosy cheeks.

Her cheeks

7. What is the new neighbour's appearance?

What does
?
8. My new school has lots of students.
There are
 REVIEW 1
I. Fill in the blanks with “b” or “p” to complete the words.
1. I’ll go and __ uy a __ air of shoes.
2. He __ acked a few things into a __ ag.
3. The __ ictures are in __ lack and white.
4. There are two __ assengers in the us.
5. She gave me a __ resent on my __ irthday.
II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced
differently from the others.
1. A. uniforms B. classmates C. desks D. lamps
2. A. fun B. study C. compass D.
homework
3. A. lessons B. shoes C. cheeks D.
friends
4. A. car B. mark C. wardrobe D. start
5. A. subjects B. rulers C. pencils D. eyes
III. Complete the sentences with the correct words in the box.
light compass blonde drawers board lunch maths
friendly house round
1. Their grandparents live in a country _______ .
2. My best friend has a _______ face and short hair.
3. There is only one ceiling _______ in the living room.
4. The teacher isn’t writing on the _______ now.
5. She needs to have a _______ to draw a circle.
6. What time do you usually have school _______ ?
7. _______ is a subject with numbers and figures.
8. Jessica is _______ . She can make friends easily.
9. Our room has a chest of _______ and a wardrobe.
10. Does she have long and _______ hair?
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. My sister usually has breakfast in the _______ .
A. bathroom B. kitchen C. bedroom D. attic
2. Look! The girls are skipping in the _______.
A. school canteen B. school library C. schoolyard D. school
garden
3. Do you _______ a uniform at school every day?
A. wear B. help C. move D. pass
4. There is a reading table _______ the bookshelf.
A. next to B. on C. under D. in
5. She’s Trang. Her cheeks are chubby and _______.
A. curly B. rosy C. long D. kind
6. Jonathan is sitting on the chair _______ Barbara.
A. under B. at C. in front of D. on
7. She’s afraid of talking to strangers. She’s very _______.
A. confident B. friendly C. talkative D. shy
8. Gabriel is clever. He _______ things quickly and easily.
A. understands B. does C. plays D. likes
9. I can’t see my cat because it’s _______ the door.
A. under B. in front of C. behind D.
between
10. Mr. Mason often makes jokes and tells _______ stories.
A. touching B. funny C. sad D. boring
V. Choose the correct answer.
1. Robert usually do (lessons/ homework) with Jessica.
2. It’s cold here. I don’t need a(n) (air conditioner/ fridge).
3. Rachel is (confident/ clever). She is sure about what she says.
4. (Science/ Music) is her favourite subject. She is playing the piano at
present.
5. He wants to sit on the (sink/ sofa), but his cat is sleeping on it.
6. They are healthy. They do (football/ judo) every day.
7. Do you always brush your (tooth/ teeth) after every meal?
8. She has about ten pens in her (pencil sharpener/ pencil case).
9. We don’t have a (washing machine/ dishwasher). We wash the dishes
by hand.
10. Joe likes his dog very much. It has a long (leg/ tail) and big ears.
VI. Write the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Is there a big window in the _______ room? (live)
2. Kyle is sometimes noisy and a little _______ . (talk)
3. Chloe is very _______ and always has new ideas. (create)
4. These firefighters often help other people. They are _______ . (help)
5. My older sister plays sports regularly. She looks _______ . (sport)
6. Anna is a _______ and charming girl. (beauty)
7. Stephanie has rather _______ and curly hair. (length)
8. Bella is a nice classmate. She is always funny and _______ . (friend)
9. Ms. Kelly teaches Literature. Her lectures are _______ . (interest)
10. Do you think that Samantha is a _______ person? (care)
VII. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Stefany _______ hard-working and serious.
 A. has B. is C. are D. have
2. Camila _______ some exercise in the morning.
A. usually do B. usually does C. do usually D. does
usually
3. We often _______ lunch at school at about 11 o’clock.
A. are eating B. eats C. is eating D. eat
4. Diligent students _______ this subject.
A. doesn’t occasionally fail B. don’t occasionally fail
C. don’t fail occasionally D.
occasionally doesn’t fail
5. Be quiet! My younger sister _______ upstairs.
A. is sleeping B. sleeps C. sleep D. are
sleeping
6. Eric always gets good marks. He _______ very hard.
A. plays B. has C. studies D. does
7. _______ everyone _______ note of the lesson right now?
A. Is ... taking B. Does ... take C. Do ... take D. Are ...
taking
8. _______ in any of our group discussions.
A. Never she participates B. She
doesn’t never participates
C. She participates never D. She
never participates
9. This Sunday morning, Vivian and I _______ to the safari park.
A. go B. goes C. are going D. is
going
10. She _______ yoga _______.
A. practises - regularly fairly B. is practising - fairly
regularly
C. practises - fairly regularly D. practise - regularly fairly
VIII. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. I come from Hue, but I _______ (study) at a secondary school in Da Nang
now.
2. What time _______ you _______ (get up) every morning?
3. We _______ (work) on our history project this weekend.
4. There _______ (be) two computer rooms in Matt's boarding school.
5. Every day, Zoe _______ (learn) English with Ms. Eleanor.
6. Look at Brenda! She _______ (wear) a new uniform.
7. Johan _______ (always, do) his homework before going to bed.
8. The girls _______ (play) skipping game at the moment.
9. William _______ (never, forget) his parents’ birthday.
10. _______ Sue _______ (stay) at home? - Yes. She _______ (not travel) with
us today.
IX. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1. How many lamps are there _______ your room?
2. Olivia is lazy. She spends all day sitting _______ the TV.
3. Michael is putting his hands and arms _______ his back.
4. In this game, the students have to hold hands and stand _______ each
other.
5. There is a bookshop _______ our school and the department store.
6. Does the city’s subway go _______ the ground?
7. Let's put these new bowls _______ the kitchen counter.
8. I often go _______ the supermarket with my parents at weekends.
9. Lucy stays _______ home and reviews her lessons.
10. Is Janet still lying _______ bed? Let's go to her room and wake her up.
X. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. There are only two bedrooms on my house.
A B C D
2. We are usually play football at break time.
A B C D
3. I have good friends and helped teachers.
A B C D
4. Listen! Someone knocks at the front door.
A B C D
5. Our school year is starting on September 5th.
A B C D

XI. Match the sentences.

1. Is he good at playing sports? a. Yes, sure.
2. His room looks so big. b. Yes, I’d love to.
3. What is the name of her school? c. It looks nice too.
4. What do you usually do at break d. No. I don’t like wearing it.
time? e. Dream School.
5. Can you pass me the pen, f. No, not really good.
please? g. I stay in class.
6. Do you like wearing a uniform? h. Nice to meet you.
7. Look! Mai is coming with i. They’re beautiful, Mum.
someone.
j. Oh, who’s that?
8. Would you like some fresh
water?
9. This is Phong, my new friend.
10. I’ve bought these new bowls.
XII. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a
conversation.
____ It’s on the second floor. Do you want to see it?
____ What about your room? Where is it?
____ Thank you. It’s just a small garden. Let’s go inside! (They go inside.)
____ Sure thing.
1 Welcome to my house!
____ Yes. It's where my family usually watch TV and talk.
____ Sarah, you have a nice garden! The flowers and plants look so
beautiful.
____ Oh! Is this the living room?
____ Maybe later. Now I would like to take a look around here.

XIII. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

similar email from exciting stories
relationship
Have you ever wondered what it would be like to see the world (1)
_______ the eyes of a stranger? To see what they think and how life must
feel for them? How different or (2) _______ are you? Being a pen pal is
essentially just that. Pen pals are sets of people who regularly write to
each other, primarily via postal mail or email. They don’t usually have a
well-established (3) _______ in person and so are, most of the time,
strangers. They share their thoughts and (4) _______ with each other and
often develop lifelong friendships. For some individuals the fun of having
pen pals often lies in the fact that the letters are handwritten, therefore
snail mail is their preferred way of communicating, while for others the
modernity of (5) _______ interaction is a better fit. Regardless of the
preferred mode, having a pen pal is super fun and (6) _______ .
XIV. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Education is an important part of British life. There are hundreds of
schools, colleges and universities in England, including some of the most
famous in the world.
Education is free and compulsory for all children between the ages of 5
- 16. Some children are educated at home rather than in school.
Children’s education in England is normally divided into two separate
stages. They begin with primary education at the age of five and this
usually lasts until they are eleven. Then they move to secondary school,
there they stay until they reach sixteen, seventeen or eighteen years of
age.
 Teachers in primary schools (4-11 years old) are always addressed by
their surname by parents and pupils alike, always Mr., Mrs. or Miss Smith...
In secondary schools (11 - 16 years), teachers are usually addressed as
Miss or Sir.
1. How many schools, colleges and universities are there in Britain?

2. Is education free and compulsory for all children between the ages of 5 -
16?

3. How many stages is children’s education in England divided into?

4. At what age do children move to secondary school?

5. How do parents and pupils address teachers in primary schools?

6. How are teachers in secondary schools addressed?

XV. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.

1. excited/ my/ first day/ school/ at/ I’m/ about

2. subjects/ and geography/ favourite/ My/ literature/ are

3. in/ are/ How many/ your/ bedrooms/ there/ house?

4. a/ a/ is/ maths teacher/ at/ My father/ secondary school

5. blue eyes,/ has/ straight nose/ Grace/ and a/ full lips

6. are/ some books/ on/ next to/ There/ the desk/ my chair

7. watering/ likes/ flowers/ our garden/ in/ My brother/ the

8. attend/ with/ Would/ like/ to/ you/ birthday party/ Mai’s/ me?

XVI. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as

the first one.
1. There are about 20 classrooms in my international school.
My international school
2. The dishwasher is on the left of the cupboard, and the fridge is on the
right.
The cupboard

3. How about having a picnic at the park this weekend?

Let's

4. She has soft hands and slim fingers.

Her hands

5. There is a lot of vitamin C in oranges.

Oranges

6. The table is in front of the sofa.

The sofa

7. The room doesn’t have any windows.

There aren't

8. His body is strong and sporty.

He
 UNIT 4:
MY NEIGHBOURHOOD
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
busy peaceful beach leave gym
excited city street cathedral fantastic
police people cheap noisy historic
/i/ /i:/

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. historic B. wide C. public D.
hospital
2. A. centre B. city C. convenient D.
cinema
3. A. expensive B. example C. exciting D.
exercise
4. A. beautiful B. beach C. cheap D.
peaceful
5. A. tree B. street C. week D. coffee

B. VOCABULARY
I. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. A _______ is a place for worshipping.
A. square B. temple C. market D. palace
2. Green Hotel? Go to the end of the road. It’s on your _______.
A. direction B. leg C. turn D. left
3. The air in that area is _______ with smoke from factories.
A. terrible B. fresh C. polluted D. boring
4. Could you please tell me the _______ to the post office?
A. road B. way C. street D. path
5. Vehicles are moving fast. It’s dangerous to _______ the street now.
A. run B. build C. walk D. cross
6. London is _______. You have to earn a lot of money to live there.
 A. expensive B. crowded C. cheap D.
famous
7. The city is always crowded and _______. I don’t like it.
A. noisy B. quiet C. peaceful D.
convenient
8. The express train leaves the _______ at 9 o’clock.
A. railway station B. workshop
C. post office D. shopping centre
9. There are many famous paintings in this _______.
A. supermarket B. gallery C. memorial D.
cathedral
10. Go _______ ahead, then take the first turning on your right.
A. past B. to C. straight D. away
II. Fill in each blank a suitable word in brackets.
1. Could you show me the way to the bus _______? (square/ stop)
2. Computers and smartphones are important parts of _______ life.
(historic/ modern)
3. There are all types of shops here. It’s very _______ . (convenient/
inconvenient)
4. He lives in a _______ and peaceful village on the hill. (quiet/ noisy)
5. The _______ in my neighbourhood sells a variety of cheeses. (theatre/
market)
6. The path is too _______ for two people to walk together. (narrow/ wide)
7. Andy works in the city centre. but he lives in the _______ . (suburbs/
downtown)
8. She wants to see the movie again. It’s really _______ . (exciting/ boring)
9. I need to relax because I have a _______ headache. (terrible/ fantastic)
10. Dad is taking me to the amusement _______ this weekend. (park/
playground)

C. GRAMMAR
I. Choose the correct answer.
1. Lucy is smart, but Carol is (smarter/ more smart) than her.
2. It’s too hot! Today is even (hoter/ hotter) than yesterday.
3. Cities are always (moderner/ more modern) than rural areas.
4. Which city is (more historic/ more historic than), Hue or Hoi An?
5. The downtown is (exciter/ more exciting) than suburbs.
6. This film is (more interesting/ interesting more) than that film.
7. The streets are very (wetter/ wet) after a heavy rain.
8. Which one is (gooder/ better), a house or an apartment?
9. Motorbike is (more popular/ popularer) than car in my place.
10. His school is only a (small/ smaller) school near the hill.
II. Make comparisons using the adjectives in brackets.
1. The city is _______ (noisy) the countryside.
2. Ho Chi Minh City is _______ (crowded) Da Nang City.
3. Tommy is much _______ (friendly) Jennifer.
4. Which building is _______ (big), the corner shop or the supermarket?
5. Is living in a house _______ (convenient) living in an apartment?
6. London is really _______ (busy) Liverpool.
7. Their new villa is _______ (far) from the hospital than the old one.
8. The air now is a lot _______ (polluted) in the past.
9. The traffic jams today are _______ (bad) before.
10. Travelling by plan is _______ (comfortable) travelling by car.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Your neighbourhood is _______ my neighbourhood.
A. quieter than B. quiet than
C. more quiet D. more quieter than
2. Young people like city life because it is _______ countryside life.
A. more than inconvenient B. more inconvenient than
C. more convenient than D.
inconvenient more than
3. Generally, a grocery store is _______ than a supermarket.
A. more small B. more big C. bigger D.
smaller
4. At night, the streets look _______ with colourful lights.
A. more wonderful B. wonderful more
C. more wonderful than D.
wonderful than
5. I think your town is much _______ than my town.
A. more new B. modern C. more ancient D. more
older
6. Is Vung Tau Beach _______ Long Son Beach?
A. prettier than B. more pretty than
C. more prettier than D. prettyer than
7. The park near my house is _______ than the central park.
A. large B. larger C. more large D. more
larger
8. Those big buildings look _______ than these small ones.
A. newier B. newwer C. more new D. newer
9. Are motorbikes really _______ than cars in your country?
 A. more expensive B. more cheap C. expensive D. more
cheap
10. In my city, there is less traffic, and the streets are _______.
A. wider than B. wider C. more wide D. wide
than
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. This shortcut is always much more short than that road.
A B C D
2. This river is more polluted as other rivers in the area.
A B C D
3. Not turn left at the traffic lights but turn right at the next corner.
A B C D
4. There are two market and a high school in our neighbourhood.
A B C D
5. Many people think that modern life is good than life in the past.
A B C D
D. SPEAKING
I. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ Thanks a lot. How far is it from here?
___ Is it on the right or on the left of the street?
___ No problem.
___ It’s about 500 metres from here.
___ Go straight and turn right at the second traffic lights. The post office
will be at the end of the street.
1 Excuse me! Could you tell me the way to the central post office?
___ It’s on the right, next to the city museum.
___ Thank you so much.
II. Match the sentences.
1. Shall we go there by taxi? a. It’s cooler than here.
2. I think we’re lost! b. Yes. They are also very modern.
3. Can you tell us the way to Tan c. My pleasure.
Ky House? d. They are friendly and generous.
4. Wow! We’re at the central post e. Let’s ask the girl over there for
office. help,
5. How are the people in the f. No. Let’s walk there.
village? g. Yes. It looks historic.
6. Thank you so much for your h. But our city is prettier.
help.
i. Go straight, then turn right.
7. Where shall we go first?
j. Let’s go to Chua Cau first.
8. My city is very pretty.
9. What’s the weather like in your
city?
10. These buildings are really tall.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and choose the best answers to the
questions.
London is the capital city of the United Kingdom. There are a lot of
cars in the city. People go everywhere by car, so traffic in the city centre is
heavier than that in the suburbs. It is harder to find a place to park a car
than to do it in other areas. The public means of transport is cheaper than
cars but the Londoners prefer their own cars. Moreover, there are more
and more tourists and visitors coming to London for sightseeing or
shopping. At weekends, the streets are noisier and busier than they are on
weekdays. Now, traffic jams are worse than ever before.
Although the living cost in the suburbs and the countryside is
cheaper than that in the city centre, most young people prefer living in the
city centre. London is richer than other cities in the United Kingdom, but it
is more polluted because of the city Industry, vehicles, and plenty of
people.
1. How is the traffic in London?
A. Traffic in the city centre is better than before.
B. Traffic in the suburbs is better than before.
C. Traffic in the city centre is heavier than that in the suburbs.
D. Traffic in the suburbs is heavier than that in the city centre.
2. People in London prefer to go around _______.
A. by their own cars
B. by public means of transport
C. by both their own cars and public means of transport
D. by any vehicles
3. How are the streets in London at weekends?
A. There is less traffic. B. The streets are noisier.
C. Traffic jams are better. D. The traffic is not heavier.
4. The living cost in the city centre is _______.
A. cheaper than that in the suburbs and the countryside
B. not expensive but people like to live in the suburbs and the
countryside
C. not cheap so more people want to leave for the suburbs and the
countryside
D. more expensive than that in the suburbs and the countryside
5. According to the passage, what is NOT true about London?
 A. London’s public means of transport is more expensive than cars.
B. There are a lot of people in the city centre, especially at weekends.
C. More and more people come to London for sightseeing.
D. London is richer than other cities in the United Kingdom.
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
problems charitable helping apartment together
frustrated
A neighbour, or neighbor in American English, is a person who lives
nearby, normally in a house or an (1) _______ that is next door or, in the
case of houses, across the street. Some people form friendships with their
neighbours and help them by sharing their tools and (2) _______ with
gardening tasks. Other people become (3) _______ with their neighbours if
the neighbour makes a lot of noise or a mess.
A group of people living close (4) _______ in a small community is
called a neighbourhood. Some neighbourhoods have many community
organisations, where people volunteer and do (5) _______ activities. Other
neighbourhoods in poor communities may have no community
organisations, and there may be many (6) _______ in the community.
F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. going/ Going/ by/ by/ car/ bicycle/ than/ is/ faster/ much

2. street/ There/ post office/ at/ corner/ a/ the/ of/ the/ is

3. this/ we/ shall/ What/ do/ Saturday evening?

4. watch/ stay/ at/ home/ Let’s/ and/ TV

5. in/ is/ suburbs/ Da Nang City/ My neighbourhood/ the/ of

6. dinner?/ we/ go/ Shall/ to/ the/ after/ cinema

7. is/ Ho Chi Minh City/ busy and crowded/ for/ too/ me

8. me/ you/ Can/ the/ to/ tell/ way/ Ben Thanh Market?

II. Combine the two sentences using the comparative form of the
adjectives in brackets.
Ex: My city has about 10 million people. Your city has about 8 million
people. (crowded)
=> My city is more crowded than your city.
1. Her mother is 37 years old. Her father is 38 years old. (old)

2. A hotel room costs $20 a night. A guest house room costs $15 a night.
(cheap)

3. Martin’s villa is $100,000. Henry’s villa is $150,000. (expensive)

4. This valley is about 300m deep. That valley is about 310m deep. (deep)

5. This square is about 7,500m2. That square is about 7,000m2. (big)

6. The office block has 33 floors. The shopping mall has 15 floors. (tall)

7. My house is 3km from school. His house is 5km from school. (far)

8. John is about 38 kilos in weight. Sylvie is about 36 kilos in weight.

(heavy)
 UNIT 5
NATURAL WONDERS OF VIET NAM
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
boat island tent forest wonder
guide visit holiday climate road
boot sand waterfall drive hotel
/t/ /d/

II. Fill in the blanks with “t” or “d” to complete the words.
1. The village lies behin the moun __ ain.
2. Should we __ rive or travel on foo __ ?
3. The sun’s hea __ vaporises the wa __ er of the ocean.
4. The amusemen __ park is built aroun a man-ma __ e lake.
5. Our __ our inclu __ es a visi __ to the san __ unes.

B. VOCABULARY
I. Match each word with its definition.
1. a. a large area of land that is thickly covered with trees
mountain b. a very high hill, often with rocks or snow near the top
2. river c. a large pool of water that is surrounded by land
3. waterfall d. a large area of land that has very little water and very
4. forest few plants growing on it, often covered with sand.
e. a piece of land that is completely surrounded by water
5. cave f. an area of sand or small stones beside the sea or a lake
6. desert g. an area of low land between hills or mountains, often
7. lake with a river flowing through it
h. a large hole in the side of a hill or under the ground
8. beach i. a place where a stream or river falls from a high place
9. island j. a large area of water that flows into the sea
10. valley

II. Choose the correct answer.

1. The (bay/ cave) often has a huge roof.
2. There’s a lot of danger in (rock/ water) climbing.
3. Viet Nam is located in the (continent/ island) of Asia.
4. Samantha takes a pair of (glasses/ scissors) to cut the string.
5. A (compass/ watch) needle always points at the north.
6. A good tube of (suncream/ toothpaste) will help to prevent sunburn.
7. You can sleep in this sleeping (bag/ coat) during the trip.
8. She took her (school bag/ backpack) and joined some friends for a trek.
9. We can’t overbuild a (natural/ man-made) environment area.
10. The (mount/ valley) that we are trying to reach lies behind the next
hill.
III. Find the odd word.
1. A. photo B. plaster C. scissors D. poster
2. A. travel B. island C. valley D. mountain
3. A. suncream B. milk C. tea D. water
4. A. camping B. amazing C. climbing D. hiking
5. A. Mount Everest B. Viet Nam C. Ha Long Bay D. The
Sahara Desert
6. A. visitors B. tourists C. travellers D. workers
7. A. lake B. ocean C. river D. desert
8. A. boat B. bike C. backpack D. airplane
9. A. Ninh Binh B. Quang Ninh C. Kien Giang D. Ganh Da
Dia
10. A. narrow B. wonderful C. beautiful D. awesome

C. GRAMMAR
I. Write C next to countable nouns and UC next to uncountable
nouns.
1. beach _______ , lake _______
2. soil _______ , water _______
3. river _______ , stream _______
4. mountain _______ , forest _______
5. knowledge _______ , information _______
6. plaster _______ , suncream _______
7. park _______ , museum _______
8. tea _______ , milk _______
9. furniture _______ , item _______
10. attraction _______ , destination _______
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. Boats are readily available to (visitor/ visitors).
2. Each year millions of (person/ people) visit this holiday destination.
3. Could you give (some/ a) advice on what to wear?
4. The best way to explore the countryside is on (foot/ feet).
5. We had a fantastic (trip/ trips) to Cat Tien National Park last summer.
6. To hear a hundred (time/ times) is not so good as to see once.
7. Could I have two cups of (coffee/ coffees) and a tea, please?
8. She saves (a few/ a little) money every month for the summer vacation.
9. (How much/ How many) does it cost to stay one night in a five-star
hotel?
10. The agent provided information on (much/ many) ways of travelling.
III. Fill in the blanks with must or mustn’t.
1. We _______ step on the grass in the yard.
2. Everyone _______ wear a life vest when boating.
3. Students _______ pick flowers in the school garden.
4. We _______ leave now or we’ll miss the plane.
5. They _______ drive a car without a driving licence.
6. Your hands are dirty. You _______ touch anything.
7. You _______ take photos in the gallery.
8. In Britain, you _______ drive on the left.
9. We _______ book the tickets before it’s too late.
10. You _______ use a mobile phone when the plane is taking off.
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. You _______ go mountain climbing alone. You _______ go in a group.
A. must - must B. mustn’t - must C. mustn’t - mustn’t D. must -
mustn’t
2. We only stayed for _______ days in Da Nang, then we headed to Hoi An.
A. much B. a little C. a few D. many
3. You _______ put the trash in a bin. You _______ throw it on the street.
A. must - mustn’t B. mustn’t - must C. mustn’t - mustn’t D. must -
must
4. _______ items of hand luggage can I take on the plane?
A. How much B. How many C. How far D. How
often
5. The tourists _______ take photos of this villa. They _______ ask for
permission first.
A. mustn’t - mustn’t B. must - mustn’t C. must - must D.
mustn’t - must
6. Could you share us _______ olive oil? We ran out of it.
A. an B. a little C. a few D. any
7. You _______ park your vehicle in this area. You _______ drive to the
parking lots.
A. mustn’t - mustn’t B. must - must C. mustn’t - must D. must -
mustn’t
8. Student tour guides _______ visitors on _______ one-hour tour of the
campus.
A. take - a B. are - an C. help - some D. have -
0
9. You _______ wash your hands before meals, and you _______ wear warm
clothes when it is cold.
A. mustn’t - must B. must – must
C. must - mustn’t D. mustn’t - mustn’t
10. There is _______ sand on the beach, so we can build _______
sandcastles.
A. many - much B. a few - many C. much - many D. a little
- much
V. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. I can’t find many information on these wonders.
A B C D
2. Walkways allows visitors to enter the caves in safety.
A B C D
3. It’s important that you must be late for school.
A B C D
4. A group of child are playing in the fountain in the park.
A B C D
5. There are only a little items of clothing in the backpack.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. They are spending their evening on the beach.

2. We plan to take our holiday next month.

3. The tickets for the concert are $333.

4. I bring two pairs of shoes for the field trip.

5. I want to visit Mount Fuji because it looks magnificent.

6. The name of that mountain in the distance is Langbiang.

7. A lot of people join the trip to Cuc Phuong National Park every month.

8. No, these aren’t the photos of Phong Nha Cave.

II. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.

___ What is special about it?
___ Wow! It must be very large.
1 Do you like nature, Natalie?
___ It’s difficult to say, but the Great Barrier Reef in Australia is really
amazing.
___ The Great Barrier Reef is the world’s largest coral reef. It is one of the
seven wonders of the natural world. You can view it from a long
distance.
___ Yes, I do. I often read books about natural wonders.
___ That’s incredible! I want to visit the Great Barrier Reef one day.
___ Yes. The reef is very large, and it’s the only living thing on earth visible
from space.
___ So in your opinion, what is the most beautiful natural wonder?

E. READING
I. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Boasting picturesque landscapes from the north to the south, Viet
Nam is home to the world’s largest cave - Son Doong. Son Doong Cave is
located in Phong Nha - Ke Bang National Park, Quang Binh province. The
cave contains a 5-km tunnel which can reach a height of 250 metres and a
width of 200 metres. The main cave is large enough to house a 40-floor
skyscraper. It’s quite surprising that the first to discover this cave was a
local farmer in 1990, but it took almost two more decades for Son Doong
to be rediscovered. The team of locals and British explorers found the
whole impressive ecosystem with a set of caves, tunnels, beaches, lakes
and rivers in 2009.
Now Son Doong is one of the world’s greatest natural wonders, along
with the Grand Canyon, Victoria Falls, Mount Everest, etc. The first guided
tours to the safe part of the cave started in 2013. Adventurous travellers
can book a trip to explore the magnificent ecosystem and sleep in unique
campsites at this mysterious cave.
1. Where is Son Doong Cave located?

2. How high and wide is the 5-km tunnel?

3. How large is the main cave?

4. Did a local farmer discover the cave in 1990?

5. When did the British explorers find the whole impressive ecosystem?

6. Is Son Doong Cave one of the world’s greatest natural wonders?

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

mountains fields destination on more
natural
Lak Lake's name evokes curiosity and charm for visitors that wish to
explore this wild beauty. In addition to the (1) _______ beauty and fresh air,
adventure elephant riding and taking one-piece timber boat (2) _______ Lak
Lake make this place become an indispensable (3) _______ for tours to Dak
Lak and the Central Highlands. Lak Lake is a beautiful landscape of the
Central Highlands. It is both a source of fish and a gigantic freshwater
reservoir supplying water to hundreds of hectares of rice (4) _______ , and
also makes the climate here cooler. This is a natural lake with the greatest
depth which is (5) _______ than T’nung Lake in Gia Lai province. Lak Lake is
5 km wide, adopted with Krong Ana River. The water always looks deep
and blue. The lake is surrounded by high (6) _______ making its water
appear calm; and having the vast primeval forests with abundant flora and
fauna.

E. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. a lot of/ Ha Long Bay/ islands/ has/ marvelous

2. the test/ We/ talk/ during/ mustn’t

3. Phu Quoc City/ There/ in/ lots of/ tourist destinations/ are

4. brush/ You/ your teeth/ must/ three times a day

5. in/ Are/ natural/ there/ camping sites/ any/ your area?

6. fishing villages/ can/ Tourists/ visit/ there/ and national parks/ many

7. when/ Everyone/ be/ crossing/ the street/ must/ careful

8. their/ class/ use/ in/ mobile phones/ The students/ mustn’t

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. Don’t drop litter at public places or natural landscapes.
You mustn’t

2. The waterfall is really amazing.

What
!
3. Nha Trang City is bigger than Phan Thiet City.
Phan Thiet City is

4. They don’t allow tourists to cross the desert alone.

Tourists mustn’t

5. It’s necessary for travellers to make a reservation.

Travellers must

6. There are life vests for all the passengers on this cruise ship.
They have

7. Their rule is wearing a swimsuit in the pool.

People must

8. Not many people can book a trip to explore the cave.

Only a
 UNIT 6:
OUR TET HOLIDAY
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
shrimp rice shopping celebrate rooster
decoration share spring tradition wish
blossom classmate rubbish strike bicycle
/s/ /ʃ/

II. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. present B. festival C. sing D.
sweets
2. A. special B. should C. say D. wish
3. A. family B. relative C. tradition D.
pagoda
4. A. clean B. calendar C. decorate D.
celebrate
5. A. fireworks B. friends C. shops D.
parents

B. VOCABULARY
I. Match the words to make meaningful phrases.
1. go a. fireworks
2. watch b. special food
3. get c. the shopping
4. do d. trees
5. cook e. to the pagoda
6. plant f. a wish
7. break g. lucky money
8. visit h. the floor
9. clean i. relatives
10. make j. the vase
II. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. What do Vietnamese people usually do to _______ Tet?
A. come B. eat C. have D.
celebrate
2. My grandma will cook banh chung - our special _______ at Tet.
A. flower B. meal C. food D. fruit
3. The kids love to play and have _______ during the holiday.
A. sadness B. fight C. bad luck D. fun
4. In Viet Nam, Tet is a good time for family _______.
A. saying B. preparing C. gathering D.
singing
5. I like to _______ friends over to play board game at weekends.
A. make B. invite C. ask D. help
6. Lunar New Year, or Tet, is the longest _______ in Viet Nam.
A. activity B. holiday C. ceremony D.
anniversary
7. The wooden _______ in the room is covered in dust. We need to clean it.
A. furniture B. housework C. fireworks D.
square
8. Giving _______ to children is a tradition at Tet Holiday.
A. sweets B. new clothes C. special food D. lucky
money
9. People often spend time visiting their _______ during Tet.
A. neighbours B. teachers C. relatives D.
friends
10. We _______ you a Happy New Year and a good fortune in the coming
year!
A. wish B. say C. cheer D. sing

C. GRAMMAR
I. Fill in each blank with should or shouldn’t.
1. Teenagers _______ play online games all night.
2. Gordon _______ help his mother with the housework.
3. We _______ clean our house before Tet.
4. You _______ cross the street at red traffic light.
5. She’s always tired. She _______ go to bed late every night.
6. Students _______ use their mobile phones in exams.
7. The kids _______ spend too much time in front of TV.
8. You _______ knock on the door before entering a room.
9. We _______ take care of our parents and old people.
10. Children _______ eat lots of vegetables and _______ eat too many
sweets.
II. Fill in each blank with some or any.
1. Mai wants _______ ice cream.
2. Do we have _______ bread in the fridge?
3. There is _______ special food on the table.
4. Why don’t you give me _______ advice?
5. There is _______ rice on your cheek.
6. There isn’t _______ milk in the box.
7. Can you tell me _______ traditions of Tet?
8. She doesn’t want _______ apple juice.
9. Are there _______ peach flowers in the vase?
10. Tim needs _______ help with the furniture.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. The peach flowers _______ beautiful, but you _______ jump to touch
them.
A. look - shouldn’t B. look - should
C. looks - should D. looks - shouldn’t
2. Can you get me _______ hot water, please?
A. any B. some C. much D. many
3. You _______ ask other people for lucky money. It _______ very polite.
A. shouldn’t - is B. should - is C. shouldn’t - isn’t D.
should - isn’t
4. Albert took _______ photos of the ceremony, but Anna didn’t take
_______.
A. much - any B. many - some C. a lot of - some D. lots of
- any
5. We _______ our hands before every meal.
A. should always wash B.
always should wash
C. should wash always D. never
should wash
6. Susan didn’t eat _______ banh tet, but Philip tried _______.
A. any - any B. some - some C. some - any D. any -
some
7. At Tet, you _______ make a wish, but you _______ break things.
A. shouldn’t - shouldn’t B. should
- should
C. should - shouldn’t D. shouldn’t - should
8. There aren’t _______ strawberries on the cake.
 A. many B. much C. a little D. some
9. You _______ go out with friends, but you _______ travel too far.
A. should - should B. should - shouldn’t
C. shouldn’t - shouldn’t D.
shouldn’t - should
10. _______ eat shrimp at New Year? - No, you _______.
A. I should - shouldn’t B. I
should - should
C. Should I - should D. Should I - shouldn’t

IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.

1. May I have any more eggs and cheese, please?
A B C D
2. You always should brush your teeth after meals.
A B C D
3. He shouldn’t make his house look beautiful at Tet.
A B C D
4. Do you have some idea about planting peach trees in this area?
A B C D
5. Do we should also buy flowers and plants to decorate the house?
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Complete the conversation. Use the sentences in the box.
Interesting! How about during Tet?
Will you watch the fireworks display?
Sounds great! I hope you enjoy yourself.
Oh, I know banh chung. I tried it last year. It's
delicious.
Wow! What will you buy?
I'd love to, but I have another plan. Thanks
anyway!
What will you do at Tet, Hoa?
What will you do exactly?

Jose: (1)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: Well, I will have a lot of things to do.
Jose: (2)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: I will help my parents to decorate the house before Tet. We will go
shopping and it will be the biggest shopping in the year.
Jose: (3)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: We will buy special types of food, furniture, presents, flowers...
Jose: (4)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: I will visit my grandparents and relatives during Tet. It’s the time for
family gatherings. We will also have great food, especially banh
chung.
Jose: (5)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: Yes, Tet is the best time to eat banh chung.
Jose: (6)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: Yes, I will watch it with my family. We will stay together on New
Year’s Eve.
Jose: (7)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: Thank you. Would you like to join us?
Jose: (8)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: It’s OK.

II. Match the sentences.

1. What will you do at Tet? a. It’s at the end of January.
2. Thank you for helping me. b. But you shouldn’t eat all of it.
3. When is Tet this year? c. I will visit my grandparents.
4. People are in a hurry before Tet. d. Yes, you should.
5. Should I invite friends home? e. Of course! I will dress beautifully.
6. Tet is coming! We are so f. Let's buy some fruits and
excited. candies!
7. We will make lots of banh g. What will you do to celebrate it?
chung. h. The same to you!
8. Will you wear new clothes during i. Never mind.
Tet? j. Yeah! Everyone is preparing for
9. Happy New Year! it.
10. What should we give our
relatives at Tet?
E. READING
I. Fill in each blank with a suitable word in the box.
return festive celebration symbolising
reunions spring
Tet Nguyen Dan, shortened to Tet, is Viet Nam’s Lunar New Year and is
the most important annual (1) _______ and public holiday in Viet Nam.
Tet celebrates the beginning of a new year as well the coming of (2)
_______ . Exciting festivities are held such as making traditional food and
shopping. During this time there is a real sense of celebration in the air,
making it an unforgettable (3) _______ time.
Celebrated as a time of renewal, Tet serves as an opportunity for
Vietnamese people to pay homage to their ancestors and have family (4)
_______ .
Preparations usually begin a week before Tet, as people start to (5)
_______ home, clean their family graves, worship at their family altars and
decorate their homes with apricot blossoms, peach blossoms and kumquat
trees, (6) _______ the hope of prosperity and well-being.
II. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Korean New Year is on the first day of the Korean Lunar calendar. It
is one of the most important and traditional Korean holidays. The
celebration lasts three days: the day before Korean New Year’s Day,
Korean New Year’s Day itself, and the day after Korean New Year’s Day.
Korean New Year is a family holiday. Most people try to return home
to spend time with their relatives. It is important to spend the holiday at
home. During the first morning of New Year, Koreans show their respect to
their ancestors. Traditional foods are placed on a table as an offering to
their ancestors, and they pray for well-being and good health. They
prepare a lot of traditional foods for family members coming to have
meals.
Gifts are given to family members. Koreans wear new beautiful
traditional clothes called Hanbok during New Year.
- respect (n): sự kính trọng - ancestor (n): tổ tiên
1. How many days does the celebration last?

2. Why do Koreans try to return home?

3. What do Koreans do on the first morning of New Year?

4. What do Koreans pray for?

5. Why do Koreans prepare a lot of traditional foods?

6. What is the name of their traditional clothes?

E. WRITING
I. Write complete sentences using should or shouldn’t and the
prompts given.
1. You/ play/ with/ fire./ It is dangerous for kids.

2. You/ park/ here./ It is not allowed.

3. You/ wear/ a raincoat./ It is raining outside.

4. Please be quiet! You/ make/ so much noise/ in the library.

5. We/ arrive/ at the airport/ two hours before the flight.

6. I/ eat/ these cakes. I’m not hungry now.

7. The boys/ play/ football outside. It’s a beautiful day.

8. You/ sometimes/ help/ your mother with the housework.

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. Why don’t you join a sports club at your school?
You should

2. There is no bank service during Tet.

There isn’t

3. Don’t talk too loud because my sister is sleeping.

We shouldn’t

4. Drinking too much wine is not good for your father.

Your father shouldn’t

5. They have no five-fruit tray on the ancestral altar.

They don’t
6. There is little traffic on the road these days.
There isn’t

7. Getting up early every day is good for your health.

You should

8. There aren’t many shops in our grandparents’ neighbourhood.

There are a
 REVIEW 2
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced
differently from the others.
1. A. see B. sea C. exciting D. police
2. A. street B. eat C. convenient D. noisy
3. A. like B. river C. spring D. wish
4. A. special B. celebrate C. sun D.
expensive
5. A. wish B. summer C. shoe D. shop
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. The Sahara is the biggest (desert/ valley) in the world.
2. Tet, or Lunar New Year, is our (traditional/ modern) holiday.
3. I like to live in the (suburban/ urban) area. It’s peaceful and quiet.
4. Hector is living on the seventh floor of this (temple/ building).
5. We will (do/ make) some house decorating before Tet.
6. The road is too (narrow/ wide). Cars can’t pass it.
7. It’s raining! You must take a waterproof (coat/ coast) with you.
8. Keep straight, then (go/ turn) left at the next traffic light.
9. Their village is at the foot of the (rock/ mountain).
10. This shirt is (expensive/ cheap). I don’t have enough money.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Children often receive _______ in red envelopes during Tet.
A. lucky money B. banh tet C. sweets D.
wishes
2. I am busy now. I can’t take you to the railway _______.
A. station B. stop C. gate D. corner
3. You must _______ their rules when you visit their place.
A. read B. follow C. get D. pass
4. _______ is a raised part of the Earth’s surface, much larger than a hill.
A. River B. Fall C. Desert D.
Mountain
5. I think that the Pacific is the largest _______ in the world.
A. waterfall B. mountain C. ocean D. river
6. The street is very _______ with a lot of traffic. We can’t move fast.
A. quiet B. crowded C. large D. busy
7. This apricot tree produces many yellow _______ in spring.
A. branches B. flowers C. fruits D. leaves
8. He likes to _______ his house with flowers and plants.
A. hang B. make C. decorate D. do
9. Is the Central Post Office opposite the Sai Gon Notre-Dame _______?
A. Temple B. Square C. Art Gallery D.
Cathedral
10. Shops are a long way from my house. It’s _______.
A. inconvenient B. polluted C. expensive D.
convenient
IV. Write the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Is life in this city _______ than life in your homeland? (good)
2. They will hold a big _______ on New Year’s Eve. (celebrate)
3. Evening in the countryside is a very _______ time. (peace)
4. That old building is now a _______ monument. (history)
5. The children in my neighbourhood are quite _______ . (friend)
6. We will have many traditional _______ on Tet holiday. (activity)
7. The Grand Canyon is not the _______ canyon in the world. (wide)
8. She often brings a _______ bag instead of a tent. (sleep)
9. The main _______ of that place is the huge waterfall. (attract)
10. These photos bring back my _______ memories of the tour. (wonder)
V. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1. At Tet, we give our best wishes _______ each other.
2. Madagasca is one of the largest islands _______ the world.
3. You should take all necessary things _______ you.
4. It’s near here, so we can walk or go _______ bicycle.
5. My parents will cook banh chung _______ a big pot.
6. There will be a big statue _______ the entrance of the flower street.
7. It’s faster to take the second turning _______ the left.
8. At midnight _______ December 31, temples all over the country ring their
bells.
9. She learned some customs about Tet _______ her parents.
10. Its colour changes _______ different times of the day.
VI. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. The weather in Ho Chi Minh City is _______ that in Da Lat City.
A. hotter than B. hotter C. hot than D. more
hot
2. Everyone _______ wear a face mask in public areas during the Covid-19
pandemic.
A. shouldn’t B. should C. mustn’t D. must
3. There aren’t _______ new clothes in the wardrobe.
A. some B. any C. a D. an
4. An ocean is commonly much _______ a lake.
A. larger B. the larger
 C. larger than D. more than large
5. You _______ tell lies or say bad things.
A. should B. mustn’t C. must D.
shouldn’t
6. I need to calculate how _______ time the assignment will take.
A. a few B. a little C. much D. many
7. Which cave is _______, Phong Nha or Son Doong?
A. more greater B. greater than C. great more D.
greater
8. An average person _______ drink two litres of water daily.
A. shouldn’t B. should C. must D.
mustn’t
9. I think joining in geography club is _______ going out at noon.
A. more exciting than B. the
more exciting
C. more exciting D. exciting more
10. You _______ go when the traffic light is red.
A. shouldn’t B. mustn’t C. should D. must
VII. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. You should throw garbage on the street like that.
A B C D
2. Is playing games more funny than going for a picnic?
A B C D
3. There is usually a lot of visitors in Da Lat during Tet.
A B C D
4. A good neighbour is good than a brother in the next village.
A B C D
5. How much litres of water do you think this huge bottle contains?
A B C D
VIII. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. There _______ (be) many historic monuments in Ho Chi Minh City.
2. She _______ (own) a microwave, but she _______ (only, use) it to reheat
soup.
3. Look at the map! We _______ (stand) near the central park.
4. We _______ (discuss) the natural wonders of the world now.
5. Ha Long Bay _______ (have) the nicest scenery in Viet Nam.
6. I’m not free at the moment. I _______ (tidy) my room.
7. Hien isn’t healthy because she _______ (never, eat) much for breakfast.
8. _______ Joseph _______ (plant) trees in the garden at the moment?
9. Gordon _______ (not do) much in the evenings except watching
television.
10. _______ she _______ (usually, go) back to her home village at Tet?
IX. Match the sentences.
1. You shouldn’t stay up late. a. Yes, there is one at the next
2. What shall we do this afternoon? corner.
3. This picture of coral reefs looks b. You’re right. It’s bad for my
beautiful! health.
4. I will travel a lot this holiday. c. But where is the supermarket?
5. This black hat is nicer than that d. Let’s go to the amusement park.
white hat. e. Sorry, I can’t. I don’t know this
6. There’s a bus stop next to the area.
supermarket. f. About 300 metres.
7. Excuse me! Is there a post office g. Sure! I promise.
near here? h. Really? Where will you go?
8. How far is it from here? i. But the white one is cheaper.
9. You mustn’t tell anyone my j. Yes. It’s the biggest coral reefs in
secrets. the world.
10. Can you tell me the way to the
gas station?
X. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ I must ask my parents first. I hope they will allow me to go with you.
___ I am going on a really great journey this year. Do you want to come
with me?
___ I will read more books in my free time. How about you?
___ Wow! Joining a bike camp is one of my dreams! But do you think we
can make it?
___ This new year will be full of fun and excitement!
___ I’m going to be in a bike camp. I will travel to the countryside.
1 What is your aim for new year?
___ Don’t worry! It won't be too tiring, and we can make new friends!
___ A great journey? Where will you go?
___ I believe they will. Let’s ask them now.
XI. Read the passage and decide whether the statements are
TRUE or FALSE.
New Year’s Day is a public holiday in the United Kingdom (UK). It is
on January 1st. People in the UK usually celebrate New Year from the
evening of December 31st to January 1st.
On New Year’s Eve, at midnight, when the Big Ben clock strikes to
mark the coming of New Year, people welcome New Year and sing the
traditional song “Auld-Lang-Syne”. They open the back door to let the old
year out and ask the first dark-haired man to come through the front door
carrying bread, salt, and coal. This means that in the following year
everyone in the house will have enough food (bread), earn enough money
(salt), and be warm enough (coal).
Many people have parties at home or go out. There is also a popular
tradition of exchanging New Year gifts while wishing each other well. New
Year parades are the biggest attraction of New Year celebrations in the
UK. They are organised in almost all major cities of the UK.
- exchange (v): trao đổi - parade (n): cuộc diễu hành
1. New Year’s Day is a public holiday in the UK. __________
2. It is on the first day of the lunar calendar. __________
3. The New Year’s celebration is only on December 31st. __________
4. In the UK, salt symbolises money. __________
5. Everyone has parties at home on New Year’s Day. __________
6. People exchange gifts on New Year’s Day. __________
7. New Year parades are the biggest attraction on this occasion. ______
8. The parades are organised in the countryside of the UK. __________
XII. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
than are include long freshwater in animals rainy
teeth widest

The Amazon River is located (1) _______ South America within the
Amazon Rainforest. It is the second longest river in the world, with more
than 6,400 kilometres (2) _______ . That is longer (3) _______ the United
States from the east coast to the west coast. During the dry season, the
(4) _______ parts of the Amazon are only a few kilometres wide. But during
the (5) _______ season, the river can be more than 32 kilometres wide.
There (6) _______ over 3000 different species of fish in the Amazon
River. One of the most well-known fish within the Amazon River is the
piranha. With its sharp (7) _______ , it’s one of the most feared fish in the
world. The Amazon is home to the Amazon river dolphin. This is a (8)
_______ dolphin. People also find other well-known (9) _______ in the
Amazon River. These (10) _______ snakes, catfish, electric eel, crabs,
turtles and crocodile.
- sharp (adj): bén - species (n): loài
XIII. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. at/ You/ visit/ your relatives/ should/ Tet

2. much/ usually/ Ho Chi Minh City/ more/ Vung Tau/ is/ than/ crowded

3. decorate/ do/ you/ What/ your/ need to/ room?

4. several/ supermarkets/ my neighbourhood/ in/ are/ There

5. to/ the/ Can/ tell/ me/ you/ way/ Sai Gon Bridge?

6. when/ A/ is/ very useful/ go camping/ sleeping bag/ you/ overnight

7. quite/ all day/ playing/ children/ are/ tired/ The/ after

8. the/ any/ mustn’t/ play/ You/ sports/ on/ street/ kinds of

XIV. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as

the first one.
1. Going out alone at night is very dangerous.
You shouldn’t

2. It’s essential that I come home after school.

I must

3. Shall we go out for a walk around the lake?

Let’s

4. The teacher doesn’t allow us to copy the other teams’ work.

We mustn’t

5. William is taller than other students in my class.

Other students in my class

6. Why don’t we discuss more about our project?

How about
?
7. Please tell me some well-known traditions on Tet Holiday.
Can
?
8. Going to bed early every day is good for your health.
You should
 UNIT 7
TELEVISION
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
month feather that earth them
weather thank there through this
three thing gather both than
/θ/ /ð/

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. then B. theatre C. throw D. fourth
2. A. brother B. breathe C. thirsty D. there
3. A. nothing B. third C. healthy D. their
4. A. breath B. mother C. maths D. think
5. A. teeth B. weather C. they D.
without

B. VOCABULARY
I. Match the words with the correct descriptions.
1. TV programme a. a person watching TV
2. character b. a programme with many episodes that have the
3. TV series same characters
4. viewer c. a programme broadcast on television
5. TV show d. a person represented in a film, play, or story
6. channel e. a book or a magazine giving the time of TV
programmes
7. comedy
f. an organization that broadcasts television or
8. TV guide
radio programmes
g. any content produced for viewing on a television
set
h. a play, film or TV show that is intended to be
funny
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. Donald Duck is a famous (cartoon/ documentary) character in the USA.
2. This (romance/ comedy) is very funny - we all laugh when watching it.
3. My brother usually opens (sports/ science) channel to watch tennis.
4. Mrs. Harper likes (entertaining/ educational) programmes because they
help her relax.
5. The main (character/ content) in the movie is Dr. Lewis Anderson.
6. A lot of TV (readers/ viewers) watch this mini-series every weekend.
7. Jennifer won the (talent/ game) show by her dancing ability.
8. Bolt is a computer (wildlife programme/ animated film) produced by
Walt Disney Animation Studios.
9. The game turned into more of an interactive TV (channel/ series) than a
traditional game.
10. Watching TV is (boring/ popular) nowadays and billions of people
watch TV every day.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. According to the _______, there will be rain.
A. game show B. TV series
C. weather forecast D. animal programme
2. The _______ is introducing the next song to the audience.
A. MC B. viewer C. character D.
comedian
3. Journey to Mars is a new _______ programme on this channel.
A. comedy B. sports C. animals D.
science
4. Let’s have a look at the TV _______ and see what’s on.
A. station B. guide C. show D. set
5. The film was _______ so my mother turned off the TV and went to bed.
A. boring B. interesting C. funny D.
educational
6. How many hours a day do you _______ TV?
A. listen to B. watch C. look D. see
7. He had Mickey Mouse and some other _______ characters on his T-shirt.
A. cartoon B. science C. music D.
wildlife
8. The _______ on TV last night was so funny.
A. news B. educational programme
C. comedy D. documentary
9. Music channel attracts millions of _______ throughout the country.
A. characters B. writers C. reporters D.
viewers
10. This _______ programme is showing the wildlife of African lions.
A. sports B. animal C. advertising D.
fashion

C. GRAMMAR
I. Fill in each blank with a suitable question word.
1. _______ many channels are there on your TV? - About 75.
2. _______ is the girl in the white shirt? - She’s my sister.
3. _______ do you usually leave home for school? - Around 6:15.
4. _______ were you absent yesterday? - Because I was sick.
5. _______ are you looking for? - My workbook.
6. _______ is the host of this programme? - I don’t know.
7. _______ are you today, Brian? - Very good, thanks.
8. _______ is Ho Chi Minh TV Station? - It’s over there.
9. _______ are you so happy? - Because I got an A mark for English.
10. _______ programme do you like more, animal or science? - Science.
II. Fill in the blanks with and, but, or so to complete the
sentences.
1. He wants to go to the theatre, _______ it's raining too heavily.
2. Bob takes the remote control, _______ he turns on the TV.
3. Daisy is tired, _______ she stops studying for a while.
4. The sound quality was poor, _______ we couldn’t fully enjoy the music.
5. Jackson loves Discovery Channel, _______ he often watches it with his
brother.
6. I’m sorry, _______ I think you’re wrong about this film.
7. The talk show ends, _______ everyone starts to clap and cheer loudly.
8. She wants a notebook, _______ he gives her a book.
9. Our house is in the central district, _______ we can easily get to cinemas.
10. I want to use public transportation, _______ I travel by bus.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. _______ do you watch the news programmes? - Four times a week.
A. How often B. How long C. How many D. How
much
2. You don’t usually watch TV. _______ is it? - Because I don’t have free
time.
A. When B. What C. How D. Why
3. _______ is it from here to the TV station? - Three kilometres.
A. How far B. How long C. How much D. How often
4. _______ is your favourite comedian? - Charlie Chaplin.
A. Who B. Which C. How D. What
5. _______ is the film Zootopia on? - At 7 p.m. tonight.
A. How B. What C. Where D. When
6. I _______ comedies, _______ I enjoy Mr. Bean very much.
A. don’t like - and B. don’t like - but C. like - but D. don’t
like - so
7. There _______ some clever direction, _______ the show is very well shot.
A. isn’t - so B. is - and C. aren't - but D. are -
but
8. I _______ busy, _______ I can manage to watch my favourite programme.
A. am - but B. am - and C. am not - so D. am
not - but
9. The new TV _______ broken, _______ they want to return it to the shop.
A. is - but B. isn’t - so C. is - so D. isn’t -
and
10. We _______ to buy a new smart TV, _______ we have to save money.
A. need - so B. need - but C. don’t need - so D. don’t
need - so
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. I don’t like the book, and the movie is funny.
A B C D
2. Who is the name of the national TV channel?
A B C D
3. How many do you know about game shows?
A B C D
4. Fred is tired, so he wants to turn on the TV and goes to bed.
A B C D
5. The movie had a long credit, so it took us long than usual.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. My favourite channel is National Geographic.

2. I am living in Tan Binh District at present.

3. Nick leaves home for school at 7 o’clock.

4. She goes to see the doctor because she is sick.

5. We are talking about our new friend Sophia.

6. The cinema is opposite the restaurant.

7. I go to the movies twice a month.

8. They travel to Nha Trang by car.

II. Complete the conversation with the words or phrase in the box.
favourite about programme boring activities animals TV
how many
Ryan: Are you watching (1) _______ now, Lucy?
Lucy: Yes, I am.
Ryan: (2) _______ hours do you watch TV every day?
Lucy: For one hour only.
Ryan: What do you love to watch?
Lucy: I watch any programmes for children such as cartoons, (3) _______ or
music.
Ryan: Do you have any (4) _______ channel?
Lucy: No, I don’t. What (5) _______ you?
Ryan: My favourite is Sports. You know I love football games.
Lucy: Do you think watching football is (6) _______ ?
Ryan: No, I don’t. It encourages us to take physical (7) _______ . It is good
for health.
Lucy: Ryan! We’ll talk more after I finish watching this (8) _______ .
Ryan: Okay, Lucy.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and decide whether the statements are TRUE
or FALSE.
There are different kinds of TV viewers. Some people watch
television for entertainment, others watch only news, and a lot of them
watch TV when they have nothing else to do. Most people watch TV in the
evening because this allows them to sit in front of the TV set with their
relatives and to spend some free time together.
As for me, watching TV is one of the cheapest and most interesting
ways for entertainment. My favourite channel is Cartoon Network. It
broadcasts all day so I can enjoy the programmes whenever I have free
time. It is a channel of entertainment for kids and families, so my parents
can also watch the programmes with me.
 I often search for my favourite programmes from Cartoon Network
website. On the website, there is a schedule for all programmes. I have
relaxation time from watching this channel.
1. All people watch TV for entertainment. __________
2. People don’t watch TV when they have nothing to do. __________
3. Evening is the time that most people watch TV. __________
4. To many people, watching TV is a good time to stay together. _________
5. According to the writer, watching TV costs very much. __________
6. Cartoon Network is a channel for kids and families. __________
7. Cartoon Network channel does not broadcast at night. __________
8. TV viewers can look for the schedule on Cartoon Network website. ____

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

often view interesting at and but friends
characters
Among a lot of cartoons I have ever watched, my favourite is Tom
and Jerry.
Whenever I have free time, I like to watch this cartoon. There are
two main (1) _______ .
Tom is a blue and white cat. He is rather stupid. Jerry is an intelligent
brown mouse. He (2) _______ makes fun of Tom. Tom’s main job is to chase
Jerry and try to catch him but fails. I think it is very (3) _______ to watch
every time Tom tries to catch Jerry. I have tried to wait and see Tom catch
Jerry, (4) _______ it never happens.
Sometimes, both Tom and Jerry become close (5) _______ and help
each other when they have problems. Also, there are a lot of funny
situations in the cartoon that I still remember well now.
The cartoon brings me laughter whenever I (6) _______ it. It helps me
relax after a long day (7) _______ work. I like watching cartoons so much,
(8) _______ I do not agree that cartoons are only for children.

F. WRITING
I. Write complete questions using the prompts given.
1. Who/ your brother/ go/ the cinema/ with?

2. How often/ she/ watch/ this programme?

3. Why/ you/ want to check/ the TV schedule?

4. When/ be/ the next show time/ of this cartoon?

5. Where/ those reporters/ get/ the news?

6. Which/ cartoon/ be/ funnier,/ Doraemon or Pokemon?

7. What/ be/ the weather like/ your place?

8. How many/ buttons/ the remote control/ have?

II. Combine the sentences using the word in brackets.

1. The TV is small. She moves forward to the screen, (so)

2. I have a lot of homework. I can’t enjoy the programme. (so)

3. The film ended in the cinema. People walked quickly to the door. (and)

4. We were bored with the performance. The MC made it funnier. (but)

5. John is busy. He saves time to watch his favourite talent show. (but)

6. I like this programme. It’s interesting and funny. (because)

7. The documentary was about history. It was also about childhood. (and)

8. There was not much else to see. He turned off the TV. (so)
 UNIT 8
SPORTS AND GAMES
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
chess bag contest band men
fan rest gathering step habit
happy tennis practise relax welcome
/e/ /æ/

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. envelop B. elegant C. remember D.
adventure
2. A. pleasant B. racket C. essential D.
decorate
3. A. challenge B. badminton C. safe D.
fantastic
4. A. match B. many C. says D. said
5. A. capital B. standard C. passenger D.
woman

B. VOCABULARY
I. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
racket boat ball shoes goggles badminton playground
sporty players goal
1. _______ can be played by two or four people.
2. The golf _______ rolled for a while and fell into the hole.
3. Is _______ racing a type of water sports? - Yes, it is.
4. Skiers wear _______ to protect their eyes from the sun.
5. How many _______ are there in a football team?
6. They scored a fantastic _______ and won the match.
7. This shop sells sports goods such as sports clothing and sports _______ .
8. Similar to badminton, you have to buy a _______ to play tennis.
9. Her personal trainer is a healthy, fit, and _______ young woman.
10. Mr. Dawson would like to build an adventure _______ for the orphans.
II. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. I like _______, so I will save money to buy a good bicycle.
A. jogging B. swimming C. cycling D. skiing
2. They don’t allow players to use hands in _______, except goalkeepers.
A. volleyball B. football C. basketball D.
baseball
3. In _______, you need to knock down all the pins.
A. badminton B. tennis C. table tennis D.
bowling
4. I like _______ morning exercise because it keeps me healthy.
A. doing B. playing C. walking D.
jumping
5. _______ is a rope pulling game, and it requires strength.
A. Skateboarding B. Roller skating C. Tug of war D.
Skipping
6. William is very _______ - he runs five kilometres every day.
A. fit B. tall C. smart D. shy
7. The two _______ greeted the audiences before the match started.
A. teams B. games C. competitions D. sports
8. The _______ refused a goal, but finally we won the game.
A. players B. coach C. fans D.
referee
9. She is among the best _______ runners in the country.
A. jogging B. marathon C. badminton D.
cycling
10. My father is playing _______ with his friend now.
A. aerobics B. exercise C. karate D. chess

C. GRAMMAR
I. Write the verbs in brackets in the past simple to complete the
sentences.
1. They _______ (hold) the Olympic Games in Tokyo in 2021.
2. It _______ (be) great to have a family gathering last weekend.
3. Last Sunday, I _______ (travel) around by bus with some of my friends.
4. They _______ (not visit) many interesting places during their trip.
5. Yesterday afternoon he _______ (go) to his basketball club.
6. What _______ Patrick _______ (eat) _______ at the night market 2 days
ago?
7. We _______ (not learn) English with Mrs. Dorris last semester.
8. She _______ (meet) some talented people in the competition.
9. The first ancient Olympic Games _______ (take) place in 776 BC.
10. _______ your family _______ (have) a good holiday last month?
II. Complete the sentences using imperatives.
Ex: Your friends are making too much noise.
→ Don’t make too much noise.
1. Your little sister is watching TV for too long.
Don’t

2. He wants the players to run faster.

Run

3. The man asks the audiences to cheer for the team.

Cheer

4. Some boys are playing football on the street.

Please

5. Nick tells his brother to take a break.

Take

6. My mother tells me to do my homework.

Do

7. Our teacher wants us to look at the board.

Look

8. The referee politely asked the player to stand up.

Please

9. Frank wants his friend to wait for a while.

Wait

10. The coach wants his players to relax for some minutes.
Relax

III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.

1. _______ watch too much TV, Jack! Turn it off.
A. Not B. Don’t C. Doesn’t D. No
2. Don’t _______ the animals in the zoo.
A. feeds B. feeding C. feed D. to
feed
3. Daisy _______ swimming with her friends last weekend.
A. went B. go C. is going D. goes
4. Terry _______ any sports when he was in grade 5.
A. don’t play B. didn’t played C. doesn’t play D. didn’t
play
5. _______ there the Olympic Games in 2017?
A. Is B. Are C. Was D. Were
6. _______ the marathon on TV last night, Jonathan?
A. Do you watch B. Did you watch
C. Did you watched D. Do you watched
7. _______ late because the match will start soon.
A. Don’t come B. Didn’t come C. Not coming D. Won’t
come
8. I _______ to practise karate about 3 months ago.
A. was start B. am starting C. started D. start
9. Pele _______ his first World Cup at the age of 17 in 1958.
A. is winning B. win C. wins D. won
10. They are playing chess. _______ loudly.
A. Don’t talk B. Not to talk C. Not talk D.
Doesn’t talk
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. I play table tennis with George some hours ago.
A B C D
2. You look tired now, so stop exercising and to rest.
A B C D
3. Talk loud! They are listening to the coach.
A B C D
4. What did you usually do at break time at school?
A B C D
5. Change your clothes, and you can’t swim in the pool.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ Of course I can. I’m in the school’s football team.
___ No. I don’t play football, but I go swimming every weekend.
1 Can you play football, Owen?
___ School team? Wow! I didn’t know that. How often do you play it?
___ Yes, I do. How about you? Do you play football or any other sports?
___ We have three games a week.
___ Thanks, Owen.
___ Three games a week? Do you practise a lot?
___ Swimming is good. You look sporty and healthy!
II. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. There were 32 football teams in 2018 FIFA World Cup.

2. I often go cycling in my spare time.

3. Pele was voted Football Player of the Century in 1999.

4. Yes, I’d like to watch motor racing on TV.

5. Joseph went mountain climbing yesterday afternoon.

6. Carson practises at the karate club three times a week.

7. I need to buy a pair of gloves because I’ll be a goalkeeper in this

afternoon's game.

8. They played the final match in Wembley Stadium.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Football was played hundreds of years ago and many people believe
that it originated from England. Football is also called soccer in the US. It is
a team game. In each team, there are eleven members, ten players and
one goalkeeper. In a football match, two teams play against each other
during 90 minutes in a rectangular field. The match is divided into two
halves with each half lasting 45 minutes. Between the two halves is a
break of 15 minutes. Football players try to kick the ball into the other
team’s goal, and the goalkeeper tries to stop the ball from getting into the
goal. Whichever team scores more goals will win the game. In a football
game, only two goalkeepers can keep the ball in their hands.
Football is the most popular game all over the world. Whenever we
turn on the TV, there are football matches on different channels.
The Football World Cup, an international football event, is held every
four years. It is so popular that there are millions of people watching it.
1. Where did football originate?
2. How many goalkeepers are there in each football team?

3. How long does a football match last?

4. What does the goalkeeper do?

5. Can all football players keep the ball in their hands?

6. Do people hold the Football World Cup every four years?

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

better win us than free and useful
homework
There are different kinds of sports games. They are necessary and
(1) _______ for all of us. Sports games help us to keep fit and healthy so
that we can study and work (2) _______ . When we play a sports game, we
come to learn many things. We learn how to keep calm and make our
mind strong so that we can overcome a difficult situation and (3) _______
the game.
Playing a sports game helps us to be strong, cheerful, happy and
gives (4) _______ energy and strength. Many students say that they feel
happier in a playground (5) _______ they do in a classroom because while
playing a sports game they temporarily forget their lessons and (6) _______
. Schools and universities also encourage students to play sports games in
their (7) _______ time.
How about you? What sports games do you like? Choose one (8)
_______ practise it to have joyful time!

F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. play/ Sports and games/ an/ our lives/ in/ important part

2. join/ Did/ sports competition/ you/ in/ the/ last week?

3. London/ in/ were/ The 2012 Olympic Games/ held

4. about/ Television programmes/ sports and games/ popular/ are

5. stand/ the boys/ wants/ to/ The teacher/ in line

6. when/ played/ My father/ volleyball/ he/ young/ was

7. football games/ every/ watch/ weekend/ Millions of people

8. a sports game/ Playing/ is/ very good/ your health/ for

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. Could you help me buy a good tennis racket?
Please

2. You mustn’t go out late at night.

Don’t

3. Pele won his first World Cup at the age of seventeen.

Pele won his first World Cup when

4. Every football team has a goalkeeper.

There is

5. Harry is the same height as other players in his volleyball team.

Harry is as

6. Don’t take off the blindfold when playing blind man's buff.
You mustn’t

7. Let's participate in the international marathon next month!

How about
?
8. Why don’t you play a sport in your free time?
You should
 UNIT 9
CITIES OF THE WORLD
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
photo town cold loud ground
phone hour snow brown radio
tower postcard road sound home
/aʊ/ /əʊ/

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. now B. know C. around D.
downtown
2. A. coast B. go C. low D.
counter
3. A. narrow B. grocery C. allow D.
motorcycle
4. A. snow B. amount C. shout D. cloud
5. A. outside B. local C. boat D. global
B. VOCABULARY
I. Choose the correct answer.
1. Hue is an old city. It has (historic/ modern) sites and cultural attractions.
2. Tokyo is a very (cheap/ expensive) place to live. Prices are high there.
3. The market is always crowded and (quiet/ noisy) in the morning.
4. The children are too (old/ young) to travel alone or go out at night.
5. In summer, the streets are really (cold/ hot) at noon. You should stay
inside.
6. Unlike Ha Noi, Ho Chi Minh City has two seasons, rainy and (dry/ wet).
7. You will see the whole city from the top of that (short/ tall) building.
8. With more than 24 million people, Shanghai is a very (big/ small) city in
population.
9. The journey to Paris was (boring/ exciting), so he wants to go there
again.
10. We were late this morning because there was (light/ heavy) traffic.
II. Fill in the blanks with the words and phrases in the box.
 night market palace tasty building tower
river bank floating market street food stall
landmarks
1. My parents used to run a fruit and vegetable _______ in the market.
2. Westminster Abbey is one of the most famous _______ in London.
3. A _______ is a market where goods are sold from boats.
4. Every year, millions of visitors climb to the top of the Eiffel _______ in
Paris.
5. This smoothie is really _______ - where did you buy it?
6. Banh mi is a familiar _______ in most cities in Viet Nam.
7. Da Lat _______ offers diverse shopping experiences to tourists.
8. _______ erosion causes severe damage to the communities in the
Mekong Delta.
9. A skyscraper is an extremely tall _______ in the city, and it may be up to
over 160 floors.
10. The Independence _______ is a must-see tourist attraction in Ho Chi
Minh City.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Big Ben is the most famous _______ in England.
A. house B. station C. skyscraper D. tower
2. Quiet villages with cool air, blossom, and bird singing are ideal places
for visitors who want to escape from _______ cities.
A. noisy B. calm C. peaceful D. lonely
3. They can’t buy a house because of the _______ cost of housing.
A. cheap B. low C. high D.
expensive
4. Hoi An _______ Town is really beautiful, especially at night with the
lanterns.
A. Smart B. Ancient C. Modern D. New
5. The _______ Opera House was the youngest building to be included on
the UNESCO World Heritage list.
A. London B. Sydney C. New York D.
Singapore
6. Asia is the Earth’s largest and most populous _______.
A. island B. country C. ocean D.
continent
7. Canada is one of 23 _______ in North America.
A. countries B. landmarks C. capitals D. cities
8. Umbrellas and raincoats are what people need in _______ days.
A. sunny B. stormy C. snowy D. rainy
9. In this city, people are _______, food is _______, and the weather is
always _______.
A. nice - delicious - friendly B. friendly - nice - delicious
C. friendly - delicious - nice D. delicious - friendly - nice
10. Ben Thanh Market is a famous _______ of Ho Chi Minh City.
A. museum B. monument C. landmark D.
square

C. GRAMMAR
I. Fill in the blanks with my, your, his, her, its, our, or their.
1. Mrs. Lien parked the car there. It’s _______ car.
2. Anna has a brother. _______ name is Thomas.
3. I have a new bicycle. _______ bicycle is black.
4. Your dog is very lovely. What’s _______ name?
5. We are in class 6A1. _______ class has 50 students.
6. Hello! My name is Luan. What’s _______ name?
7. What’s that girl’s name? - _______ name is Angelina.
8. You look strange today. _______ hair is shorter than usual.
9. Sue and James are friends. _______ houses are next to each other.
10. We bought a new apartment. _______ apartment is on the 7th floor.
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. Is this Lan’s room? - Yes, it’s (hers/ her).
2. These are (our/ their) seats, not theirs.
3. This is (hers/ his) postcard. It isn’t (my/ mine).
4. Whose ruler is this? Is it (your/ yours)?
5. Is it (your/ his) puppy? - Yes, it’s mine.
6. (Theirs/ Their) car is red, and (our/ ours) is black.
7. I’ve lost (mine/ my) pencil. Can I borrow (yours/ you)?
8. My cousin has a cat. (Its/ It) name is Katy.
9. Stacy and Kelly like salad. It’s (her/ their) favourite food.
10. This is (we/ our) room, and (theirs/ your) is just across the staircases.
III. Choose the best answers to complete the sentences.
1. _______ son caused some trouble at _______ school yesterday.
A. Her - his B. His - her C. Hers - his D. Her -
her
2. The bird is flapping _______ wings against the bars of _______ cage.
A. it - it B. it - its C. its - its D. its - it
3. There’s a big contrast between _______ neighbourhood and _______.
A. him - hers B. his - her C. hers - his D. her -
his
4. I’ll show you to _______ room. _______ is across the hall.
A. your - Ours B. yours - Ours C. yours - Our D. your -
Our
5. We gave them _______ address, and they gave us _______.
A. ours - their B. our - theirs C. our - their D. ours -
theirs
6. He decorated _______ room with pictures of all _______ favourite sports
figures.
A. his - mine B. his - his C. his - hers D. his -
theirs
7. Bob, are these old books in this drawer _______? - Yes, they’re all
_______.
A. yours - mine B. your - my C. your - mine D. yours
- my
8. _______ mother is a teacher. She started _______ job fifteen years ago.
A. My - hers B. Mine - hers C. Mine - her D. My -
her
9. _______ work is bad, but _______ is worse, and _______ is the worst of all.
A. Yours - hers - mine B. Yours
- her - my
C. Your - her - my D. Your - hers - mine
10. Arthur and William are good friends of _______. I often visit _______
hometown.
A. mine - theirs B. my - theirs C. mine - their D. my -
their
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. You can use my computer until you is repaired.
A B C D
2. Their house is very similar to ours, but ours is bigger than.
A B C D
3. Mrs. Harley is in the living room, and hers baby is crying.
A B C D
4. My relatives all lives in Ho Chi Minh City while his are in Ha Noi.
A B C D
5. I from Da Nang, and most of my friends are from there too.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Match the sentences.
1. The postcard had a picture of a. Yes. It’s the symbol of Paris.
Rome.
2. I travelled to Amsterdam last b. It has the largest bell in England.
summer. c. Oh yes! Sydney isn’t too hot.
3. Nice photo! This must be the d. It’s also the capital city of the
Eiffel Tower. UK.
4. Is the weather there hotter than e. Which building are you talking
in Sydney? about?
5. What is the weather like in your f. Yes, I did. He is an American.
city? g. Is Rome in Italy?
6. It’s the tallest building in Ho Chi h. Really? How was the city?
Minh City.
i. She’s from the Philippines.
7. London is the largest city of the
j. It’s sunny and hot now.
UK.
8. Where is your English teacher
from?
9. Did you talk to a foreigner last
night?
10. What do you know about Big
Ben Tower?
II. Answer the questions. Use the words in brackets.
1. When should I visit Nha Trang? (in spring)

2. Which country is famous for tulip flowers? (the Netherlands)

3. How far is it from your house to the city centre? (about 7 kilometres)

4. Who is the most popular British writer? (William Shakespeare)

5. Where is the centre of Ho Chi Minh City? (District 1)

6. Does she like to live in the city or in the countryside? (in the city)

7. How often do you go cycling in the suburbs? (never)

8. What is the weather like in Liverpool today? (mostly cloudy)

E. READING
I. Read the passage and decide whether the statements are TRUE
or FALSE.
Paris, the capital of France, is one of the largest cities in Europe, with 2.2
million people living in the centre and almost 12 million people living in
the suburbs. It is located on the River Seine. Paris is famous for being the
most beautiful and romantic of all cities. It is also called the City of Light or
the Capital of Fashion. A large part of the city, including the River Seine, is
a UNESCO World Heritage Site.
The city has a lot of landmarks, such as the world’s most visited tourist
site the Eiffel Tower, the Arc de Triomphe, the Notre-Dame Cathedral, and
the Louvre Museum. Paris is the most visited place in the world with 45
million tourists every year.
Paris has a climate with cool winters and warm summers. The weather is
so pleasant in the summer, so it is a great time to visit Paris.
Paris is well connected to the rest of Europe by train. Walking in Paris is
one of the greatest pleasures of visiting the City of Light. It is possible to
cross the entire city in only a few hours. Along the streets, there are a lot
of cafes, fashion shops, and souvenir shops.
1. There are more people living in the centre than living in the suburbs. _
2. River Seine is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. ________
3. According to the text, Paris is famous for the Eiffel Tower. ________
4. There are only some landmarks in the city. ________
5. Paris is also known as the Capital of Fashion. ________
6. Paris is the most popular tourist attraction in the world. ________
7. The best time to visit Paris is winter. ________
8. Tourists can buy souvenirs along the streets. ________
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
also parks Asia crowded when holds festivals
tourist
Located in Southeast (1) _______ , Singapore has become one of the
world’s richest countries and has the world’s busiest port. Singapore is
also one of the most popular (2) _______ attractions in the world. With the
population of over 5.5 million people, it is a very (3) _______ city, but it is
one of the cleanest cities in the world.
Singapore is a garden city, with over 50 major (4) _______ and 4
nature reserves, the Flower Dome, the Cloud Forest, museums, statues
and theatres. Those who want to go shopping should come to Orchard
Road with miles and miles of shopping malls. Singapore (5) _______ a lot of
events each year. Some of its famous (6) _______ and events include the
Singapore Food Festival, The Singapore Sun Festival, The Singapore Music
Festival, the Singapore Arts Festival, and the Chingay Parade. Christmas is
(7) _______ widely celebrated in Singapore. It is a season (8) _______ the
city streets and shopping malls are crowded along its famous shopping
belt.
- port (n): cảng - reserve (n): khu bảo tồn
F. WRITING
I. Write complete sentences using the prompts given.
1. We/ go/ that Japanese restaurant/ two weeks/ ago.

2. Can/ you/ tell/ me/ way/ nearest bakery?

3. Tom/ not/ take/ any photos/ of Times Square/ last time.

4. weather in Toronto/ be/ wonderful,/ and/ landscape/ be/ amazing.

5. I/ can’t/ get home/ quickly/ because/ there/ be/ heavy traffic/ on/ street.

6. Minh An/ have/ elder brother/ Ha Noi,/ and/ his name/ be/ Huy An.

7. the tour guide/ take/ your family/ to/ floating market/ yesterday?

8. Naomi and I/ both/ have/ black hair,/ but/ hers/ be/ lighter/ than/ mine.

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. This is her maths notebook.
This maths notebook

2. Is it your idea of camping in the countryside?

Is the idea
?
3. The house in that corner belongs to them.
The house

4. Your village is bigger than our village.

Our village is

5. He owns the apartment on the second floor.

The apartment

6. How many times a week do you go to the downtown areas?

How often
?
7. The United Kingdom has many famous landmarks.
 There are

8. What is the distance between the art gallery and the bus stop?
How far
?
 REVIEW 3
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced
differently from the others.
1. A. left B. west C. scene D. bell
2. A. game B. family C. program D. traffic
3. A. healthy B. both C. weather D.
marathon
4. A. cold B. boat C. postcard D.
historic
5. A. head B. beach C. ready D. dead
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. All players must use their hands to play (volleyball/ football).
2. You can try a lot of (delicious/ beautiful) local food in Thailand.
3. (Temple/ Tower) of Literature is a well-known landmark in Ha Noi.
4. Are you watching the weather (series/ forecast) on TV?
5. The streets in London are always crowded and (quiet/ noisy).
6. Tom and Jerry is my favourite TV (channel/ programme).
7. Pele is regarded as the best football (player/ viewer) of all time.
8. Their city is very (dirty/ clean) - you can’t find garbage in the streets.
9. Ms. Sally is the only (weatherman/ weathergirl) I’ve ever known.
10. We must buy (rackets/ skis), or we can’t play tennis.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. The Statue of Liberty in the U.S. is a famous _______.
A. monument B. museum C. landmark D.
square
2. The _______ air in the city is badly affecting the health of the residents.
A. clean B. polluted C. hot D. fresh
3. Kids like _______ programmes because they are funny.
A. cartoon B. discovery C. documentary D. news
4. Tea is still the most _______ drink in Britain.
A. expensive B. popular C. unpopular D.
healthy
5. Billy turned on the radio to listen to the _______.
A. documentary B. cartoons C. sports news D.
romance
6. He likes outdoor _______ such as football and cycling.
A. events B. exercises C. games D.
activities
7. The comedy is long, but it's funny and _______.
 A. serious B. boring C. entertaining D.
clumsy
8. Their city is very _______, and it has a lot of new buildings.
A. old B. modern C. polluted D. noisy
9. Paul was the _______ for the game show, and we were the viewers.
A. MC B. interviewer C. newsreader D. writer
10. I want to learn skateboarding, but I don’t have a _______.
A. racket B. bicycle C. boat D.
skateboard
IV. Fill in the blanks with the correct form or tense of the verbs
play, go, do, watch, like, have, take, see.
1. They are planning to _______ fishing in the Lake Erie.
2. The first World Cup _______ place in Uruguay.
3. We went to the city centre and _______ dinner last night.
4. Which activity do you prefer, doing aerobics or _______ tennis?
5. Jonathan _______ the sports channel every weekend.
6. He can _______ karate, but he’s not very good at it.
7. Did you _______ the London Bridge when you visited England?
8. Robert doesn’t play sports. He _______ reading comics.
V. Write the correct form of the word in brackets.
1. I like Ms. Sandra because she is _______ and funny. (friend)
2. This channel has some _______ programmes for kids. (education)
3. When I need advice, Kelvin is a _______ and generous friend. (help)
4. This pea cake is yummy and _______ , so many people like it. (taste)
5. _______ market is a unique form of market in Viet Nam. (float)
6. Brian often plays basketball, so he is _______ and sporty, (health)
7. Is Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs an _______ movie? (animation)
8. Hue is one of the most ancient _______ in Viet Nam. (city)
9. It’s a lovely _______ day - why don’t we take a walk along the coast?
(sun)
10. Cartoon is a programme for young _______ . (view)
VI. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1. I don’t like watching films _______ television.
2. _______ the weekend we can play a game of badminton.
3. We spent several days sightseeing _______ Berlin.
4. The cinema is only three kilometres _______ my house.
5. Why don’t you go and watch the show _______ Dad?
6. She has read a lot of books _______ sports and games.
7. He is watching TV in the room and doesn’t go out _______ fresh air.
8. This talk show is on _______ 7 o’clock on Sundays.
9. Will you go with us _______ the stadium this Saturday?
10. The Houston Marathon is an annual event held _______ January.
VII. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. _______ does your sister watch TV? - Every evening.
A. When B. How much C. What time D. How
often
2. Shaun the Sheep _______ his favourite cartoon when he was a child.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
3. My puppy is very cute, and _______ name is Milo.
A. it B. its C. my D. mine
4. My father _______ as a television news editor from 2018 to 2021.
A. worked B. works C. is working D. work
5. Mia _______ school last year and moved to Toronto to find a job.
A. left B. leaves C. is leaving D. leaves
6. Lillian loves sunbathing, _______ she often goes to the beach.
A. but B. so C. because D.
although
7. _______ me the remote control, please.
A. To give B. Giving C. Give D. You
give
8. _______ swimming in the lake. It’s dangerous.
A. Not go B. No going C. Don’t go D. Not to
go
9. _______ kind of sports do you play? - Table tennis.
A. How B. What C. How many D. Which
10. I can play shuttlecock, _______ I’m not really good at it.
A. so B. because C. and D. but
VIII. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. A few days ago my father buys a new soccer ball for me.
A B C D
2. What often do you watch this animal programme?
A B C D
3. Doing exercise is good, but doesn’t do too hard.
A B C D
4. These photos of her sister show off hers smooth black hair.
A B C D
5. When are you going to spend your vacation? - In Nha Trang.
A B C D
VII. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. There _______ (be) an interesting game show on TV yesterday.
2. He _______ (usually, walk) to the park and plays shuttlecock with his
friends.
3. The tourists _______ (want) to try the famous Toblerone chocolate from
Switzerland.
4. They _______ (cancel) the picnic because the weather was really bad.
5. Ms. Ronnie can’t meet you right now because she _______ (teach) in the
classroom.
6. _______ your father _______ (watch) car racing on TV last night?
7. Mum _______ (search) for her cooking programme at the moment.
8. The flight to Birmingham _______ (arrive) at 1.30 p.m. local time.
9. Albert _______ (win) the first prize in the skiing competition 3 years ago.
10. Don’t talk too loud, Gwen! Your sister _______ (sleep).
VIII. Match the sentences.
1. Did you have a nice weekend? a. What a beautiful city!
2. What did you do last Sunday? b. Is it in New York?
3. Did you take this photo? It’s c. I went cycling with my father.
nice. d. Yes, it is.
4. This is Toronto, a city in Canada. e. Sorry. I don't have free time.
5. Why do you turn off the TV, f. No. The picture is from my
Mum? brother.
6. The place in this picture is Times g. Yeah, it was OK.
Square. h. Good. They can protect your
7. I always wear goggles when I eyes.
swim. i. Because it’s time for bed.
8. Is this the Old Town
in j. Yes. It’s my favourite
Stockholm? programme.
9. What an interesting programme
it is!
10. Do you want to join our karate
club?
IX. Complete the dialogues. Use the words in the box.
and much on programme went cultural
sports that

1. Stanley: What is your favourite type of TV _______ ?

Robert: It’s cartoon.
2. Evan: Did you have a nice weekend, Mike?
Mike: Yeah, it was OK. I _______ fishing with my cousin.
3. Sara: How _______ do you know about television in this city?
Fred: Not much. I only know some programmes for children.
4. Jenny: What _______ do you play in your spare time?
Frank: I play volleyball. How about you?
5. Harry: Tomorrow we’re driving around to discover Da Lat.
James: _______ sounds interesting!
6. Kelly: Hue is a charming city with many _______ sites.
Paula: It is also famous for Perfume River.
7. Rebecca: My sister was _______ TV last month.
William: Really? What show was that?
8. Brenda: I’m living in a big city, but it’s noisy _______ polluted.
Caroline: Why don’t you move to the countryside?
X. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Every four years, in a different country around the world, there is a
big sports competition. It is like the Olympics but only for one sport. The
most popular sport in the world! What do you know about the FIFA World
Cup?
The first World Cup was in 1930, in Uruguay. In the final game
Uruguay beat Argentina and became the first World Cup winners. 13
countries played in the first World Cup. Now there are 32 countries in the
competition.
Until 2002 the World Cup was always in a European or an American
country. South Korea and Japan held the first Asian World Cup. The first
African World Cup was in 2010, in South Africa.
Brazil is the most successful World Cup team. They are the only
team that has played in every tournament. So far they have won it five
times. Germany and Italy have won it four times. Uruguay, Argentina, and
France have won it two times. England and Spain have won it once.
- beat (v): đánh bại - tournament (n): giải đấu
1. There is a World Cup every _______.
A. one year B. two years C. four years D. eight
years
2. In the first World Cup, _______.
A. there were 13 teams
B. Argentina beat Uruguay in the final match
C. there were 32 teams
D. Argentina and Uruguay are the winners
3. In 2002, the World Cup was in _______.
A. an American country B. a
European country
C. an Asian country D. South Korea and Japan
4. Why is Brazil the most successful World Cup team?
A. Because they haven’t played in every tournament so far.
 B. Because they have played in all tournaments and won World Cup five
times.
C. Because no one could beat them in every competition.
D. Because Germany and Italy have only won World Cup four times.
5. Which of the following is NOT true?
A. The first World Cup was in 1930.
B. Uruguay won the first World Cup.
C. France have won World Cup once.
D. South Africa held the first African World Cup.
XI. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
it include on attract many watching
buildings fireworks

Sydney is a city (1) _______ the east coast of Australia which is the
capital city of New South Wales. About five million people live in Sydney
which makes (2) _______ the biggest city in Oceania. In Sydney, there are
many famous (3) _______ : the Sydney Opera House, the Queen Victoria
Building and the Sydney Harbour Bridge. Sydney has a large harbour and
(4) _______ beaches. The most famous beach is Bondi Beach.
Sydney has lots of things to see and do. These (5) _______ visiting
Taronga Zoo - the northern side of the harbour, eating food, looking at art
or (6) _______ sports (like cricket or rugby) or walking down George Street
which has many nice shops. Sydney has some of Australia’s best shopping
areas. Many people go to Sydney City to watch the great (7) _______
display over the harbour on New Year’s Eve. Sydney holds events
throughout the year that (8) _______ tourists from around the world, some
namely events are Vivid Sydney, Royal Easter Show, and more.
XII. Write complete sentences using the prompts given.
1. not/ watch/ TV/ until/ midnight!

2. Michael/ go swimming/ nearly/ every day.

3. you/ join in/ the sports competition/ yesterday?

4. That tennis player/ not/ take part/ the tournament/ last week.

5. The weather there/ be/ hot/ than/ in my place.

6. The Merlion/ have/ the head/ a lion/ and/ the body/ a fish.

7. My mother/ always/ wear/ her helmet/ when/ she/ ride/ a bike.

8. Each year/ the Golden Gate Bridge/ attract/ more/ 10 million visitors.

XIII. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as

the first one.
1. William James is a friend of mine.
William James is one

2. It’s a good idea to discuss the problem with our teacher.

We should

3. It’s essential that you wear protective clothing in this area.

You must

4. When do you usually wake up in the morning?

What
?
5. Although that programme was interesting, I didn’t watch it.
That programme was interesting,

6. Let’s watch some movies on TV tonight.

Why don’t

?
7. You mustn’t be late for school, or you’ll have trouble with Ms. Loan.
Don’t

8. Because Jack wants to get excellent marks, he studies hard.

Jack wants to get excellent marks,
 UNIT 10:
OUR HOUSES IN THE FUTURE
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
smartphone address cottage guitar birthday
poster resort forest routine ocean
alarm heater success villa disease
First-stressed syllable Second-stressed syllable

II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the
others.
1. A. famous B. police C. device D.
machine
2. A. receive B. complete C. perform D. gather
3. A. helpful B. flower C. about D.
wireless
4. A. happen B. hotel C. visit D.
bathroom
5. A. event B. market C. water D.
garden

B. VOCABULARY
I. Put the nouns into the suitable verb list.
the shopping, emails, the flowers, meals, housework, the plants, dinner,
the oven, my room, the Internet, my friends, food from the supermarket,
my pets, websites, the kitchen, old people, the air conditioner, the
washing-up, the police in an emergency
1. do
2. tidy
3. cook
4. fix
5. water
6. surf
7. send and
 receive
8. take care of
9. order
10. contact
II. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. He lives in _______ because he likes farming work.
A. the sea B. the countryside C. space D. the
city
2. Hi-tech _______ might help mothers to look after children.
A. computers B. robots C. smartphones D.
machines
3. Besides storing foods, a modern _______ can cook meals.
A. washing machine B. dishwasher C. fridge D.
wireless TV
4. Wind flowing from a ceiling _______ can make the whole room cool and
airy.
A. fridge B. electric cooker C. electric fan D. smart
clock
5. I usually _______ the dishes after dinner.
A. cook B. wash C. help D. water
6. _______ will help us watch TV programmes from space.
A. Smart clock B. Robot C. Wireless TV D. Super
car
7. Here, you can enjoy the _______ view and dive into the turquoise water.
A. hill B. city C. park D. sea
8. Mrs. Nina is cooking dinner in the _______ now.
A. kitchen B. bathroom C. bedroom D. living
room
9. We might live in a comfortable _______ on the Moon.
A. supermarket B. apartment C. garden D. school
10. I can wash all my dirty clothes with the help of the _______.
A. dishwasher B. wardrobe
C. cupboard D. washing machine
III. Choose the correct preposition in brackets to complete the
sentences.
1. Our future houses might be _______ the ground. (at/ under/ to)
2. He wishes that he will have a villa _______ the sea. (by/ of/ above)
3. This car runs _______ electricity, so we don’t use gas. (for/ with/ on)
4. He doesn’t want to live _______ the city when he grows up. (of/ in/ to)
5. I can order food from a restaurant while I’m _______ home. (on/ in/ at)
6. Will robots help us _______ the household chores? (on/ for/ with)
7. I think all my dreams will come true _______ the future. (in/ to/ of)
8. Do you think there is life _______ other planets? (above/ on/ at)

C. GRAMMAR
I. Put the verbs into the correct form in the future simple.
1. I know for sure that I _______ (not go) out late at night.
2. They _______ (build) a bridge over that river.
3. Technology _______ (help) us build better houses.
4. The smart clock _______ (not start) because the battery is empty.
5. What _______ your dream house _______ (look) like?
6. In the future, houses _______ (be) more convenient.
7. He _______ (not surf) the Internet as regularly as he does now.
8. _______ Bailey _______ (move) to another city next year?
9. My mother _______ (not cook) because robots will help her.
10. We _______ (use) solar power as the main energy source.
II. Put the verbs into the correct form with might or mightn’t.
1. Humans _______ (not live) on the Moon.
2. People _______ (go) on holiday in space in the future.
3. In 50 years, we _______ (not travel) by car or motorbike.
4. They _______ (not use) natural gas to cook.
5. My parents _______ (come) home late this evening.
6. I _______ (not see) my classmates during summer holiday.
7. Robots _______ (replace) workers in the near future.
8. She _______ (not walk) to school tomorrow morning.
9. We _______ (wear) differently in the next century.
10. Houses _______ (talk) to us like robots.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Happy new year! Wishing that we _______ healthy and happy.
A. will be B. are C. were D. might
be
2. Michael _______ having a robot at home, but his father _______.
A. mightn’t mind - doesn’t mind B. might mind - don’t mind
C. might mind - might mind D. mightn’t mind - minds
3. We _______ a hi-tech house next year, and it _______ in the city.
A. won’t buy - will be B. buy - won’t be
C. will buy - will be D. don’t buy - will be
4. She _______ send me emails, but she _______ call me directly.
 A. might - might B. will - will
C. mightn’t - won’t D. mightn’t - might
5. Julia _______ get there in time, but I _______ be sure.
A. might - can’t B. might - can C. will - can D. won’t
- can’t
6. There _______ be a helicopter on the roof so I _______ fly to school.
A. won’t - can B. can’t - might C. will - can D.
mightn’t - will
7. _______ modern robots _______ the chores? - Yes, they _______.
A. Will... do - do B. Will... do – will
C. Do ... do - will D. Will... do - won’t
8. She _______ a few ideas about what she _______ in the future, but
nothing definite.
A. have - will do B. have - does C. has - might do D. has -
do
9. _______ houses in the future _______ the environment? - Yes, they
_______.
A. Will... protect - will B.
Does ... protect - will
C. Does ... protect - don’t D. Will...
protect - do
10. _______ Mr. Henry _______ a white fence for his garden? - No, he _______.
A. Does ... builds - doesn’t B. Will... build - won’t
C. Do ... build - do D. Will... build - doesn’t
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. Bring a raincoat because it might to rain today!
A B C D
2. Everyone believes that Josh stays at home all day tomorrow.
A B C D
3. What type of house you will live in the future ?
A B C D
4. Linda doesn’t have a map, so she might find our house.
A B C D
5. I think my future house will be on the mountains.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Match the sentences.
1. Jane thinks we might live with a. What will the TV look like?
robots. b. My bedroom, of course.
2. What kind of houses do you like? c. By the sea.
3. Robots will be much smarter. d. Because it can move.
4. Where will your dream house e. No. It will use solar energy.
be? f. She might be right about that.
5. I’m thinking about wireless TV. g. Will they be smarter than us?
6. Which room do you like best? h. I like motorhome.
7. What a beautiful view your i. Thanks for your compliment.
house has! j. Yes, people can start engine by
8. Why do you like motorhome? voice now.
9. We might control many things
by voice.
10. Will the house use wind
energy?
II. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. Mr. Kelvin might build a new house.

2. The house will look like a UFO.

3. Yes. It will have several windows.

4. The cottage will be on top of the hill.

5. I might live in the mountains because I like trees.

6. They will buy a wireless TV and a modern fridge for appliances.

7. My dream house will have a lot of rooms.

8. No. This factory won’t use wind energy.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and choose the best answer to the questions.
My dream house will be a one-storey country cottage. Though many
people like to live in a big house, I prefer living in a small one on a farm
because I might enjoy fresh air and a peaceful atmosphere. Like most
cottages, my house will be quiet.
The front of the house will be made of stone and it will have a nice
wooden roof with a chimney on the top. I will use space in my house
efficiently. There will be a living room, four bedrooms, two bathrooms and
large windows that will let in a lot of natural light.
In the living room, there will be a reading table, a sofa, and a
computer. The reading table will become a dining table in the evening,
and the sofa will turn into a bed at night. I might not even cook, but I will
buy canned food from the supermarket.
I love flowers, so I will plant various kinds of flowers around the
house. I think it might be really lovely. I will take a lot of photos of flowers
every day. This is my hobby.
1. According to the passage, how will the dream house be?
A. It will be a big house.
B. It will be a small house.
C. It will have some storeys.
D. It will be a cottage, but it won’t be on a farm.
2. The house will have _______.
A. 1 living room and 4 bathrooms B. 2 bedrooms and 1 living
room
C. 4 bedrooms and 2 bathrooms D. 2 bathrooms and 2
windows
3. The computer will be _______.
A. in the living room B. in one of the bedrooms
C. near a window D. on the reading table
4. What will happen to the reading table and the sofa?
A. The reading table and the sofa will become dining tables in the
evening, and they will turn into beds at night.
B. The reading table will become a dining table at day, and the sofa will
turn into a bed at night.
C. The reading table will become a dining table in the evening, and the
sofa will turn into a bed at night.
D. The reading table will become a dining table in the morning, and the
sofa will turn into a bed in the evening.
5. The writer’s hobby is _______.
A. reading books B. cooking meals
C. planting trees D. taking photos of flowers
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
appliances prefer energy it worry might
future but

What kind of houses would you like to live in? Some people like
living in simple houses in the countryside while others (1) _______ living in
modern houses in big cities.
 John often says that he would like to live in a modern house. Now, he
is drawing his (2) _______ house. The house looks like a UFO, (3) _______ it
might float on the water as a boat, and he calls it a boathouse. Because
the house is on the water, he will make a special device so that he might
get (4) _______ from water and wind. In his smart house, he will need only
a single control which (5) _______ be the same as a smartphone. It will
control lights and electric (6) _______ , supply heat, and even lock doors.
He will have a security system in his future house so that he will not (7)
_______ about his safe. The security system will protect the house from
thieves and robbers.
He will buy a cute robot so that he will talk to (8) _______ and he will
have it do all the housework. He will buy new and modern furniture. His
future house will be modern and comfortable.

F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. by/ future apartment/ will be/ the sea/ My

2. not/ The future car/ might/ run/ electricity/ on

3. by/ UFO house/ be surrounded/ will/ lots of trees/ His

4. in/ live/ People in the city/ might/ houses/ under the ground

5. everywhere/ you/ Will/ travel/ a/ in/ motorhome?

6. houseboat/ We/ the lake/ will/ on/ have/ a

7. on/ People/ wireless TVs/ use/ Mars/ might

8. be/ big trees and flowers/ There/ my garden/ in/ will

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. There will be about twenty rooms in their dream palace.
Their dream palace will

2. I’m not sure about living in an apartment in a skyscraper.

I mightn’t

3. Please help me arrange the furniture!

 Will you
?
4. They will probably stay with us in a guest house.
They might

5. We mightn’t see them at the weekend.

Perhaps we won’t

6. I’m thinking about studying French this year.

I might

7. In what ways will we control the future robots?

How will
?
8. Maybe my parents won’t move to the countryside.
My parents mightn’t
 UNIT 11
OUR GREENER WORLD
A. PHONETICS
I. Decide whether the bold syllables are stressed (S) or unstressed
(U).
1. Plastic bags are a big environmental hazard.
2. We need to develop greener products.
3. It’s a good idea to recycle household waste.
4. The environment is a popular topic these days.
5. There is a severe water shortage in parts of Africa.
II. Underline the stressed syllables.
1. Coal is a finite resource.
2. We are planting trees in the park.
3. The shortage of energy is the problem.
4. It’s our duty to save water.
5. This machine runs on solar power.

B. VOCABULARY
I. Complete the sentences using the words or phrases in the box.
reusing charity glass rubbish plastic
bag
recycling bins reduce survey exchange
fairs
1. They have _______ for old bottles and cans.
2. Do you want me to pour you a _______ of water?
3. We can make a nice flower vase by _______ this plastic bottle.
4. I’d like to _______ this dress for one in a smaller size.
5. They will exhibit their new designs at the trade _______ this spring.
6. A good way to _______ air pollution is using less cars.
7. They went on a ten-kilometre walk to raise money for _______ .
8. Some people just dump their _______ in the river.
9. We should do a _______ on how people use energy.
10. It takes 1,000 years for a _______ to degrade in a landfill.
II. Choose the best answers to complete the sentences.
1. This shopping bag is not _______, so I can buy it.
A. cheap B. simple C. expensive D. green
2. _______ materials are good for our environment.
A. Expensive B. Natural C. Polluted D. Fresh
3. Sewage from the factories is the main cause of _______ in this river.
 A. soil pollution B. air pollution
C. water pollution D. noise pollution
4. Reusable bags are better for the environment than _______ ones.
A. plastic B. rubbish C. shopping D. paper
5. I turned off the electric fan to _______ electricity.
A. reuse B. save C. recycle D.
reduce
6. Alan gave me a _______ bottle when I finished jogging.
A. air B. plant C. soil D. water
7. You should _______ things that can be recycled in a recycling bin.
A. put B. cut down C. decorate D. throw
away
8. Most books and notebooks are made of _______.
A. plastic B. wood C. paper D.
rubber
9. They _______ empty cans into new window frames.
A. recycle B. reduce C. swap D. reuse
10. You should give your old clothes to those _______.
A. for fun B. for good C. in use D. in
need

C. GRAMMAR
I. Fill in the blank with a, an or the.
1. Victoria is _______ animal lover.
2. I have _______ idea about reusing old things.
3. There is _______ used glass on the coffee table.
4. Her father is _______ environmentalist.
5. Today is _______ first day of our holiday.
6. She’s delivering _______ speech about greenhouse effect.
7. Are you going to _______ beach this Sunday morning?
8. Recycle Club is _______ organisation for students to help our
environment.
9. They are staying at _______ five-star resort in Da Nang.
10. Is he staying at _______ Furama resort in Da Nang?
II. Write the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1. The air _______ (not be) so polluted if people _______ (not drive) too
many cars.
2. What _______ you _______ (do) if you _______ (see) somebody litter?
3. If we _______ (keep) using oil, we _______ (run) out of it soon.
4. Bella _______ (harm) the environment if she _______ (not reuse) her old
items.
5. I _______ (buy) recycled bags if they _______ (not cost) much.
6. _______ it _______ (be) better if Carlos _______ (go) to school by bus?
7. We _______ (save) more trees if we _______ (use) paper economically.
8. If there _______ (be) flood, many people _______ (lose) their homes.
9. If he _______ (give) his old clothes to charity, he _______ (help) people in
need.
10. Wild animals _______ (die) if people _______ (continue) destroying their
habitats.
III. Combine the sentences using conditional sentence type 1 and
the words given.
1. Factories dump waste into rivers. A lot of fish die.
If

2. People keep using plastic bags. Oceans are full of plastic garbage.
If

3. They go to work by taxi. They don’t save a lot of money.

They won't

4. People build too many houses. Land for farming decreases.

Land for farming

5. The Earth becomes hotter. The polar ice cap melts.

If

6. You don’t write on both sides. You waste your paper.

You

7. We use recycled products. We won't harm the environment.

We

8. People breathe polluted air. They suffer from lung diseases.

If

9. The residents don’t often cycle. There is too much air pollution in this
area.
There
10. Those companies will receive good feedbacks. They produce reusable
bags.
If

IV. Choose the best answers to complete the sentences.

1. I’ve finished _______ my homework and I’m going to _______ bed now.
A. the - 0 B. 0 - 0 C. the - the D. a - a
2. Daisy will become ‘greener’ if she _______ a reusable shopping bag.
A. carry B. carries C. will carry D.
carried
3. What will you do if you _______ someone throwing trash on the street?
A. can see B. will see C. see D. saw
4. If we _______ more plants, we _______ soil pollution.
A. will grow - reduce B. grew - will reduce
C. grow - will reduce D. are growing - will reduce
5. If you bring water bottles to a picnic, what type of bottles _______?
A. do you bring B. should you bring C. are you bringing D. you
will bring
6. Solar panels are _______ example of _______ renewable energy
technologies.
A. an - a B. the - the C. the - a D. an - 0
7. _______ method of transportation has _______ major effect on _______
environment.
A. The - a -the B. A - a - an C. The - the - the D. 0 - a -
an
8. If students _______ to school by bus, there _______ less traffic.
A. go - will be B. will go - is C. will go - will be D. go - is
9. _______ your food in a reusable box if you bring it to school?
A. Will you not put B. You won’t put C. You will put D. Will
you put
10. Is it true that _______ water conducts heat faster than _______ air?
A. the - an B. a - an C. the - the D. 0 - 0
V. Choose the word of phrase that needs correcting.
1. If we don’t use recycled paper, we will save a lot of trees.
A B C D
2. Streets will be cleaner if people puts trash in a trash bin.
A B C D
3. People can have breathing problems if they will breathe polluted air.
A B C D
4. If she doesn’t use plastic bags, she will help to reduce a plastic waste.
 A B C D
5. If plastic waste is thrown away, it will be dangerous for environment.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ You want to keep them, don’t you?
___ Why do you want to reuse them? They are very cheap, and it’s easy to
buy the brand new ones.
___ I’m folding plastic bags.
___ Because we will help the environment if they are reused. Plastic bags
are very dangerous for living things!
___ I see. I have an idea. We should also keep plastic water bottles.
___ OK.
1 What are you doing, Naomi?
___ Good idea. There is one in the fridge. Let’s go and take it.
___ Yes, I do. These bags are still new, so I can use them again.
II. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. I use recycled items because I want to save the environment.

2. Everybody should reduce waste and reuse plastic bags.

3. No. My parents don’t grow vegetables at home.

4. There are two electric fans in my room.

5. I turn off the lights when I leave my classroom.

6. He swapped his old novels with his cousins.

7. Yes. There is a recycling bin in my house.

8. You can buy reusable bags at the check-out desk.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and answer the questions.
We know that we will pollute the environment if we do not use
materials wisely. People have founded many programmes to save
materials and protect the environment. 3Rs is one of them. 3Rs stands for
Reduce, Reuse and Recycle.
Reducing means we reduce the amount of waste we produce. This is
the best way to help the environment. If we do not reduce the waste, we
will pollute our environment more seriously.
Reusing is using the items again. For example, plastic bags can be
reused if it is still new. We should not throw away reusable things but
store and use them for other purposes.
Recycling is changing the waste materials into new products. For
example, we recycle waste paper to make carton boxes. We should
recycle as many things as possible.
If we reduce, reuse and recycle our resources, we will save energy
and money. Moreover, we will help to prevent pollution and global climate
change.
1. What will happen if people do not use materials wisely?

2. What does 3Rs stand for?

3. What does “reducing” mean?

4. What will happen if we do not reduce the waste?

5. What is “reusing”, and “recycling”?

6. Should we throw away reusable things?

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

harmful solar reduce energy use walk products
serious
Have you ever thought of how to reduce pollution? Here are 5 easy ways:
- Use public means of transportation. We shouldn’t use cars to go to
nearby places, but (1) _______, ride a bicycle or take a bus. It is one of
the best ways to (2) _______ pollution.
- Use green energy. We should use renewable energy such as (3) _______
energy and wind.
- Turn off lights, computers and all other electric devices when they are
not in (4) _______ . If we do so, we will save a lot of (5) _______ and
money.
- Be careful with the rubbish we throw away every day because they
cause (6) _______ pollution. We should not throw rubbish into lakes,
rivers and seas.
- Use environmentally friendly (7) _______ . We should use reusable bags
and bottles instead of plastic ones. Plastic waste is (8) _______ to the
environment.

F. WRITING
I. Write conditional sentences type 1 using the prompts given.
1. we/ breathe in/ polluted air/ we/ get/ sick.

2. Daniel/ see/ rubbish/ on the streets/ he/ pick/ it/ up.

3. she/ not/ use/ water/ she/ close/ the water tap.

4. his friends/ like/ his books/ he/ swap/ the books/ with them.

5. I/ go shopping/ this evening/I/ buy/ some/ recycled bags.

6. we/ find/ creative ways/ to use energy/ we/ save/ a lot of/ money.

7. they/ invite/ me/ to join/ 3Rs club/I/ be/ very glad.

8. you/ spend/1.5 hour/ on Facebook/ every day/ you/ waste/ 7 months/ in

10 years.

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. It's forbidden to throw garbage there.
You mustn’t

2. Stop polluting the lake, or the fish will die.

If we don’t

3. Reducing plastic waste is helpful for our life.

We should

4. Because we don’t recycle paper, we don’t save lots of trees.

If we

5. Scientists advise not using too many plastic containers.

People shouldn’t
6. I don’t think bicycling will pollute the air.
I think bicycling

7. Don’t waste oil, or it will run out soon.

If people

8. Cities are convenient, but the air in cities is polluted.

Although
 UNIT 12 (ROBOTS)
A. PHONETICS
I. Decide whether the sentences are statements or not (Yes or No).
1. He worked like a robot. _________
2. Which jobs will robots replace? _________
3. What a lovely robot it is! _________
4. These cars aren’t built by robots. _________
5. The scientists will create a robot dog. _________
6. Send a letter to my aunt. _________
7. I didn’t show him the robot pet. _________
8. Can your robot hold an object? _________
B. VOCABULARY
I. Fill in the blanks with the phrases in the box.
build buildings pick fruit do the washing work as guards
read our moods repair a broken machine cut the grass
move heavy objects teach students look after sick people
1. These systems claim to be able to _______ , emotions and personality traits.
2. Robot kitchen will make your dinner, _______ and share housework.
3. Big construction companies use worker robots to _______ in many cities.
4. This friendly robot can act as a health advisor for coronavirus patients and
_______.
5. Tevel Aerobotics Technologies developed flying robots that can _______ at
orchards.
6. Robots with high payload capacities have the ability to lift and _______ up to
300 kg.
7. Robots are increasingly being used to _______ in the classroom for some
subjects.
8. The industrial robotic arms allow technicians to _______ or to create a new
one.
9. Security robots are designed to replace people who _______ in modern
buildings.
10. Little robot gardener can _______ , sweep the leaves and even plough the
fields.

II. Choose the correct answer.

1. I think most of home robots can (live/ clean) the house.
2. Emily expects that a smart robot can (drink/ make) and serve coffee.
3. Nowadays, robots can (understand/ teach) some simple requests.
4. Will there ever be a robot that (does/ takes) all the housework?
5. My robot (helps/ plays) computer games very well. I can’t win against it.
6. Teacher robots can (study/ teach) online now, using the Internet.
7. A home robot can set a table for a meal before (washing/ drying) the
dishes.
8. Her robot will (cook/ eat) dinner, so she will have more free time.
9. Teacher robots will be able to (understand/ help) students with difficult
exercises.
10. They program the robot to (water/ grow) plants only when the soil is dry.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Home robots will help people do all household _______.
A. waste B. chores C. furniture D. appliances
2. His robot can boil water and make _______ for guests.
A. meal B. food C. tea D. bed
3. Can your robot hear and _______ all words you say?
A. teach B. order C. shout D. understand
4. This robot takes a photo of you to recognise your _______.
A. face B. word C. voice D. speech
5. Schools will use _______ robots in classes in the future.
A. teacher B. doctor C. space D. worker
6. _______ robots are useful today - they make the beds and clean the rooms.
A. Factory B. Home C. House D. School
7. Worker robots will be able to _______ houses in the air.
A. buy B. make C. work D. build
8. Do you think that robots will _______ our life better?
A. move B. do C. make D. have
9. In the past, robots only had a _______ role in our life.
A. minor B. dangerous C. big D. simple
10. Space robots can _______ space station or _______ some experiments.
A. fly - make B. build - do C. go - do D. work - take
C. GRAMMAR
I. Complete the sentences. Use the superlative form of the adjectives in
brackets. (so sánh nhất)

1. __________________ robot, or nanobot, can enhance the precision of a surgeon.

(small)

2. This is __________________ travelling robot vacuum I have watched on TV.

(slow)

3. What are some of __________________ things you could order a robot to do?
(funny)

4. I think 250-Year-Old Automaton was _________________________ robot in the

world. (old)

5. Is Saarang Sumesh no longer __________________ robot maker in India?

(young)

6. Robots replacing humans to do most jobs wouldn’t be __________________

future. (bad)

7. At the current time, Japan is the world's __________________ producer of

robots. (big)

8. For starters in robotics, what is __________________ robot that one can make?
(easy)

9. __________________ space probe mankind has launched from Earth is Voyager

1. (far)

10. This path finder robot reaches the destination with __________________ route
around obstacles. (short)
II. Complete the sentences. Use comparative or superlative form of the
adjectives in brackets. (so sánh hơn hoặc so sánh nhất)

1. Your robot is so much __________________ than the one I bought last summer.
(nice)

2. Space robots can explore the __________________ planets in the solar system.
(hot)

3. This flying robot is only slightly __________________ than the diameter of a

pencil. (tall)

4. What is the cheapest drone with the __________________ flight time? (long)

5. This robot can walk upstairs and his arms stretch __________________ than a
car. (wide)

6. Investment in new robot technologies has become __________________ than

before. (large)

7. My pen friend said, 'There is nothing __________________ than being served by

a robot!' (bad)

8. Where can I buy the __________________ robot vacuum for pet hair cleanup?
(good)

9. Singapore was the country with the __________________ robot density in 2019.
(high)

10. Explorers built this robot to work in the __________________ temperatures on

Earth. (cold)

III. Choose the best answers to complete the sentences.

1. Using robots is one of _______ ways to explore this deep cave.
A. safest B. the safer C. safer D. the safest
2. Robots work 24/7 at a _______ price than _______ wage exists today.
A. lower much - lowest B. much lowest -
the lower
C. much lower - the lowest D. lower much - the lowest
3. _______ robot was designed for war, almost _______ than a human.
A. The smartest - smarter B. Smarter - smartest
C. The smartest - smartest D. Smarter - the smartest
4. The automotive industry is one of _______ users of industrial robots.
A. the larger B. the largest C. larger D. largest
5. A robot called Cheetah is _______ than the _______ human, Usain Bolt.
A. the faster - fastest B. faster - fastest
C. the faster - the fastest D. faster - the
fastest
6. Can we put those robots in order from _______ to _______?
A. heaviest - lightest B. the heavier - the lighter
C. heavier - lighter D. the heaviest - the lightest

7. RoboBee is currently the world's _______ robot, even a paper clip is _______ it.
A. smallest - bigger B. the smallest - bigger
C. smallest - bigger than D. the smallest -
bigger than
8. Robots don’t get tired and some are _______ than the _______ human.
A. far stronger – strongest B. far strongest - strongest
C. stronger far - strongest D. stronger far - stronger
9. Even if you’re _______ person in the world, our robot _______ after your mess.
A. tidier - cleans up B. the tidier - will clean up
C. tidiest - cleans up D. the tidiest - will clean up
10. The _______ robot mowers are _______ a petrol-powered lawnmower.
A. noisier - much quieter B. noisiest - much quieter than
C. noisiest - quieter much D. noisier - quieter much than
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. Can the smartest robots understand and speak much than 100 languages?
A B C D
2. Robots will be very useful because they won’t do almost everything instead of
us.
A B C D
3. This is the smallest of all home robots, and I can put them in my school bag.
 A B C D
4. Dr. Adam’s home robot do the dishes, irons clothes, and puts toys away.
A B C D
5. A doctor robot can helps sick people and do many things like humans.
A B C D
D. SPEAKING
I. Complete the dialogues. Use the words or phrases in the box.
make they will are there simple
why what you say quite a lot how many
1. Luke: What could robots do in the past?
Issac: Robots could do very _______ things.
2. Oliver: Could robots do the laundry and housework?
Lucas: Yes, they could. But they couldn’t _______ coffee.
3. Amelia: What can robots do now?
Harper: Now robots can do _______ .
4. Amigail: Can robots understand what we say?
Camila: No, they can’t understand _______ .
5. Jacob: _______ do you call them worker robots?
Daniel: Because they can help build our houses.
6. Emma: _______ types of robots do you have?
Sophia: I have two types of robots: home robots and worker robots.
7. Madison: _______ other types of robots?
Avery: Yes. There are doctor robots and teacher robots.
8. Mia: Will future robots be able to sing English songs?
Scarlett: Yes, _______ . I think so.
II. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ Robots are smart now, and they can do a lot of things.
___ Maybe. Robots will be able to smile, but they won’t have feelings like us.
1 How much do you know about robots, Mr. Spencer?
___ Recognise my face and voice? Can I talk with them?
___ Of course, you can. They will answer you if they understand what you say.
___ A lot of things? Could you give some examples?
___ Sounds interesting! Will they smile if I make a joke?
___ No, I don’t think so. Robots don’t have physical body like humans.
___ They can guard the house, cook meals, recognise your face and voice...
___ Will scientists create some robots with feelings?
E. READING
I. Read the text and choose the best answer to the questions.
In a restaurant, robots can serve food just like waiters and waitresses.
Besides, it is interesting to see a robot serving customers. Some fast-food
chains have already replaced their kitchen team with robots. Robots are not
only serve foods but also cook. Scientists in San Francisco in the US have
developed a robot that can automatically produce 400 burgers in an hour,
carrying out the work of three humans. Japanese restaurants have used
restaurant robots for simple tasks such as collecting or washing dishes and
cleaning the floor.
Akihiro Suzuki works at Yaskawa Electric, a company that develops robots.
He says robots can’t do everything a human can, but they can work without
becoming tired. He says robots can’t taste food or change heating levels. But he
says if a dish is easily prepared, a robot can repeat the same movement to
reproduce the same meal. He says people all over the world now eat sushi, but
there are not enough skilled cooks to prepare it. He says his robots can help
anyone make sushi. Other robots have been created to help decorate cakes or
cut and peel apples.
- carry out (v): thực hiện - reproduce (v): bắt chước, làm lại
- skilled (adj): có kỹ năng, lành nghề
1. What can robots do in a restaurant?
A. Robots can work with the kitchen team.
B. Robots can replace waiters and waitresses.
C. Robots can serve food just like waiters and waitresses.
D. Robot can help customers to cook.
2. According to the first paragraph, a robot _______.
A. can carry out the work of three people
B. can’t serve food without waiters or waitresses
C. can produce 400 burgers in a day
D. can’t replace a kitchen team
3. Japanese restaurants have used restaurant robots for _______.
A. producing burgers B. simple tasks
C. replacing humans D. serving customers
4. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the second
paragraph?
A. Robots can’t do everything a human can.
B. Robots can work and they become tired after that.
C. Robots can’t taste food.
D. Robots can’t change heating levels.
5. In the second paragraph, Akihiro Suzuki says his robot can reproduce a meal
if _____.
A. the cook repeats the same movement so his robot can learn it
B. the dish is hard for the cooks to prepare it
C. there are not enough skilled cooks to prepare it
D. it is easily prepared
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
what help elderly gardening iron main communicate
You are busy studying or working. You do not have enough time and energy to
do housework. Why don’t you buy a home robot? They might be a little
expensive (1) _______ they can change your life. Home robots are programmed
to (2) _______ with household chores.
(3) _______ will home robots be able to do? One of the (4) _______ tasks of home
robots will be doing household chores. Besides, they will also be used for (5)
_______ , playing with children, taking care of patients, and providing
entertainment.
Scientists want to make home robots which can (6) _______ the clothes, make
the beds, and do many of other things that humans can do. Also, these labor-
saving robots will be able to help disabled or (7) _______ people. To handle all of
the above, they must be able to (8) _______ with humans.
F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. on/ will/ Doctor/ robots/ instead of/ operate/ us/ human doctors

2. in/I/ robots/ won’t/ electricity/ too much/ the future/ think/ use

3. help/ us/ Tiny robots/ our bodies/ can/ and repair/ to find/ problems/ in

4. use/ security guards/ robots/ as/ People/ in/ some important places

5. us/ helped/ Their robot/ and dangerous things/ to do/ many complicated

6. scientists/ In the future,/ will/ many types of/ intelligent robots/ design

7. for 24 hours,/ A robot/ can/ doesn’t/ the same work/ do/ but/ it/ complain

8. on Mars/ will/ Space robots/ space stations/ build/ and other planets

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the first
one.
1. There are more than 100 worker robots in their factory.
Their factory___________________________________________________________________
2. ASIMO robot isn’t as tall as my Japanese friend.
My Japanese friend_____________________________________________________________
3. Doctor robots don’t know how to do the household chores.
Doctor robots can’t ____________________________________________________________
4. Gundam was bigger than any other robots in the world in 2020.
Gundam was___________________________________________________________________
5. They should buy a smarter driverless car.
Why don’t______________________________________________________________________?
6. You should give some directions, or he won’t understand you.
If you don’t_____________________________________________________________________
7. Home robots become cheaper, so people start to buy them.
Because________________________________________________________________________
8. This robot won’t function if it doesn’t hear my voice command.
Unless__________________________________________________________________________
 REVIEW 4
I. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the
others.
1. A. wireless B. robot C. product D.
protect
2. A. palace B. exchange C. tonight D.
instead
3. A. plastic B. repair C. study D.
household
4. A. resident B. reuse C. reduce D.
receive
5. A. human B. rubbish C. improve D. heavy
II. Complete the sentences using the words or phrases in the box.
reusable bins appliances smart TV
containers
materials recycle dishwasher cooker
energy
1. You should use _______ products instead of plastic ones.
2. Their house is equipped with all kinds of modern _______ .
3. Japanese people _______ more than half of their waste paper.
4. Methane gas from food waste is a potentially valuable source of
_______ .
5. I think a _______ isn’t that smart without an internet connection.
6. Their new model of _______ is a great water and energy saver.
7. I have an interesting idea of recycling plastic food _______ .
8. Electric rice _______ has two indicating lamps marked ‘Cook’ and
‘Warm’.
9. General waste and recycling _______ have different coloured lids.
10. Reusable bag is ‘greener’ because it’s made of natural _______ .
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. _______ robots can do quite a lot of things nowadays.
A. Old B. Hi-tech C. Funny D. Low-
tech
2. If we plant more _______, the air won’t be so polluted.
A. trees B. flowers C. gardens D.
vegetables
3. _______ causes us to suffer from hearing problems.
A. Soil pollution B. Water pollution C. Noise pollution D. Air
pollution
4. Elizabeth _______ the bed in her bedroom every day.
 A. swaps B. does C. takes D. makes
5. This latest Samsung _______ TV can do many things like a computer.
A. new B. smart C. automatic D. big
6. Remember to _______ the lights when you go out.
A. turn on B. throw away C. turn off D. get
out
7. My future house might be located near the paddy fields _______.
A. on the Moon B. in the countryside C. by the
sea D. in space
8. The best way to _______ paper is to use it less.
A. recycle B. protect C. waste D. save
9. Can your gardening robot _______ in front of the yard?
A. cut the hedge B. wash the dishes C. do the laundry D. make
the bed
10. Besides taking care of patients, doctor robots can help _______.
A. scientists in space B. students at school
C. people in need D. workers in factories
IV. Write the correct form of the word in brackets.
1. You should bring your own _______ bags to the market. (shop)
2. This book provides _______ information about the environment. (help)
3. People might find _______ ways to reduce plastic waste. (create)
4. Don’t leave the lights on because it wastes _______ . (electric)
5. _______ have invented many important things. (science)
6. Water pollution makes fish die; soil pollution makes _______ die. (plant)
7. When you buy a new product, you should choose a(n) _______ one.
(reuse)
8. We must reduce the use of _______ resources of the Earth, (nature)
9. My father usually does the _______ at weekends. (garden)
10. Our city will become cleaner and _______ than they are now. (green)
V. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1. World Environment Day is _______ 5th June.
2. What are you doing _______ the supermarket, Jane?
3. I’m going to buy some fruits _______ my mother.
4. Some day we might build cities _______ space.
5. If we use this kind _______ bag, we’ll help reduce plastic waste.
6. I like to live _______ the sea and enjoy sandy beaches.
7. What will life _______ Earth be like in the future?
8. Robots will be able to communicate _______ humans.
9. Kelley has planned to spend a week _______ the mountains.
10. She will have a project _______ robots in the future.
VI. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. People _______ go on holiday to Mars some day.
A. can B. must C. might D.
should
2. I’m fascinated by the house that looks like _______ UFO.
A. the B. a C. an D. 0
3. _______ people do not necessarily have of all.
A. The happiest - the best B.
happiest - best
C. The happiest - best D.
happiest - the best
4. I believe that people _______ definitely make the world greener in the
future.
A. will B. can C. won’t D. might
5. If Nam _______ plastic bags, he will help protect the environment.
A. didn’t use B. will use C. uses D.
doesn’t use
6. What _______ if we live in the noisy surroundings?
A. happened B. will happen C. happens D.
happen
7. You _______ pass the exams to study in higher classes.
A. might B. mightn’t C. must D.
should
8. With high-end washing machines, we provide the _______ laundry
service.
A. cleaner and safest B. cleaner and the safest
C. cleanest and the safer D.
cleanest and safest
9. The next generation of robots _______ use electricity, but solar power.
A. didn’t B. don’t C. won’t D.
couldn’t
10. The beach will be full of garbage _______ dustmen don’t collect it.
A. so B. if C. but D. unless
VII. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. They use solar energy to cook and running home appliances.
A B C D
2. You should keep that item - it might being very useful one day.
A B C D
3. If robots will do all our work, we will become so lazy.
A B C D
4. When our washed machine broke, our neighbours let us use theirs.
 A B C D
5. Finland is one of happiest countries according to the World Happiness
Report.
A B C D
VIII. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. Listen! _______ your phone _______ (ring) downstairs?
2. She _______ (receive) a postcard from her brother yesterday.
3. Scientists _______ (find) ways to recycle more things soon.
4. Last week, they _______ (exchange) their old shoes for new ones at the
fair.
5. Life expectancy in Europe _______ (increase) greatly in the 20th century.
6. This Saturday morning I _______ (do) the gardening with my mum.
7. If Sue _______ (use) recycled paper, she _______ (help) to save the
forests.
8. Hoang _______ (not do) enough preparation for his exam, and he failed.
9. If people _______ (stop) deforestation, they _______ (save) wild animals.
10. Country life _______ (not be) always as peaceful as city dwellers _______
(think).
IX. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. People will live under the ground in the future.

2. I don’t think we should have robots in our life.

3. Our school will have new computer system next year.

4. This neighbourhood collects old batteries twice a week.

5. No. I don’t like walking or cycling in the rain.

6. I will go to school by bike to protect the environment.

7. My dream house will look like a motorhome.

8. We bought a home robot to help us with the housework.

X. Match the sentences.

1. I’m drawing a picture of my house. a. How about physics?
2. This is my teacher robot. b. In the city.
3. Don’t forget to turn off the light. c. See you later.
4. Where will you live when you grow d. Can it teach English?
up? e. Really? It looks like a beehive.
5. How can we reduce household f. Sure. I’ll turn it off.
waste? g. Because I enjoy the fresh air.
6. I have to go now. h. Let's follow the 3Rs rule.
7. Are reusable bags expensive? i. No. They are cheap.
8. I can’t decide which subject to j. Yes. I call it “Kitty”.
review first!
9. Does your robot have a name?
10. Why do you like to live in the
countryside?
XI. Read the text and answer the questions.
We know that paper is made from trees, so recycling paper helps to
save trees. Saving trees helps to prevent air pollution, soil erosion and
floods.
In Britain, 12.5 million tons of paper are used every year. An average
person uses 38kg of paper each year. It takes 24 trees to make one ton of
paper. 67 % of paper used in Britain is kept for recycling.
Paper recycling is so important and we should recycle our waste paper.
To get the benefits of recycling, we must give our contribution to the work.
Paper recycling is also a great chore for children depending on their
age. It is an important way for children to learn about responsibility for
saving money and trees, and working together. Recycling chores help
children to learn about going green and protecting natural resources.
Children can also help with recycling at home, at school and in the
community.
- erosion (n): sự xói mòn - contribution (n): sự đóng
góp
- responsibility (n): trách nhiệm
1. Recycling paper helps to save trees because _______.
A. trees help to prevent air pollution B. paper is made from trees
C. trees help to prevent soil erosion D. trees help to prevent floods
2. How much paper does an average person in Britain use each year?
A. 12.5 million tons of paper B. one ton of paper
C. 38kg of paper D. 67 % of paper in Britain
3. Which of the following is true about paper recycling?
A. Paper recycling isn’t very important.
B. Paper recycling is a boring chore for children.
C. Children can’t do anything at home to help with recycling.
D. Paper recycling needs our contribution.
4. Paper recycling is an important way for children _______.
 A. to learn about saving trees
B. to take responsibility for using paper
C. to know how to make paper from trees
D. to work together for money
5. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A. Children should use recycled paper.
B. Children must give their contribution to paper recycling.
C. Children can’t help with paper recycling at school.
D. Children can learn about saving trees and protecting resources.
XII. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
one recognise easier scientists sports heavy do
products
Robots are changing our life now in so many ways, and actually they
have been our life for years. (1) _______ have tried to make personal robots
more suitable for home life. What will future robots be able to do?
They will help take care of old people. This will be (2) _______ of the
most important uses of personal robots in the coming years. Personal
robots will be able to make daily tasks (3) _______ . It will help old people
many things, such as do the housework, go to buy (4) _______ at the
supermarket, help to lift (5) _______ things, and even take old people to
cross a busy street.
Besides doing the housework, robots will be able to (6) _______ us by
our faces. They will be able to talk to us and (7) _______ what we ask them
to do. Robots will be able to communicate with us as a friend. They will be
able to play (8) _______ and games with children and tell the children
bedtime stories.
XIII. Write complete sentences using the prompts given.
1. I/ afraid/ Ellie/ can/ not/ see/ you/ until/ 3 o’clock.

2. People/ die/ if/ they/ not/ breathe.

3. Nathan/ design/ his/ dream house/ at/ moment.

4. Floods/ not happen/ if/ the villagers/ plant/ more trees.

5. My future house/ might/ be/ the suburbs/ the city.

6. If/ people/ cycle more/ there/ be/ less/ air pollution.

7. She/ need/ grow/ some flowers/ her garden.

8. We/ have/ robot/ to look after/ the children/ next year.

XIV. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as

the first one.
1. Don’t overload the washing machine, or it won’t work properly.
If you

2. Scarlett is not sure about planting more trees with us next time.
Scarlett mightn’t

3. My future villa will have a garden and a playground.

There will

4. The class will not start until the teacher arrives.

When the teacher arrives,

5. Anderson will probably move to a new apartment in the city.

Anderson might

6. I won't throw those old chairs away unless they are broken.
If those old chairs aren't

7. This robot is smarter than all other robots in the exhibition.

This is the

8. Hurry up or we will be late for school.

If we don’t
 UNIT 1: MY NEW SCHOOL - KEY
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
lunch far smart study
hard
sharpener compass schoolyard subject
alarm
rubber Sunday month large
fast

/a:/ /ʌ/
far; smart; hard; sharpener; lunch; study; compass; subject;
schoolyard; alarm; large; fast rubber; Sunday; month

II. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. computer B. compass C. fun D. month
2. A. card B. farm C. art D. share
3. A. eat B. breakfast C. teach D. seat
4. A. grammar /æ/ B. calendar /æ/ C. father /ɑ/ D.
calculator /æ/
5. A. lunch B. watch C. school D. chess

B. VOCABULARY
I. Put the words into the correct group.
calculator father football textbook mother English
school bag maths teacher physics judo rubber
student history chess compass basketball friend ruler
science classmate badminton pencil case Vietnamese
1. People: Father; Mother; Teacher; Student; Classmate; Friend
____________________________________________________________________________
2. Sports and games: Football; Judo; Basketball; Badminton; Chess
____________________________________________________________________________
3. School subjects: English; Maths; Physics; History; Vietnamese;
Science
____________________________________________________________________________
4. School things: Calculator; Textbook; School bag; Rubber; Pencil
Case; Ruler; Compass;
____________________________________________________________________________
II. Put the words into the correct column.

judo breakfast maths housework the violin lunch

chemistry volleyball
dinner grammar the guitar homework friends geography
pop music

do play study have

judo, homework, the violin, maths, breakfast, lunch,
housework, volleyball, the chemistry, dinner, friends,,
karate, exercise, guitar, pop grammar, classmates,
the ironing music, geography, notebooks
basketball, English, physics,
badminton

III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.

1. I have a new _______, but I don’t wear it every day.
A. pencil case B. notebook C. bicycle D.
uniform
wear sth : mặc
uniform-> đồng phục

2. You can borrow books from the school _______.

A. yard B. canteen C. library D.
garden
borrow books=> library: thư viện

3. My pencil is not sharp any more. I need a pencil _______.

A. sharpener B. case C. eraser D. head
not sharp-> ko nhọn
=> sharpener : gọt bút chì

4. What do you usually do _______ break time?

 A. on B. in C. at D. about
at break time-> trong thời gian giải lao

5. In the afternoon, we learn to draw, swim, or do _______.

A. football B. science C. judo D. lunch
do judo : tập võ

6. We study many _______ - maths, science, English, etc.

A. exercises B. grades C. subjects D. units
study + subjects

7. My best friend usually plays football in the school _______.

A. park B. garden C. playground D. club
school playground: sân chơi

8. Mary studies in _______ school. She doesn’t go home every day.

A. a boarding B. an international C. a new D. a high
borarding school: trường nội trú

9. The unit has a list of _______. It’s about 30 words.

A. lesson B. vocabulary C. grammar D.
homework
a list of + N ->1 danh sách
words=> vocabulary: từ vựng

10. I’m in grade 6, but that English _______ is for grade 7.

A. textbook B. schoolbag C. compass D.
calculator
English textbook: sgk tiếng Anh

C. GRAMMAR
I. Complete the sentences using the present simple.
1. He usually ________goes_________ (go) to school on time.
2. ________Does Ms. Lucy teach_________ (Ms. Lucy, teach) English in
your school?
3. Bella ________doesn’t remember _________ (not remember) her new
friends’ names.
4. My new school ________has_________ (have) a judo club.
5. The students _______study__________ (study) maths every Wednesday.
6. Every day, Susan _________takes________ (take) her sons to school.
7. ________Do you help_________ (you, help) your mother to do the
laundry?
8. John ________doesn’t like_________ (not like) doing homework.
9. Duy and Quang _______don’t join__________ (not join) our football team.
10. The sun _______rises__________ (rise) in the east and
________sets_________ (set) in the west.

II. Change the sentences into the negative form and question
form.
1. Joe uses pencils with erasers on top.
Joe doesn’t use pencils with erasers on top.
Does Joe use pencils with erasers on top?

2. Henderson reads many science books.

Henderson doesn’t read many science books.
Does Henderson read many science book?

3. Jennifer is busy with her homework.

Jennifer isn’t busy with her homework.
Is Jennifer busy with her homework?

4. We go to the classroom in sequence.

We don’t go to the classroom in sequence.
Do we go to the classroom in sequence?

5. I come straight home after school.

I don’t come straight home after school.
Do I come straight home after school?

6. The playground of the school is full of people.

The playground of the school isn’t full of people.
Is the playground of the school full of people?

7. Albert is her classmate in junior high school.

Albert isn’t her classmate in junior high school.
Is Albert her classmate in junior high school?

8. They do experiments in the greenhouse.

They don’t do experiments in the greenhouse.
Do they do experiments in the greenhouse?
9. The teacher gives paper to all the children.
The teacher doesn’t give paper to all the children.
Does the teacher give paper to all the children?

10. Physics and English are your favourite subjects.

Physics and English aren’t your favourite subjects.
Are Physics and English your favourite subjects?

III. Choose the correct answer.

1. (Rarely he/ He rarely) gets up before noon.
2. She (never swims/ swims never) in the sea.
3. (Never I see/ I never see) Julia at any school festivals.
4. This cinema (often doesn’t/ doesn’t often) offer free tickets.
5. Those kids (always are/ are always) late for breakfast.
6. Michael (is rarely/ rarely is) angry at his friends.
7. Brian (isn’t usually/ usually isn’t) satisfied with his marks.
8. Simon (often leaves/ leaves often) home for school before 7 a.m.
9. She (sometimes has/ has sometimes) a walk in the evenings.
10. We (seldom write/ don’t seldom write) to our grandfather.
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Linh _______ lunch with her best friend.
A. always have B. always has C. has always D. have
always
2. Your school bag _______ heavy.
A. looks B. look C. is look D. are
look
3. We _______ shuttlecock at break time.
A. often plays B. play often C. often play D. plays
often
4. The food in the canteen _______ quite good.
A. usually are B. are usually C. usually is D. is
usually
5. I _______ football, but my brother _______ badminton.
A. likes - like B. like - likes C. am like - is like D. like -
is likes
6. Julia _______ excited when a new school year _______.
A. feels always - starts B. feel
always - start
C. always feels - start D.
always feels - starts
7. _______ worried about my results at school.
A. I never am B. Never I am C. I am never D. I’m
not never
8. I _______ my cousin by his real name.
A. usually don’t call B. don’t call usually
C. don’t usually call D.
doesn’t usually call
9. Hector _______ the last one to leave the room.
A. never is B. is never C. isn’t never D. never
isn't
10. Our teacher _______ strict when he _______ a lesson.
A. is always - has B. is always - have
C. always is - has D. always is - have
V. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. How are your first day at school, Duong?
A B => is C D
2. Huong and Duyen doesn’t have English lessons on Tuesdays.
A => don’t B C D
3. My cousin’s school is has 7 classes and about 300 students.
A B => x C D
4. She always is punctual, but her friend is always late.
A => is always B C D
5. I do my homework and watches TV every evening.
A B C => watch D

D. SPEAKING
I. Match the sentences.
1. What do you do after school? a. Yes, Mum.
2. I am John. Nice to meet you. b. Maths.
3. Do you wear uniform at school? c. Oh, wonderful.
4. You can use my calculator. d. I am Mary. Nice to meet you,
5. How do you go to school? too.
6. Does Mary live near her school? e. Yes, I do.
7. How is your first day at school? f. By bus.
8. What is your favourite subject at g. Thanks so much.
school? h. No, she doesn’t.
9. Put on your shoes, and let’s go. i. I practise judo.
10. Where are they playing j. In the playground.
football?
1-i: Bạn làm gì sau khi đi học về? - Mình tập võ judo
2-d: Mình là John. Rất vui khi được gặp bạn - Mình là Mary. Mình
cũng rất vui khi được gặp bạn.
3-d: Bạn có mặc đồng phục khi đến trường không - Mình có
4-g: Bạn có thể sử dụng cái máy tính cầm tay của mình - Cảm ơn
bạn rất nhiều
5-f: Bạn đến trường bằng gì? - Xe búyt
6-h: Mary có sống gần trường không? - Bạn ấy không
7-c: Ngày đầu tiên đi học bạn thấy như thế nào? - Ồ, tuyệt vời
8-b: Môn học yêu thích của bạn ở trường là gì? - Môn toán
9-a: Con hãy đi giày vào rồi chúng ta cùng đi - Vâng, thưa mẹ
10-j: "Họ đang chơi đá bóng ở đâu vậy?"-"Trong sân ý"

II. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.

_2_ Hi, Mai. Are you ready?
_6_ How beautiful! It's such a great present.
_5_ Yes, it is. It’s my father’s present for the new school year.
_4_ Thanks, Mai. Is that your new bag?
_3_ Yes, just a minute. Oh, you’re wearing the new uniform. You look
smart, Lien!
1 Hi, Lien.
_7_ Thank you. Let me put on my uniform. Then we can go to school.
_8_ Sure, Mai.

1. Chào Liên.
2. Chào Mai. Cậu đã sẵn sàng chưa?
3. Rồi, đợi 1 phút. Oh, cậu đang mặc đồng phục mới này. Trông
cậu thông lắm đấy Liên!
4. Cảm ơn Mai. Đó có phải là chiếc cặp mới của bạn không?
5. Đúng vậy. Đó là món quà mà bố tớ tặng cho năm học mới.
6. Nó thật đẹp làm sao! Đó là một món quà tuyệt vời.
7. Cảm ơn cậu. Đợi mình mặc đồng phục. Rồi chúng ta cùng đến
trường.
8. Chắc chắn rồi Mai.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and answer the questions.
A primary school, or an elementary school, is a school for children
between the ages of about six and twelve. It comes after preschool. When
children finish learning at primary school, they go to secondary school.
 In the United Kingdom, a primary school usually comprises a nursery
and the first seven years of a child’s full-time learning. In Australia and the
United States, primary school begins with kindergarten. It lasts for six
years, usually until the fifth or sixth grade.
In Singapore, primary school refers to those students who are
normally between the ages of 7 to 12. Primary School is classified as Pl to
P6 for Primary 1 to Primary 6 respectively. At the end of P6, students sit
for a national level Primary School Leaving Exam (PSLE) which is used for
placement into Secondary School. Prior to Primary School, pupils attend
Kindergarten School for 2 years.
(Trường tiểu học, hay trường tiểu học, là trường dành cho trẻ em
trong độ tuổi từ khoảng sáu đến mười hai. Trường này nằm sau trường
mẫu giáo. Khi trẻ em hoàn thành chương trình học ở trường tiểu học,
chúng sẽ vào trường trung học.
Ở Vương quốc Anh, trường tiểu học thường bao gồm nhà trẻ và bảy
năm đầu tiên trong quá trình học tập toàn thời gian của trẻ. Ở Úc và Hoa
Kỳ, trường tiểu học bắt đầu bằng trường mẫu giáo. Trường kéo dài sáu
năm, thường là đến lớp năm hoặc lớp sáu.
Ở Singapore, trường tiểu học dành cho những học sinh thường từ 7
đến 12 tuổi. Trường tiểu học được phân loại từ lớp 1 đến lớp 6 tương ứng.
Vào cuối lớp 6, học sinh sẽ tham gia Kỳ thi tốt nghiệp tiểu học (PSLE) cấp
quốc gia, được sử dụng để xếp lớp vào trường trung học. Trước khi vào
trường tiểu học, học sinh sẽ học mẫu giáo trong 2 năm.)
1. What is a primary school?
A primary school is a school for children between the ages of
about six and twelve.

2. Does primary school come after preschool?

Yes, it does.
3. Where does a primary school comprises a nursery and the first seven
years of a child’s full-time learning?
In the United Kingdom.
4. Where does primary school begin with kindergarten?
In Australia and the United States.
5. In Singapore, who does primary school refer to?
Primary school refers to those students who are normally
between the ages of 7 to 12.
6. When do the students in Singapore sit for a national level Primary
School Leaving Exam?
At the end of P6.
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

classroom learning know again

enjoyable subject
 A lesson in school is a planned period of time for (1) ___ learning ____ .
It involves one or more students being taught by a teacher. A lesson may
be either one section of a textbook or a short period of time during which
learners are taught about a (2) ___ subject ____ or taught how to perform
an activity. Lessons are generally taught in a (3) ___ classroom ____ but
may instead take place in a situated learning environment.
Also, a lesson means a learner learning something he did not (4) ___
know ____ before. Such a lesson can be either planned or accidental, (5)
___ enjoyable____ or painful. The slang phrase “to teach someone a
lesson”, means to punish or scold a person for a mistake they have made
to make sure that he does not make the same mistake (6) ___ again ____ .
F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. is/ school/ an/ place/ My/ interesting
My school is an interesting place.
- Cấu trúc: S + tobe + ( a/ an) + adj + ....

2. Peter/ like/ computer science?/ Does

Does Peter like computer science?
− Cấu trúc: Do/ does + S + like + V + O?

3. often/ Ms. Thy/ a/ pink dress/ wear/ doesn’t

Ms.Thu often doesn't wear a pink dress.
− Cấu trúc: S + do/ does + not + V + O?

4. do/ How/ you/ go/ school/ every day?/ to

How do you go to school every day?
− Cấu trúc: How + Do/ does + V + O?

5. good at/ I’m/ not/ usually/ playing sports

I'm usually not good at playing sports.
− Cấu trúc: S + trạng từ tần suất + V + O

6. you/ Do/ play/ with/ often/ football/ your friends?

Do you often play football with your friends?
− Cấu trúc: Do/ does + V + O?

7. every morning/I/ walk/ school/ my sister/ to/ with

I walk to school with my sister every morning.
− Cấu trúc: S + Vs/es
8. friends/ they/ nice/I/ me/ and/ are/ have/ a lot of/ to
I have a lot of friends and they are nice to me.
− Cấu trúc: S + has/have + V + O

II. Rewrite the sentences so that it has the words in brackets.

1. Do Phong, Duy and Vy walk to school? (usually)
Do Phong, Duy and Vy usually walk to school?

2. Kelvin reviews the lesson in the morning. (rarely)

Kelvin rarely reviews the lesson in the morning.
3. Are Gwen and Anna busy on Fridays? (normally)
Are Gwen and Anna normally busy on Fridays?
4. The streets are crowded at this time of the day. (always)
The streets are always crowded at this time of the day.
5. The children have beefsteak for lunch. (seldom)
The children seldom have beefsteak for lunch.
6. They don’t do exercise at the weekends. (often)
They don't often do exercise at the weekends.
7. I forget to turn off the lights before leaving the room. (sometimes)
I sometimes forget to turn off the lights before leaving the room.
8. The canteen doesn’t run out of drinking water. (frequently)
The canteen doesn't frequently run out of drinking water.
 UNIT 2
MY HOUSE
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column according to the
pronunciation of ending sound.
chairs flats floors roofs rooms
toilets shops posters desks
doorsteps
kitchens clocks walls lamps
wardrobes
/s/ /z/

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. tables B. lights C. villas D.
windows
2. A. suburbs B. books C. streets D. safes
3. A. markets B. camps C. schools D. parks
4. A. gardens B. beds C. parents D. halls
5. A. drawers B. sofas C. photos D. attics
B. VOCABULARY
I. Put the words into the correct groups.
apartment attic country house picture stilt house
bathroom cupboard bedroom bookshelf town house
vase villa table kitchen hall chair living room
sofa toilet wardrobe
Types of buildings Rooms Furniture

II. Choose the correct word(s) to complete the sentences.

1. Her family’s _______ is on the fifteenth floor. (flat/ town house)
2. My sister is washing the dishes in the _______ now. (kitchen/ attic)
3. Susan wants to sit on the _______ next to the window. (table/ chair)
4. Frank will take a _______ before wearing the new uniform. (bath/ bed)
5. We don’t usually stay up late to watch _______ . (picture/ television)
6. Kate is sleeping in her _______ at the moment. (living room/ bedroom)
7. Mum is buying me a new _______ for my clothes this week. (chest of
drawers/ cupboard)
8. They live in an expensive _______ in the city. (stilt house/ villa)
9. I often turn on the _______ in hot weather. (air conditioner/ microwave)
10. There’s some ice and cold drinks in the _______ . (wardrobe/ fridge)
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. He keeps old books in the _______ on the top floor.
A. kitchen B. ceiling C. attic D. hall
2. I need to take a shower. Where is the _______?
A. dining room B. living room C. bedroom D.
bathroom
3. She is at the _______, washing her hands.
A. fridge B. fireplace C. sink D.
cupboard
4. She usually stands on the _______ and looks down the street.
A. balcony B. window C. roof D. wall
5. We often use bowls and _______ at mealtimes.
A. dishwasher B. chopsticks C. microwave D.
cookers
6. My grandpa’s _______ is in a tall building.
A. apartment B. villa C. town house D. stilt
house
7. My friends stay in _______ when they go camping.
A. a tent B. a country house C. a cottage D. an
apartment
8. Tom is opening the _______ to get some food.
A. wardrobe B. fridge C. chest of drawers D.
dishwasher
9. There is a big _______ of my family on the wall.
A. picture B. lamp C. window D. fan
10. Mary wants to buy a big _______ to store all her clothes.
A. fridge B. drawer C. bed D.
wardrobe
C. GRAMMAR
I. Choose the correct answer.
1. This is my (grandparents’/ grandparents’s) country house.
2. I don’t like (this gate’s colour/ the colour of this gate).
3. Do you know the address of (Mr. Wilson’s/ Mr. Wilson’) house?
4. I have to go to the (dentist’s/ dentists’s) tomorrow.
5. (New Year’s Eve/ New Year Eve) is the day before January 1st.
6. One of (my father/ my father’s) hobbies is fishing.
7. They are on the (upper floor of the building/ building’s upper floor).
8. (Birthday party of Kelvin/ Kelvin’s birthday party) will be next Friday.
9. (Last weekend’s journey/ The journey of last weekend) was
unforgettable.
10. The (department store’s lift/ lift of the department store) isn’t on the
ground floor.
II. Write the correct possessive cose of the nouns in brackets.
1. _______ (Iris) desk is over there.
2. She wants to look for _______ (women) clothes.
3. _______ (Mr. Dell) house is on this street.
4. The _______ (boys) new toy cars are the envy of his friends.
5. They won’t buy another house in _______ (ten years) time.
6. _______ (Elis) room is along this passage.
7. These are my _______ (friends) posters.
8. His _______ (parents) workshop isn’t too big.
9. Is _______ (Layla) book on the shelf?
10. Her house is near _______ (Ethan and Jacob) apartment.
III. Put a tick () next to the correct phrases and correct the false
ones.
1. the garden of my neighbour _______________
2. the president’s villa _______________
3. my dad’s new laptop _______________
4. the kid’ toys _______________
5. Viet Nam’s largest city _______________
6. the apartment’s basement _______________
7. two years time _______________
8. Mr. Hung town house _______________
9. the mens’s shoes _______________
10. the bedroom’s key _______________
IV. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition in brackets.
1. Her mum is cooking lunch _______ the kitchen. (on/ in)
2. My cat is sleeping _______ the sofa now. (in/ on)
3. The second floor is always _______ the third flloor. (under/ in front of)
4. The living room of their house is _______ the dining room. (between/
next to)
5. I can’t watch TV because my brother is standing _______ me. (behind/ in
front of)
6. There is a wall _______ the bathroom and the bedroom. (next to/
between)
7. You can’t see the window because it is _______ the curtains. (behind/
under)
8. Can you put some pillows _______ the bed, please? (on/ in)
V. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Ms. Jennifer is _______ work now.
A. on B. next to C. at D. in
2. Is Steven still _______ bed with flu?
A. at B. in C. on D. under
3. He hangs his coat _______ the door.
A. in B. between C. at D.
behind
4. The puppy is hiding _______ the bed.
A. under B. in front of C. between D. at
5. You can find the dictionary _______ that bookshelf.
A. at B. on C. in D. under
6. Julia has to wear braces _______ her teeth.
A. in front of B. in C. next to D. on
7. I can’t see the screen because of the person _______ me.
A. behind B. in front of C. at D. in
8. Fred is standing _______ the window over there.
A. between B. in C. at D. on
9. The Jeffersons had a picnic _______ the river.
A. on B. in C. under D. next
to
10. Tiffany is sleeping _______ her mum and dad.
A. between B. under C. at D. in
VI. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. The student favourite subject is science.
A B C D
2. Samuel and Anna’s flower garden are really big.
A B C D
3. I stays with my dad, my mum and my older brother.
 A B C D
4. He lives in a small town behind Liverpool and Manchester.
AB C D
5. Lucas’s and Amanda’s new apartment is really modern.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Answer the questions. Use the word(s) in brackets.
1. Where do you live, Brian? (near the city centre)

2. Do you live in a town house? (yes)

3. Is Thao’s bedroom big or small? (big)

4. Who does Emily live with? (her parents and her younger brother)

5. Where is my school bag? (on the table)

6. Does your house have an attic? (yes)

7. Is this your brother’s bedroom? (no)

8. What is your favourite place in the house? (the living room)

II. Match the sentences.

1. Anna, are you in your room? a. No, I don’t.
2. Where is the cat? b. My bedroom is upstairs.
3. Is it your study room, Hoang? c. No, it’s my parents’ reading
4. Let's clean the kitchen after room.
dinner. d. Some books, pens, and a lamp.
5. Do you know where our dog is? e. Living room.
6. Where does your grandfather f. It’s great that you like it.
live? g. In a villa by the sea.
7. Where is your bedroom? h. It’s under the sofa.
8. Which room in the house do you i. Great idea!
like best? j. Yes, I’m here, Mum.
9. What do you have on your desk?
10. I like your garden.
E. READING
I. Read the passage and decide whether the statements are TRUE
or FALSE.
A house is a building that is made for people to live in. It is not a place
that can be easily packed up and carried away like a tent or moved like a
caravan. If people live in the same house for more than a short stay, then
they call it their “home”.
Houses have many different shapes and sizes. They may be as small
as just one room, or they may have hundreds of rooms. They also come in
many different shapes and may have just one level or several different
levels. A big building with lots of levels and apartments is called “a block
of flats” or an apartment block.
Houses have a roof to keep off the rain and sun, and walls to keep out
the wind and cold. They have window openings to let in light, and a floor.
Houses of different countries look different to each other, because of
different materials and styles.
1. A house is not easily to be packed up and carried away like a tent.

2. If people live in the same house for a short stay, they call it their
“home”.

3. Small houses and big houses have the same number of rooms.

4. A block of flats is a big building with lots of levels and apartments.

5. Both houses and apartment blocks may have different levels.

6. Houses have a roof to keep off the rain, sun, wind, and cold.

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

with bathrooms walls village

because move
The place you live in is your home, whether it’s a house with four (1)
_______ and a roof, a flat that’s part of a larger building or a caravan on
wheels that can (2) _______ around. The homes in your city, town or (3)
_______ may look different from yours - this could be because they were
built at a different time, and from different materials.
Homes have changed over the centuries (4) _______ the way we live
has changed during that time. For example, we don’t all live in one room
(5) _______ our horses and cows anymore like the way that the Iron Age
Celts did, and it’s more common to have (6) _______ inside our homes now
instead of at the back of the garden like the Victorians in Britain did in the
19th century.

F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. is/ big wardrobe/ my sister’s bedroom/ There/ a/ in

2. on/ not/ pillows/ There/ the bed/ the guest room/ in/ any/ are

3. the town/ are/ schools/ There/ in/ four

4. in/ no/ is/ Melissa's/ There/ basement/ house

5. the living room,/ red carpet/ is/ there/ In/ the floor/ on/ a

6. a sink/ dishwasher/ and a/ in/ there/ Is/ your kitchen?

7. the/ Is/ your room/ next to/ bathroom?

8. picture/ There/ the wall/ is/ a/ on/ of flowers

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. The small house does not have a basement.
There isn’t

2. Kelvin is standing in front of Natalia.

Natalia is standing

3. I have a desktop and a bookcase in my bedroom.

There is

4. There are three ceiling fans in our classroom.

Our classroom has

5. They have two cookers in the kitchen.

There are

6. There aren’t a lot of people on the bus.

 The bus doesn’t

7. Does your new apartment have many rooms?

Are there
?
8. Let's put those new chairs in the dining room.
How about
?
 UNIT 3
MY FRIENDS
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
best play picnic boring patient
chubby pencil blonde band elbow
ponytail biscuit yearbook pretty sporty
/b/ /p/

II. Fill in the blanks with "b" or "p" to complete the words.
1. Jenny doesn’t have __ lack hair and __ rown eyes.
2. This is a __ icture of my friends at the __ arty.
3. I’m going to the foot __ all clu __ with my __ rother.
4. Can you __ ass me the __ iscuits __ lease?
5. I usually go on a __ icnic with my __ arents.

B. VOCABULARY
I. Choose the correct word in brackets to complete the sentences.
1. Tomorrow morning I’m having a _______ out at the dentist’s. (teeth/
tooth)
2. Jane wears a beautiful necklace around her _______ . (nose/ neck)
3. You must move your arms and _______ when swimming. (legs/ ears)
4. Helena has a round _______ with a high forehead, (face/ cheeks)
5. Please don’t speak when you have food in your _______ . (lips/ mouth)
6. I raise my _______ up to ask the teacher a question, (hands/ hand)
7. William has a small red spot above his right _______ . (eye/ eyes)
8. On seeing me, my dog wagged its _______ excitedly. (nail/ tail)
9. My _______ are hurt after a long walk to school. (feet/ foot)
10. Amanda has red _______ , so I can recognise her easily. (fur/ hair)
II. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. John is _______. He does not live with his parents.
A. boring B. serious C. independent D.
helpful
2. Rebecca often talks in class. She is _______.
 A. shy B. talkative C. creative D.
patient
3. Noriko looks pretty in her new _______ style.
A. hair B. elbow C. neck D.
shoulder
4. Jose finishes difficult maths questions in a short time. He is _______.
A. helpful B. clever C. kind D.
confident
5. Sara studies all day. She is a _______ girl.
A. funny B. sporty C. serious D. hard-
working
6. Jim rarely talks to his classmates. He is quite _______.
A. friendly and easy-going B. talkative and creative
C. dependent and confident D. quiet and reserve
7. Nick has broad shoulders and strong _______.
A. cheeks B. arms C. eyes D. head
8. Jack often plays sports and practises judo. He’s so _______.
A. short B. slim C. weak D. sporty
9. Phuc is _______. He is only 12 years old but 1.7 metre in height.
A. strong B. long C. fat D. tall
10. You can see her beautiful _______ when she smiles.
A. ears B. teeth C. feet D. neck

C. GRAMMAR
I. Choose the correct word(s) in brackets to complete the
sentences.
1. She _______ often busy on Mondays, (is/ has)
2. Julia _______ a round face and blue eyes, (have/ has)
3. Henry _______ creative and clever, (doesn’t have/ isn’t)
4. They _______ brown eyes and black hair, (are/ have)
5. _______ always kind and funny in class? (Do you have/ Are you)
6. The twins both _______ green eyes and fair skin, (are/ have)
7. Alex and Beck _______ tall but good-looking, (aren’t/ isn’t)
8. _______ blonde hair and big eyes? (Is James/ Does James have)
9. I _______ dark skin and curly hair, (don’t have/ am not)
10. Betty _______ chubby cheeks and white skin, (has/ is)
II. Write the correct form of the verbs in brackets in the present
continuous.
1. This evening, we _______ (work) on our school project.
2. I _______ (visit) my grandparents next Saturday afternoon.
3. The children _______ (watch) cartoons on TV at the moment.
4. _______ you _______ (play) football with my team this Sunday morning?
5. Bob _______ (not come) to our club tonight. He’s busy.
6. My mother _______ (bake) an apple pie for my birthday at the weekends.
7. The students are in the schoolyard now. They _______ (not take) a test.
8. _______ Harry _______ (cycle) to school tomorrow?
9. Wendy _______ (travel) to England for summer camp at present.
10. Look! Betty and Lucas _______ (talk) to a reporter.
III. Write the correct form of the verbs in the present simple or
the present continuous.
1. I _______ (not review) my maths lesson now.
2. Where _______ your grandfather _______ (live) ?
3. Look! Khoa _______ (speak) to a stranger.
4. She _______ (never, drink) lemonade at night.
5. Where _______ Jimmy _______ (go) at the moment?
6. What _______ your brother _______ (do) every weekend?
7. What’s that noise? - Paul _______ (play) the drums.
8. Ms. Thao _______ (sometimes, travel) to Canada in summer.
9. I’m looking at those boys. They _______ (wear) beautiful uniforms.
10. Henderson _______ (not walk) to school every afternoon.
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Caroline _______ to see the dentist at 3 p.m. this afternoon.
A. come B. coming C. comes D. is
coming
2. David and his friends _______ volleyball right now.
A. are playing B. play C. plays D. is
playing
3. Tomorrow evening, we _______ to the cinema.
A. are going B. go C. going D. goes
4. You can borrow Trinity's laptop. She _______ it at present.
A. doesn’t use B. use C. isn’t using D. uses
5. Mary _______ on the phone at the moment.
A. talk B. not talk C. talks D. is
talking
6. Listen! Someone _______ at the door.
A. knocks B. is knocking C. are knocking D. knock
7. What time _______ you _______ your English class?
A. are ... starting B. do ... start C. are ... start D. do ...
starting
8. I _______ reading comic books in free time.
 A. am liking B. like C. liking D. likes
9. Isabella _______ Literature on Wednesdays and Fridays.
A. don’t study B. doesn’t studies C. isn’t studying D.
doesn’t study
10. Nicholas _______ to Da Nang on tonight’s flight.
A. are flying B. is flying C. flies D. fly
V. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. He is a round face, a big nose, and short hair.
A B C D
2. She doesn’t very tall, but she’s pretty cute.
A B C D
3. What colour are her eyes have? - They’re blue.
A B C D
4. He wears glasses and he has very funny.
A B C D
5. This Sunday I do the gardening with my mum.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Match the sentences.
1. We are working on our school a. No, she doesn’t.
project. b. OK. Bye!
2. Does she have a round face? c. Yes. She talks a lot.
3. It’s time to go home. See you d. Green eyes? Where is she from?
later! e. Her name is Sylvie.
4. Where does Brian come from? f. Yes, she is.
5. My classmate has green eyes. g. He is not very tall.
6. What is your best friend’s name? h. Oh, I’m sorry. I can’t.
7. What does he look like? i. What is it about?
8. Is Olivia friendly and funny? j. He comes from England.
9. Would you like to join my party?
10. Lauren is kind but talkative.
II. Complete the conversation. Use the sentences in the box.
 What does she look like?
Why do you like her?
Who do you sit next to in your class, Lily?
It's great to hear that. When can I meet her?
Thank you very much.
Can you introduce me to her?
Blue eyes? I think she looks beautiful without
glasses.
Do you like her?
Ella: (1)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: I sit next to Chloe.
Ella: (2)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: She’s tall. She wears glasses and she has blue eyes.
Ella: (3)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: You’re right. But she wears glasses all the time.
Ella: (4)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: Yes, I do.
Ella: (5)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: Because she is friendly and helpful. She usually makes me laugh and
helps me with my English homework.
Ella: (6)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: Sure, Ella. I think she will like you. And three of us will be good
friends.
Ella: (7)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: Let me ask her first. Then I’ll tell you later.
Ella: (8)
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: Never mind.
E. READING
I. Read the passage and choose the best answers to the
questions.
There is a newcomer in our class. Her name is Daisy. She is tall with
curly, blonde hair. She has big blue eyes. I like her charming smile very
much.
Although she is a newcomer, she makes friends with other students
easily because she is friendly, easy-going, and sociable. Most of the
classmates like her. During the lessons, Daisy rarely talks when the
teacher explains something. In class, she is hard-working and does all
exercises. When we work in groups, she is energetic, helpful and active.
She always makes everything exciting.
Daisy’s house is far away from school, so she stays in the campus.
After class, she takes part in a sports club of the school. She is sporty and
can play volleyball well.
She enjoys reading books, going out with friends, listening to music,
and hiking. She tells me she would like to become a tour guide and she
also wants to travel to many other places in the world.
1. What is Daisy’s appearance?
A. She is tall with straight blonde hair.
B. She is tall and she has blue eyes.
C. She is short with curly blonde hair.
D. She is short and she has brown eyes.
2. Why does she make friends with other students easily?
A. Because she is talkative.
B. Because she is funny and clever.
C. Because she is unfriendly and shy.
D. Because she is friendly, easy-going, and sociable.
3. When working in groups, Daisy _______.
A. is hard-working and does all exercises
B. does all exercises and makes everything exciting
C. is energetic, helpful and active
D. is helpful but she rarely talks
4. Daisy is not interested in _______.
A. playing football B. listening to music
C. reading books D. going out with friends
5. Which of the following statements is NOT true about Daisy?
A. During the lessons, she talks when the teacher explains something.
B. She joins the school sports club after class.
C. She stays in the campus because her house is far away from school.
 D. She wants to become a tour guide and travel to many places.
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
similar sorrows sharing or necessary
knows
A friend is a person that someone likes or (1) _______. People who are
friends talk to each other and spend time together. They also help each
other when they are in trouble (2) _______ are hurt. Friends are people that
can be looked up to and trusted. Sometimes people can’t share their
secrets with their parents, but they share them with their friends. Usually,
friends have (3) _______ interests. A friend is one who admires a person’s
skill and helps or encourages them to make the right choices and do not
get into any trouble at all.
Friendship is both good and (4) _______ . Humans cannot live all alone.
We are social beings. We need someone to share our joys and (5) _______ .
Generally, it is only people of similar age, character, background,
mentality, etc., who can understand us and our problems. Friends are
needed for support and for (6) _______ .

F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. an/ My best friend/ active/ is/ person

2. watching/ my siblings/ am/ I/ with/ a film

3. smart/ My teacher/ woman/ and funny/ a/ is

4. and a/ has/ hair/ chubby/ Carlix/ curly/ face

5. are/ together/ today/ Sally and I/ lunch/ having

6. you/ join/ us/ like/ the/ to/ with/ Would/ summer camp?
7. is/ basketball/ plays/ sporty/ and/ Owen/ well

8. helping/ physics homework/ At/ my/ is/ present/ with/ my sister/ me

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. Her hair is long and curly.
Her hair isn’t
2. His eyes are big and blue.
He has

3. Do you want to join our judo club?

Would you
?
4. My friends are very honest.
I have

5. He likes this book best.

This is

6. She has chubby and rosy cheeks.

Her cheeks

7. What is the new neighbour's appearance?

What does
?
8. My new school has lots of students.
There are
 REVIEW 1
I. Fill in the blanks with “b” or “p” to complete the words.
1. I’ll go and __ uy a __ air of shoes.
2. He __ acked a few things into a __ ag.
3. The __ ictures are in __ lack and white.
4. There are two __ assengers in the us.
5. She gave me a __ resent on my __ irthday.
II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced
differently from the others.
1. A. uniforms B. classmates C. desks D. lamps
2. A. fun B. study C. compass D.
homework
3. A. lessons B. shoes C. cheeks D.
friends
4. A. car B. mark C. wardrobe D. start
5. A. subjects B. rulers C. pencils D. eyes
III. Complete the sentences with the correct words in the box.
light compass blonde drawers board lunch maths
friendly house round
1. Their grandparents live in a country _______ .
2. My best friend has a _______ face and short hair.
3. There is only one ceiling _______ in the living room.
4. The teacher isn’t writing on the _______ now.
5. She needs to have a _______ to draw a circle.
6. What time do you usually have school _______ ?
7. _______ is a subject with numbers and figures.
8. Jessica is _______ . She can make friends easily.
9. Our room has a chest of _______ and a wardrobe.
10. Does she have long and _______ hair?
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. My sister usually has breakfast in the _______ .
A. bathroom B. kitchen C. bedroom D. attic
2. Look! The girls are skipping in the _______.
A. school canteen B. school library C. schoolyard D. school
garden
3. Do you _______ a uniform at school every day?
A. wear B. help C. move D. pass
4. There is a reading table _______ the bookshelf.
A. next to B. on C. under D. in
5. She’s Trang. Her cheeks are chubby and _______.
A. curly B. rosy C. long D. kind
6. Jonathan is sitting on the chair _______ Barbara.
A. under B. at C. in front of D. on
7. She’s afraid of talking to strangers. She’s very _______.
A. confident B. friendly C. talkative D. shy
8. Gabriel is clever. He _______ things quickly and easily.
A. understands B. does C. plays D. likes
9. I can’t see my cat because it’s _______ the door.
A. under B. in front of C. behind D.
between
10. Mr. Mason often makes jokes and tells _______ stories.
A. touching B. funny C. sad D. boring
V. Choose the correct answer.
1. Robert usually do (lessons/ homework) with Jessica.
2. It’s cold here. I don’t need a(n) (air conditioner/ fridge).
3. Rachel is (confident/ clever). She is sure about what she says.
4. (Science/ Music) is her favourite subject. She is playing the piano at
present.
5. He wants to sit on the (sink/ sofa), but his cat is sleeping on it.
6. They are healthy. They do (football/ judo) every day.
7. Do you always brush your (tooth/ teeth) after every meal?
8. She has about ten pens in her (pencil sharpener/ pencil case).
9. We don’t have a (washing machine/ dishwasher). We wash the dishes
by hand.
10. Joe likes his dog very much. It has a long (leg/ tail) and big ears.
VI. Write the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Is there a big window in the _______ room? (live)
2. Kyle is sometimes noisy and a little _______ . (talk)
3. Chloe is very _______ and always has new ideas. (create)
4. These firefighters often help other people. They are _______ . (help)
5. My older sister plays sports regularly. She looks _______ . (sport)
6. Anna is a _______ and charming girl. (beauty)
7. Stephanie has rather _______ and curly hair. (length)
8. Bella is a nice classmate. She is always funny and _______ . (friend)
9. Ms. Kelly teaches Literature. Her lectures are _______ . (interest)
10. Do you think that Samantha is a _______ person? (care)
VII. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Stefany _______ hard-working and serious.
 A. has B. is C. are D. have
2. Camila _______ some exercise in the morning.
A. usually do B. usually does C. do usually D. does
usually
3. We often _______ lunch at school at about 11 o’clock.
A. are eating B. eats C. is eating D. eat
4. Diligent students _______ this subject.
A. doesn’t occasionally fail B. don’t occasionally fail
C. don’t fail occasionally D.
occasionally doesn’t fail
5. Be quiet! My younger sister _______ upstairs.
A. is sleeping B. sleeps C. sleep D. are
sleeping
6. Eric always gets good marks. He _______ very hard.
A. plays B. has C. studies D. does
7. _______ everyone _______ note of the lesson right now?
A. Is ... taking B. Does ... take C. Do ... take D. Are ...
taking
8. _______ in any of our group discussions.
A. Never she participates B. She
doesn’t never participates
C. She participates never D. She
never participates
9. This Sunday morning, Vivian and I _______ to the safari park.
A. go B. goes C. are going D. is
going
10. She _______ yoga _______.
A. practises - regularly fairly B. is practising - fairly
regularly
C. practises - fairly regularly D. practise - regularly fairly
VIII. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. I come from Hue, but I _______ (study) at a secondary school in Da Nang
now.
2. What time _______ you _______ (get up) every morning?
3. We _______ (work) on our history project this weekend.
4. There _______ (be) two computer rooms in Matt's boarding school.
5. Every day, Zoe _______ (learn) English with Ms. Eleanor.
6. Look at Brenda! She _______ (wear) a new uniform.
7. Johan _______ (always, do) his homework before going to bed.
8. The girls _______ (play) skipping game at the moment.
9. William _______ (never, forget) his parents’ birthday.
10. _______ Sue _______ (stay) at home? - Yes. She _______ (not travel) with
us today.
IX. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1. How many lamps are there _______ your room?
2. Olivia is lazy. She spends all day sitting _______ the TV.
3. Michael is putting his hands and arms _______ his back.
4. In this game, the students have to hold hands and stand _______ each
other.
5. There is a bookshop _______ our school and the department store.
6. Does the city’s subway go _______ the ground?
7. Let's put these new bowls _______ the kitchen counter.
8. I often go _______ the supermarket with my parents at weekends.
9. Lucy stays _______ home and reviews her lessons.
10. Is Janet still lying _______ bed? Let's go to her room and wake her up.
X. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. There are only two bedrooms on my house.
A B C D
2. We are usually play football at break time.
A B C D
3. I have good friends and helped teachers.
A B C D
4. Listen! Someone knocks at the front door.
A B C D
5. Our school year is starting on September 5th.
A B C D

XI. Match the sentences.

1. Is he good at playing sports? a. Yes, sure.
2. His room looks so big. b. Yes, I’d love to.
3. What is the name of her school? c. It looks nice too.
4. What do you usually do at break d. No. I don’t like wearing it.
time? e. Dream School.
5. Can you pass me the pen, f. No, not really good.
please? g. I stay in class.
6. Do you like wearing a uniform? h. Nice to meet you.
7. Look! Mai is coming with i. They’re beautiful, Mum.
someone.
j. Oh, who’s that?
8. Would you like some fresh
water?
9. This is Phong, my new friend.
10. I’ve bought these new bowls.
XII. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a
conversation.
____ It’s on the second floor. Do you want to see it?
____ What about your room? Where is it?
____ Thank you. It’s just a small garden. Let’s go inside! (They go inside.)
____ Sure thing.
1 Welcome to my house!
____ Yes. It's where my family usually watch TV and talk.
____ Sarah, you have a nice garden! The flowers and plants look so
beautiful.
____ Oh! Is this the living room?
____ Maybe later. Now I would like to take a look around here.

XIII. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

similar email from exciting stories
relationship
Have you ever wondered what it would be like to see the world (1)
_______ the eyes of a stranger? To see what they think and how life must
feel for them? How different or (2) _______ are you? Being a pen pal is
essentially just that. Pen pals are sets of people who regularly write to
each other, primarily via postal mail or email. They don’t usually have a
well-established (3) _______ in person and so are, most of the time,
strangers. They share their thoughts and (4) _______ with each other and
often develop lifelong friendships. For some individuals the fun of having
pen pals often lies in the fact that the letters are handwritten, therefore
snail mail is their preferred way of communicating, while for others the
modernity of (5) _______ interaction is a better fit. Regardless of the
preferred mode, having a pen pal is super fun and (6) _______ .
XIV. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Education is an important part of British life. There are hundreds of
schools, colleges and universities in England, including some of the most
famous in the world.
Education is free and compulsory for all children between the ages of 5
- 16. Some children are educated at home rather than in school.
Children’s education in England is normally divided into two separate
stages. They begin with primary education at the age of five and this
usually lasts until they are eleven. Then they move to secondary school,
there they stay until they reach sixteen, seventeen or eighteen years of
age.
 Teachers in primary schools (4-11 years old) are always addressed by
their surname by parents and pupils alike, always Mr., Mrs. or Miss Smith...
In secondary schools (11 - 16 years), teachers are usually addressed as
Miss or Sir.
1. How many schools, colleges and universities are there in Britain?

2. Is education free and compulsory for all children between the ages of 5 -
16?

3. How many stages is children’s education in England divided into?

4. At what age do children move to secondary school?

5. How do parents and pupils address teachers in primary schools?

6. How are teachers in secondary schools addressed?

XV. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.

1. excited/ my/ first day/ school/ at/ I’m/ about

2. subjects/ and geography/ favourite/ My/ literature/ are

3. in/ are/ How many/ your/ bedrooms/ there/ house?

4. a/ a/ is/ maths teacher/ at/ My father/ secondary school

5. blue eyes,/ has/ straight nose/ Grace/ and a/ full lips

6. are/ some books/ on/ next to/ There/ the desk/ my chair

7. watering/ likes/ flowers/ our garden/ in/ My brother/ the

8. attend/ with/ Would/ like/ to/ you/ birthday party/ Mai’s/ me?

XVI. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as

the first one.
1. There are about 20 classrooms in my international school.
My international school
2. The dishwasher is on the left of the cupboard, and the fridge is on the
right.
The cupboard

3. How about having a picnic at the park this weekend?

Let's

4. She has soft hands and slim fingers.

Her hands

5. There is a lot of vitamin C in oranges.

Oranges

6. The table is in front of the sofa.

The sofa

7. The room doesn’t have any windows.

There aren't

8. His body is strong and sporty.

He
 UNIT 4:
MY NEIGHBOURHOOD
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
busy peaceful beach leave gym
excited city street cathedral fantastic
police people cheap noisy historic
/i/ /i:/

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. historic B. wide C. public D.
hospital
2. A. centre B. city C. convenient D.
cinema
3. A. expensive B. example C. exciting D.
exercise
4. A. beautiful B. beach C. cheap D.
peaceful
5. A. tree B. street C. week D. coffee

B. VOCABULARY
I. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. A _______ is a place for worshipping.
A. square B. temple C. market D. palace
2. Green Hotel? Go to the end of the road. It’s on your _______.
A. direction B. leg C. turn D. left
3. The air in that area is _______ with smoke from factories.
A. terrible B. fresh C. polluted D. boring
4. Could you please tell me the _______ to the post office?
A. road B. way C. street D. path
5. Vehicles are moving fast. It’s dangerous to _______ the street now.
A. run B. build C. walk D. cross
6. London is _______. You have to earn a lot of money to live there.
 A. expensive B. crowded C. cheap D.
famous
7. The city is always crowded and _______. I don’t like it.
A. noisy B. quiet C. peaceful D.
convenient
8. The express train leaves the _______ at 9 o’clock.
A. railway station B. workshop
C. post office D. shopping centre
9. There are many famous paintings in this _______.
A. supermarket B. gallery C. memorial D.
cathedral
10. Go _______ ahead, then take the first turning on your right.
A. past B. to C. straight D. away
II. Fill in each blank a suitable word in brackets.
1. Could you show me the way to the bus _______? (square/ stop)
2. Computers and smartphones are important parts of _______ life.
(historic/ modern)
3. There are all types of shops here. It’s very _______ . (convenient/
inconvenient)
4. He lives in a _______ and peaceful village on the hill. (quiet/ noisy)
5. The _______ in my neighbourhood sells a variety of cheeses. (theatre/
market)
6. The path is too _______ for two people to walk together. (narrow/ wide)
7. Andy works in the city centre. but he lives in the _______ . (suburbs/
downtown)
8. She wants to see the movie again. It’s really _______ . (exciting/ boring)
9. I need to relax because I have a _______ headache. (terrible/ fantastic)
10. Dad is taking me to the amusement _______ this weekend. (park/
playground)

C. GRAMMAR
I. Choose the correct answer.
1. Lucy is smart, but Carol is (smarter/ more smart) than her.
2. It’s too hot! Today is even (hoter/ hotter) than yesterday.
3. Cities are always (moderner/ more modern) than rural areas.
4. Which city is (more historic/ more historic than), Hue or Hoi An?
5. The downtown is (exciter/ more exciting) than suburbs.
6. This film is (more interesting/ interesting more) than that film.
7. The streets are very (wetter/ wet) after a heavy rain.
8. Which one is (gooder/ better), a house or an apartment?
9. Motorbike is (more popular/ popularer) than car in my place.
10. His school is only a (small/ smaller) school near the hill.
II. Make comparisons using the adjectives in brackets.
1. The city is _______ (noisy) the countryside.
2. Ho Chi Minh City is _______ (crowded) Da Nang City.
3. Tommy is much _______ (friendly) Jennifer.
4. Which building is _______ (big), the corner shop or the supermarket?
5. Is living in a house _______ (convenient) living in an apartment?
6. London is really _______ (busy) Liverpool.
7. Their new villa is _______ (far) from the hospital than the old one.
8. The air now is a lot _______ (polluted) in the past.
9. The traffic jams today are _______ (bad) before.
10. Travelling by plan is _______ (comfortable) travelling by car.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Your neighbourhood is _______ my neighbourhood.
A. quieter than B. quiet than
C. more quiet D. more quieter than
2. Young people like city life because it is _______ countryside life.
A. more than inconvenient B. more inconvenient than
C. more convenient than D.
inconvenient more than
3. Generally, a grocery store is _______ than a supermarket.
A. more small B. more big C. bigger D.
smaller
4. At night, the streets look _______ with colourful lights.
A. more wonderful B. wonderful more
C. more wonderful than D.
wonderful than
5. I think your town is much _______ than my town.
A. more new B. modern C. more ancient D. more
older
6. Is Vung Tau Beach _______ Long Son Beach?
A. prettier than B. more pretty than
C. more prettier than D. prettyer than
7. The park near my house is _______ than the central park.
A. large B. larger C. more large D. more
larger
8. Those big buildings look _______ than these small ones.
A. newier B. newwer C. more new D. newer
9. Are motorbikes really _______ than cars in your country?
 A. more expensive B. more cheap C. expensive D. more
cheap
10. In my city, there is less traffic, and the streets are _______.
A. wider than B. wider C. more wide D. wide
than
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. This shortcut is always much more short than that road.
A B C D
2. This river is more polluted as other rivers in the area.
A B C D
3. Not turn left at the traffic lights but turn right at the next corner.
A B C D
4. There are two market and a high school in our neighbourhood.
A B C D
5. Many people think that modern life is good than life in the past.
A B C D
D. SPEAKING
I. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ Thanks a lot. How far is it from here?
___ Is it on the right or on the left of the street?
___ No problem.
___ It’s about 500 metres from here.
___ Go straight and turn right at the second traffic lights. The post office
will be at the end of the street.
1 Excuse me! Could you tell me the way to the central post office?
___ It’s on the right, next to the city museum.
___ Thank you so much.
II. Match the sentences.
1. Shall we go there by taxi? a. It’s cooler than here.
2. I think we’re lost! b. Yes. They are also very modern.
3. Can you tell us the way to Tan c. My pleasure.
Ky House? d. They are friendly and generous.
4. Wow! We’re at the central post e. Let’s ask the girl over there for
office. help,
5. How are the people in the f. No. Let’s walk there.
village? g. Yes. It looks historic.
6. Thank you so much for your h. But our city is prettier.
help.
i. Go straight, then turn right.
7. Where shall we go first?
j. Let’s go to Chua Cau first.
8. My city is very pretty.
9. What’s the weather like in your
city?
10. These buildings are really tall.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and choose the best answers to the
questions.
London is the capital city of the United Kingdom. There are a lot of
cars in the city. People go everywhere by car, so traffic in the city centre is
heavier than that in the suburbs. It is harder to find a place to park a car
than to do it in other areas. The public means of transport is cheaper than
cars but the Londoners prefer their own cars. Moreover, there are more
and more tourists and visitors coming to London for sightseeing or
shopping. At weekends, the streets are noisier and busier than they are on
weekdays. Now, traffic jams are worse than ever before.
Although the living cost in the suburbs and the countryside is
cheaper than that in the city centre, most young people prefer living in the
city centre. London is richer than other cities in the United Kingdom, but it
is more polluted because of the city Industry, vehicles, and plenty of
people.
1. How is the traffic in London?
A. Traffic in the city centre is better than before.
B. Traffic in the suburbs is better than before.
C. Traffic in the city centre is heavier than that in the suburbs.
D. Traffic in the suburbs is heavier than that in the city centre.
2. People in London prefer to go around _______.
A. by their own cars
B. by public means of transport
C. by both their own cars and public means of transport
D. by any vehicles
3. How are the streets in London at weekends?
A. There is less traffic. B. The streets are noisier.
C. Traffic jams are better. D. The traffic is not heavier.
4. The living cost in the city centre is _______.
A. cheaper than that in the suburbs and the countryside
B. not expensive but people like to live in the suburbs and the
countryside
C. not cheap so more people want to leave for the suburbs and the
countryside
D. more expensive than that in the suburbs and the countryside
5. According to the passage, what is NOT true about London?
 A. London’s public means of transport is more expensive than cars.
B. There are a lot of people in the city centre, especially at weekends.
C. More and more people come to London for sightseeing.
D. London is richer than other cities in the United Kingdom.
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
problems charitable helping apartment together
frustrated
A neighbour, or neighbor in American English, is a person who lives
nearby, normally in a house or an (1) _______ that is next door or, in the
case of houses, across the street. Some people form friendships with their
neighbours and help them by sharing their tools and (2) _______ with
gardening tasks. Other people become (3) _______ with their neighbours if
the neighbour makes a lot of noise or a mess.
A group of people living close (4) _______ in a small community is
called a neighbourhood. Some neighbourhoods have many community
organisations, where people volunteer and do (5) _______ activities. Other
neighbourhoods in poor communities may have no community
organisations, and there may be many (6) _______ in the community.
F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. going/ Going/ by/ by/ car/ bicycle/ than/ is/ faster/ much

2. street/ There/ post office/ at/ corner/ a/ the/ of/ the/ is

3. this/ we/ shall/ What/ do/ Saturday evening?

4. watch/ stay/ at/ home/ Let’s/ and/ TV

5. in/ is/ suburbs/ Da Nang City/ My neighbourhood/ the/ of

6. dinner?/ we/ go/ Shall/ to/ the/ after/ cinema

7. is/ Ho Chi Minh City/ busy and crowded/ for/ too/ me

8. me/ you/ Can/ the/ to/ tell/ way/ Ben Thanh Market?

II. Combine the two sentences using the comparative form of the
adjectives in brackets.
Ex: My city has about 10 million people. Your city has about 8 million
people. (crowded)
=> My city is more crowded than your city.
1. Her mother is 37 years old. Her father is 38 years old. (old)

2. A hotel room costs $20 a night. A guest house room costs $15 a night.
(cheap)

3. Martin’s villa is $100,000. Henry’s villa is $150,000. (expensive)

4. This valley is about 300m deep. That valley is about 310m deep. (deep)

5. This square is about 7,500m2. That square is about 7,000m2. (big)

6. The office block has 33 floors. The shopping mall has 15 floors. (tall)

7. My house is 3km from school. His house is 5km from school. (far)

8. John is about 38 kilos in weight. Sylvie is about 36 kilos in weight.

(heavy)
 UNIT 5
NATURAL WONDERS OF VIET NAM
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
boat island tent forest wonder
guide visit holiday climate road
boot sand waterfall drive hotel
/t/ /d/

II. Fill in the blanks with “t” or “d” to complete the words.
1. The village lies behin the moun __ ain.
2. Should we __ rive or travel on foo __ ?
3. The sun’s hea __ vaporises the wa __ er of the ocean.
4. The amusemen __ park is built aroun a man-ma __ e lake.
5. Our __ our inclu __ es a visi __ to the san __ unes.

B. VOCABULARY
I. Match each word with its definition.
1. a. a large area of land that is thickly covered with trees
mountain b. a very high hill, often with rocks or snow near the top
2. river c. a large pool of water that is surrounded by land
3. waterfall d. a large area of land that has very little water and very
4. forest few plants growing on it, often covered with sand.
e. a piece of land that is completely surrounded by water
5. cave f. an area of sand or small stones beside the sea or a lake
6. desert g. an area of low land between hills or mountains, often
7. lake with a river flowing through it
h. a large hole in the side of a hill or under the ground
8. beach i. a place where a stream or river falls from a high place
9. island j. a large area of water that flows into the sea
10. valley

II. Choose the correct answer.

1. The (bay/ cave) often has a huge roof.
2. There’s a lot of danger in (rock/ water) climbing.
3. Viet Nam is located in the (continent/ island) of Asia.
4. Samantha takes a pair of (glasses/ scissors) to cut the string.
5. A (compass/ watch) needle always points at the north.
6. A good tube of (suncream/ toothpaste) will help to prevent sunburn.
7. You can sleep in this sleeping (bag/ coat) during the trip.
8. She took her (school bag/ backpack) and joined some friends for a trek.
9. We can’t overbuild a (natural/ man-made) environment area.
10. The (mount/ valley) that we are trying to reach lies behind the next
hill.
III. Find the odd word.
1. A. photo B. plaster C. scissors D. poster
2. A. travel B. island C. valley D. mountain
3. A. suncream B. milk C. tea D. water
4. A. camping B. amazing C. climbing D. hiking
5. A. Mount Everest B. Viet Nam C. Ha Long Bay D. The
Sahara Desert
6. A. visitors B. tourists C. travellers D. workers
7. A. lake B. ocean C. river D. desert
8. A. boat B. bike C. backpack D. airplane
9. A. Ninh Binh B. Quang Ninh C. Kien Giang D. Ganh Da
Dia
10. A. narrow B. wonderful C. beautiful D. awesome

C. GRAMMAR
I. Write C next to countable nouns and UC next to uncountable
nouns.
1. beach _______ , lake _______
2. soil _______ , water _______
3. river _______ , stream _______
4. mountain _______ , forest _______
5. knowledge _______ , information _______
6. plaster _______ , suncream _______
7. park _______ , museum _______
8. tea _______ , milk _______
9. furniture _______ , item _______
10. attraction _______ , destination _______
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. Boats are readily available to (visitor/ visitors).
2. Each year millions of (person/ people) visit this holiday destination.
3. Could you give (some/ a) advice on what to wear?
4. The best way to explore the countryside is on (foot/ feet).
5. We had a fantastic (trip/ trips) to Cat Tien National Park last summer.
6. To hear a hundred (time/ times) is not so good as to see once.
7. Could I have two cups of (coffee/ coffees) and a tea, please?
8. She saves (a few/ a little) money every month for the summer vacation.
9. (How much/ How many) does it cost to stay one night in a five-star
hotel?
10. The agent provided information on (much/ many) ways of travelling.
III. Fill in the blanks with must or mustn’t.
1. We _______ step on the grass in the yard.
2. Everyone _______ wear a life vest when boating.
3. Students _______ pick flowers in the school garden.
4. We _______ leave now or we’ll miss the plane.
5. They _______ drive a car without a driving licence.
6. Your hands are dirty. You _______ touch anything.
7. You _______ take photos in the gallery.
8. In Britain, you _______ drive on the left.
9. We _______ book the tickets before it’s too late.
10. You _______ use a mobile phone when the plane is taking off.
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. You _______ go mountain climbing alone. You _______ go in a group.
A. must - must B. mustn’t - must C. mustn’t - mustn’t D. must -
mustn’t
2. We only stayed for _______ days in Da Nang, then we headed to Hoi An.
A. much B. a little C. a few D. many
3. You _______ put the trash in a bin. You _______ throw it on the street.
A. must - mustn’t B. mustn’t - must C. mustn’t - mustn’t D. must -
must
4. _______ items of hand luggage can I take on the plane?
A. How much B. How many C. How far D. How
often
5. The tourists _______ take photos of this villa. They _______ ask for
permission first.
A. mustn’t - mustn’t B. must - mustn’t C. must - must D.
mustn’t - must
6. Could you share us _______ olive oil? We ran out of it.
A. an B. a little C. a few D. any
7. You _______ park your vehicle in this area. You _______ drive to the
parking lots.
A. mustn’t - mustn’t B. must - must C. mustn’t - must D. must -
mustn’t
8. Student tour guides _______ visitors on _______ one-hour tour of the
campus.
A. take - a B. are - an C. help - some D. have -
0
9. You _______ wash your hands before meals, and you _______ wear warm
clothes when it is cold.
A. mustn’t - must B. must – must
C. must - mustn’t D. mustn’t - mustn’t
10. There is _______ sand on the beach, so we can build _______
sandcastles.
A. many - much B. a few - many C. much - many D. a little
- much
V. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. I can’t find many information on these wonders.
A B C D
2. Walkways allows visitors to enter the caves in safety.
A B C D
3. It’s important that you must be late for school.
A B C D
4. A group of child are playing in the fountain in the park.
A B C D
5. There are only a little items of clothing in the backpack.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. They are spending their evening on the beach.

2. We plan to take our holiday next month.

3. The tickets for the concert are $333.

4. I bring two pairs of shoes for the field trip.

5. I want to visit Mount Fuji because it looks magnificent.

6. The name of that mountain in the distance is Langbiang.

7. A lot of people join the trip to Cuc Phuong National Park every month.

8. No, these aren’t the photos of Phong Nha Cave.

II. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.

___ What is special about it?
___ Wow! It must be very large.
1 Do you like nature, Natalie?
___ It’s difficult to say, but the Great Barrier Reef in Australia is really
amazing.
___ The Great Barrier Reef is the world’s largest coral reef. It is one of the
seven wonders of the natural world. You can view it from a long
distance.
___ Yes, I do. I often read books about natural wonders.
___ That’s incredible! I want to visit the Great Barrier Reef one day.
___ Yes. The reef is very large, and it’s the only living thing on earth visible
from space.
___ So in your opinion, what is the most beautiful natural wonder?

E. READING
I. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Boasting picturesque landscapes from the north to the south, Viet
Nam is home to the world’s largest cave - Son Doong. Son Doong Cave is
located in Phong Nha - Ke Bang National Park, Quang Binh province. The
cave contains a 5-km tunnel which can reach a height of 250 metres and a
width of 200 metres. The main cave is large enough to house a 40-floor
skyscraper. It’s quite surprising that the first to discover this cave was a
local farmer in 1990, but it took almost two more decades for Son Doong
to be rediscovered. The team of locals and British explorers found the
whole impressive ecosystem with a set of caves, tunnels, beaches, lakes
and rivers in 2009.
Now Son Doong is one of the world’s greatest natural wonders, along
with the Grand Canyon, Victoria Falls, Mount Everest, etc. The first guided
tours to the safe part of the cave started in 2013. Adventurous travellers
can book a trip to explore the magnificent ecosystem and sleep in unique
campsites at this mysterious cave.
1. Where is Son Doong Cave located?

2. How high and wide is the 5-km tunnel?

3. How large is the main cave?

4. Did a local farmer discover the cave in 1990?

5. When did the British explorers find the whole impressive ecosystem?

6. Is Son Doong Cave one of the world’s greatest natural wonders?

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

mountains fields destination on more
natural
Lak Lake's name evokes curiosity and charm for visitors that wish to
explore this wild beauty. In addition to the (1) _______ beauty and fresh air,
adventure elephant riding and taking one-piece timber boat (2) _______ Lak
Lake make this place become an indispensable (3) _______ for tours to Dak
Lak and the Central Highlands. Lak Lake is a beautiful landscape of the
Central Highlands. It is both a source of fish and a gigantic freshwater
reservoir supplying water to hundreds of hectares of rice (4) _______ , and
also makes the climate here cooler. This is a natural lake with the greatest
depth which is (5) _______ than T’nung Lake in Gia Lai province. Lak Lake is
5 km wide, adopted with Krong Ana River. The water always looks deep
and blue. The lake is surrounded by high (6) _______ making its water
appear calm; and having the vast primeval forests with abundant flora and
fauna.

E. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. a lot of/ Ha Long Bay/ islands/ has/ marvelous

2. the test/ We/ talk/ during/ mustn’t

3. Phu Quoc City/ There/ in/ lots of/ tourist destinations/ are

4. brush/ You/ your teeth/ must/ three times a day

5. in/ Are/ natural/ there/ camping sites/ any/ your area?

6. fishing villages/ can/ Tourists/ visit/ there/ and national parks/ many

7. when/ Everyone/ be/ crossing/ the street/ must/ careful

8. their/ class/ use/ in/ mobile phones/ The students/ mustn’t

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. Don’t drop litter at public places or natural landscapes.
You mustn’t

2. The waterfall is really amazing.

What
!
3. Nha Trang City is bigger than Phan Thiet City.
Phan Thiet City is

4. They don’t allow tourists to cross the desert alone.

Tourists mustn’t

5. It’s necessary for travellers to make a reservation.

Travellers must

6. There are life vests for all the passengers on this cruise ship.
They have

7. Their rule is wearing a swimsuit in the pool.

People must

8. Not many people can book a trip to explore the cave.

Only a
 UNIT 6:
OUR TET HOLIDAY
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
shrimp rice shopping celebrate rooster
decoration share spring tradition wish
blossom classmate rubbish strike bicycle
/s/ /ʃ/

II. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. present B. festival C. sing D.
sweets
2. A. special B. should C. say D. wish
3. A. family B. relative C. tradition D.
pagoda
4. A. clean B. calendar C. decorate D.
celebrate
5. A. fireworks B. friends C. shops D.
parents

B. VOCABULARY
I. Match the words to make meaningful phrases.
1. go a. fireworks
2. watch b. special food
3. get c. the shopping
4. do d. trees
5. cook e. to the pagoda
6. plant f. a wish
7. break g. lucky money
8. visit h. the floor
9. clean i. relatives
10. make j. the vase
II. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. What do Vietnamese people usually do to _______ Tet?
A. come B. eat C. have D.
celebrate
2. My grandma will cook banh chung - our special _______ at Tet.
A. flower B. meal C. food D. fruit
3. The kids love to play and have _______ during the holiday.
A. sadness B. fight C. bad luck D. fun
4. In Viet Nam, Tet is a good time for family _______.
A. saying B. preparing C. gathering D.
singing
5. I like to _______ friends over to play board game at weekends.
A. make B. invite C. ask D. help
6. Lunar New Year, or Tet, is the longest _______ in Viet Nam.
A. activity B. holiday C. ceremony D.
anniversary
7. The wooden _______ in the room is covered in dust. We need to clean it.
A. furniture B. housework C. fireworks D.
square
8. Giving _______ to children is a tradition at Tet Holiday.
A. sweets B. new clothes C. special food D. lucky
money
9. People often spend time visiting their _______ during Tet.
A. neighbours B. teachers C. relatives D.
friends
10. We _______ you a Happy New Year and a good fortune in the coming
year!
A. wish B. say C. cheer D. sing

C. GRAMMAR
I. Fill in each blank with should or shouldn’t.
1. Teenagers _______ play online games all night.
2. Gordon _______ help his mother with the housework.
3. We _______ clean our house before Tet.
4. You _______ cross the street at red traffic light.
5. She’s always tired. She _______ go to bed late every night.
6. Students _______ use their mobile phones in exams.
7. The kids _______ spend too much time in front of TV.
8. You _______ knock on the door before entering a room.
9. We _______ take care of our parents and old people.
10. Children _______ eat lots of vegetables and _______ eat too many
sweets.
II. Fill in each blank with some or any.
1. Mai wants _______ ice cream.
2. Do we have _______ bread in the fridge?
3. There is _______ special food on the table.
4. Why don’t you give me _______ advice?
5. There is _______ rice on your cheek.
6. There isn’t _______ milk in the box.
7. Can you tell me _______ traditions of Tet?
8. She doesn’t want _______ apple juice.
9. Are there _______ peach flowers in the vase?
10. Tim needs _______ help with the furniture.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. The peach flowers _______ beautiful, but you _______ jump to touch
them.
A. look - shouldn’t B. look - should
C. looks - should D. looks - shouldn’t
2. Can you get me _______ hot water, please?
A. any B. some C. much D. many
3. You _______ ask other people for lucky money. It _______ very polite.
A. shouldn’t - is B. should - is C. shouldn’t - isn’t D.
should - isn’t
4. Albert took _______ photos of the ceremony, but Anna didn’t take
_______.
A. much - any B. many - some C. a lot of - some D. lots of
- any
5. We _______ our hands before every meal.
A. should always wash B.
always should wash
C. should wash always D. never
should wash
6. Susan didn’t eat _______ banh tet, but Philip tried _______.
A. any - any B. some - some C. some - any D. any -
some
7. At Tet, you _______ make a wish, but you _______ break things.
A. shouldn’t - shouldn’t B. should
- should
C. should - shouldn’t D. shouldn’t - should
8. There aren’t _______ strawberries on the cake.
 A. many B. much C. a little D. some
9. You _______ go out with friends, but you _______ travel too far.
A. should - should B. should - shouldn’t
C. shouldn’t - shouldn’t D.
shouldn’t - should
10. _______ eat shrimp at New Year? - No, you _______.
A. I should - shouldn’t B. I
should - should
C. Should I - should D. Should I - shouldn’t

IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.

1. May I have any more eggs and cheese, please?
A B C D
2. You always should brush your teeth after meals.
A B C D
3. He shouldn’t make his house look beautiful at Tet.
A B C D
4. Do you have some idea about planting peach trees in this area?
A B C D
5. Do we should also buy flowers and plants to decorate the house?
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Complete the conversation. Use the sentences in the box.
Interesting! How about during Tet?
Will you watch the fireworks display?
Sounds great! I hope you enjoy yourself.
Oh, I know banh chung. I tried it last year. It's
delicious.
Wow! What will you buy?
I'd love to, but I have another plan. Thanks
anyway!
What will you do at Tet, Hoa?
What will you do exactly?

Jose: (1)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: Well, I will have a lot of things to do.
Jose: (2)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: I will help my parents to decorate the house before Tet. We will go
shopping and it will be the biggest shopping in the year.
Jose: (3)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: We will buy special types of food, furniture, presents, flowers...
Jose: (4)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: I will visit my grandparents and relatives during Tet. It’s the time for
family gatherings. We will also have great food, especially banh
chung.
Jose: (5)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: Yes, Tet is the best time to eat banh chung.
Jose: (6)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: Yes, I will watch it with my family. We will stay together on New
Year’s Eve.
Jose: (7)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: Thank you. Would you like to join us?
Jose: (8)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: It’s OK.

II. Match the sentences.

1. What will you do at Tet? a. It’s at the end of January.
2. Thank you for helping me. b. But you shouldn’t eat all of it.
3. When is Tet this year? c. I will visit my grandparents.
4. People are in a hurry before Tet. d. Yes, you should.
5. Should I invite friends home? e. Of course! I will dress beautifully.
6. Tet is coming! We are so f. Let's buy some fruits and
excited. candies!
7. We will make lots of banh g. What will you do to celebrate it?
chung. h. The same to you!
8. Will you wear new clothes during i. Never mind.
Tet? j. Yeah! Everyone is preparing for
9. Happy New Year! it.
10. What should we give our
relatives at Tet?
E. READING
I. Fill in each blank with a suitable word in the box.
return festive celebration symbolising
reunions spring
Tet Nguyen Dan, shortened to Tet, is Viet Nam’s Lunar New Year and is
the most important annual (1) _______ and public holiday in Viet Nam.
Tet celebrates the beginning of a new year as well the coming of (2)
_______ . Exciting festivities are held such as making traditional food and
shopping. During this time there is a real sense of celebration in the air,
making it an unforgettable (3) _______ time.
Celebrated as a time of renewal, Tet serves as an opportunity for
Vietnamese people to pay homage to their ancestors and have family (4)
_______ .
Preparations usually begin a week before Tet, as people start to (5)
_______ home, clean their family graves, worship at their family altars and
decorate their homes with apricot blossoms, peach blossoms and kumquat
trees, (6) _______ the hope of prosperity and well-being.
II. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Korean New Year is on the first day of the Korean Lunar calendar. It
is one of the most important and traditional Korean holidays. The
celebration lasts three days: the day before Korean New Year’s Day,
Korean New Year’s Day itself, and the day after Korean New Year’s Day.
Korean New Year is a family holiday. Most people try to return home
to spend time with their relatives. It is important to spend the holiday at
home. During the first morning of New Year, Koreans show their respect to
their ancestors. Traditional foods are placed on a table as an offering to
their ancestors, and they pray for well-being and good health. They
prepare a lot of traditional foods for family members coming to have
meals.
Gifts are given to family members. Koreans wear new beautiful
traditional clothes called Hanbok during New Year.
- respect (n): sự kính trọng - ancestor (n): tổ tiên
1. How many days does the celebration last?

2. Why do Koreans try to return home?

3. What do Koreans do on the first morning of New Year?

4. What do Koreans pray for?

5. Why do Koreans prepare a lot of traditional foods?

6. What is the name of their traditional clothes?

E. WRITING
I. Write complete sentences using should or shouldn’t and the
prompts given.
1. You/ play/ with/ fire./ It is dangerous for kids.

2. You/ park/ here./ It is not allowed.

3. You/ wear/ a raincoat./ It is raining outside.

4. Please be quiet! You/ make/ so much noise/ in the library.

5. We/ arrive/ at the airport/ two hours before the flight.

6. I/ eat/ these cakes. I’m not hungry now.

7. The boys/ play/ football outside. It’s a beautiful day.

8. You/ sometimes/ help/ your mother with the housework.

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. Why don’t you join a sports club at your school?
You should

2. There is no bank service during Tet.

There isn’t

3. Don’t talk too loud because my sister is sleeping.

We shouldn’t

4. Drinking too much wine is not good for your father.

Your father shouldn’t

5. They have no five-fruit tray on the ancestral altar.

They don’t
6. There is little traffic on the road these days.
There isn’t

7. Getting up early every day is good for your health.

You should

8. There aren’t many shops in our grandparents’ neighbourhood.

There are a
 REVIEW 2
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced
differently from the others.
1. A. see B. sea C. exciting D. police
2. A. street B. eat C. convenient D. noisy
3. A. like B. river C. spring D. wish
4. A. special B. celebrate C. sun D.
expensive
5. A. wish B. summer C. shoe D. shop
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. The Sahara is the biggest (desert/ valley) in the world.
2. Tet, or Lunar New Year, is our (traditional/ modern) holiday.
3. I like to live in the (suburban/ urban) area. It’s peaceful and quiet.
4. Hector is living on the seventh floor of this (temple/ building).
5. We will (do/ make) some house decorating before Tet.
6. The road is too (narrow/ wide). Cars can’t pass it.
7. It’s raining! You must take a waterproof (coat/ coast) with you.
8. Keep straight, then (go/ turn) left at the next traffic light.
9. Their village is at the foot of the (rock/ mountain).
10. This shirt is (expensive/ cheap). I don’t have enough money.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Children often receive _______ in red envelopes during Tet.
A. lucky money B. banh tet C. sweets D.
wishes
2. I am busy now. I can’t take you to the railway _______.
A. station B. stop C. gate D. corner
3. You must _______ their rules when you visit their place.
A. read B. follow C. get D. pass
4. _______ is a raised part of the Earth’s surface, much larger than a hill.
A. River B. Fall C. Desert D.
Mountain
5. I think that the Pacific is the largest _______ in the world.
A. waterfall B. mountain C. ocean D. river
6. The street is very _______ with a lot of traffic. We can’t move fast.
A. quiet B. crowded C. large D. busy
7. This apricot tree produces many yellow _______ in spring.
A. branches B. flowers C. fruits D. leaves
8. He likes to _______ his house with flowers and plants.
A. hang B. make C. decorate D. do
9. Is the Central Post Office opposite the Sai Gon Notre-Dame _______?
A. Temple B. Square C. Art Gallery D.
Cathedral
10. Shops are a long way from my house. It’s _______.
A. inconvenient B. polluted C. expensive D.
convenient
IV. Write the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Is life in this city _______ than life in your homeland? (good)
2. They will hold a big _______ on New Year’s Eve. (celebrate)
3. Evening in the countryside is a very _______ time. (peace)
4. That old building is now a _______ monument. (history)
5. The children in my neighbourhood are quite _______ . (friend)
6. We will have many traditional _______ on Tet holiday. (activity)
7. The Grand Canyon is not the _______ canyon in the world. (wide)
8. She often brings a _______ bag instead of a tent. (sleep)
9. The main _______ of that place is the huge waterfall. (attract)
10. These photos bring back my _______ memories of the tour. (wonder)
V. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1. At Tet, we give our best wishes _______ each other.
2. Madagasca is one of the largest islands _______ the world.
3. You should take all necessary things _______ you.
4. It’s near here, so we can walk or go _______ bicycle.
5. My parents will cook banh chung _______ a big pot.
6. There will be a big statue _______ the entrance of the flower street.
7. It’s faster to take the second turning _______ the left.
8. At midnight _______ December 31, temples all over the country ring their
bells.
9. She learned some customs about Tet _______ her parents.
10. Its colour changes _______ different times of the day.
VI. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. The weather in Ho Chi Minh City is _______ that in Da Lat City.
A. hotter than B. hotter C. hot than D. more
hot
2. Everyone _______ wear a face mask in public areas during the Covid-19
pandemic.
A. shouldn’t B. should C. mustn’t D. must
3. There aren’t _______ new clothes in the wardrobe.
A. some B. any C. a D. an
4. An ocean is commonly much _______ a lake.
A. larger B. the larger
 C. larger than D. more than large
5. You _______ tell lies or say bad things.
A. should B. mustn’t C. must D.
shouldn’t
6. I need to calculate how _______ time the assignment will take.
A. a few B. a little C. much D. many
7. Which cave is _______, Phong Nha or Son Doong?
A. more greater B. greater than C. great more D.
greater
8. An average person _______ drink two litres of water daily.
A. shouldn’t B. should C. must D.
mustn’t
9. I think joining in geography club is _______ going out at noon.
A. more exciting than B. the
more exciting
C. more exciting D. exciting more
10. You _______ go when the traffic light is red.
A. shouldn’t B. mustn’t C. should D. must
VII. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. You should throw garbage on the street like that.
A B C D
2. Is playing games more funny than going for a picnic?
A B C D
3. There is usually a lot of visitors in Da Lat during Tet.
A B C D
4. A good neighbour is good than a brother in the next village.
A B C D
5. How much litres of water do you think this huge bottle contains?
A B C D
VIII. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. There _______ (be) many historic monuments in Ho Chi Minh City.
2. She _______ (own) a microwave, but she _______ (only, use) it to reheat
soup.
3. Look at the map! We _______ (stand) near the central park.
4. We _______ (discuss) the natural wonders of the world now.
5. Ha Long Bay _______ (have) the nicest scenery in Viet Nam.
6. I’m not free at the moment. I _______ (tidy) my room.
7. Hien isn’t healthy because she _______ (never, eat) much for breakfast.
8. _______ Joseph _______ (plant) trees in the garden at the moment?
9. Gordon _______ (not do) much in the evenings except watching
television.
10. _______ she _______ (usually, go) back to her home village at Tet?
IX. Match the sentences.
1. You shouldn’t stay up late. a. Yes, there is one at the next
2. What shall we do this afternoon? corner.
3. This picture of coral reefs looks b. You’re right. It’s bad for my
beautiful! health.
4. I will travel a lot this holiday. c. But where is the supermarket?
5. This black hat is nicer than that d. Let’s go to the amusement park.
white hat. e. Sorry, I can’t. I don’t know this
6. There’s a bus stop next to the area.
supermarket. f. About 300 metres.
7. Excuse me! Is there a post office g. Sure! I promise.
near here? h. Really? Where will you go?
8. How far is it from here? i. But the white one is cheaper.
9. You mustn’t tell anyone my j. Yes. It’s the biggest coral reefs in
secrets. the world.
10. Can you tell me the way to the
gas station?
X. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ I must ask my parents first. I hope they will allow me to go with you.
___ I am going on a really great journey this year. Do you want to come
with me?
___ I will read more books in my free time. How about you?
___ Wow! Joining a bike camp is one of my dreams! But do you think we
can make it?
___ This new year will be full of fun and excitement!
___ I’m going to be in a bike camp. I will travel to the countryside.
1 What is your aim for new year?
___ Don’t worry! It won't be too tiring, and we can make new friends!
___ A great journey? Where will you go?
___ I believe they will. Let’s ask them now.
XI. Read the passage and decide whether the statements are
TRUE or FALSE.
New Year’s Day is a public holiday in the United Kingdom (UK). It is
on January 1st. People in the UK usually celebrate New Year from the
evening of December 31st to January 1st.
On New Year’s Eve, at midnight, when the Big Ben clock strikes to
mark the coming of New Year, people welcome New Year and sing the
traditional song “Auld-Lang-Syne”. They open the back door to let the old
year out and ask the first dark-haired man to come through the front door
carrying bread, salt, and coal. This means that in the following year
everyone in the house will have enough food (bread), earn enough money
(salt), and be warm enough (coal).
Many people have parties at home or go out. There is also a popular
tradition of exchanging New Year gifts while wishing each other well. New
Year parades are the biggest attraction of New Year celebrations in the
UK. They are organised in almost all major cities of the UK.
- exchange (v): trao đổi - parade (n): cuộc diễu hành
1. New Year’s Day is a public holiday in the UK. __________
2. It is on the first day of the lunar calendar. __________
3. The New Year’s celebration is only on December 31st. __________
4. In the UK, salt symbolises money. __________
5. Everyone has parties at home on New Year’s Day. __________
6. People exchange gifts on New Year’s Day. __________
7. New Year parades are the biggest attraction on this occasion. ______
8. The parades are organised in the countryside of the UK. __________
XII. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
than are include long freshwater in animals rainy
teeth widest

The Amazon River is located (1) _______ South America within the
Amazon Rainforest. It is the second longest river in the world, with more
than 6,400 kilometres (2) _______ . That is longer (3) _______ the United
States from the east coast to the west coast. During the dry season, the
(4) _______ parts of the Amazon are only a few kilometres wide. But during
the (5) _______ season, the river can be more than 32 kilometres wide.
There (6) _______ over 3000 different species of fish in the Amazon
River. One of the most well-known fish within the Amazon River is the
piranha. With its sharp (7) _______ , it’s one of the most feared fish in the
world. The Amazon is home to the Amazon river dolphin. This is a (8)
_______ dolphin. People also find other well-known (9) _______ in the
Amazon River. These (10) _______ snakes, catfish, electric eel, crabs,
turtles and crocodile.
- sharp (adj): bén - species (n): loài
XIII. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. at/ You/ visit/ your relatives/ should/ Tet

2. much/ usually/ Ho Chi Minh City/ more/ Vung Tau/ is/ than/ crowded

3. decorate/ do/ you/ What/ your/ need to/ room?

4. several/ supermarkets/ my neighbourhood/ in/ are/ There

5. to/ the/ Can/ tell/ me/ you/ way/ Sai Gon Bridge?

6. when/ A/ is/ very useful/ go camping/ sleeping bag/ you/ overnight

7. quite/ all day/ playing/ children/ are/ tired/ The/ after

8. the/ any/ mustn’t/ play/ You/ sports/ on/ street/ kinds of

XIV. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as

the first one.
1. Going out alone at night is very dangerous.
You shouldn’t

2. It’s essential that I come home after school.

I must

3. Shall we go out for a walk around the lake?

Let’s

4. The teacher doesn’t allow us to copy the other teams’ work.

We mustn’t

5. William is taller than other students in my class.

Other students in my class

6. Why don’t we discuss more about our project?

How about
?
7. Please tell me some well-known traditions on Tet Holiday.
Can
?
8. Going to bed early every day is good for your health.
You should
 UNIT 7
TELEVISION
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
month feather that earth them
weather thank there through this
three thing gather both than
/θ/ /ð/

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. then B. theatre C. throw D. fourth
2. A. brother B. breathe C. thirsty D. there
3. A. nothing B. third C. healthy D. their
4. A. breath B. mother C. maths D. think
5. A. teeth B. weather C. they D.
without

B. VOCABULARY
I. Match the words with the correct descriptions.
1. TV programme a. a person watching TV
2. character b. a programme with many episodes that have the
3. TV series same characters
4. viewer c. a programme broadcast on television
5. TV show d. a person represented in a film, play, or story
6. channel e. a book or a magazine giving the time of TV
programmes
7. comedy
f. an organization that broadcasts television or
8. TV guide
radio programmes
g. any content produced for viewing on a television
set
h. a play, film or TV show that is intended to be
funny
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. Donald Duck is a famous (cartoon/ documentary) character in the USA.
2. This (romance/ comedy) is very funny - we all laugh when watching it.
3. My brother usually opens (sports/ science) channel to watch tennis.
4. Mrs. Harper likes (entertaining/ educational) programmes because they
help her relax.
5. The main (character/ content) in the movie is Dr. Lewis Anderson.
6. A lot of TV (readers/ viewers) watch this mini-series every weekend.
7. Jennifer won the (talent/ game) show by her dancing ability.
8. Bolt is a computer (wildlife programme/ animated film) produced by
Walt Disney Animation Studios.
9. The game turned into more of an interactive TV (channel/ series) than a
traditional game.
10. Watching TV is (boring/ popular) nowadays and billions of people
watch TV every day.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. According to the _______, there will be rain.
A. game show B. TV series
C. weather forecast D. animal programme
2. The _______ is introducing the next song to the audience.
A. MC B. viewer C. character D.
comedian
3. Journey to Mars is a new _______ programme on this channel.
A. comedy B. sports C. animals D.
science
4. Let’s have a look at the TV _______ and see what’s on.
A. station B. guide C. show D. set
5. The film was _______ so my mother turned off the TV and went to bed.
A. boring B. interesting C. funny D.
educational
6. How many hours a day do you _______ TV?
A. listen to B. watch C. look D. see
7. He had Mickey Mouse and some other _______ characters on his T-shirt.
A. cartoon B. science C. music D.
wildlife
8. The _______ on TV last night was so funny.
A. news B. educational programme
C. comedy D. documentary
9. Music channel attracts millions of _______ throughout the country.
A. characters B. writers C. reporters D.
viewers
10. This _______ programme is showing the wildlife of African lions.
A. sports B. animal C. advertising D.
fashion

C. GRAMMAR
I. Fill in each blank with a suitable question word.
1. _______ many channels are there on your TV? - About 75.
2. _______ is the girl in the white shirt? - She’s my sister.
3. _______ do you usually leave home for school? - Around 6:15.
4. _______ were you absent yesterday? - Because I was sick.
5. _______ are you looking for? - My workbook.
6. _______ is the host of this programme? - I don’t know.
7. _______ are you today, Brian? - Very good, thanks.
8. _______ is Ho Chi Minh TV Station? - It’s over there.
9. _______ are you so happy? - Because I got an A mark for English.
10. _______ programme do you like more, animal or science? - Science.
II. Fill in the blanks with and, but, or so to complete the
sentences.
1. He wants to go to the theatre, _______ it's raining too heavily.
2. Bob takes the remote control, _______ he turns on the TV.
3. Daisy is tired, _______ she stops studying for a while.
4. The sound quality was poor, _______ we couldn’t fully enjoy the music.
5. Jackson loves Discovery Channel, _______ he often watches it with his
brother.
6. I’m sorry, _______ I think you’re wrong about this film.
7. The talk show ends, _______ everyone starts to clap and cheer loudly.
8. She wants a notebook, _______ he gives her a book.
9. Our house is in the central district, _______ we can easily get to cinemas.
10. I want to use public transportation, _______ I travel by bus.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. _______ do you watch the news programmes? - Four times a week.
A. How often B. How long C. How many D. How
much
2. You don’t usually watch TV. _______ is it? - Because I don’t have free
time.
A. When B. What C. How D. Why
3. _______ is it from here to the TV station? - Three kilometres.
A. How far B. How long C. How much D. How often
4. _______ is your favourite comedian? - Charlie Chaplin.
A. Who B. Which C. How D. What
5. _______ is the film Zootopia on? - At 7 p.m. tonight.
A. How B. What C. Where D. When
6. I _______ comedies, _______ I enjoy Mr. Bean very much.
A. don’t like - and B. don’t like - but C. like - but D. don’t
like - so
7. There _______ some clever direction, _______ the show is very well shot.
A. isn’t - so B. is - and C. aren't - but D. are -
but
8. I _______ busy, _______ I can manage to watch my favourite programme.
A. am - but B. am - and C. am not - so D. am
not - but
9. The new TV _______ broken, _______ they want to return it to the shop.
A. is - but B. isn’t - so C. is - so D. isn’t -
and
10. We _______ to buy a new smart TV, _______ we have to save money.
A. need - so B. need - but C. don’t need - so D. don’t
need - so
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. I don’t like the book, and the movie is funny.
A B C D
2. Who is the name of the national TV channel?
A B C D
3. How many do you know about game shows?
A B C D
4. Fred is tired, so he wants to turn on the TV and goes to bed.
A B C D
5. The movie had a long credit, so it took us long than usual.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. My favourite channel is National Geographic.

2. I am living in Tan Binh District at present.

3. Nick leaves home for school at 7 o’clock.

4. She goes to see the doctor because she is sick.

5. We are talking about our new friend Sophia.

6. The cinema is opposite the restaurant.

7. I go to the movies twice a month.

8. They travel to Nha Trang by car.

II. Complete the conversation with the words or phrase in the box.
favourite about programme boring activities animals TV
how many
Ryan: Are you watching (1) _______ now, Lucy?
Lucy: Yes, I am.
Ryan: (2) _______ hours do you watch TV every day?
Lucy: For one hour only.
Ryan: What do you love to watch?
Lucy: I watch any programmes for children such as cartoons, (3) _______ or
music.
Ryan: Do you have any (4) _______ channel?
Lucy: No, I don’t. What (5) _______ you?
Ryan: My favourite is Sports. You know I love football games.
Lucy: Do you think watching football is (6) _______ ?
Ryan: No, I don’t. It encourages us to take physical (7) _______ . It is good
for health.
Lucy: Ryan! We’ll talk more after I finish watching this (8) _______ .
Ryan: Okay, Lucy.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and decide whether the statements are TRUE
or FALSE.
There are different kinds of TV viewers. Some people watch
television for entertainment, others watch only news, and a lot of them
watch TV when they have nothing else to do. Most people watch TV in the
evening because this allows them to sit in front of the TV set with their
relatives and to spend some free time together.
As for me, watching TV is one of the cheapest and most interesting
ways for entertainment. My favourite channel is Cartoon Network. It
broadcasts all day so I can enjoy the programmes whenever I have free
time. It is a channel of entertainment for kids and families, so my parents
can also watch the programmes with me.
 I often search for my favourite programmes from Cartoon Network
website. On the website, there is a schedule for all programmes. I have
relaxation time from watching this channel.
1. All people watch TV for entertainment. __________
2. People don’t watch TV when they have nothing to do. __________
3. Evening is the time that most people watch TV. __________
4. To many people, watching TV is a good time to stay together. _________
5. According to the writer, watching TV costs very much. __________
6. Cartoon Network is a channel for kids and families. __________
7. Cartoon Network channel does not broadcast at night. __________
8. TV viewers can look for the schedule on Cartoon Network website. ____

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

often view interesting at and but friends
characters
Among a lot of cartoons I have ever watched, my favourite is Tom
and Jerry.
Whenever I have free time, I like to watch this cartoon. There are
two main (1) _______ .
Tom is a blue and white cat. He is rather stupid. Jerry is an intelligent
brown mouse. He (2) _______ makes fun of Tom. Tom’s main job is to chase
Jerry and try to catch him but fails. I think it is very (3) _______ to watch
every time Tom tries to catch Jerry. I have tried to wait and see Tom catch
Jerry, (4) _______ it never happens.
Sometimes, both Tom and Jerry become close (5) _______ and help
each other when they have problems. Also, there are a lot of funny
situations in the cartoon that I still remember well now.
The cartoon brings me laughter whenever I (6) _______ it. It helps me
relax after a long day (7) _______ work. I like watching cartoons so much,
(8) _______ I do not agree that cartoons are only for children.

F. WRITING
I. Write complete questions using the prompts given.
1. Who/ your brother/ go/ the cinema/ with?

2. How often/ she/ watch/ this programme?

3. Why/ you/ want to check/ the TV schedule?

4. When/ be/ the next show time/ of this cartoon?

5. Where/ those reporters/ get/ the news?

6. Which/ cartoon/ be/ funnier,/ Doraemon or Pokemon?

7. What/ be/ the weather like/ your place?

8. How many/ buttons/ the remote control/ have?

II. Combine the sentences using the word in brackets.

1. The TV is small. She moves forward to the screen, (so)

2. I have a lot of homework. I can’t enjoy the programme. (so)

3. The film ended in the cinema. People walked quickly to the door. (and)

4. We were bored with the performance. The MC made it funnier. (but)

5. John is busy. He saves time to watch his favourite talent show. (but)

6. I like this programme. It’s interesting and funny. (because)

7. The documentary was about history. It was also about childhood. (and)

8. There was not much else to see. He turned off the TV. (so)
 UNIT 8
SPORTS AND GAMES
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
chess bag contest band men
fan rest gathering step habit
happy tennis practise relax welcome
/e/ /æ/

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. envelop B. elegant C. remember D.
adventure
2. A. pleasant B. racket C. essential D.
decorate
3. A. challenge B. badminton C. safe D.
fantastic
4. A. match B. many C. says D. said
5. A. capital B. standard C. passenger D.
woman

B. VOCABULARY
I. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
racket boat ball shoes goggles badminton playground
sporty players goal
1. _______ can be played by two or four people.
2. The golf _______ rolled for a while and fell into the hole.
3. Is _______ racing a type of water sports? - Yes, it is.
4. Skiers wear _______ to protect their eyes from the sun.
5. How many _______ are there in a football team?
6. They scored a fantastic _______ and won the match.
7. This shop sells sports goods such as sports clothing and sports _______ .
8. Similar to badminton, you have to buy a _______ to play tennis.
9. Her personal trainer is a healthy, fit, and _______ young woman.
10. Mr. Dawson would like to build an adventure _______ for the orphans.
II. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. I like _______, so I will save money to buy a good bicycle.
A. jogging B. swimming C. cycling D. skiing
2. They don’t allow players to use hands in _______, except goalkeepers.
A. volleyball B. football C. basketball D.
baseball
3. In _______, you need to knock down all the pins.
A. badminton B. tennis C. table tennis D.
bowling
4. I like _______ morning exercise because it keeps me healthy.
A. doing B. playing C. walking D.
jumping
5. _______ is a rope pulling game, and it requires strength.
A. Skateboarding B. Roller skating C. Tug of war D.
Skipping
6. William is very _______ - he runs five kilometres every day.
A. fit B. tall C. smart D. shy
7. The two _______ greeted the audiences before the match started.
A. teams B. games C. competitions D. sports
8. The _______ refused a goal, but finally we won the game.
A. players B. coach C. fans D.
referee
9. She is among the best _______ runners in the country.
A. jogging B. marathon C. badminton D.
cycling
10. My father is playing _______ with his friend now.
A. aerobics B. exercise C. karate D. chess

C. GRAMMAR
I. Write the verbs in brackets in the past simple to complete the
sentences.
1. They _______ (hold) the Olympic Games in Tokyo in 2021.
2. It _______ (be) great to have a family gathering last weekend.
3. Last Sunday, I _______ (travel) around by bus with some of my friends.
4. They _______ (not visit) many interesting places during their trip.
5. Yesterday afternoon he _______ (go) to his basketball club.
6. What _______ Patrick _______ (eat) _______ at the night market 2 days
ago?
7. We _______ (not learn) English with Mrs. Dorris last semester.
8. She _______ (meet) some talented people in the competition.
9. The first ancient Olympic Games _______ (take) place in 776 BC.
10. _______ your family _______ (have) a good holiday last month?
II. Complete the sentences using imperatives.
Ex: Your friends are making too much noise.
→ Don’t make too much noise.
1. Your little sister is watching TV for too long.
Don’t

2. He wants the players to run faster.

Run

3. The man asks the audiences to cheer for the team.

Cheer

4. Some boys are playing football on the street.

Please

5. Nick tells his brother to take a break.

Take

6. My mother tells me to do my homework.

Do

7. Our teacher wants us to look at the board.

Look

8. The referee politely asked the player to stand up.

Please

9. Frank wants his friend to wait for a while.

Wait

10. The coach wants his players to relax for some minutes.
Relax

III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.

1. _______ watch too much TV, Jack! Turn it off.
A. Not B. Don’t C. Doesn’t D. No
2. Don’t _______ the animals in the zoo.
A. feeds B. feeding C. feed D. to
feed
3. Daisy _______ swimming with her friends last weekend.
A. went B. go C. is going D. goes
4. Terry _______ any sports when he was in grade 5.
A. don’t play B. didn’t played C. doesn’t play D. didn’t
play
5. _______ there the Olympic Games in 2017?
A. Is B. Are C. Was D. Were
6. _______ the marathon on TV last night, Jonathan?
A. Do you watch B. Did you watch
C. Did you watched D. Do you watched
7. _______ late because the match will start soon.
A. Don’t come B. Didn’t come C. Not coming D. Won’t
come
8. I _______ to practise karate about 3 months ago.
A. was start B. am starting C. started D. start
9. Pele _______ his first World Cup at the age of 17 in 1958.
A. is winning B. win C. wins D. won
10. They are playing chess. _______ loudly.
A. Don’t talk B. Not to talk C. Not talk D.
Doesn’t talk
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. I play table tennis with George some hours ago.
A B C D
2. You look tired now, so stop exercising and to rest.
A B C D
3. Talk loud! They are listening to the coach.
A B C D
4. What did you usually do at break time at school?
A B C D
5. Change your clothes, and you can’t swim in the pool.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ Of course I can. I’m in the school’s football team.
___ No. I don’t play football, but I go swimming every weekend.
1 Can you play football, Owen?
___ School team? Wow! I didn’t know that. How often do you play it?
___ Yes, I do. How about you? Do you play football or any other sports?
___ We have three games a week.
___ Thanks, Owen.
___ Three games a week? Do you practise a lot?
___ Swimming is good. You look sporty and healthy!
II. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. There were 32 football teams in 2018 FIFA World Cup.

2. I often go cycling in my spare time.

3. Pele was voted Football Player of the Century in 1999.

4. Yes, I’d like to watch motor racing on TV.

5. Joseph went mountain climbing yesterday afternoon.

6. Carson practises at the karate club three times a week.

7. I need to buy a pair of gloves because I’ll be a goalkeeper in this

afternoon's game.

8. They played the final match in Wembley Stadium.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Football was played hundreds of years ago and many people believe
that it originated from England. Football is also called soccer in the US. It is
a team game. In each team, there are eleven members, ten players and
one goalkeeper. In a football match, two teams play against each other
during 90 minutes in a rectangular field. The match is divided into two
halves with each half lasting 45 minutes. Between the two halves is a
break of 15 minutes. Football players try to kick the ball into the other
team’s goal, and the goalkeeper tries to stop the ball from getting into the
goal. Whichever team scores more goals will win the game. In a football
game, only two goalkeepers can keep the ball in their hands.
Football is the most popular game all over the world. Whenever we
turn on the TV, there are football matches on different channels.
The Football World Cup, an international football event, is held every
four years. It is so popular that there are millions of people watching it.
1. Where did football originate?
2. How many goalkeepers are there in each football team?

3. How long does a football match last?

4. What does the goalkeeper do?

5. Can all football players keep the ball in their hands?

6. Do people hold the Football World Cup every four years?

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

better win us than free and useful
homework
There are different kinds of sports games. They are necessary and
(1) _______ for all of us. Sports games help us to keep fit and healthy so
that we can study and work (2) _______ . When we play a sports game, we
come to learn many things. We learn how to keep calm and make our
mind strong so that we can overcome a difficult situation and (3) _______
the game.
Playing a sports game helps us to be strong, cheerful, happy and
gives (4) _______ energy and strength. Many students say that they feel
happier in a playground (5) _______ they do in a classroom because while
playing a sports game they temporarily forget their lessons and (6) _______
. Schools and universities also encourage students to play sports games in
their (7) _______ time.
How about you? What sports games do you like? Choose one (8)
_______ practise it to have joyful time!

F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. play/ Sports and games/ an/ our lives/ in/ important part

2. join/ Did/ sports competition/ you/ in/ the/ last week?

3. London/ in/ were/ The 2012 Olympic Games/ held

4. about/ Television programmes/ sports and games/ popular/ are

5. stand/ the boys/ wants/ to/ The teacher/ in line

6. when/ played/ My father/ volleyball/ he/ young/ was

7. football games/ every/ watch/ weekend/ Millions of people

8. a sports game/ Playing/ is/ very good/ your health/ for

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. Could you help me buy a good tennis racket?
Please

2. You mustn’t go out late at night.

Don’t

3. Pele won his first World Cup at the age of seventeen.

Pele won his first World Cup when

4. Every football team has a goalkeeper.

There is

5. Harry is the same height as other players in his volleyball team.

Harry is as

6. Don’t take off the blindfold when playing blind man's buff.
You mustn’t

7. Let's participate in the international marathon next month!

How about
?
8. Why don’t you play a sport in your free time?
You should
 UNIT 9
CITIES OF THE WORLD
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
photo town cold loud ground
phone hour snow brown radio
tower postcard road sound home
/aʊ/ /əʊ/

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. now B. know C. around D.
downtown
2. A. coast B. go C. low D.
counter
3. A. narrow B. grocery C. allow D.
motorcycle
4. A. snow B. amount C. shout D. cloud
5. A. outside B. local C. boat D. global
B. VOCABULARY
I. Choose the correct answer.
1. Hue is an old city. It has (historic/ modern) sites and cultural attractions.
2. Tokyo is a very (cheap/ expensive) place to live. Prices are high there.
3. The market is always crowded and (quiet/ noisy) in the morning.
4. The children are too (old/ young) to travel alone or go out at night.
5. In summer, the streets are really (cold/ hot) at noon. You should stay
inside.
6. Unlike Ha Noi, Ho Chi Minh City has two seasons, rainy and (dry/ wet).
7. You will see the whole city from the top of that (short/ tall) building.
8. With more than 24 million people, Shanghai is a very (big/ small) city in
population.
9. The journey to Paris was (boring/ exciting), so he wants to go there
again.
10. We were late this morning because there was (light/ heavy) traffic.
II. Fill in the blanks with the words and phrases in the box.
 night market palace tasty building tower
river bank floating market street food stall
landmarks
1. My parents used to run a fruit and vegetable _______ in the market.
2. Westminster Abbey is one of the most famous _______ in London.
3. A _______ is a market where goods are sold from boats.
4. Every year, millions of visitors climb to the top of the Eiffel _______ in
Paris.
5. This smoothie is really _______ - where did you buy it?
6. Banh mi is a familiar _______ in most cities in Viet Nam.
7. Da Lat _______ offers diverse shopping experiences to tourists.
8. _______ erosion causes severe damage to the communities in the
Mekong Delta.
9. A skyscraper is an extremely tall _______ in the city, and it may be up to
over 160 floors.
10. The Independence _______ is a must-see tourist attraction in Ho Chi
Minh City.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Big Ben is the most famous _______ in England.
A. house B. station C. skyscraper D. tower
2. Quiet villages with cool air, blossom, and bird singing are ideal places
for visitors who want to escape from _______ cities.
A. noisy B. calm C. peaceful D. lonely
3. They can’t buy a house because of the _______ cost of housing.
A. cheap B. low C. high D.
expensive
4. Hoi An _______ Town is really beautiful, especially at night with the
lanterns.
A. Smart B. Ancient C. Modern D. New
5. The _______ Opera House was the youngest building to be included on
the UNESCO World Heritage list.
A. London B. Sydney C. New York D.
Singapore
6. Asia is the Earth’s largest and most populous _______.
A. island B. country C. ocean D.
continent
7. Canada is one of 23 _______ in North America.
A. countries B. landmarks C. capitals D. cities
8. Umbrellas and raincoats are what people need in _______ days.
A. sunny B. stormy C. snowy D. rainy
9. In this city, people are _______, food is _______, and the weather is
always _______.
A. nice - delicious - friendly B. friendly - nice - delicious
C. friendly - delicious - nice D. delicious - friendly - nice
10. Ben Thanh Market is a famous _______ of Ho Chi Minh City.
A. museum B. monument C. landmark D.
square

C. GRAMMAR
I. Fill in the blanks with my, your, his, her, its, our, or their.
1. Mrs. Lien parked the car there. It’s _______ car.
2. Anna has a brother. _______ name is Thomas.
3. I have a new bicycle. _______ bicycle is black.
4. Your dog is very lovely. What’s _______ name?
5. We are in class 6A1. _______ class has 50 students.
6. Hello! My name is Luan. What’s _______ name?
7. What’s that girl’s name? - _______ name is Angelina.
8. You look strange today. _______ hair is shorter than usual.
9. Sue and James are friends. _______ houses are next to each other.
10. We bought a new apartment. _______ apartment is on the 7th floor.
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. Is this Lan’s room? - Yes, it’s (hers/ her).
2. These are (our/ their) seats, not theirs.
3. This is (hers/ his) postcard. It isn’t (my/ mine).
4. Whose ruler is this? Is it (your/ yours)?
5. Is it (your/ his) puppy? - Yes, it’s mine.
6. (Theirs/ Their) car is red, and (our/ ours) is black.
7. I’ve lost (mine/ my) pencil. Can I borrow (yours/ you)?
8. My cousin has a cat. (Its/ It) name is Katy.
9. Stacy and Kelly like salad. It’s (her/ their) favourite food.
10. This is (we/ our) room, and (theirs/ your) is just across the staircases.
III. Choose the best answers to complete the sentences.
1. _______ son caused some trouble at _______ school yesterday.
A. Her - his B. His - her C. Hers - his D. Her -
her
2. The bird is flapping _______ wings against the bars of _______ cage.
A. it - it B. it - its C. its - its D. its - it
3. There’s a big contrast between _______ neighbourhood and _______.
A. him - hers B. his - her C. hers - his D. her -
his
4. I’ll show you to _______ room. _______ is across the hall.
A. your - Ours B. yours - Ours C. yours - Our D. your -
Our
5. We gave them _______ address, and they gave us _______.
A. ours - their B. our - theirs C. our - their D. ours -
theirs
6. He decorated _______ room with pictures of all _______ favourite sports
figures.
A. his - mine B. his - his C. his - hers D. his -
theirs
7. Bob, are these old books in this drawer _______? - Yes, they’re all
_______.
A. yours - mine B. your - my C. your - mine D. yours
- my
8. _______ mother is a teacher. She started _______ job fifteen years ago.
A. My - hers B. Mine - hers C. Mine - her D. My -
her
9. _______ work is bad, but _______ is worse, and _______ is the worst of all.
A. Yours - hers - mine B. Yours
- her - my
C. Your - her - my D. Your - hers - mine
10. Arthur and William are good friends of _______. I often visit _______
hometown.
A. mine - theirs B. my - theirs C. mine - their D. my -
their
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. You can use my computer until you is repaired.
A B C D
2. Their house is very similar to ours, but ours is bigger than.
A B C D
3. Mrs. Harley is in the living room, and hers baby is crying.
A B C D
4. My relatives all lives in Ho Chi Minh City while his are in Ha Noi.
A B C D
5. I from Da Nang, and most of my friends are from there too.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Match the sentences.
1. The postcard had a picture of a. Yes. It’s the symbol of Paris.
Rome.
2. I travelled to Amsterdam last b. It has the largest bell in England.
summer. c. Oh yes! Sydney isn’t too hot.
3. Nice photo! This must be the d. It’s also the capital city of the
Eiffel Tower. UK.
4. Is the weather there hotter than e. Which building are you talking
in Sydney? about?
5. What is the weather like in your f. Yes, I did. He is an American.
city? g. Is Rome in Italy?
6. It’s the tallest building in Ho Chi h. Really? How was the city?
Minh City.
i. She’s from the Philippines.
7. London is the largest city of the
j. It’s sunny and hot now.
UK.
8. Where is your English teacher
from?
9. Did you talk to a foreigner last
night?
10. What do you know about Big
Ben Tower?
II. Answer the questions. Use the words in brackets.
1. When should I visit Nha Trang? (in spring)

2. Which country is famous for tulip flowers? (the Netherlands)

3. How far is it from your house to the city centre? (about 7 kilometres)

4. Who is the most popular British writer? (William Shakespeare)

5. Where is the centre of Ho Chi Minh City? (District 1)

6. Does she like to live in the city or in the countryside? (in the city)

7. How often do you go cycling in the suburbs? (never)

8. What is the weather like in Liverpool today? (mostly cloudy)

E. READING
I. Read the passage and decide whether the statements are TRUE
or FALSE.
Paris, the capital of France, is one of the largest cities in Europe, with 2.2
million people living in the centre and almost 12 million people living in
the suburbs. It is located on the River Seine. Paris is famous for being the
most beautiful and romantic of all cities. It is also called the City of Light or
the Capital of Fashion. A large part of the city, including the River Seine, is
a UNESCO World Heritage Site.
The city has a lot of landmarks, such as the world’s most visited tourist
site the Eiffel Tower, the Arc de Triomphe, the Notre-Dame Cathedral, and
the Louvre Museum. Paris is the most visited place in the world with 45
million tourists every year.
Paris has a climate with cool winters and warm summers. The weather is
so pleasant in the summer, so it is a great time to visit Paris.
Paris is well connected to the rest of Europe by train. Walking in Paris is
one of the greatest pleasures of visiting the City of Light. It is possible to
cross the entire city in only a few hours. Along the streets, there are a lot
of cafes, fashion shops, and souvenir shops.
1. There are more people living in the centre than living in the suburbs. _
2. River Seine is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. ________
3. According to the text, Paris is famous for the Eiffel Tower. ________
4. There are only some landmarks in the city. ________
5. Paris is also known as the Capital of Fashion. ________
6. Paris is the most popular tourist attraction in the world. ________
7. The best time to visit Paris is winter. ________
8. Tourists can buy souvenirs along the streets. ________
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
also parks Asia crowded when holds festivals
tourist
Located in Southeast (1) _______ , Singapore has become one of the
world’s richest countries and has the world’s busiest port. Singapore is
also one of the most popular (2) _______ attractions in the world. With the
population of over 5.5 million people, it is a very (3) _______ city, but it is
one of the cleanest cities in the world.
Singapore is a garden city, with over 50 major (4) _______ and 4
nature reserves, the Flower Dome, the Cloud Forest, museums, statues
and theatres. Those who want to go shopping should come to Orchard
Road with miles and miles of shopping malls. Singapore (5) _______ a lot of
events each year. Some of its famous (6) _______ and events include the
Singapore Food Festival, The Singapore Sun Festival, The Singapore Music
Festival, the Singapore Arts Festival, and the Chingay Parade. Christmas is
(7) _______ widely celebrated in Singapore. It is a season (8) _______ the
city streets and shopping malls are crowded along its famous shopping
belt.
- port (n): cảng - reserve (n): khu bảo tồn
F. WRITING
I. Write complete sentences using the prompts given.
1. We/ go/ that Japanese restaurant/ two weeks/ ago.

2. Can/ you/ tell/ me/ way/ nearest bakery?

3. Tom/ not/ take/ any photos/ of Times Square/ last time.

4. weather in Toronto/ be/ wonderful,/ and/ landscape/ be/ amazing.

5. I/ can’t/ get home/ quickly/ because/ there/ be/ heavy traffic/ on/ street.

6. Minh An/ have/ elder brother/ Ha Noi,/ and/ his name/ be/ Huy An.

7. the tour guide/ take/ your family/ to/ floating market/ yesterday?

8. Naomi and I/ both/ have/ black hair,/ but/ hers/ be/ lighter/ than/ mine.

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. This is her maths notebook.
This maths notebook

2. Is it your idea of camping in the countryside?

Is the idea
?
3. The house in that corner belongs to them.
The house

4. Your village is bigger than our village.

Our village is

5. He owns the apartment on the second floor.

The apartment

6. How many times a week do you go to the downtown areas?

How often
?
7. The United Kingdom has many famous landmarks.
 There are

8. What is the distance between the art gallery and the bus stop?
How far
?
 REVIEW 3
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced
differently from the others.
1. A. left B. west C. scene D. bell
2. A. game B. family C. program D. traffic
3. A. healthy B. both C. weather D.
marathon
4. A. cold B. boat C. postcard D.
historic
5. A. head B. beach C. ready D. dead
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. All players must use their hands to play (volleyball/ football).
2. You can try a lot of (delicious/ beautiful) local food in Thailand.
3. (Temple/ Tower) of Literature is a well-known landmark in Ha Noi.
4. Are you watching the weather (series/ forecast) on TV?
5. The streets in London are always crowded and (quiet/ noisy).
6. Tom and Jerry is my favourite TV (channel/ programme).
7. Pele is regarded as the best football (player/ viewer) of all time.
8. Their city is very (dirty/ clean) - you can’t find garbage in the streets.
9. Ms. Sally is the only (weatherman/ weathergirl) I’ve ever known.
10. We must buy (rackets/ skis), or we can’t play tennis.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. The Statue of Liberty in the U.S. is a famous _______.
A. monument B. museum C. landmark D.
square
2. The _______ air in the city is badly affecting the health of the residents.
A. clean B. polluted C. hot D. fresh
3. Kids like _______ programmes because they are funny.
A. cartoon B. discovery C. documentary D. news
4. Tea is still the most _______ drink in Britain.
A. expensive B. popular C. unpopular D.
healthy
5. Billy turned on the radio to listen to the _______.
A. documentary B. cartoons C. sports news D.
romance
6. He likes outdoor _______ such as football and cycling.
A. events B. exercises C. games D.
activities
7. The comedy is long, but it's funny and _______.
 A. serious B. boring C. entertaining D.
clumsy
8. Their city is very _______, and it has a lot of new buildings.
A. old B. modern C. polluted D. noisy
9. Paul was the _______ for the game show, and we were the viewers.
A. MC B. interviewer C. newsreader D. writer
10. I want to learn skateboarding, but I don’t have a _______.
A. racket B. bicycle C. boat D.
skateboard
IV. Fill in the blanks with the correct form or tense of the verbs
play, go, do, watch, like, have, take, see.
1. They are planning to _______ fishing in the Lake Erie.
2. The first World Cup _______ place in Uruguay.
3. We went to the city centre and _______ dinner last night.
4. Which activity do you prefer, doing aerobics or _______ tennis?
5. Jonathan _______ the sports channel every weekend.
6. He can _______ karate, but he’s not very good at it.
7. Did you _______ the London Bridge when you visited England?
8. Robert doesn’t play sports. He _______ reading comics.
V. Write the correct form of the word in brackets.
1. I like Ms. Sandra because she is _______ and funny. (friend)
2. This channel has some _______ programmes for kids. (education)
3. When I need advice, Kelvin is a _______ and generous friend. (help)
4. This pea cake is yummy and _______ , so many people like it. (taste)
5. _______ market is a unique form of market in Viet Nam. (float)
6. Brian often plays basketball, so he is _______ and sporty, (health)
7. Is Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs an _______ movie? (animation)
8. Hue is one of the most ancient _______ in Viet Nam. (city)
9. It’s a lovely _______ day - why don’t we take a walk along the coast?
(sun)
10. Cartoon is a programme for young _______ . (view)
VI. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1. I don’t like watching films _______ television.
2. _______ the weekend we can play a game of badminton.
3. We spent several days sightseeing _______ Berlin.
4. The cinema is only three kilometres _______ my house.
5. Why don’t you go and watch the show _______ Dad?
6. She has read a lot of books _______ sports and games.
7. He is watching TV in the room and doesn’t go out _______ fresh air.
8. This talk show is on _______ 7 o’clock on Sundays.
9. Will you go with us _______ the stadium this Saturday?
10. The Houston Marathon is an annual event held _______ January.
VII. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. _______ does your sister watch TV? - Every evening.
A. When B. How much C. What time D. How
often
2. Shaun the Sheep _______ his favourite cartoon when he was a child.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
3. My puppy is very cute, and _______ name is Milo.
A. it B. its C. my D. mine
4. My father _______ as a television news editor from 2018 to 2021.
A. worked B. works C. is working D. work
5. Mia _______ school last year and moved to Toronto to find a job.
A. left B. leaves C. is leaving D. leaves
6. Lillian loves sunbathing, _______ she often goes to the beach.
A. but B. so C. because D.
although
7. _______ me the remote control, please.
A. To give B. Giving C. Give D. You
give
8. _______ swimming in the lake. It’s dangerous.
A. Not go B. No going C. Don’t go D. Not to
go
9. _______ kind of sports do you play? - Table tennis.
A. How B. What C. How many D. Which
10. I can play shuttlecock, _______ I’m not really good at it.
A. so B. because C. and D. but
VIII. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. A few days ago my father buys a new soccer ball for me.
A B C D
2. What often do you watch this animal programme?
A B C D
3. Doing exercise is good, but doesn’t do too hard.
A B C D
4. These photos of her sister show off hers smooth black hair.
A B C D
5. When are you going to spend your vacation? - In Nha Trang.
A B C D
VII. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. There _______ (be) an interesting game show on TV yesterday.
2. He _______ (usually, walk) to the park and plays shuttlecock with his
friends.
3. The tourists _______ (want) to try the famous Toblerone chocolate from
Switzerland.
4. They _______ (cancel) the picnic because the weather was really bad.
5. Ms. Ronnie can’t meet you right now because she _______ (teach) in the
classroom.
6. _______ your father _______ (watch) car racing on TV last night?
7. Mum _______ (search) for her cooking programme at the moment.
8. The flight to Birmingham _______ (arrive) at 1.30 p.m. local time.
9. Albert _______ (win) the first prize in the skiing competition 3 years ago.
10. Don’t talk too loud, Gwen! Your sister _______ (sleep).
VIII. Match the sentences.
1. Did you have a nice weekend? a. What a beautiful city!
2. What did you do last Sunday? b. Is it in New York?
3. Did you take this photo? It’s c. I went cycling with my father.
nice. d. Yes, it is.
4. This is Toronto, a city in Canada. e. Sorry. I don't have free time.
5. Why do you turn off the TV, f. No. The picture is from my
Mum? brother.
6. The place in this picture is Times g. Yeah, it was OK.
Square. h. Good. They can protect your
7. I always wear goggles when I eyes.
swim. i. Because it’s time for bed.
8. Is this the Old Town
in j. Yes. It’s my favourite
Stockholm? programme.
9. What an interesting programme
it is!
10. Do you want to join our karate
club?
IX. Complete the dialogues. Use the words in the box.
and much on programme went cultural
sports that

1. Stanley: What is your favourite type of TV _______ ?

Robert: It’s cartoon.
2. Evan: Did you have a nice weekend, Mike?
Mike: Yeah, it was OK. I _______ fishing with my cousin.
3. Sara: How _______ do you know about television in this city?
Fred: Not much. I only know some programmes for children.
4. Jenny: What _______ do you play in your spare time?
Frank: I play volleyball. How about you?
5. Harry: Tomorrow we’re driving around to discover Da Lat.
James: _______ sounds interesting!
6. Kelly: Hue is a charming city with many _______ sites.
Paula: It is also famous for Perfume River.
7. Rebecca: My sister was _______ TV last month.
William: Really? What show was that?
8. Brenda: I’m living in a big city, but it’s noisy _______ polluted.
Caroline: Why don’t you move to the countryside?
X. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Every four years, in a different country around the world, there is a
big sports competition. It is like the Olympics but only for one sport. The
most popular sport in the world! What do you know about the FIFA World
Cup?
The first World Cup was in 1930, in Uruguay. In the final game
Uruguay beat Argentina and became the first World Cup winners. 13
countries played in the first World Cup. Now there are 32 countries in the
competition.
Until 2002 the World Cup was always in a European or an American
country. South Korea and Japan held the first Asian World Cup. The first
African World Cup was in 2010, in South Africa.
Brazil is the most successful World Cup team. They are the only
team that has played in every tournament. So far they have won it five
times. Germany and Italy have won it four times. Uruguay, Argentina, and
France have won it two times. England and Spain have won it once.
- beat (v): đánh bại - tournament (n): giải đấu
1. There is a World Cup every _______.
A. one year B. two years C. four years D. eight
years
2. In the first World Cup, _______.
A. there were 13 teams
B. Argentina beat Uruguay in the final match
C. there were 32 teams
D. Argentina and Uruguay are the winners
3. In 2002, the World Cup was in _______.
A. an American country B. a
European country
C. an Asian country D. South Korea and Japan
4. Why is Brazil the most successful World Cup team?
A. Because they haven’t played in every tournament so far.
 B. Because they have played in all tournaments and won World Cup five
times.
C. Because no one could beat them in every competition.
D. Because Germany and Italy have only won World Cup four times.
5. Which of the following is NOT true?
A. The first World Cup was in 1930.
B. Uruguay won the first World Cup.
C. France have won World Cup once.
D. South Africa held the first African World Cup.
XI. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
it include on attract many watching
buildings fireworks

Sydney is a city (1) _______ the east coast of Australia which is the
capital city of New South Wales. About five million people live in Sydney
which makes (2) _______ the biggest city in Oceania. In Sydney, there are
many famous (3) _______ : the Sydney Opera House, the Queen Victoria
Building and the Sydney Harbour Bridge. Sydney has a large harbour and
(4) _______ beaches. The most famous beach is Bondi Beach.
Sydney has lots of things to see and do. These (5) _______ visiting
Taronga Zoo - the northern side of the harbour, eating food, looking at art
or (6) _______ sports (like cricket or rugby) or walking down George Street
which has many nice shops. Sydney has some of Australia’s best shopping
areas. Many people go to Sydney City to watch the great (7) _______
display over the harbour on New Year’s Eve. Sydney holds events
throughout the year that (8) _______ tourists from around the world, some
namely events are Vivid Sydney, Royal Easter Show, and more.
XII. Write complete sentences using the prompts given.
1. not/ watch/ TV/ until/ midnight!

2. Michael/ go swimming/ nearly/ every day.

3. you/ join in/ the sports competition/ yesterday?

4. That tennis player/ not/ take part/ the tournament/ last week.

5. The weather there/ be/ hot/ than/ in my place.

6. The Merlion/ have/ the head/ a lion/ and/ the body/ a fish.

7. My mother/ always/ wear/ her helmet/ when/ she/ ride/ a bike.

8. Each year/ the Golden Gate Bridge/ attract/ more/ 10 million visitors.

XIII. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as

the first one.
1. William James is a friend of mine.
William James is one

2. It’s a good idea to discuss the problem with our teacher.

We should

3. It’s essential that you wear protective clothing in this area.

You must

4. When do you usually wake up in the morning?

What
?
5. Although that programme was interesting, I didn’t watch it.
That programme was interesting,

6. Let’s watch some movies on TV tonight.

Why don’t

?
7. You mustn’t be late for school, or you’ll have trouble with Ms. Loan.
Don’t

8. Because Jack wants to get excellent marks, he studies hard.

Jack wants to get excellent marks,
 UNIT 10:
OUR HOUSES IN THE FUTURE
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
smartphone address cottage guitar birthday
poster resort forest routine ocean
alarm heater success villa disease
First-stressed syllable Second-stressed syllable

II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the
others.
1. A. famous B. police C. device D.
machine
2. A. receive B. complete C. perform D. gather
3. A. helpful B. flower C. about D.
wireless
4. A. happen B. hotel C. visit D.
bathroom
5. A. event B. market C. water D.
garden

B. VOCABULARY
I. Put the nouns into the suitable verb list.
the shopping, emails, the flowers, meals, housework, the plants, dinner,
the oven, my room, the Internet, my friends, food from the supermarket,
my pets, websites, the kitchen, old people, the air conditioner, the
washing-up, the police in an emergency
1. do
2. tidy
3. cook
4. fix
5. water
6. surf
7. send and
 receive
8. take care of
9. order
10. contact
II. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. He lives in _______ because he likes farming work.
A. the sea B. the countryside C. space D. the
city
2. Hi-tech _______ might help mothers to look after children.
A. computers B. robots C. smartphones D.
machines
3. Besides storing foods, a modern _______ can cook meals.
A. washing machine B. dishwasher C. fridge D.
wireless TV
4. Wind flowing from a ceiling _______ can make the whole room cool and
airy.
A. fridge B. electric cooker C. electric fan D. smart
clock
5. I usually _______ the dishes after dinner.
A. cook B. wash C. help D. water
6. _______ will help us watch TV programmes from space.
A. Smart clock B. Robot C. Wireless TV D. Super
car
7. Here, you can enjoy the _______ view and dive into the turquoise water.
A. hill B. city C. park D. sea
8. Mrs. Nina is cooking dinner in the _______ now.
A. kitchen B. bathroom C. bedroom D. living
room
9. We might live in a comfortable _______ on the Moon.
A. supermarket B. apartment C. garden D. school
10. I can wash all my dirty clothes with the help of the _______.
A. dishwasher B. wardrobe
C. cupboard D. washing machine
III. Choose the correct preposition in brackets to complete the
sentences.
1. Our future houses might be _______ the ground. (at/ under/ to)
2. He wishes that he will have a villa _______ the sea. (by/ of/ above)
3. This car runs _______ electricity, so we don’t use gas. (for/ with/ on)
4. He doesn’t want to live _______ the city when he grows up. (of/ in/ to)
5. I can order food from a restaurant while I’m _______ home. (on/ in/ at)
6. Will robots help us _______ the household chores? (on/ for/ with)
7. I think all my dreams will come true _______ the future. (in/ to/ of)
8. Do you think there is life _______ other planets? (above/ on/ at)

C. GRAMMAR
I. Put the verbs into the correct form in the future simple.
1. I know for sure that I _______ (not go) out late at night.
2. They _______ (build) a bridge over that river.
3. Technology _______ (help) us build better houses.
4. The smart clock _______ (not start) because the battery is empty.
5. What _______ your dream house _______ (look) like?
6. In the future, houses _______ (be) more convenient.
7. He _______ (not surf) the Internet as regularly as he does now.
8. _______ Bailey _______ (move) to another city next year?
9. My mother _______ (not cook) because robots will help her.
10. We _______ (use) solar power as the main energy source.
II. Put the verbs into the correct form with might or mightn’t.
1. Humans _______ (not live) on the Moon.
2. People _______ (go) on holiday in space in the future.
3. In 50 years, we _______ (not travel) by car or motorbike.
4. They _______ (not use) natural gas to cook.
5. My parents _______ (come) home late this evening.
6. I _______ (not see) my classmates during summer holiday.
7. Robots _______ (replace) workers in the near future.
8. She _______ (not walk) to school tomorrow morning.
9. We _______ (wear) differently in the next century.
10. Houses _______ (talk) to us like robots.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Happy new year! Wishing that we _______ healthy and happy.
A. will be B. are C. were D. might
be
2. Michael _______ having a robot at home, but his father _______.
A. mightn’t mind - doesn’t mind B. might mind - don’t mind
C. might mind - might mind D. mightn’t mind - minds
3. We _______ a hi-tech house next year, and it _______ in the city.
A. won’t buy - will be B. buy - won’t be
C. will buy - will be D. don’t buy - will be
4. She _______ send me emails, but she _______ call me directly.
 A. might - might B. will - will
C. mightn’t - won’t D. mightn’t - might
5. Julia _______ get there in time, but I _______ be sure.
A. might - can’t B. might - can C. will - can D. won’t
- can’t
6. There _______ be a helicopter on the roof so I _______ fly to school.
A. won’t - can B. can’t - might C. will - can D.
mightn’t - will
7. _______ modern robots _______ the chores? - Yes, they _______.
A. Will... do - do B. Will... do – will
C. Do ... do - will D. Will... do - won’t
8. She _______ a few ideas about what she _______ in the future, but
nothing definite.
A. have - will do B. have - does C. has - might do D. has -
do
9. _______ houses in the future _______ the environment? - Yes, they
_______.
A. Will... protect - will B.
Does ... protect - will
C. Does ... protect - don’t D. Will...
protect - do
10. _______ Mr. Henry _______ a white fence for his garden? - No, he _______.
A. Does ... builds - doesn’t B. Will... build - won’t
C. Do ... build - do D. Will... build - doesn’t
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. Bring a raincoat because it might to rain today!
A B C D
2. Everyone believes that Josh stays at home all day tomorrow.
A B C D
3. What type of house you will live in the future ?
A B C D
4. Linda doesn’t have a map, so she might find our house.
A B C D
5. I think my future house will be on the mountains.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Match the sentences.
1. Jane thinks we might live with a. What will the TV look like?
robots. b. My bedroom, of course.
2. What kind of houses do you like? c. By the sea.
3. Robots will be much smarter. d. Because it can move.
4. Where will your dream house e. No. It will use solar energy.
be? f. She might be right about that.
5. I’m thinking about wireless TV. g. Will they be smarter than us?
6. Which room do you like best? h. I like motorhome.
7. What a beautiful view your i. Thanks for your compliment.
house has! j. Yes, people can start engine by
8. Why do you like motorhome? voice now.
9. We might control many things
by voice.
10. Will the house use wind
energy?
II. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. Mr. Kelvin might build a new house.

2. The house will look like a UFO.

3. Yes. It will have several windows.

4. The cottage will be on top of the hill.

5. I might live in the mountains because I like trees.

6. They will buy a wireless TV and a modern fridge for appliances.

7. My dream house will have a lot of rooms.

8. No. This factory won’t use wind energy.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and choose the best answer to the questions.
My dream house will be a one-storey country cottage. Though many
people like to live in a big house, I prefer living in a small one on a farm
because I might enjoy fresh air and a peaceful atmosphere. Like most
cottages, my house will be quiet.
The front of the house will be made of stone and it will have a nice
wooden roof with a chimney on the top. I will use space in my house
efficiently. There will be a living room, four bedrooms, two bathrooms and
large windows that will let in a lot of natural light.
In the living room, there will be a reading table, a sofa, and a
computer. The reading table will become a dining table in the evening,
and the sofa will turn into a bed at night. I might not even cook, but I will
buy canned food from the supermarket.
I love flowers, so I will plant various kinds of flowers around the
house. I think it might be really lovely. I will take a lot of photos of flowers
every day. This is my hobby.
1. According to the passage, how will the dream house be?
A. It will be a big house.
B. It will be a small house.
C. It will have some storeys.
D. It will be a cottage, but it won’t be on a farm.
2. The house will have _______.
A. 1 living room and 4 bathrooms B. 2 bedrooms and 1 living
room
C. 4 bedrooms and 2 bathrooms D. 2 bathrooms and 2
windows
3. The computer will be _______.
A. in the living room B. in one of the bedrooms
C. near a window D. on the reading table
4. What will happen to the reading table and the sofa?
A. The reading table and the sofa will become dining tables in the
evening, and they will turn into beds at night.
B. The reading table will become a dining table at day, and the sofa will
turn into a bed at night.
C. The reading table will become a dining table in the evening, and the
sofa will turn into a bed at night.
D. The reading table will become a dining table in the morning, and the
sofa will turn into a bed in the evening.
5. The writer’s hobby is _______.
A. reading books B. cooking meals
C. planting trees D. taking photos of flowers
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
appliances prefer energy it worry might
future but

What kind of houses would you like to live in? Some people like
living in simple houses in the countryside while others (1) _______ living in
modern houses in big cities.
 John often says that he would like to live in a modern house. Now, he
is drawing his (2) _______ house. The house looks like a UFO, (3) _______ it
might float on the water as a boat, and he calls it a boathouse. Because
the house is on the water, he will make a special device so that he might
get (4) _______ from water and wind. In his smart house, he will need only
a single control which (5) _______ be the same as a smartphone. It will
control lights and electric (6) _______ , supply heat, and even lock doors.
He will have a security system in his future house so that he will not (7)
_______ about his safe. The security system will protect the house from
thieves and robbers.
He will buy a cute robot so that he will talk to (8) _______ and he will
have it do all the housework. He will buy new and modern furniture. His
future house will be modern and comfortable.

F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. by/ future apartment/ will be/ the sea/ My

2. not/ The future car/ might/ run/ electricity/ on

3. by/ UFO house/ be surrounded/ will/ lots of trees/ His

4. in/ live/ People in the city/ might/ houses/ under the ground

5. everywhere/ you/ Will/ travel/ a/ in/ motorhome?

6. houseboat/ We/ the lake/ will/ on/ have/ a

7. on/ People/ wireless TVs/ use/ Mars/ might

8. be/ big trees and flowers/ There/ my garden/ in/ will

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. There will be about twenty rooms in their dream palace.
Their dream palace will

2. I’m not sure about living in an apartment in a skyscraper.

I mightn’t

3. Please help me arrange the furniture!

 Will you
?
4. They will probably stay with us in a guest house.
They might

5. We mightn’t see them at the weekend.

Perhaps we won’t

6. I’m thinking about studying French this year.

I might

7. In what ways will we control the future robots?

How will
?
8. Maybe my parents won’t move to the countryside.
My parents mightn’t
 UNIT 11
OUR GREENER WORLD
A. PHONETICS
I. Decide whether the bold syllables are stressed (S) or unstressed
(U).
1. Plastic bags are a big environmental hazard.
2. We need to develop greener products.
3. It’s a good idea to recycle household waste.
4. The environment is a popular topic these days.
5. There is a severe water shortage in parts of Africa.
II. Underline the stressed syllables.
1. Coal is a finite resource.
2. We are planting trees in the park.
3. The shortage of energy is the problem.
4. It’s our duty to save water.
5. This machine runs on solar power.

B. VOCABULARY
I. Complete the sentences using the words or phrases in the box.
reusing charity glass rubbish plastic
bag
recycling bins reduce survey exchange
fairs
1. They have _______ for old bottles and cans.
2. Do you want me to pour you a _______ of water?
3. We can make a nice flower vase by _______ this plastic bottle.
4. I’d like to _______ this dress for one in a smaller size.
5. They will exhibit their new designs at the trade _______ this spring.
6. A good way to _______ air pollution is using less cars.
7. They went on a ten-kilometre walk to raise money for _______ .
8. Some people just dump their _______ in the river.
9. We should do a _______ on how people use energy.
10. It takes 1,000 years for a _______ to degrade in a landfill.
II. Choose the best answers to complete the sentences.
1. This shopping bag is not _______, so I can buy it.
A. cheap B. simple C. expensive D. green
2. _______ materials are good for our environment.
A. Expensive B. Natural C. Polluted D. Fresh
3. Sewage from the factories is the main cause of _______ in this river.
 A. soil pollution B. air pollution
C. water pollution D. noise pollution
4. Reusable bags are better for the environment than _______ ones.
A. plastic B. rubbish C. shopping D. paper
5. I turned off the electric fan to _______ electricity.
A. reuse B. save C. recycle D.
reduce
6. Alan gave me a _______ bottle when I finished jogging.
A. air B. plant C. soil D. water
7. You should _______ things that can be recycled in a recycling bin.
A. put B. cut down C. decorate D. throw
away
8. Most books and notebooks are made of _______.
A. plastic B. wood C. paper D.
rubber
9. They _______ empty cans into new window frames.
A. recycle B. reduce C. swap D. reuse
10. You should give your old clothes to those _______.
A. for fun B. for good C. in use D. in
need

C. GRAMMAR
I. Fill in the blank with a, an or the.
1. Victoria is _______ animal lover.
2. I have _______ idea about reusing old things.
3. There is _______ used glass on the coffee table.
4. Her father is _______ environmentalist.
5. Today is _______ first day of our holiday.
6. She’s delivering _______ speech about greenhouse effect.
7. Are you going to _______ beach this Sunday morning?
8. Recycle Club is _______ organisation for students to help our
environment.
9. They are staying at _______ five-star resort in Da Nang.
10. Is he staying at _______ Furama resort in Da Nang?
II. Write the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1. The air _______ (not be) so polluted if people _______ (not drive) too
many cars.
2. What _______ you _______ (do) if you _______ (see) somebody litter?
3. If we _______ (keep) using oil, we _______ (run) out of it soon.
4. Bella _______ (harm) the environment if she _______ (not reuse) her old
items.
5. I _______ (buy) recycled bags if they _______ (not cost) much.
6. _______ it _______ (be) better if Carlos _______ (go) to school by bus?
7. We _______ (save) more trees if we _______ (use) paper economically.
8. If there _______ (be) flood, many people _______ (lose) their homes.
9. If he _______ (give) his old clothes to charity, he _______ (help) people in
need.
10. Wild animals _______ (die) if people _______ (continue) destroying their
habitats.
III. Combine the sentences using conditional sentence type 1 and
the words given.
1. Factories dump waste into rivers. A lot of fish die.
If

2. People keep using plastic bags. Oceans are full of plastic garbage.
If

3. They go to work by taxi. They don’t save a lot of money.

They won't

4. People build too many houses. Land for farming decreases.

Land for farming

5. The Earth becomes hotter. The polar ice cap melts.

If

6. You don’t write on both sides. You waste your paper.

You

7. We use recycled products. We won't harm the environment.

We

8. People breathe polluted air. They suffer from lung diseases.

If

9. The residents don’t often cycle. There is too much air pollution in this
area.
There
10. Those companies will receive good feedbacks. They produce reusable
bags.
If

IV. Choose the best answers to complete the sentences.

1. I’ve finished _______ my homework and I’m going to _______ bed now.
A. the - 0 B. 0 - 0 C. the - the D. a - a
2. Daisy will become ‘greener’ if she _______ a reusable shopping bag.
A. carry B. carries C. will carry D.
carried
3. What will you do if you _______ someone throwing trash on the street?
A. can see B. will see C. see D. saw
4. If we _______ more plants, we _______ soil pollution.
A. will grow - reduce B. grew - will reduce
C. grow - will reduce D. are growing - will reduce
5. If you bring water bottles to a picnic, what type of bottles _______?
A. do you bring B. should you bring C. are you bringing D. you
will bring
6. Solar panels are _______ example of _______ renewable energy
technologies.
A. an - a B. the - the C. the - a D. an - 0
7. _______ method of transportation has _______ major effect on _______
environment.
A. The - a -the B. A - a - an C. The - the - the D. 0 - a -
an
8. If students _______ to school by bus, there _______ less traffic.
A. go - will be B. will go - is C. will go - will be D. go - is
9. _______ your food in a reusable box if you bring it to school?
A. Will you not put B. You won’t put C. You will put D. Will
you put
10. Is it true that _______ water conducts heat faster than _______ air?
A. the - an B. a - an C. the - the D. 0 - 0
V. Choose the word of phrase that needs correcting.
1. If we don’t use recycled paper, we will save a lot of trees.
A B C D
2. Streets will be cleaner if people puts trash in a trash bin.
A B C D
3. People can have breathing problems if they will breathe polluted air.
A B C D
4. If she doesn’t use plastic bags, she will help to reduce a plastic waste.
 A B C D
5. If plastic waste is thrown away, it will be dangerous for environment.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ You want to keep them, don’t you?
___ Why do you want to reuse them? They are very cheap, and it’s easy to
buy the brand new ones.
___ I’m folding plastic bags.
___ Because we will help the environment if they are reused. Plastic bags
are very dangerous for living things!
___ I see. I have an idea. We should also keep plastic water bottles.
___ OK.
1 What are you doing, Naomi?
___ Good idea. There is one in the fridge. Let’s go and take it.
___ Yes, I do. These bags are still new, so I can use them again.
II. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. I use recycled items because I want to save the environment.

2. Everybody should reduce waste and reuse plastic bags.

3. No. My parents don’t grow vegetables at home.

4. There are two electric fans in my room.

5. I turn off the lights when I leave my classroom.

6. He swapped his old novels with his cousins.

7. Yes. There is a recycling bin in my house.

8. You can buy reusable bags at the check-out desk.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and answer the questions.
We know that we will pollute the environment if we do not use
materials wisely. People have founded many programmes to save
materials and protect the environment. 3Rs is one of them. 3Rs stands for
Reduce, Reuse and Recycle.
Reducing means we reduce the amount of waste we produce. This is
the best way to help the environment. If we do not reduce the waste, we
will pollute our environment more seriously.
Reusing is using the items again. For example, plastic bags can be
reused if it is still new. We should not throw away reusable things but
store and use them for other purposes.
Recycling is changing the waste materials into new products. For
example, we recycle waste paper to make carton boxes. We should
recycle as many things as possible.
If we reduce, reuse and recycle our resources, we will save energy
and money. Moreover, we will help to prevent pollution and global climate
change.
1. What will happen if people do not use materials wisely?

2. What does 3Rs stand for?

3. What does “reducing” mean?

4. What will happen if we do not reduce the waste?

5. What is “reusing”, and “recycling”?

6. Should we throw away reusable things?

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

harmful solar reduce energy use walk products
serious
Have you ever thought of how to reduce pollution? Here are 5 easy ways:
- Use public means of transportation. We shouldn’t use cars to go to
nearby places, but (1) _______, ride a bicycle or take a bus. It is one of
the best ways to (2) _______ pollution.
- Use green energy. We should use renewable energy such as (3) _______
energy and wind.
- Turn off lights, computers and all other electric devices when they are
not in (4) _______ . If we do so, we will save a lot of (5) _______ and
money.
- Be careful with the rubbish we throw away every day because they
cause (6) _______ pollution. We should not throw rubbish into lakes,
rivers and seas.
- Use environmentally friendly (7) _______ . We should use reusable bags
and bottles instead of plastic ones. Plastic waste is (8) _______ to the
environment.

F. WRITING
I. Write conditional sentences type 1 using the prompts given.
1. we/ breathe in/ polluted air/ we/ get/ sick.

2. Daniel/ see/ rubbish/ on the streets/ he/ pick/ it/ up.

3. she/ not/ use/ water/ she/ close/ the water tap.

4. his friends/ like/ his books/ he/ swap/ the books/ with them.

5. I/ go shopping/ this evening/I/ buy/ some/ recycled bags.

6. we/ find/ creative ways/ to use energy/ we/ save/ a lot of/ money.

7. they/ invite/ me/ to join/ 3Rs club/I/ be/ very glad.

8. you/ spend/1.5 hour/ on Facebook/ every day/ you/ waste/ 7 months/ in

10 years.

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. It's forbidden to throw garbage there.
You mustn’t

2. Stop polluting the lake, or the fish will die.

If we don’t

3. Reducing plastic waste is helpful for our life.

We should

4. Because we don’t recycle paper, we don’t save lots of trees.

If we

5. Scientists advise not using too many plastic containers.

People shouldn’t
6. I don’t think bicycling will pollute the air.
I think bicycling

7. Don’t waste oil, or it will run out soon.

If people

8. Cities are convenient, but the air in cities is polluted.

Although
 UNIT 12 (ROBOTS)
A. PHONETICS
I. Decide whether the sentences are statements or not (Yes or No).
1. He worked like a robot. _________
2. Which jobs will robots replace? _________
3. What a lovely robot it is! _________
4. These cars aren’t built by robots. _________
5. The scientists will create a robot dog. _________
6. Send a letter to my aunt. _________
7. I didn’t show him the robot pet. _________
8. Can your robot hold an object? _________
B. VOCABULARY
I. Fill in the blanks with the phrases in the box.
build buildings pick fruit do the washing work as guards
read our moods repair a broken machine cut the grass
move heavy objects teach students look after sick people
1. These systems claim to be able to ____ read our moods ___ , emotions and
personality traits.
Những hệ thống này tuyên bố có khả năng đọc cảm xúc và đặc điểm tính
cách của chúng ta.

2. Robot kitchen will make your dinner, ___ do the washing ____ and share
housework.
Bếp robot sẽ nấu bữa tối, làm việc nhà và chia sẻ công việc nhà.

3. Big construction companies use worker robots to ____ build buildings ___ in
many cities.
Các công ty xây dựng lớn sử dụng robot công nhân để xây dựng tòa nhà
ở nhiều thành phố.
4. This friendly robot can act as a health advisor for coronavirus patients and
___ look after sick people.____.
Robot thân thiện này có thể đóng vai trò là cố vấn sức khỏe cho bệnh
nhân coronavirus và chăm sóc người bệnh.

5. Tevel Aerobotics Technologies developed flying robots that can ___ pick fruit
____ at orchards.
Công ty Tevel Aerobotics Technologies đã phát triển robot bay có thể
hái trái cây ở các vườn cây ăn trái.

6. Robots with high payload capacities have the ability to lift and ____ move
heavy objects ___ up to 300 kg.
Robot có khả năng tải trọng cao có khả năng nâng và di chuyển các vật
nặng lên đến 300 kg.

7. Robots are increasingly being used to _____ teach students __ in the

classroom for some subjects.
Robot ngày càng được sử dụng để dạy học sinh trong lớp cho một số
môn học.

8. The industrial robotic arms allow technicians to ____ repair a broken

machine ___ or to create a new one.
Cánh tay robot công nghiệp cho phép kỹ thuật viên sửa chữa một máy
hỏng hoặc tạo ra một cái mới.

9. Security robots are designed to replace people who ___ work as guards ____
in modern buildings.
Robot an ninh được thiết kế để thay thế những người làm nhiệm vụ bảo
vệ trong các tòa nhà hiện đại.
10. Little robot gardener can ___ cut the grass ____ , sweep the leaves and
even plough the fields.
Robot làm vườn nhỏ có thể cắt cỏ, quét lá và thậm chí cày cấy ruộng.

II. Choose the correct answer.

1. I think most of home robots can (live/ clean) the house.
Tôi nghĩ hầu hết các robot gia đình có thể dọn dẹp nhà.

2. Emily expects that a smart robot can (drink/ make) and serve coffee.
Emily mong đợi rằng một robot thông minh có thể pha và phục vụ cà
phê.

3. Nowadays, robots can (understand/ teach) some simple requests.

Ngày nay, robot có thể hiểu một số yêu cầu đơn giản.

4. Will there ever be a robot that (does/ takes) all the housework?
Liệu có bao giờ có một robot làm tất cả công việc nhà không?

5. My robot (helps/ plays) computer games very well. I can’t win against it.
Robot của tôi chơi trò chơi điện tử rất giỏi. Tôi không thể thắng nó.

6. Teacher robots can (study/ teach) online now, using the Internet.
Robot giáo viên có thể dạy học trực tuyến bây giờ, sử dụng Internet.

7. A home robot can set a table for a meal before (washing/ drying) the
dishes.
Một robot gia đình có thể bày bàn cho bữa ăn trước khi rửa chén.

8. Her robot will (cook/ eat) dinner, so she will have more free time.
Robot của cô ấy sẽ nấu bữa tối, vì vậy cô ấy sẽ có nhiều thời gian rảnh
hơn.
9. Teacher robots will be able to (understand/ help) students with difficult
exercises.
Robot giáo viên sẽ có khả năng giúp học sinh với những bài tập khó.

10. They program the robot to (water/ grow) plants only when the soil is dry.
Họ lập trình cho robot tưới nước cho cây chỉ khi đất khô.

III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.

1. Home robots will help people do all household _______.
A. waste B. chores C. furniture D. appliances
Robot gia đình sẽ giúp mọi người làm tất cả công việc nhà.

2. His robot can boil water and make _______ for guests.
A. meal B. food C. tea D. bed
Robot của anh ấy có thể đun nước và pha trà cho khách.

3. Can your robot hear and _______ all words you say?
A. teach B. order C. shout D.
understand
Robot của bạn có thể nghe và hiểu tất cả những gì bạn nói không?

4. This robot takes a photo of you to recognise your _______.

A. face B. word C. voice D. speech
Robot này chụp một bức ảnh của bạn để nhận diện khuôn mặt của bạn.

5. Schools will use _______ robots in classes in the future.

A. teacher B. doctor C. space D. worker
Các trường học sẽ sử dụng robot giáo viên trong các lớp học trong
tương lai.
6. _______ robots are useful today - they make the beds and clean the rooms.
A. Factory B. Home C. House D. School
Robot gia đình rất hữu ích ngày nay - chúng làm giường và dọn dẹp
phòng.

7. Worker robots will be able to _______ houses in the air.

A. buy B. make C. work D. build
Robot công nhân sẽ có khả năng xây dựng nhà trên không.

8. Do you think that robots will _______ our life better?

A. move B. do C. make D. have
Bạn có nghĩ rằng robot sẽ làm cho cuộc sống của chúng ta tốt hơn
không?

9. In the past, robots only had a _______ role in our life.

A. minor B. dangerous C. big D. simple
Trong quá khứ, robot chỉ có một vai trò nhỏ trong cuộc sống của chúng
ta.

10. Space robots can _______ space station or _______ some experiments.
A. fly - make B. build - do C. go - do D. work - take
Robot không gian có thể xây dựng trạm không gian hoặc thực hiện một
số thí nghiệm.

C. GRAMMAR
I. Complete the sentences. Use the superlative form of the adjectives in
brackets. (so sánh nhất)

1. ________The smallest__________ robot, or nanobot, can enhance the precision

of a surgeon. (small)

Robot nhỏ nhất, hay nanobot, có thể nâng cao độ chính xác của bác sĩ
phẫu thuật.
2. This is __________the slowest________ travelling robot vacuum I have watched
on TV. (slow)

Đây là robot hút bụi di chuyển chậm nhất mà tôi đã xem trên TV.

3. What are some of _________the funniest_________ things you could order a

robot to do? (funny)

Một số điều buồn cười nhất mà bạn có thể yêu cầu robot làm là gì?

4. I think 250-Year-Old Automaton was ____________the oldest_____________

robot in the world. (old)

Tôi nghĩ rằng 250-Year-Old Automaton là robot cổ nhất trên thế giới.

5. Is Saarang Sumesh no longer _________the youngest_________ robot maker in

India? (young)

Liệu Saarang Sumesh không còn là nhà sản xuất robot trẻ nhất ở Ấn Độ
nữa?

6. Robots replacing humans to do most jobs wouldn’t be _________the

worst_________ future. (bad)

Việc robot thay thế con người để làm hầu hết công việc sẽ không phải là
tương lai tệ nhất.

7. At the current time, Japan is the world's _________the biggest_________

producer of robots. (big)

Hiện tại, Nhật Bản là nhà sản xuất robot lớn nhất thế giới.
8. For starters in robotics, what is _________the easiest_________ robot that one
can make? (easy)

Đối với những người mới bắt đầu trong lĩnh vực robot, robot nào là dễ
làm nhất?

9. _________The farthest_________ space probe mankind has launched from

Earth is Voyager 1. (far)

Robot thăm dò xa nhất mà nhân loại đã phóng từ Trái Đất là Voyager 1.

10. This path finder robot reaches the destination with _________the
shortest_________ route around obstacles. (short)

Robot định vị này đến đích với đường đi ngắn nhất xung quanh các
chướng ngại vật.

II. Complete the sentences. Use comparative or superlative form of the

adjectives in brackets. (so sánh hơn hoặc so sánh nhất)

1. Your robot is so much _________nicer_________ than the one I bought last

summer. (nice)

Robot của bạn đẹp hơn rất nhiều so với cái mà tôi đã mua mùa hè năm
ngoái.

2. Space robots can explore the ________hottest__________ planets in the solar

system. (hot)

Robot không gian có thể khám phá những hành tinh nóng nhất trong hệ
mặt trời.
3. This flying robot is only slightly ________taller__________ than the diameter of
a pencil. (tall)

Robot bay này chỉ cao hơn đường kính của một cây bút chì một chút.

4. What is the cheapest drone with the _______longest___________ flight time?

(long)

Drone rẻ nhất có thời gian bay dài nhất là gì?

5. This robot can walk upstairs and his arms stretch _________wider_________
than a car. (wide)

Robot này có thể đi lên cầu thang và cánh tay của nó giang rộng hơn
một chiếc xe hơi.

6. Investment in new robot technologies has become ________larger__________

than before. (large)

Đầu tư vào công nghệ robot mới đã trở nên lớn hơn trước đây.

7. My pen friend said, 'There is nothing _________worse_________ than being

served by a robot!' (bad)

Bạn tôi nói, 'Không có gì tệ hơn việc được phục vụ bởi một robot!'

8. Where can I buy the ________best__________ robot vacuum for pet hair
cleanup? (good)

Tôi có thể mua robot hút bụi tốt nhất cho việc dọn dẹp lông thú cưng ở
đâu?
9. Singapore was the country with the __________highest________ robot density
in 2019. (high)

Singapore là quốc gia có mật độ robot cao nhất vào năm 2019.

10. Explorers built this robot to work in the ________coldest__________

temperatures on Earth. (cold)

Các nhà thám hiểm đã xây dựng robot này để làm việc ở những nhiệt độ
lạnh nhất trên Trái Đất.

III. Choose the best answers to complete the sentences.

1. Using robots is one of _______ ways to explore this deep cave.
A. safest B. the safer C. safer D. the safest
Sử dụng robot là một trong những cách an toàn nhất để khám phá cái
hang sâu này.

2. Robots work 24/7 at a _______ price than _______ wage exists today.
A. lower much - lowest B. much lowest -
the lower
C. much lower - the lowest D. lower much - the lowest
Robot làm việc 24/7 với mức giá thấp hơn nhiều so với mức lương thấp
nhất hiện có.

3. _______ robot was designed for war, almost _______ than a human.
A. The smartest - smarter B. Smarter - smartest
C. The smartest - smartest D. Smarter - the smartest
Robot thông minh nhất được thiết kế cho chiến tranh, gần như thông
minh hơn một con người.

4. The automotive industry is one of _______ users of industrial robots.

A. the larger B. the largest C. larger D. largest
Ngành công nghiệp ô tô là một trong những người sử dụng lớn nhất
robot công nghiệp.

5. A robot called Cheetah is _______ than the _______ human, Usain Bolt.
A. the faster - fastest B. faster - fastest
C. the faster - the fastest D. faster - the
fastest
Một robot tên là Cheetah nhanh hơn con người nhanh nhất, Usain Bolt.

6. Can we put those robots in order from _______ to _______?

A. heaviest - lightest B. the heavier - the
lighter
C. heavier - lighter D. the heaviest - the lightest
Chúng ta có thể sắp xếp những robot đó theo thứ tự từ nặng nhất đến
nhẹ nhất không?

7. RoboBee is currently the world's _______ robot, even a paper clip is _______ it.
A. smallest - bigger B. the smallest - bigger
C. smallest - bigger than D. the smallest - bigger than
RoboBee hiện là robot nhỏ nhất thế giới, thậm chí một chiếc kẹp giấy
còn to hơn nó.

8. Robots don’t get tired and some are _______ than the _______ human.
A. far stronger – strongest B. far strongest - strongest
C. stronger far - strongest D. stronger far - stronger
Robot không mệt mỏi và một số thì mạnh hơn nhiều so với con người
mạnh nhất.

9. Even if you’re _______ person in the world, our robot _______ after your mess.
A. tidier - cleans up B. the tidier - will clean up
C. tidiest - cleans up D. the tidiest - will clean up
Ngay cả khi bạn là người gọn gàng nhất trên thế giới, robot của chúng
tôi sẽ dọn dẹp sau mess của bạn.
10. The _______ robot mowers are _______ a petrol-powered lawnmower.
A. noisier - much quieter B. noisiest - much quieter than
C. noisiest - quieter much D. noisier - quieter much than
Những máy cắt cỏ ồn nhất là yên tĩnh hơn nhiều so với máy cắt cỏ chạy
bằng xăng.

IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.

1. Can the smartest robots understand and speak much than 100 languages?
A B C D
2. Robots will be very useful because they won’t do almost everything instead of
us.
A B C D
3. This is the smallest of all home robots, and I can put them in my school bag.
A B C D
4. Dr. Adam’s home robot do the dishes, irons clothes, and puts toys away.
A B C D
5. A doctor robot can helps sick people and do many things like humans.
A B C D
D. SPEAKING
I. Complete the dialogues. Use the words or phrases in the box.
make they will are there simple
why what you say quite a lot how many
1. Luke: What could robots do in the past?
Issac: Robots could do very _______ things.
2. Oliver: Could robots do the laundry and housework?
Lucas: Yes, they could. But they couldn’t _______ coffee.
3. Amelia: What can robots do now?
Harper: Now robots can do _______ .
4. Amigail: Can robots understand what we say?
Camila: No, they can’t understand _______ .
5. Jacob: _______ do you call them worker robots?
Daniel: Because they can help build our houses.
6. Emma: _______ types of robots do you have?
Sophia: I have two types of robots: home robots and worker robots.
7. Madison: _______ other types of robots?
Avery: Yes. There are doctor robots and teacher robots.
8. Mia: Will future robots be able to sing English songs?
Scarlett: Yes, _______ . I think so.
II. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ Robots are smart now, and they can do a lot of things.
___ Maybe. Robots will be able to smile, but they won’t have feelings like us.
1 How much do you know about robots, Mr. Spencer?
___ Recognise my face and voice? Can I talk with them?
___ Of course, you can. They will answer you if they understand what you say.
___ A lot of things? Could you give some examples?
___ Sounds interesting! Will they smile if I make a joke?
___ No, I don’t think so. Robots don’t have physical body like humans.
___ They can guard the house, cook meals, recognise your face and voice...
___ Will scientists create some robots with feelings?
E. READING
I. Read the text and choose the best answer to the questions.
In a restaurant, robots can serve food just like waiters and waitresses.
Besides, it is interesting to see a robot serving customers. Some fast-food
chains have already replaced their kitchen team with robots. Robots are not
only serve foods but also cook. Scientists in San Francisco in the US have
developed a robot that can automatically produce 400 burgers in an hour,
carrying out the work of three humans. Japanese restaurants have used
restaurant robots for simple tasks such as collecting or washing dishes and
cleaning the floor.
(Trong một nhà hàng, robot có thể phục vụ đồ ăn giống như bồi bàn. Bên
cạnh đó, thật thú vị khi thấy một robot phục vụ khách hàng. Một số chuỗi cửa
hàng thức ăn nhanh đã thay thế đội ngũ bếp của họ bằng robot. Robot không
chỉ phục vụ đồ ăn mà còn nấu ăn. Các nhà khoa học tại San Francisco ở Hoa Kỳ
đã phát triển một robot có thể tự động sản xuất 400 chiếc bánh mì kẹp thịt
trong một giờ, thực hiện công việc của ba con người. Các nhà hàng Nhật Bản đã
sử dụng robot nhà hàng cho các nhiệm vụ đơn giản như thu thập hoặc rửa bát
đĩa và lau sàn nhà.)
Akihiro Suzuki works at Yaskawa Electric, a company that develops robots.
He says robots can’t do everything a human can, but they can work without
becoming tired. He says robots can’t taste food or change heating levels. But he
says if a dish is easily prepared, a robot can repeat the same movement to
reproduce the same meal. He says people all over the world now eat sushi, but
there are not enough skilled cooks to prepare it. He says his robots can help
anyone make sushi. Other robots have been created to help decorate cakes or
cut and peel apples.
(Akihiro Suzuki làm việc tại Yaskawa Electric, một công ty phát triển
robot. Ông cho biết robot không thể làm mọi thứ mà con người có thể làm,
nhưng chúng có thể làm việc mà không bị mệt mỏi. Ông cho biết robot không
thể nếm thức ăn hoặc thay đổi mức độ gia nhiệt. Nhưng ông cho biết nếu một
món ăn được chế biến dễ dàng, robot có thể lặp lại cùng một chuyển động để
tái tạo cùng một bữa ăn. Ông cho biết mọi người trên khắp thế giới hiện ăn
sushi, nhưng không có đủ đầu bếp lành nghề để chế biến món ăn này. Ông cho
biết robot của ông có thể giúp bất kỳ ai làm sushi. Các robot khác đã được tạo
ra để giúp trang trí bánh hoặc cắt và gọt vỏ táo.)
- carry out (v): thực hiện - reproduce (v): bắt chước, làm lại
- skilled (adj): có kỹ năng, lành nghề
1. What can robots do in a restaurant?
A. Robots can work with the kitchen team.
B. Robots can replace waiters and waitresses.
C. Robots can serve food just like waiters and waitresses.
D. Robot can help customers to cook.
Thông tin: In a restaurant, robots can serve food just like waiters and
waitresses.
2. According to the first paragraph, a robot _______.
A. can carry out the work of three people
B. can’t serve food without waiters or waitresses
C. can produce 400 burgers in a day
D. can’t replace a kitchen team
Thông tin: Scientists in San Francisco in the US have developed a robot that
can automatically produce 400 burgers in an hour, carrying out the work of
three humans.

3. Japanese restaurants have used restaurant robots for _______.

A. producing burgers B. simple tasks
C. replacing humans D. serving customers
Thông tin: Japanese restaurants have used restaurant robots for simple tasks
such as collecting or washing dishes and cleaning the floor.

4. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the second

paragraph?
A. Robots can’t do everything a human can.
B. Robots can work and they become tired after that.
C. Robots can’t taste food.
D. Robots can’t change heating levels.
Thông tin: He says robots can't do everything a human can, but they can work
without becoming tired.

5. In the second paragraph, Akihiro Suzuki says his robot can reproduce a meal
if _____.
A. the cook repeats the same movement so his robot can learn it
B. the dish is hard for the cooks to prepare it
C. there are not enough skilled cooks to prepare it
D. it is easily prepared
Thông tin: But he says if a dish is easily prepared, a robot can repeat the same
movement to reproduce the same meal.
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
what help elderly gardening iron main communicate
You are busy studying or working. You do not have enough time and energy to
do housework. Why don’t you buy a home robot? They might be a little
expensive (1) _______ they can change your life. Home robots are programmed
to (2) _______ with household chores.
(3) _______ will home robots be able to do? One of the (4) _______ tasks of home
robots will be doing household chores. Besides, they will also be used for (5)
_______ , playing with children, taking care of patients, and providing
entertainment.
Scientists want to make home robots which can (6) _______ the clothes, make
the beds, and do many of other things that humans can do. Also, these labor-
saving robots will be able to help disabled or (7) _______ people. To handle all of
the above, they must be able to (8) _______ with humans.

F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. on/ will/ Doctor/ robots/ instead of/ operate/ us/ human doctors

2. in/I/ robots/ won’t/ electricity/ too much/ the future/ think/ use

3. help/ us/ Tiny robots/ our bodies/ can/ and repair/ to find/ problems/ in

4. use/ security guards/ robots/ as/ People/ in/ some important places

5. us/ helped/ Their robot/ and dangerous things/ to do/ many complicated

6. scientists/ In the future,/ will/ many types of/ intelligent robots/ design

7. for 24 hours,/ A robot/ can/ doesn’t/ the same work/ do/ but/ it/ complain
8. on Mars/ will/ Space robots/ space stations/ build/ and other planets

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the first
one.
1. There are more than 100 worker robots in their factory.
Their factory__________________________________________________________________
2. ASIMO robot isn’t as tall as my Japanese friend.
My Japanese friend____________________________________________________________
3. Doctor robots don’t know how to do the household chores.
Doctor robots can’t ___________________________________________________________
4. Gundam was bigger than any other robots in the world in 2020.
Gundam was__________________________________________________________________
5. They should buy a smarter driverless car.
Why don’t_____________________________________________________________________?
6. You should give some directions, or he won’t understand you.
If you don’t____________________________________________________________________
7. Home robots become cheaper, so people start to buy them.
Because_______________________________________________________________________
8. This robot won’t function if it doesn’t hear my voice command.
Unless_________________________________________________________________________
 UNIT 1: MY NEW SCHOOL
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
lunch far smart study
hard
sharpener compass schoolyard subject
alarm
rubber Sunday month large
fast

/a:/ /ʌ/

II. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. computer B. compass C. fun D. month
2. A. card B. farm C. art D. share
3. A. eat B. breakfast C. teach D. seat
4. A. grammar B. calendar C. father D.
calculator
5. A. lunch B. watch C. school D. chess

B. VOCABULARY
I. Put the words into the correct group.
calculator father football textbook mother English
school bag maths teacher physics judo rubber
student history chess compass basketball friend ruler
science classmate badminton pencil case Vietnamese
1. People:
____________________________________________________________________________
2. Sports and games:
____________________________________________________________________________
3. School subjects:
____________________________________________________________________________
4. School things:
____________________________________________________________________________
II. Put the words into the correct column.

judo breakfast maths housework the violin lunch

chemistry volleyball dinner grammar the guitar homework
friends geography pop music
the ironing English karate classmates exercise basketball
physics notebooks badminton

do play study have

III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.

1. I have a new _______, but I don’t wear it every day.
A. pencil case B. notebook C. bicycle D.
uniform
2. You can borrow books from the school _______.
A. yard B. canteen C. library D.
garden
3. My pencil is not sharp any more. I need a pencil _______.
A. sharpener B. case C. eraser D. head
4. What do you usually do _______ break time?
A. on B. in C. at D. about
5. In the afternoon, we learn to draw, swim, or do _______.
A. football B. science C. judo D. lunch
6. We study many _______ - maths, science, English, etc.
A. exercises B. grades C. subjects D. units
7. My best friend usually plays football in the school _______.
A. park B. garden C. playground D. club
8. Mary studies in _______ school. She doesn’t go home every day.
A. a boarding B. an international C. a new D. a high
9. The unit has a list of _______. It’s about 30 words.
A. lesson B. vocabulary C. grammar D.
homework
10. I’m in grade 6, but that English _______ is for grade 7.
A. textbook B. schoolbag C. compass D.
calculator
C. GRAMMAR
I. Complete the sentences using the present simple.
1. He usually _________________ (go) to school on time.
2. _________________ (Ms. Lucy, teach) English in your school?
3. Bella _________________ (not remember) her new friends’ names.
4. My new school _________________ (have) a judo club.
5. The students _________________ (study) maths every Wednesday.
6. Every day, Susan _________________ (take) her sons to school.
7. _________________ (you, help) your mother to do the laundry?
8. John _________________ (not like) doing homework.
9. Duy and Quang _________________ (not join) our football team.
10. The sun _________________ (rise) in the east and _________________ (set)
in the west.
II. Change the sentences into the negative form and question
form.
1. Joe uses pencils with erasers on top.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
?
2. Henderson reads many science books.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
?
3. Jennifer is busy with her homework.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
?
4. We go to the classroom in sequence.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
?
5. I come straight home after school.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
?
6. The playground of the school is full of people.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
?
7. Albert is her classmate in junior high school.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
?
8. They do experiments in the greenhouse.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
?
9. The teacher gives paper to all the children.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
?
10. Physics and English are your favourite subjects.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
?
III. Choose the correct answer.
1. (Rarely he/ He rarely) gets up before noon.
2. She (never swims/ swims never) in the sea.
3. (Never I see/ I never see) Julia at any school festivals.
4. This cinema (often doesn’t/ doesn’t often) offer free tickets.
5. Those kids (always are/ are always) late for breakfast.
6. Michael (is rarely/ rarely is) angry at his friends.
7. Brian (isn’t usually/ usually isn’t) satisfied with his marks.
8. Simon (often leaves/ leaves often) home for school before 7 a.m.
9. She (sometimes has/ has sometimes) a walk in the evenings.
10. We (seldom write/ don’t seldom write) to our grandfather.
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Linh _______ lunch with her best friend.
A. always have B. always has C. has always D. have
always
2. Your school bag _______ heavy.
A. looks B. look C. is look D. are
look
3. We _______ shuttlecock at break time.
A. often plays B. play often C. often play D. plays
often
4. The food in the canteen _______ quite good.
A. usually are B. are usually C. usually is D. is
usually
5. I _______ football, but my brother _______ badminton.
A. likes - like B. like - likes C. am like - is like D. like -
is likes
6. Julia _______ excited when a new school year _______.
A. feels always - starts B. feel
always - start
C. always feels - start D.
always feels - starts
7. _______ worried about my results at school.
A. I never am B. Never I am C. I am never D. I’m
not never
8. I _______ my cousin by his real name.
A. usually don’t call B. don’t call usually
C. don’t usually call D. doesn’t usually call
9. Hector _______ the last one to leave the room.
A. never is B. is never C. isn’t never D. never
isn't
10. Our teacher _______ strict when he _______ a lesson.
A. is always - has B. is always - have
C. always is - has D. always is - have
V. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. How are your first day at school, Duong?
A B C D
2. Huong and Duyen doesn’t have English lessons on Tuesdays.
A B C D
3. My cousin’s school is has 7 classes and about 300 students.
A B C D
4. She always is punctual, but her friend is always late.
A B C D
5. I do my homework and watches TV every evening.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Match the sentences.
1. What do you do after school? a. Yes, Mum.
2. I am John. Nice to meet you. b. Maths.
3. Do you wear uniform at school? c. Oh, wonderful.
4. You can use my calculator. d. I am Mary. Nice to meet you,
5. How do you go to school? too.
6. Does Mary live near her school? e. Yes, I do.
7. How is your first day at school? f. By bus.
8. What is your favourite subject at g. Thanks so much.
school? h. No, she doesn’t.
9. Put on your shoes, and let’s go. i. I practise judo.
10. Where are they playing j. In the playground.
football?
II. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ Hi, Mai. Are you ready?
___ How beautiful! It's such a great present.
___ Yes, it is. It’s my father’s present for the new school year.
___ Thanks, Mai. Is that your new bag?
___ Yes, just a minute. Oh, you’re wearing the new uniform. You look
smart, Lien!
1 Hi, Lien.
___ Thank you. Let me put on my uniform. Then we can go to school.
___ Sure, Mai.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and answer the questions.
A primary school, or an elementary school, is a school for children
between the ages of about six and twelve. It comes after preschool. When
children finish learning at primary school, they go to secondary school.
In the United Kingdom, a primary school usually comprises a nursery
and the first seven years of a child’s full-time learning. In Australia and the
United States, primary school begins with kindergarten. It lasts for six
years, usually until the fifth or sixth grade.
In Singapore, primary school refers to those students who are
normally between the ages of 7 to 12. Primary School is classified as Pl to
P6 for Primary 1 to Primary 6 respectively. At the end of P6, students sit
for a national level Primary School Leaving Exam (PSLE) which is used for
placement into Secondary School. Prior to Primary School, pupils attend
Kindergarten School for 2 years.
1. What is a primary school?

2. Does primary school come after preschool?

3. Where does a primary school comprises a nursery and the first seven
years of a child’s full-time learning?

4. Where does primary school begin with kindergarten?

5. In Singapore, who does primary school refer to?

6. When do the students in Singapore sit for a national level Primary
School Leaving Exam?

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

classroom learning know again

enjoyable subject
A lesson in school is a planned period of time for (1) _______ . It
involves one or more students being taught by a teacher. A lesson may be
either one section of a textbook or a short period of time during which
learners are taught about a (2) _______ or taught how to perform an
activity. Lessons are generally taught in a (3) _______ but may instead take
place in a situated learning environment.
Also, a lesson means a learner learning something he did not (4)
_______ before. Such a lesson can be either planned or accidental, (5)
_______ or painful. The slang phrase “to teach someone a lesson”, means
to punish or scold a person for a mistake they have made to make sure
that he does not make the same mistake (6) _______ .
F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. is/ school/ an/ place/ My/ interesting

2. Peter/ like/ computer science?/ Does

3. often/ Ms. Thy/ a/ pink dress/ wear/ doesn’t

4. do/ How/ you/ go/ school/ every day?/ to

5. good at/ I’m/ not/ usually/ playing sports

6. you/ Do/ play/ with/ often/ football/ your friends?

7. every morning/I/ walk/ school/ my sister/ to/ with

8. friends/ they/ nice/I/ me/ and/ are/ have/ a lot of/ to

II. Rewrite the sentences so that it has the words in brackets.

1. Do Phong, Duy and Vy walk to school? (usually)

2. Kelvin reviews the lesson in the morning. (rarely)

3. Are Gwen and Anna busy on Fridays? (normally)

4. The streets are crowded at this time of the day. (always)

5. The children have beefsteak for lunch. (seldom)

6. They don’t do exercise at the weekends. (often)

7. I forget to turn off the lights before leaving the room. (sometimes)

8. The canteen doesn’t run out of drinking water. (frequently)

 UNIT 2
MY HOUSE
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column according to the
pronunciation of ending sound.
chairs flats floors roofs rooms
toilets shops posters desks
doorsteps
kitchens clocks walls lamps
wardrobes
/s/ /z/

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. tables B. lights C. villas D.
windows
2. A. suburbs B. books C. streets D. safes
3. A. markets B. camps C. schools D. parks
4. A. gardens B. beds C. parents D. halls
5. A. drawers B. sofas C. photos D. attics
B. VOCABULARY
I. Put the words into the correct groups.
apartment attic country house picture stilt house
bathroom cupboard bedroom bookshelf town house
vase villa table kitchen hall chair living room
sofa toilet wardrobe
Types of buildings Rooms Furniture

II. Choose the correct word(s) to complete the sentences.

1. Her family’s _______ is on the fifteenth floor. (flat/ town house)
2. My sister is washing the dishes in the _______ now. (kitchen/ attic)
3. Susan wants to sit on the _______ next to the window. (table/ chair)
4. Frank will take a _______ before wearing the new uniform. (bath/ bed)
5. We don’t usually stay up late to watch _______ . (picture/ television)
6. Kate is sleeping in her _______ at the moment. (living room/ bedroom)
7. Mum is buying me a new _______ for my clothes this week. (chest of
drawers/ cupboard)
8. They live in an expensive _______ in the city. (stilt house/ villa)
9. I often turn on the _______ in hot weather. (air conditioner/ microwave)
10. There’s some ice and cold drinks in the _______ . (wardrobe/ fridge)
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. He keeps old books in the _______ on the top floor.
A. kitchen B. ceiling C. attic D. hall
2. I need to take a shower. Where is the _______?
A. dining room B. living room C. bedroom D.
bathroom
3. She is at the _______, washing her hands.
A. fridge B. fireplace C. sink D.
cupboard
4. She usually stands on the _______ and looks down the street.
A. balcony B. window C. roof D. wall
5. We often use bowls and _______ at mealtimes.
A. dishwasher B. chopsticks C. microwave D.
cookers
6. My grandpa’s _______ is in a tall building.
A. apartment B. villa C. town house D. stilt
house
7. My friends stay in _______ when they go camping.
A. a tent B. a country house C. a cottage D. an
apartment
8. Tom is opening the _______ to get some food.
A. wardrobe B. fridge C. chest of drawers D.
dishwasher
9. There is a big _______ of my family on the wall.
A. picture B. lamp C. window D. fan
10. Mary wants to buy a big _______ to store all her clothes.
A. fridge B. drawer C. bed D.
wardrobe
C. GRAMMAR
I. Choose the correct answer.
1. This is my (grandparents’/ grandparents’s) country house.
2. I don’t like (this gate’s colour/ the colour of this gate).
3. Do you know the address of (Mr. Wilson’s/ Mr. Wilson’) house?
4. I have to go to the (dentist’s/ dentists’s) tomorrow.
5. (New Year’s Eve/ New Year Eve) is the day before January 1st.
6. One of (my father/ my father’s) hobbies is fishing.
7. They are on the (upper floor of the building/ building’s upper floor).
8. (Birthday party of Kelvin/ Kelvin’s birthday party) will be next Friday.
9. (Last weekend’s journey/ The journey of last weekend) was
unforgettable.
10. The (department store’s lift/ lift of the department store) isn’t on the
ground floor.
II. Write the correct possessive cose of the nouns in brackets.
1. _______ (Iris) desk is over there.
2. She wants to look for _______ (women) clothes.
3. _______ (Mr. Dell) house is on this street.
4. The _______ (boys) new toy cars are the envy of his friends.
5. They won’t buy another house in _______ (ten years) time.
6. _______ (Elis) room is along this passage.
7. These are my _______ (friends) posters.
8. His _______ (parents) workshop isn’t too big.
9. Is _______ (Layla) book on the shelf?
10. Her house is near _______ (Ethan and Jacob) apartment.
III. Put a tick () next to the correct phrases and correct the false
ones.
1. the garden of my neighbour _______________
2. the president’s villa _______________
3. my dad’s new laptop _______________
4. the kid’ toys _______________
5. Viet Nam’s largest city _______________
6. the apartment’s basement _______________
7. two years time _______________
8. Mr. Hung town house _______________
9. the mens’s shoes _______________
10. the bedroom’s key _______________
IV. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition in brackets.
1. Her mum is cooking lunch _______ the kitchen. (on/ in)
2. My cat is sleeping _______ the sofa now. (in/ on)
3. The second floor is always _______ the third flloor. (under/ in front of)
4. The living room of their house is _______ the dining room. (between/
next to)
5. I can’t watch TV because my brother is standing _______ me. (behind/ in
front of)
6. There is a wall _______ the bathroom and the bedroom. (next to/
between)
7. You can’t see the window because it is _______ the curtains. (behind/
under)
8. Can you put some pillows _______ the bed, please? (on/ in)
V. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Ms. Jennifer is _______ work now.
A. on B. next to C. at D. in
2. Is Steven still _______ bed with flu?
A. at B. in C. on D. under
3. He hangs his coat _______ the door.
A. in B. between C. at D.
behind
4. The puppy is hiding _______ the bed.
A. under B. in front of C. between D. at
5. You can find the dictionary _______ that bookshelf.
A. at B. on C. in D. under
6. Julia has to wear braces _______ her teeth.
A. in front of B. in C. next to D. on
7. I can’t see the screen because of the person _______ me.
A. behind B. in front of C. at D. in
8. Fred is standing _______ the window over there.
A. between B. in C. at D. on
9. The Jeffersons had a picnic _______ the river.
A. on B. in C. under D. next
to
10. Tiffany is sleeping _______ her mum and dad.
A. between B. under C. at D. in
VI. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. The student favourite subject is science.
A B C D
2. Samuel and Anna’s flower garden are really big.
A B C D
3. I stays with my dad, my mum and my older brother.
 A B C D
4. He lives in a small town behind Liverpool and Manchester.
AB C D
5. Lucas’s and Amanda’s new apartment is really modern.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Answer the questions. Use the word(s) in brackets.
1. Where do you live, Brian? (near the city centre)

2. Do you live in a town house? (yes)

3. Is Thao’s bedroom big or small? (big)

4. Who does Emily live with? (her parents and her younger brother)

5. Where is my school bag? (on the table)

6. Does your house have an attic? (yes)

7. Is this your brother’s bedroom? (no)

8. What is your favourite place in the house? (the living room)

II. Match the sentences.

1. Anna, are you in your room? a. No, I don’t.
2. Where is the cat? b. My bedroom is upstairs.
3. Is it your study room, Hoang? c. No, it’s my parents’ reading
4. Let's clean the kitchen after room.
dinner. d. Some books, pens, and a lamp.
5. Do you know where our dog is? e. Living room.
6. Where does your grandfather f. It’s great that you like it.
live? g. In a villa by the sea.
7. Where is your bedroom? h. It’s under the sofa.
8. Which room in the house do you i. Great idea!
like best? j. Yes, I’m here, Mum.
9. What do you have on your desk?
10. I like your garden.
E. READING
I. Read the passage and decide whether the statements are TRUE
or FALSE.
A house is a building that is made for people to live in. It is not a place
that can be easily packed up and carried away like a tent or moved like a
caravan. If people live in the same house for more than a short stay, then
they call it their “home”.
Houses have many different shapes and sizes. They may be as small
as just one room, or they may have hundreds of rooms. They also come in
many different shapes and may have just one level or several different
levels. A big building with lots of levels and apartments is called “a block
of flats” or an apartment block.
Houses have a roof to keep off the rain and sun, and walls to keep out
the wind and cold. They have window openings to let in light, and a floor.
Houses of different countries look different to each other, because of
different materials and styles.
1. A house is not easily to be packed up and carried away like a tent.

2. If people live in the same house for a short stay, they call it their
“home”.

3. Small houses and big houses have the same number of rooms.

4. A block of flats is a big building with lots of levels and apartments.

5. Both houses and apartment blocks may have different levels.

6. Houses have a roof to keep off the rain, sun, wind, and cold.

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

with bathrooms walls village

because move
The place you live in is your home, whether it’s a house with four (1)
_______ and a roof, a flat that’s part of a larger building or a caravan on
wheels that can (2) _______ around. The homes in your city, town or (3)
_______ may look different from yours - this could be because they were
built at a different time, and from different materials.
Homes have changed over the centuries (4) _______ the way we live
has changed during that time. For example, we don’t all live in one room
(5) _______ our horses and cows anymore like the way that the Iron Age
Celts did, and it’s more common to have (6) _______ inside our homes now
instead of at the back of the garden like the Victorians in Britain did in the
19th century.

F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. is/ big wardrobe/ my sister’s bedroom/ There/ a/ in

2. on/ not/ pillows/ There/ the bed/ the guest room/ in/ any/ are

3. the town/ are/ schools/ There/ in/ four

4. in/ no/ is/ Melissa's/ There/ basement/ house

5. the living room,/ red carpet/ is/ there/ In/ the floor/ on/ a

6. a sink/ dishwasher/ and a/ in/ there/ Is/ your kitchen?

7. the/ Is/ your room/ next to/ bathroom?

8. picture/ There/ the wall/ is/ a/ on/ of flowers

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. The small house does not have a basement.
There isn’t

2. Kelvin is standing in front of Natalia.

Natalia is standing

3. I have a desktop and a bookcase in my bedroom.

There is

4. There are three ceiling fans in our classroom.

Our classroom has

5. They have two cookers in the kitchen.

There are

6. There aren’t a lot of people on the bus.

 The bus doesn’t

7. Does your new apartment have many rooms?

Are there
?
8. Let's put those new chairs in the dining room.
How about
?
 UNIT 3
MY FRIENDS
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
best play picnic boring patient
chubby pencil blonde band elbow
ponytail biscuit yearbook pretty sporty
/b/ /p/

II. Fill in the blanks with "b" or "p" to complete the words.
1. Jenny doesn’t have __ lack hair and __ rown eyes.
2. This is a __ icture of my friends at the __ arty.
3. I’m going to the foot __ all clu __ with my __ rother.
4. Can you __ ass me the __ iscuits __ lease?
5. I usually go on a __ icnic with my __ arents.

B. VOCABULARY
I. Choose the correct word in brackets to complete the sentences.
1. Tomorrow morning I’m having a _______ out at the dentist’s. (teeth/
tooth)
2. Jane wears a beautiful necklace around her _______ . (nose/ neck)
3. You must move your arms and _______ when swimming. (legs/ ears)
4. Helena has a round _______ with a high forehead, (face/ cheeks)
5. Please don’t speak when you have food in your _______ . (lips/ mouth)
6. I raise my _______ up to ask the teacher a question, (hands/ hand)
7. William has a small red spot above his right _______ . (eye/ eyes)
8. On seeing me, my dog wagged its _______ excitedly. (nail/ tail)
9. My _______ are hurt after a long walk to school. (feet/ foot)
10. Amanda has red _______ , so I can recognise her easily. (fur/ hair)
II. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. John is _______. He does not live with his parents.
A. boring B. serious C. independent D.
helpful
2. Rebecca often talks in class. She is _______.
 A. shy B. talkative C. creative D.
patient
3. Noriko looks pretty in her new _______ style.
A. hair B. elbow C. neck D.
shoulder
4. Jose finishes difficult maths questions in a short time. He is _______.
A. helpful B. clever C. kind D.
confident
5. Sara studies all day. She is a _______ girl.
A. funny B. sporty C. serious D. hard-
working
6. Jim rarely talks to his classmates. He is quite _______.
A. friendly and easy-going B. talkative and creative
C. dependent and confident D. quiet and reserve
7. Nick has broad shoulders and strong _______.
A. cheeks B. arms C. eyes D. head
8. Jack often plays sports and practises judo. He’s so _______.
A. short B. slim C. weak D. sporty
9. Phuc is _______. He is only 12 years old but 1.7 metre in height.
A. strong B. long C. fat D. tall
10. You can see her beautiful _______ when she smiles.
A. ears B. teeth C. feet D. neck

C. GRAMMAR
I. Choose the correct word(s) in brackets to complete the
sentences.
1. She _______ often busy on Mondays, (is/ has)
2. Julia _______ a round face and blue eyes, (have/ has)
3. Henry _______ creative and clever, (doesn’t have/ isn’t)
4. They _______ brown eyes and black hair, (are/ have)
5. _______ always kind and funny in class? (Do you have/ Are you)
6. The twins both _______ green eyes and fair skin, (are/ have)
7. Alex and Beck _______ tall but good-looking, (aren’t/ isn’t)
8. _______ blonde hair and big eyes? (Is James/ Does James have)
9. I _______ dark skin and curly hair, (don’t have/ am not)
10. Betty _______ chubby cheeks and white skin, (has/ is)
II. Write the correct form of the verbs in brackets in the present
continuous.
1. This evening, we _______ (work) on our school project.
2. I _______ (visit) my grandparents next Saturday afternoon.
3. The children _______ (watch) cartoons on TV at the moment.
4. _______ you _______ (play) football with my team this Sunday morning?
5. Bob _______ (not come) to our club tonight. He’s busy.
6. My mother _______ (bake) an apple pie for my birthday at the weekends.
7. The students are in the schoolyard now. They _______ (not take) a test.
8. _______ Harry _______ (cycle) to school tomorrow?
9. Wendy _______ (travel) to England for summer camp at present.
10. Look! Betty and Lucas _______ (talk) to a reporter.
III. Write the correct form of the verbs in the present simple or
the present continuous.
1. I _______ (not review) my maths lesson now.
2. Where _______ your grandfather _______ (live) ?
3. Look! Khoa _______ (speak) to a stranger.
4. She _______ (never, drink) lemonade at night.
5. Where _______ Jimmy _______ (go) at the moment?
6. What _______ your brother _______ (do) every weekend?
7. What’s that noise? - Paul _______ (play) the drums.
8. Ms. Thao _______ (sometimes, travel) to Canada in summer.
9. I’m looking at those boys. They _______ (wear) beautiful uniforms.
10. Henderson _______ (not walk) to school every afternoon.
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Caroline _______ to see the dentist at 3 p.m. this afternoon.
A. come B. coming C. comes D. is
coming
2. David and his friends _______ volleyball right now.
A. are playing B. play C. plays D. is
playing
3. Tomorrow evening, we _______ to the cinema.
A. are going B. go C. going D. goes
4. You can borrow Trinity's laptop. She _______ it at present.
A. doesn’t use B. use C. isn’t using D. uses
5. Mary _______ on the phone at the moment.
A. talk B. not talk C. talks D. is
talking
6. Listen! Someone _______ at the door.
A. knocks B. is knocking C. are knocking D. knock
7. What time _______ you _______ your English class?
A. are ... starting B. do ... start C. are ... start D. do ...
starting
8. I _______ reading comic books in free time.
 A. am liking B. like C. liking D. likes
9. Isabella _______ Literature on Wednesdays and Fridays.
A. don’t study B. doesn’t studies C. isn’t studying D.
doesn’t study
10. Nicholas _______ to Da Nang on tonight’s flight.
A. are flying B. is flying C. flies D. fly
V. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. He is a round face, a big nose, and short hair.
A B C D
2. She doesn’t very tall, but she’s pretty cute.
A B C D
3. What colour are her eyes have? - They’re blue.
A B C D
4. He wears glasses and he has very funny.
A B C D
5. This Sunday I do the gardening with my mum.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Match the sentences.
1. We are working on our school a. No, she doesn’t.
project. b. OK. Bye!
2. Does she have a round face? c. Yes. She talks a lot.
3. It’s time to go home. See you d. Green eyes? Where is she from?
later! e. Her name is Sylvie.
4. Where does Brian come from? f. Yes, she is.
5. My classmate has green eyes. g. He is not very tall.
6. What is your best friend’s name? h. Oh, I’m sorry. I can’t.
7. What does he look like? i. What is it about?
8. Is Olivia friendly and funny? j. He comes from England.
9. Would you like to join my party?
10. Lauren is kind but talkative.
II. Complete the conversation. Use the sentences in the box.
 What does she look like?
Why do you like her?
Who do you sit next to in your class, Lily?
It's great to hear that. When can I meet her?
Thank you very much.
Can you introduce me to her?
Blue eyes? I think she looks beautiful without
glasses.
Do you like her?
Ella: (1)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: I sit next to Chloe.
Ella: (2)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: She’s tall. She wears glasses and she has blue eyes.
Ella: (3)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: You’re right. But she wears glasses all the time.
Ella: (4)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: Yes, I do.
Ella: (5)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: Because she is friendly and helpful. She usually makes me laugh and
helps me with my English homework.
Ella: (6)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: Sure, Ella. I think she will like you. And three of us will be good
friends.
Ella: (7)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: Let me ask her first. Then I’ll tell you later.
Ella: (8)
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: Never mind.
E. READING
I. Read the passage and choose the best answers to the
questions.
There is a newcomer in our class. Her name is Daisy. She is tall with
curly, blonde hair. She has big blue eyes. I like her charming smile very
much.
Although she is a newcomer, she makes friends with other students
easily because she is friendly, easy-going, and sociable. Most of the
classmates like her. During the lessons, Daisy rarely talks when the
teacher explains something. In class, she is hard-working and does all
exercises. When we work in groups, she is energetic, helpful and active.
She always makes everything exciting.
Daisy’s house is far away from school, so she stays in the campus.
After class, she takes part in a sports club of the school. She is sporty and
can play volleyball well.
She enjoys reading books, going out with friends, listening to music,
and hiking. She tells me she would like to become a tour guide and she
also wants to travel to many other places in the world.
1. What is Daisy’s appearance?
A. She is tall with straight blonde hair.
B. She is tall and she has blue eyes.
C. She is short with curly blonde hair.
D. She is short and she has brown eyes.
2. Why does she make friends with other students easily?
A. Because she is talkative.
B. Because she is funny and clever.
C. Because she is unfriendly and shy.
D. Because she is friendly, easy-going, and sociable.
3. When working in groups, Daisy _______.
A. is hard-working and does all exercises
B. does all exercises and makes everything exciting
C. is energetic, helpful and active
D. is helpful but she rarely talks
4. Daisy is not interested in _______.
A. playing football B. listening to music
C. reading books D. going out with friends
5. Which of the following statements is NOT true about Daisy?
A. During the lessons, she talks when the teacher explains something.
B. She joins the school sports club after class.
C. She stays in the campus because her house is far away from school.
 D. She wants to become a tour guide and travel to many places.
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
similar sorrows sharing or necessary
knows
A friend is a person that someone likes or (1) _______. People who are
friends talk to each other and spend time together. They also help each
other when they are in trouble (2) _______ are hurt. Friends are people that
can be looked up to and trusted. Sometimes people can’t share their
secrets with their parents, but they share them with their friends. Usually,
friends have (3) _______ interests. A friend is one who admires a person’s
skill and helps or encourages them to make the right choices and do not
get into any trouble at all.
Friendship is both good and (4) _______ . Humans cannot live all alone.
We are social beings. We need someone to share our joys and (5) _______ .
Generally, it is only people of similar age, character, background,
mentality, etc., who can understand us and our problems. Friends are
needed for support and for (6) _______ .

F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. an/ My best friend/ active/ is/ person

2. watching/ my siblings/ am/ I/ with/ a film

3. smart/ My teacher/ woman/ and funny/ a/ is

4. and a/ has/ hair/ chubby/ Carlix/ curly/ face

5. are/ together/ today/ Sally and I/ lunch/ having

6. you/ join/ us/ like/ the/ to/ with/ Would/ summer camp?
7. is/ basketball/ plays/ sporty/ and/ Owen/ well

8. helping/ physics homework/ At/ my/ is/ present/ with/ my sister/ me

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. Her hair is long and curly.
Her hair isn’t
2. His eyes are big and blue.
He has

3. Do you want to join our judo club?

Would you
?
4. My friends are very honest.
I have

5. He likes this book best.

This is

6. She has chubby and rosy cheeks.

Her cheeks

7. What is the new neighbour's appearance?

What does
?
8. My new school has lots of students.
There are
 REVIEW 1
I. Fill in the blanks with “b” or “p” to complete the words.
1. I’ll go and __ uy a __ air of shoes.
2. He __ acked a few things into a __ ag.
3. The __ ictures are in __ lack and white.
4. There are two __ assengers in the us.
5. She gave me a __ resent on my __ irthday.
II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced
differently from the others.
1. A. uniforms B. classmates C. desks D. lamps
2. A. fun B. study C. compass D.
homework
3. A. lessons B. shoes C. cheeks D.
friends
4. A. car B. mark C. wardrobe D. start
5. A. subjects B. rulers C. pencils D. eyes
III. Complete the sentences with the correct words in the box.
light compass blonde drawers board lunch maths
friendly house round
1. Their grandparents live in a country _______ .
2. My best friend has a _______ face and short hair.
3. There is only one ceiling _______ in the living room.
4. The teacher isn’t writing on the _______ now.
5. She needs to have a _______ to draw a circle.
6. What time do you usually have school _______ ?
7. _______ is a subject with numbers and figures.
8. Jessica is _______ . She can make friends easily.
9. Our room has a chest of _______ and a wardrobe.
10. Does she have long and _______ hair?
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. My sister usually has breakfast in the _______ .
A. bathroom B. kitchen C. bedroom D. attic
2. Look! The girls are skipping in the _______.
A. school canteen B. school library C. schoolyard D. school
garden
3. Do you _______ a uniform at school every day?
A. wear B. help C. move D. pass
4. There is a reading table _______ the bookshelf.
A. next to B. on C. under D. in
5. She’s Trang. Her cheeks are chubby and _______.
A. curly B. rosy C. long D. kind
6. Jonathan is sitting on the chair _______ Barbara.
A. under B. at C. in front of D. on
7. She’s afraid of talking to strangers. She’s very _______.
A. confident B. friendly C. talkative D. shy
8. Gabriel is clever. He _______ things quickly and easily.
A. understands B. does C. plays D. likes
9. I can’t see my cat because it’s _______ the door.
A. under B. in front of C. behind D.
between
10. Mr. Mason often makes jokes and tells _______ stories.
A. touching B. funny C. sad D. boring
V. Choose the correct answer.
1. Robert usually do (lessons/ homework) with Jessica.
2. It’s cold here. I don’t need a(n) (air conditioner/ fridge).
3. Rachel is (confident/ clever). She is sure about what she says.
4. (Science/ Music) is her favourite subject. She is playing the piano at
present.
5. He wants to sit on the (sink/ sofa), but his cat is sleeping on it.
6. They are healthy. They do (football/ judo) every day.
7. Do you always brush your (tooth/ teeth) after every meal?
8. She has about ten pens in her (pencil sharpener/ pencil case).
9. We don’t have a (washing machine/ dishwasher). We wash the dishes
by hand.
10. Joe likes his dog very much. It has a long (leg/ tail) and big ears.
VI. Write the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Is there a big window in the _______ room? (live)
2. Kyle is sometimes noisy and a little _______ . (talk)
3. Chloe is very _______ and always has new ideas. (create)
4. These firefighters often help other people. They are _______ . (help)
5. My older sister plays sports regularly. She looks _______ . (sport)
6. Anna is a _______ and charming girl. (beauty)
7. Stephanie has rather _______ and curly hair. (length)
8. Bella is a nice classmate. She is always funny and _______ . (friend)
9. Ms. Kelly teaches Literature. Her lectures are _______ . (interest)
10. Do you think that Samantha is a _______ person? (care)
VII. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Stefany _______ hard-working and serious.
 A. has B. is C. are D. have
2. Camila _______ some exercise in the morning.
A. usually do B. usually does C. do usually D. does
usually
3. We often _______ lunch at school at about 11 o’clock.
A. are eating B. eats C. is eating D. eat
4. Diligent students _______ this subject.
A. doesn’t occasionally fail B. don’t occasionally fail
C. don’t fail occasionally D.
occasionally doesn’t fail
5. Be quiet! My younger sister _______ upstairs.
A. is sleeping B. sleeps C. sleep D. are
sleeping
6. Eric always gets good marks. He _______ very hard.
A. plays B. has C. studies D. does
7. _______ everyone _______ note of the lesson right now?
A. Is ... taking B. Does ... take C. Do ... take D. Are ...
taking
8. _______ in any of our group discussions.
A. Never she participates B. She
doesn’t never participates
C. She participates never D. She
never participates
9. This Sunday morning, Vivian and I _______ to the safari park.
A. go B. goes C. are going D. is
going
10. She _______ yoga _______.
A. practises - regularly fairly B. is practising - fairly
regularly
C. practises - fairly regularly D. practise - regularly fairly
VIII. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. I come from Hue, but I _______ (study) at a secondary school in Da Nang
now.
2. What time _______ you _______ (get up) every morning?
3. We _______ (work) on our history project this weekend.
4. There _______ (be) two computer rooms in Matt's boarding school.
5. Every day, Zoe _______ (learn) English with Ms. Eleanor.
6. Look at Brenda! She _______ (wear) a new uniform.
7. Johan _______ (always, do) his homework before going to bed.
8. The girls _______ (play) skipping game at the moment.
9. William _______ (never, forget) his parents’ birthday.
10. _______ Sue _______ (stay) at home? - Yes. She _______ (not travel) with
us today.
IX. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1. How many lamps are there _______ your room?
2. Olivia is lazy. She spends all day sitting _______ the TV.
3. Michael is putting his hands and arms _______ his back.
4. In this game, the students have to hold hands and stand _______ each
other.
5. There is a bookshop _______ our school and the department store.
6. Does the city’s subway go _______ the ground?
7. Let's put these new bowls _______ the kitchen counter.
8. I often go _______ the supermarket with my parents at weekends.
9. Lucy stays _______ home and reviews her lessons.
10. Is Janet still lying _______ bed? Let's go to her room and wake her up.
X. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. There are only two bedrooms on my house.
A B C D
2. We are usually play football at break time.
A B C D
3. I have good friends and helped teachers.
A B C D
4. Listen! Someone knocks at the front door.
A B C D
5. Our school year is starting on September 5th.
A B C D

XI. Match the sentences.

1. Is he good at playing sports? a. Yes, sure.
2. His room looks so big. b. Yes, I’d love to.
3. What is the name of her school? c. It looks nice too.
4. What do you usually do at break d. No. I don’t like wearing it.
time? e. Dream School.
5. Can you pass me the pen, f. No, not really good.
please? g. I stay in class.
6. Do you like wearing a uniform? h. Nice to meet you.
7. Look! Mai is coming with i. They’re beautiful, Mum.
someone.
j. Oh, who’s that?
8. Would you like some fresh
water?
9. This is Phong, my new friend.
10. I’ve bought these new bowls.
XII. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a
conversation.
____ It’s on the second floor. Do you want to see it?
____ What about your room? Where is it?
____ Thank you. It’s just a small garden. Let’s go inside! (They go inside.)
____ Sure thing.
1 Welcome to my house!
____ Yes. It's where my family usually watch TV and talk.
____ Sarah, you have a nice garden! The flowers and plants look so
beautiful.
____ Oh! Is this the living room?
____ Maybe later. Now I would like to take a look around here.

XIII. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

similar email from exciting stories
relationship
Have you ever wondered what it would be like to see the world (1)
_______ the eyes of a stranger? To see what they think and how life must
feel for them? How different or (2) _______ are you? Being a pen pal is
essentially just that. Pen pals are sets of people who regularly write to
each other, primarily via postal mail or email. They don’t usually have a
well-established (3) _______ in person and so are, most of the time,
strangers. They share their thoughts and (4) _______ with each other and
often develop lifelong friendships. For some individuals the fun of having
pen pals often lies in the fact that the letters are handwritten, therefore
snail mail is their preferred way of communicating, while for others the
modernity of (5) _______ interaction is a better fit. Regardless of the
preferred mode, having a pen pal is super fun and (6) _______ .
XIV. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Education is an important part of British life. There are hundreds of
schools, colleges and universities in England, including some of the most
famous in the world.
Education is free and compulsory for all children between the ages of 5
- 16. Some children are educated at home rather than in school.
Children’s education in England is normally divided into two separate
stages. They begin with primary education at the age of five and this
usually lasts until they are eleven. Then they move to secondary school,
there they stay until they reach sixteen, seventeen or eighteen years of
age.
 Teachers in primary schools (4-11 years old) are always addressed by
their surname by parents and pupils alike, always Mr., Mrs. or Miss Smith...
In secondary schools (11 - 16 years), teachers are usually addressed as
Miss or Sir.
1. How many schools, colleges and universities are there in Britain?

2. Is education free and compulsory for all children between the ages of 5 -
16?

3. How many stages is children’s education in England divided into?

4. At what age do children move to secondary school?

5. How do parents and pupils address teachers in primary schools?

6. How are teachers in secondary schools addressed?

XV. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.

1. excited/ my/ first day/ school/ at/ I’m/ about

2. subjects/ and geography/ favourite/ My/ literature/ are

3. in/ are/ How many/ your/ bedrooms/ there/ house?

4. a/ a/ is/ maths teacher/ at/ My father/ secondary school

5. blue eyes,/ has/ straight nose/ Grace/ and a/ full lips

6. are/ some books/ on/ next to/ There/ the desk/ my chair

7. watering/ likes/ flowers/ our garden/ in/ My brother/ the

8. attend/ with/ Would/ like/ to/ you/ birthday party/ Mai’s/ me?

XVI. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as

the first one.
1. There are about 20 classrooms in my international school.
My international school
2. The dishwasher is on the left of the cupboard, and the fridge is on the
right.
The cupboard

3. How about having a picnic at the park this weekend?

Let's

4. She has soft hands and slim fingers.

Her hands

5. There is a lot of vitamin C in oranges.

Oranges

6. The table is in front of the sofa.

The sofa

7. The room doesn’t have any windows.

There aren't

8. His body is strong and sporty.

He
 UNIT 4:
MY NEIGHBOURHOOD
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
busy peaceful beach leave gym
excited city street cathedral fantastic
police people cheap noisy historic
/i/ /i:/

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. historic B. wide C. public D.
hospital
2. A. centre B. city C. convenient D.
cinema
3. A. expensive B. example C. exciting D.
exercise
4. A. beautiful B. beach C. cheap D.
peaceful
5. A. tree B. street C. week D. coffee

B. VOCABULARY
I. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. A _______ is a place for worshipping.
A. square B. temple C. market D. palace
2. Green Hotel? Go to the end of the road. It’s on your _______.
A. direction B. leg C. turn D. left
3. The air in that area is _______ with smoke from factories.
A. terrible B. fresh C. polluted D. boring
4. Could you please tell me the _______ to the post office?
A. road B. way C. street D. path
5. Vehicles are moving fast. It’s dangerous to _______ the street now.
A. run B. build C. walk D. cross
6. London is _______. You have to earn a lot of money to live there.
 A. expensive B. crowded C. cheap D.
famous
7. The city is always crowded and _______. I don’t like it.
A. noisy B. quiet C. peaceful D.
convenient
8. The express train leaves the _______ at 9 o’clock.
A. railway station B. workshop
C. post office D. shopping centre
9. There are many famous paintings in this _______.
A. supermarket B. gallery C. memorial D.
cathedral
10. Go _______ ahead, then take the first turning on your right.
A. past B. to C. straight D. away
II. Fill in each blank a suitable word in brackets.
1. Could you show me the way to the bus _______? (square/ stop)
2. Computers and smartphones are important parts of _______ life.
(historic/ modern)
3. There are all types of shops here. It’s very _______ . (convenient/
inconvenient)
4. He lives in a _______ and peaceful village on the hill. (quiet/ noisy)
5. The _______ in my neighbourhood sells a variety of cheeses. (theatre/
market)
6. The path is too _______ for two people to walk together. (narrow/ wide)
7. Andy works in the city centre. but he lives in the _______ . (suburbs/
downtown)
8. She wants to see the movie again. It’s really _______ . (exciting/ boring)
9. I need to relax because I have a _______ headache. (terrible/ fantastic)
10. Dad is taking me to the amusement _______ this weekend. (park/
playground)

C. GRAMMAR
I. Choose the correct answer.
1. Lucy is smart, but Carol is (smarter/ more smart) than her.
2. It’s too hot! Today is even (hoter/ hotter) than yesterday.
3. Cities are always (moderner/ more modern) than rural areas.
4. Which city is (more historic/ more historic than), Hue or Hoi An?
5. The downtown is (exciter/ more exciting) than suburbs.
6. This film is (more interesting/ interesting more) than that film.
7. The streets are very (wetter/ wet) after a heavy rain.
8. Which one is (gooder/ better), a house or an apartment?
9. Motorbike is (more popular/ popularer) than car in my place.
10. His school is only a (small/ smaller) school near the hill.
II. Make comparisons using the adjectives in brackets.
1. The city is _______ (noisy) the countryside.
2. Ho Chi Minh City is _______ (crowded) Da Nang City.
3. Tommy is much _______ (friendly) Jennifer.
4. Which building is _______ (big), the corner shop or the supermarket?
5. Is living in a house _______ (convenient) living in an apartment?
6. London is really _______ (busy) Liverpool.
7. Their new villa is _______ (far) from the hospital than the old one.
8. The air now is a lot _______ (polluted) in the past.
9. The traffic jams today are _______ (bad) before.
10. Travelling by plan is _______ (comfortable) travelling by car.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Your neighbourhood is _______ my neighbourhood.
A. quieter than B. quiet than
C. more quiet D. more quieter than
2. Young people like city life because it is _______ countryside life.
A. more than inconvenient B. more inconvenient than
C. more convenient than D.
inconvenient more than
3. Generally, a grocery store is _______ than a supermarket.
A. more small B. more big C. bigger D.
smaller
4. At night, the streets look _______ with colourful lights.
A. more wonderful B. wonderful more
C. more wonderful than D.
wonderful than
5. I think your town is much _______ than my town.
A. more new B. modern C. more ancient D. more
older
6. Is Vung Tau Beach _______ Long Son Beach?
A. prettier than B. more pretty than
C. more prettier than D. prettyer than
7. The park near my house is _______ than the central park.
A. large B. larger C. more large D. more
larger
8. Those big buildings look _______ than these small ones.
A. newier B. newwer C. more new D. newer
9. Are motorbikes really _______ than cars in your country?
 A. more expensive B. more cheap C. expensive D. more
cheap
10. In my city, there is less traffic, and the streets are _______.
A. wider than B. wider C. more wide D. wide
than
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. This shortcut is always much more short than that road.
A B C D
2. This river is more polluted as other rivers in the area.
A B C D
3. Not turn left at the traffic lights but turn right at the next corner.
A B C D
4. There are two market and a high school in our neighbourhood.
A B C D
5. Many people think that modern life is good than life in the past.
A B C D
D. SPEAKING
I. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ Thanks a lot. How far is it from here?
___ Is it on the right or on the left of the street?
___ No problem.
___ It’s about 500 metres from here.
___ Go straight and turn right at the second traffic lights. The post office
will be at the end of the street.
1 Excuse me! Could you tell me the way to the central post office?
___ It’s on the right, next to the city museum.
___ Thank you so much.
II. Match the sentences.
1. Shall we go there by taxi? a. It’s cooler than here.
2. I think we’re lost! b. Yes. They are also very modern.
3. Can you tell us the way to Tan c. My pleasure.
Ky House? d. They are friendly and generous.
4. Wow! We’re at the central post e. Let’s ask the girl over there for
office. help,
5. How are the people in the f. No. Let’s walk there.
village? g. Yes. It looks historic.
6. Thank you so much for your h. But our city is prettier.
help.
i. Go straight, then turn right.
7. Where shall we go first?
j. Let’s go to Chua Cau first.
8. My city is very pretty.
9. What’s the weather like in your
city?
10. These buildings are really tall.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and choose the best answers to the
questions.
London is the capital city of the United Kingdom. There are a lot of
cars in the city. People go everywhere by car, so traffic in the city centre is
heavier than that in the suburbs. It is harder to find a place to park a car
than to do it in other areas. The public means of transport is cheaper than
cars but the Londoners prefer their own cars. Moreover, there are more
and more tourists and visitors coming to London for sightseeing or
shopping. At weekends, the streets are noisier and busier than they are on
weekdays. Now, traffic jams are worse than ever before.
Although the living cost in the suburbs and the countryside is
cheaper than that in the city centre, most young people prefer living in the
city centre. London is richer than other cities in the United Kingdom, but it
is more polluted because of the city Industry, vehicles, and plenty of
people.
1. How is the traffic in London?
A. Traffic in the city centre is better than before.
B. Traffic in the suburbs is better than before.
C. Traffic in the city centre is heavier than that in the suburbs.
D. Traffic in the suburbs is heavier than that in the city centre.
2. People in London prefer to go around _______.
A. by their own cars
B. by public means of transport
C. by both their own cars and public means of transport
D. by any vehicles
3. How are the streets in London at weekends?
A. There is less traffic. B. The streets are noisier.
C. Traffic jams are better. D. The traffic is not heavier.
4. The living cost in the city centre is _______.
A. cheaper than that in the suburbs and the countryside
B. not expensive but people like to live in the suburbs and the
countryside
C. not cheap so more people want to leave for the suburbs and the
countryside
D. more expensive than that in the suburbs and the countryside
5. According to the passage, what is NOT true about London?
 A. London’s public means of transport is more expensive than cars.
B. There are a lot of people in the city centre, especially at weekends.
C. More and more people come to London for sightseeing.
D. London is richer than other cities in the United Kingdom.
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
problems charitable helping apartment together
frustrated
A neighbour, or neighbor in American English, is a person who lives
nearby, normally in a house or an (1) _______ that is next door or, in the
case of houses, across the street. Some people form friendships with their
neighbours and help them by sharing their tools and (2) _______ with
gardening tasks. Other people become (3) _______ with their neighbours if
the neighbour makes a lot of noise or a mess.
A group of people living close (4) _______ in a small community is
called a neighbourhood. Some neighbourhoods have many community
organisations, where people volunteer and do (5) _______ activities. Other
neighbourhoods in poor communities may have no community
organisations, and there may be many (6) _______ in the community.
F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. going/ Going/ by/ by/ car/ bicycle/ than/ is/ faster/ much

2. street/ There/ post office/ at/ corner/ a/ the/ of/ the/ is

3. this/ we/ shall/ What/ do/ Saturday evening?

4. watch/ stay/ at/ home/ Let’s/ and/ TV

5. in/ is/ suburbs/ Da Nang City/ My neighbourhood/ the/ of

6. dinner?/ we/ go/ Shall/ to/ the/ after/ cinema

7. is/ Ho Chi Minh City/ busy and crowded/ for/ too/ me

8. me/ you/ Can/ the/ to/ tell/ way/ Ben Thanh Market?

II. Combine the two sentences using the comparative form of the
adjectives in brackets.
Ex: My city has about 10 million people. Your city has about 8 million
people. (crowded)
=> My city is more crowded than your city.
1. Her mother is 37 years old. Her father is 38 years old. (old)

2. A hotel room costs $20 a night. A guest house room costs $15 a night.
(cheap)

3. Martin’s villa is $100,000. Henry’s villa is $150,000. (expensive)

4. This valley is about 300m deep. That valley is about 310m deep. (deep)

5. This square is about 7,500m2. That square is about 7,000m2. (big)

6. The office block has 33 floors. The shopping mall has 15 floors. (tall)

7. My house is 3km from school. His house is 5km from school. (far)

8. John is about 38 kilos in weight. Sylvie is about 36 kilos in weight.

(heavy)
 UNIT 5
NATURAL WONDERS OF VIET NAM
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
boat island tent forest wonder
guide visit holiday climate road
boot sand waterfall drive hotel
/t/ /d/

II. Fill in the blanks with “t” or “d” to complete the words.
1. The village lies behin the moun __ ain.
2. Should we __ rive or travel on foo __ ?
3. The sun’s hea __ vaporises the wa __ er of the ocean.
4. The amusemen __ park is built aroun a man-ma __ e lake.
5. Our __ our inclu __ es a visi __ to the san __ unes.

B. VOCABULARY
I. Match each word with its definition.
1. a. a large area of land that is thickly covered with trees
mountain b. a very high hill, often with rocks or snow near the top
2. river c. a large pool of water that is surrounded by land
3. waterfall d. a large area of land that has very little water and very
4. forest few plants growing on it, often covered with sand.
e. a piece of land that is completely surrounded by water
5. cave f. an area of sand or small stones beside the sea or a lake
6. desert g. an area of low land between hills or mountains, often
7. lake with a river flowing through it
h. a large hole in the side of a hill or under the ground
8. beach i. a place where a stream or river falls from a high place
9. island j. a large area of water that flows into the sea
10. valley

II. Choose the correct answer.

1. The (bay/ cave) often has a huge roof.
2. There’s a lot of danger in (rock/ water) climbing.
3. Viet Nam is located in the (continent/ island) of Asia.
4. Samantha takes a pair of (glasses/ scissors) to cut the string.
5. A (compass/ watch) needle always points at the north.
6. A good tube of (suncream/ toothpaste) will help to prevent sunburn.
7. You can sleep in this sleeping (bag/ coat) during the trip.
8. She took her (school bag/ backpack) and joined some friends for a trek.
9. We can’t overbuild a (natural/ man-made) environment area.
10. The (mount/ valley) that we are trying to reach lies behind the next
hill.
III. Find the odd word.
1. A. photo B. plaster C. scissors D. poster
2. A. travel B. island C. valley D. mountain
3. A. suncream B. milk C. tea D. water
4. A. camping B. amazing C. climbing D. hiking
5. A. Mount Everest B. Viet Nam C. Ha Long Bay D. The
Sahara Desert
6. A. visitors B. tourists C. travellers D. workers
7. A. lake B. ocean C. river D. desert
8. A. boat B. bike C. backpack D. airplane
9. A. Ninh Binh B. Quang Ninh C. Kien Giang D. Ganh Da
Dia
10. A. narrow B. wonderful C. beautiful D. awesome

C. GRAMMAR
I. Write C next to countable nouns and UC next to uncountable
nouns.
1. beach _______ , lake _______
2. soil _______ , water _______
3. river _______ , stream _______
4. mountain _______ , forest _______
5. knowledge _______ , information _______
6. plaster _______ , suncream _______
7. park _______ , museum _______
8. tea _______ , milk _______
9. furniture _______ , item _______
10. attraction _______ , destination _______
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. Boats are readily available to (visitor/ visitors).
2. Each year millions of (person/ people) visit this holiday destination.
3. Could you give (some/ a) advice on what to wear?
4. The best way to explore the countryside is on (foot/ feet).
5. We had a fantastic (trip/ trips) to Cat Tien National Park last summer.
6. To hear a hundred (time/ times) is not so good as to see once.
7. Could I have two cups of (coffee/ coffees) and a tea, please?
8. She saves (a few/ a little) money every month for the summer vacation.
9. (How much/ How many) does it cost to stay one night in a five-star
hotel?
10. The agent provided information on (much/ many) ways of travelling.
III. Fill in the blanks with must or mustn’t.
1. We _______ step on the grass in the yard.
2. Everyone _______ wear a life vest when boating.
3. Students _______ pick flowers in the school garden.
4. We _______ leave now or we’ll miss the plane.
5. They _______ drive a car without a driving licence.
6. Your hands are dirty. You _______ touch anything.
7. You _______ take photos in the gallery.
8. In Britain, you _______ drive on the left.
9. We _______ book the tickets before it’s too late.
10. You _______ use a mobile phone when the plane is taking off.
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. You _______ go mountain climbing alone. You _______ go in a group.
A. must - must B. mustn’t - must C. mustn’t - mustn’t D. must -
mustn’t
2. We only stayed for _______ days in Da Nang, then we headed to Hoi An.
A. much B. a little C. a few D. many
3. You _______ put the trash in a bin. You _______ throw it on the street.
A. must - mustn’t B. mustn’t - must C. mustn’t - mustn’t D. must -
must
4. _______ items of hand luggage can I take on the plane?
A. How much B. How many C. How far D. How
often
5. The tourists _______ take photos of this villa. They _______ ask for
permission first.
A. mustn’t - mustn’t B. must - mustn’t C. must - must D.
mustn’t - must
6. Could you share us _______ olive oil? We ran out of it.
A. an B. a little C. a few D. any
7. You _______ park your vehicle in this area. You _______ drive to the
parking lots.
A. mustn’t - mustn’t B. must - must C. mustn’t - must D. must -
mustn’t
8. Student tour guides _______ visitors on _______ one-hour tour of the
campus.
A. take - a B. are - an C. help - some D. have -
0
9. You _______ wash your hands before meals, and you _______ wear warm
clothes when it is cold.
A. mustn’t - must B. must – must
C. must - mustn’t D. mustn’t - mustn’t
10. There is _______ sand on the beach, so we can build _______
sandcastles.
A. many - much B. a few - many C. much - many D. a little
- much
V. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. I can’t find many information on these wonders.
A B C D
2. Walkways allows visitors to enter the caves in safety.
A B C D
3. It’s important that you must be late for school.
A B C D
4. A group of child are playing in the fountain in the park.
A B C D
5. There are only a little items of clothing in the backpack.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. They are spending their evening on the beach.

2. We plan to take our holiday next month.

3. The tickets for the concert are $333.

4. I bring two pairs of shoes for the field trip.

5. I want to visit Mount Fuji because it looks magnificent.

6. The name of that mountain in the distance is Langbiang.

7. A lot of people join the trip to Cuc Phuong National Park every month.

8. No, these aren’t the photos of Phong Nha Cave.

II. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.

___ What is special about it?
___ Wow! It must be very large.
1 Do you like nature, Natalie?
___ It’s difficult to say, but the Great Barrier Reef in Australia is really
amazing.
___ The Great Barrier Reef is the world’s largest coral reef. It is one of the
seven wonders of the natural world. You can view it from a long
distance.
___ Yes, I do. I often read books about natural wonders.
___ That’s incredible! I want to visit the Great Barrier Reef one day.
___ Yes. The reef is very large, and it’s the only living thing on earth visible
from space.
___ So in your opinion, what is the most beautiful natural wonder?

E. READING
I. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Boasting picturesque landscapes from the north to the south, Viet
Nam is home to the world’s largest cave - Son Doong. Son Doong Cave is
located in Phong Nha - Ke Bang National Park, Quang Binh province. The
cave contains a 5-km tunnel which can reach a height of 250 metres and a
width of 200 metres. The main cave is large enough to house a 40-floor
skyscraper. It’s quite surprising that the first to discover this cave was a
local farmer in 1990, but it took almost two more decades for Son Doong
to be rediscovered. The team of locals and British explorers found the
whole impressive ecosystem with a set of caves, tunnels, beaches, lakes
and rivers in 2009.
Now Son Doong is one of the world’s greatest natural wonders, along
with the Grand Canyon, Victoria Falls, Mount Everest, etc. The first guided
tours to the safe part of the cave started in 2013. Adventurous travellers
can book a trip to explore the magnificent ecosystem and sleep in unique
campsites at this mysterious cave.
1. Where is Son Doong Cave located?

2. How high and wide is the 5-km tunnel?

3. How large is the main cave?

4. Did a local farmer discover the cave in 1990?

5. When did the British explorers find the whole impressive ecosystem?

6. Is Son Doong Cave one of the world’s greatest natural wonders?

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

mountains fields destination on more
natural
Lak Lake's name evokes curiosity and charm for visitors that wish to
explore this wild beauty. In addition to the (1) _______ beauty and fresh air,
adventure elephant riding and taking one-piece timber boat (2) _______ Lak
Lake make this place become an indispensable (3) _______ for tours to Dak
Lak and the Central Highlands. Lak Lake is a beautiful landscape of the
Central Highlands. It is both a source of fish and a gigantic freshwater
reservoir supplying water to hundreds of hectares of rice (4) _______ , and
also makes the climate here cooler. This is a natural lake with the greatest
depth which is (5) _______ than T’nung Lake in Gia Lai province. Lak Lake is
5 km wide, adopted with Krong Ana River. The water always looks deep
and blue. The lake is surrounded by high (6) _______ making its water
appear calm; and having the vast primeval forests with abundant flora and
fauna.

E. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. a lot of/ Ha Long Bay/ islands/ has/ marvelous

2. the test/ We/ talk/ during/ mustn’t

3. Phu Quoc City/ There/ in/ lots of/ tourist destinations/ are

4. brush/ You/ your teeth/ must/ three times a day

5. in/ Are/ natural/ there/ camping sites/ any/ your area?

6. fishing villages/ can/ Tourists/ visit/ there/ and national parks/ many

7. when/ Everyone/ be/ crossing/ the street/ must/ careful

8. their/ class/ use/ in/ mobile phones/ The students/ mustn’t

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. Don’t drop litter at public places or natural landscapes.
You mustn’t

2. The waterfall is really amazing.

What
!
3. Nha Trang City is bigger than Phan Thiet City.
Phan Thiet City is

4. They don’t allow tourists to cross the desert alone.

Tourists mustn’t

5. It’s necessary for travellers to make a reservation.

Travellers must

6. There are life vests for all the passengers on this cruise ship.
They have

7. Their rule is wearing a swimsuit in the pool.

People must

8. Not many people can book a trip to explore the cave.

Only a
 UNIT 6:
OUR TET HOLIDAY
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
shrimp rice shopping celebrate rooster
decoration share spring tradition wish
blossom classmate rubbish strike bicycle
/s/ /ʃ/

II. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. present B. festival C. sing D.
sweets
2. A. special B. should C. say D. wish
3. A. family B. relative C. tradition D.
pagoda
4. A. clean B. calendar C. decorate D.
celebrate
5. A. fireworks B. friends C. shops D.
parents

B. VOCABULARY
I. Match the words to make meaningful phrases.
1. go a. fireworks
2. watch b. special food
3. get c. the shopping
4. do d. trees
5. cook e. to the pagoda
6. plant f. a wish
7. break g. lucky money
8. visit h. the floor
9. clean i. relatives
10. make j. the vase
II. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. What do Vietnamese people usually do to _______ Tet?
A. come B. eat C. have D.
celebrate
2. My grandma will cook banh chung - our special _______ at Tet.
A. flower B. meal C. food D. fruit
3. The kids love to play and have _______ during the holiday.
A. sadness B. fight C. bad luck D. fun
4. In Viet Nam, Tet is a good time for family _______.
A. saying B. preparing C. gathering D.
singing
5. I like to _______ friends over to play board game at weekends.
A. make B. invite C. ask D. help
6. Lunar New Year, or Tet, is the longest _______ in Viet Nam.
A. activity B. holiday C. ceremony D.
anniversary
7. The wooden _______ in the room is covered in dust. We need to clean it.
A. furniture B. housework C. fireworks D.
square
8. Giving _______ to children is a tradition at Tet Holiday.
A. sweets B. new clothes C. special food D. lucky
money
9. People often spend time visiting their _______ during Tet.
A. neighbours B. teachers C. relatives D.
friends
10. We _______ you a Happy New Year and a good fortune in the coming
year!
A. wish B. say C. cheer D. sing

C. GRAMMAR
I. Fill in each blank with should or shouldn’t.
1. Teenagers _______ play online games all night.
2. Gordon _______ help his mother with the housework.
3. We _______ clean our house before Tet.
4. You _______ cross the street at red traffic light.
5. She’s always tired. She _______ go to bed late every night.
6. Students _______ use their mobile phones in exams.
7. The kids _______ spend too much time in front of TV.
8. You _______ knock on the door before entering a room.
9. We _______ take care of our parents and old people.
10. Children _______ eat lots of vegetables and _______ eat too many
sweets.
II. Fill in each blank with some or any.
1. Mai wants _______ ice cream.
2. Do we have _______ bread in the fridge?
3. There is _______ special food on the table.
4. Why don’t you give me _______ advice?
5. There is _______ rice on your cheek.
6. There isn’t _______ milk in the box.
7. Can you tell me _______ traditions of Tet?
8. She doesn’t want _______ apple juice.
9. Are there _______ peach flowers in the vase?
10. Tim needs _______ help with the furniture.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. The peach flowers _______ beautiful, but you _______ jump to touch
them.
A. look - shouldn’t B. look - should
C. looks - should D. looks - shouldn’t
2. Can you get me _______ hot water, please?
A. any B. some C. much D. many
3. You _______ ask other people for lucky money. It _______ very polite.
A. shouldn’t - is B. should - is C. shouldn’t - isn’t D.
should - isn’t
4. Albert took _______ photos of the ceremony, but Anna didn’t take
_______.
A. much - any B. many - some C. a lot of - some D. lots of
- any
5. We _______ our hands before every meal.
A. should always wash B.
always should wash
C. should wash always D. never
should wash
6. Susan didn’t eat _______ banh tet, but Philip tried _______.
A. any - any B. some - some C. some - any D. any -
some
7. At Tet, you _______ make a wish, but you _______ break things.
A. shouldn’t - shouldn’t B. should
- should
C. should - shouldn’t D. shouldn’t - should
8. There aren’t _______ strawberries on the cake.
 A. many B. much C. a little D. some
9. You _______ go out with friends, but you _______ travel too far.
A. should - should B. should - shouldn’t
C. shouldn’t - shouldn’t D.
shouldn’t - should
10. _______ eat shrimp at New Year? - No, you _______.
A. I should - shouldn’t B. I
should - should
C. Should I - should D. Should I - shouldn’t

IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.

1. May I have any more eggs and cheese, please?
A B C D
2. You always should brush your teeth after meals.
A B C D
3. He shouldn’t make his house look beautiful at Tet.
A B C D
4. Do you have some idea about planting peach trees in this area?
A B C D
5. Do we should also buy flowers and plants to decorate the house?
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Complete the conversation. Use the sentences in the box.
Interesting! How about during Tet?
Will you watch the fireworks display?
Sounds great! I hope you enjoy yourself.
Oh, I know banh chung. I tried it last year. It's
delicious.
Wow! What will you buy?
I'd love to, but I have another plan. Thanks
anyway!
What will you do at Tet, Hoa?
What will you do exactly?

Jose: (1)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: Well, I will have a lot of things to do.
Jose: (2)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: I will help my parents to decorate the house before Tet. We will go
shopping and it will be the biggest shopping in the year.
Jose: (3)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: We will buy special types of food, furniture, presents, flowers...
Jose: (4)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: I will visit my grandparents and relatives during Tet. It’s the time for
family gatherings. We will also have great food, especially banh
chung.
Jose: (5)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: Yes, Tet is the best time to eat banh chung.
Jose: (6)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: Yes, I will watch it with my family. We will stay together on New
Year’s Eve.
Jose: (7)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: Thank you. Would you like to join us?
Jose: (8)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: It’s OK.

II. Match the sentences.

1. What will you do at Tet? a. It’s at the end of January.
2. Thank you for helping me. b. But you shouldn’t eat all of it.
3. When is Tet this year? c. I will visit my grandparents.
4. People are in a hurry before Tet. d. Yes, you should.
5. Should I invite friends home? e. Of course! I will dress beautifully.
6. Tet is coming! We are so f. Let's buy some fruits and
excited. candies!
7. We will make lots of banh g. What will you do to celebrate it?
chung. h. The same to you!
8. Will you wear new clothes during i. Never mind.
Tet? j. Yeah! Everyone is preparing for
9. Happy New Year! it.
10. What should we give our
relatives at Tet?
E. READING
I. Fill in each blank with a suitable word in the box.
return festive celebration symbolising
reunions spring
Tet Nguyen Dan, shortened to Tet, is Viet Nam’s Lunar New Year and is
the most important annual (1) _______ and public holiday in Viet Nam.
Tet celebrates the beginning of a new year as well the coming of (2)
_______ . Exciting festivities are held such as making traditional food and
shopping. During this time there is a real sense of celebration in the air,
making it an unforgettable (3) _______ time.
Celebrated as a time of renewal, Tet serves as an opportunity for
Vietnamese people to pay homage to their ancestors and have family (4)
_______ .
Preparations usually begin a week before Tet, as people start to (5)
_______ home, clean their family graves, worship at their family altars and
decorate their homes with apricot blossoms, peach blossoms and kumquat
trees, (6) _______ the hope of prosperity and well-being.
II. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Korean New Year is on the first day of the Korean Lunar calendar. It
is one of the most important and traditional Korean holidays. The
celebration lasts three days: the day before Korean New Year’s Day,
Korean New Year’s Day itself, and the day after Korean New Year’s Day.
Korean New Year is a family holiday. Most people try to return home
to spend time with their relatives. It is important to spend the holiday at
home. During the first morning of New Year, Koreans show their respect to
their ancestors. Traditional foods are placed on a table as an offering to
their ancestors, and they pray for well-being and good health. They
prepare a lot of traditional foods for family members coming to have
meals.
Gifts are given to family members. Koreans wear new beautiful
traditional clothes called Hanbok during New Year.
- respect (n): sự kính trọng - ancestor (n): tổ tiên
1. How many days does the celebration last?

2. Why do Koreans try to return home?

3. What do Koreans do on the first morning of New Year?

4. What do Koreans pray for?

5. Why do Koreans prepare a lot of traditional foods?

6. What is the name of their traditional clothes?

E. WRITING
I. Write complete sentences using should or shouldn’t and the
prompts given.
1. You/ play/ with/ fire./ It is dangerous for kids.

2. You/ park/ here./ It is not allowed.

3. You/ wear/ a raincoat./ It is raining outside.

4. Please be quiet! You/ make/ so much noise/ in the library.

5. We/ arrive/ at the airport/ two hours before the flight.

6. I/ eat/ these cakes. I’m not hungry now.

7. The boys/ play/ football outside. It’s a beautiful day.

8. You/ sometimes/ help/ your mother with the housework.

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. Why don’t you join a sports club at your school?
You should

2. There is no bank service during Tet.

There isn’t

3. Don’t talk too loud because my sister is sleeping.

We shouldn’t

4. Drinking too much wine is not good for your father.

Your father shouldn’t

5. They have no five-fruit tray on the ancestral altar.

They don’t
6. There is little traffic on the road these days.
There isn’t

7. Getting up early every day is good for your health.

You should

8. There aren’t many shops in our grandparents’ neighbourhood.

There are a
 REVIEW 2
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced
differently from the others.
1. A. see B. sea C. exciting D. police
2. A. street B. eat C. convenient D. noisy
3. A. like B. river C. spring D. wish
4. A. special B. celebrate C. sun D.
expensive
5. A. wish B. summer C. shoe D. shop
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. The Sahara is the biggest (desert/ valley) in the world.
2. Tet, or Lunar New Year, is our (traditional/ modern) holiday.
3. I like to live in the (suburban/ urban) area. It’s peaceful and quiet.
4. Hector is living on the seventh floor of this (temple/ building).
5. We will (do/ make) some house decorating before Tet.
6. The road is too (narrow/ wide). Cars can’t pass it.
7. It’s raining! You must take a waterproof (coat/ coast) with you.
8. Keep straight, then (go/ turn) left at the next traffic light.
9. Their village is at the foot of the (rock/ mountain).
10. This shirt is (expensive/ cheap). I don’t have enough money.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Children often receive _______ in red envelopes during Tet.
A. lucky money B. banh tet C. sweets D.
wishes
2. I am busy now. I can’t take you to the railway _______.
A. station B. stop C. gate D. corner
3. You must _______ their rules when you visit their place.
A. read B. follow C. get D. pass
4. _______ is a raised part of the Earth’s surface, much larger than a hill.
A. River B. Fall C. Desert D.
Mountain
5. I think that the Pacific is the largest _______ in the world.
A. waterfall B. mountain C. ocean D. river
6. The street is very _______ with a lot of traffic. We can’t move fast.
A. quiet B. crowded C. large D. busy
7. This apricot tree produces many yellow _______ in spring.
A. branches B. flowers C. fruits D. leaves
8. He likes to _______ his house with flowers and plants.
A. hang B. make C. decorate D. do
9. Is the Central Post Office opposite the Sai Gon Notre-Dame _______?
A. Temple B. Square C. Art Gallery D.
Cathedral
10. Shops are a long way from my house. It’s _______.
A. inconvenient B. polluted C. expensive D.
convenient
IV. Write the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Is life in this city _______ than life in your homeland? (good)
2. They will hold a big _______ on New Year’s Eve. (celebrate)
3. Evening in the countryside is a very _______ time. (peace)
4. That old building is now a _______ monument. (history)
5. The children in my neighbourhood are quite _______ . (friend)
6. We will have many traditional _______ on Tet holiday. (activity)
7. The Grand Canyon is not the _______ canyon in the world. (wide)
8. She often brings a _______ bag instead of a tent. (sleep)
9. The main _______ of that place is the huge waterfall. (attract)
10. These photos bring back my _______ memories of the tour. (wonder)
V. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1. At Tet, we give our best wishes _______ each other.
2. Madagasca is one of the largest islands _______ the world.
3. You should take all necessary things _______ you.
4. It’s near here, so we can walk or go _______ bicycle.
5. My parents will cook banh chung _______ a big pot.
6. There will be a big statue _______ the entrance of the flower street.
7. It’s faster to take the second turning _______ the left.
8. At midnight _______ December 31, temples all over the country ring their
bells.
9. She learned some customs about Tet _______ her parents.
10. Its colour changes _______ different times of the day.
VI. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. The weather in Ho Chi Minh City is _______ that in Da Lat City.
A. hotter than B. hotter C. hot than D. more
hot
2. Everyone _______ wear a face mask in public areas during the Covid-19
pandemic.
A. shouldn’t B. should C. mustn’t D. must
3. There aren’t _______ new clothes in the wardrobe.
A. some B. any C. a D. an
4. An ocean is commonly much _______ a lake.
A. larger B. the larger
 C. larger than D. more than large
5. You _______ tell lies or say bad things.
A. should B. mustn’t C. must D.
shouldn’t
6. I need to calculate how _______ time the assignment will take.
A. a few B. a little C. much D. many
7. Which cave is _______, Phong Nha or Son Doong?
A. more greater B. greater than C. great more D.
greater
8. An average person _______ drink two litres of water daily.
A. shouldn’t B. should C. must D.
mustn’t
9. I think joining in geography club is _______ going out at noon.
A. more exciting than B. the
more exciting
C. more exciting D. exciting more
10. You _______ go when the traffic light is red.
A. shouldn’t B. mustn’t C. should D. must
VII. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. You should throw garbage on the street like that.
A B C D
2. Is playing games more funny than going for a picnic?
A B C D
3. There is usually a lot of visitors in Da Lat during Tet.
A B C D
4. A good neighbour is good than a brother in the next village.
A B C D
5. How much litres of water do you think this huge bottle contains?
A B C D
VIII. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. There _______ (be) many historic monuments in Ho Chi Minh City.
2. She _______ (own) a microwave, but she _______ (only, use) it to reheat
soup.
3. Look at the map! We _______ (stand) near the central park.
4. We _______ (discuss) the natural wonders of the world now.
5. Ha Long Bay _______ (have) the nicest scenery in Viet Nam.
6. I’m not free at the moment. I _______ (tidy) my room.
7. Hien isn’t healthy because she _______ (never, eat) much for breakfast.
8. _______ Joseph _______ (plant) trees in the garden at the moment?
9. Gordon _______ (not do) much in the evenings except watching
television.
10. _______ she _______ (usually, go) back to her home village at Tet?
IX. Match the sentences.
1. You shouldn’t stay up late. a. Yes, there is one at the next
2. What shall we do this afternoon? corner.
3. This picture of coral reefs looks b. You’re right. It’s bad for my
beautiful! health.
4. I will travel a lot this holiday. c. But where is the supermarket?
5. This black hat is nicer than that d. Let’s go to the amusement park.
white hat. e. Sorry, I can’t. I don’t know this
6. There’s a bus stop next to the area.
supermarket. f. About 300 metres.
7. Excuse me! Is there a post office g. Sure! I promise.
near here? h. Really? Where will you go?
8. How far is it from here? i. But the white one is cheaper.
9. You mustn’t tell anyone my j. Yes. It’s the biggest coral reefs in
secrets. the world.
10. Can you tell me the way to the
gas station?
X. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ I must ask my parents first. I hope they will allow me to go with you.
___ I am going on a really great journey this year. Do you want to come
with me?
___ I will read more books in my free time. How about you?
___ Wow! Joining a bike camp is one of my dreams! But do you think we
can make it?
___ This new year will be full of fun and excitement!
___ I’m going to be in a bike camp. I will travel to the countryside.
1 What is your aim for new year?
___ Don’t worry! It won't be too tiring, and we can make new friends!
___ A great journey? Where will you go?
___ I believe they will. Let’s ask them now.
XI. Read the passage and decide whether the statements are
TRUE or FALSE.
New Year’s Day is a public holiday in the United Kingdom (UK). It is
on January 1st. People in the UK usually celebrate New Year from the
evening of December 31st to January 1st.
On New Year’s Eve, at midnight, when the Big Ben clock strikes to
mark the coming of New Year, people welcome New Year and sing the
traditional song “Auld-Lang-Syne”. They open the back door to let the old
year out and ask the first dark-haired man to come through the front door
carrying bread, salt, and coal. This means that in the following year
everyone in the house will have enough food (bread), earn enough money
(salt), and be warm enough (coal).
Many people have parties at home or go out. There is also a popular
tradition of exchanging New Year gifts while wishing each other well. New
Year parades are the biggest attraction of New Year celebrations in the
UK. They are organised in almost all major cities of the UK.
- exchange (v): trao đổi - parade (n): cuộc diễu hành
1. New Year’s Day is a public holiday in the UK. __________
2. It is on the first day of the lunar calendar. __________
3. The New Year’s celebration is only on December 31st. __________
4. In the UK, salt symbolises money. __________
5. Everyone has parties at home on New Year’s Day. __________
6. People exchange gifts on New Year’s Day. __________
7. New Year parades are the biggest attraction on this occasion. ______
8. The parades are organised in the countryside of the UK. __________
XII. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
than are include long freshwater in animals rainy
teeth widest

The Amazon River is located (1) _______ South America within the
Amazon Rainforest. It is the second longest river in the world, with more
than 6,400 kilometres (2) _______ . That is longer (3) _______ the United
States from the east coast to the west coast. During the dry season, the
(4) _______ parts of the Amazon are only a few kilometres wide. But during
the (5) _______ season, the river can be more than 32 kilometres wide.
There (6) _______ over 3000 different species of fish in the Amazon
River. One of the most well-known fish within the Amazon River is the
piranha. With its sharp (7) _______ , it’s one of the most feared fish in the
world. The Amazon is home to the Amazon river dolphin. This is a (8)
_______ dolphin. People also find other well-known (9) _______ in the
Amazon River. These (10) _______ snakes, catfish, electric eel, crabs,
turtles and crocodile.
- sharp (adj): bén - species (n): loài
XIII. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. at/ You/ visit/ your relatives/ should/ Tet

2. much/ usually/ Ho Chi Minh City/ more/ Vung Tau/ is/ than/ crowded

3. decorate/ do/ you/ What/ your/ need to/ room?

4. several/ supermarkets/ my neighbourhood/ in/ are/ There

5. to/ the/ Can/ tell/ me/ you/ way/ Sai Gon Bridge?

6. when/ A/ is/ very useful/ go camping/ sleeping bag/ you/ overnight

7. quite/ all day/ playing/ children/ are/ tired/ The/ after

8. the/ any/ mustn’t/ play/ You/ sports/ on/ street/ kinds of

XIV. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as

the first one.
1. Going out alone at night is very dangerous.
You shouldn’t

2. It’s essential that I come home after school.

I must

3. Shall we go out for a walk around the lake?

Let’s

4. The teacher doesn’t allow us to copy the other teams’ work.

We mustn’t

5. William is taller than other students in my class.

Other students in my class

6. Why don’t we discuss more about our project?

How about
?
7. Please tell me some well-known traditions on Tet Holiday.
Can
?
8. Going to bed early every day is good for your health.
You should
 UNIT 7
TELEVISION
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
month feather that earth them
weather thank there through this
three thing gather both than
/θ/ /ð/

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. then B. theatre C. throw D. fourth
2. A. brother B. breathe C. thirsty D. there
3. A. nothing B. third C. healthy D. their
4. A. breath B. mother C. maths D. think
5. A. teeth B. weather C. they D.
without

B. VOCABULARY
I. Match the words with the correct descriptions.
1. TV programme a. a person watching TV
2. character b. a programme with many episodes that have the
3. TV series same characters
4. viewer c. a programme broadcast on television
5. TV show d. a person represented in a film, play, or story
6. channel e. a book or a magazine giving the time of TV
programmes
7. comedy
f. an organization that broadcasts television or
8. TV guide
radio programmes
g. any content produced for viewing on a television
set
h. a play, film or TV show that is intended to be
funny
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. Donald Duck is a famous (cartoon/ documentary) character in the USA.
2. This (romance/ comedy) is very funny - we all laugh when watching it.
3. My brother usually opens (sports/ science) channel to watch tennis.
4. Mrs. Harper likes (entertaining/ educational) programmes because they
help her relax.
5. The main (character/ content) in the movie is Dr. Lewis Anderson.
6. A lot of TV (readers/ viewers) watch this mini-series every weekend.
7. Jennifer won the (talent/ game) show by her dancing ability.
8. Bolt is a computer (wildlife programme/ animated film) produced by
Walt Disney Animation Studios.
9. The game turned into more of an interactive TV (channel/ series) than a
traditional game.
10. Watching TV is (boring/ popular) nowadays and billions of people
watch TV every day.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. According to the _______, there will be rain.
A. game show B. TV series
C. weather forecast D. animal programme
2. The _______ is introducing the next song to the audience.
A. MC B. viewer C. character D.
comedian
3. Journey to Mars is a new _______ programme on this channel.
A. comedy B. sports C. animals D.
science
4. Let’s have a look at the TV _______ and see what’s on.
A. station B. guide C. show D. set
5. The film was _______ so my mother turned off the TV and went to bed.
A. boring B. interesting C. funny D.
educational
6. How many hours a day do you _______ TV?
A. listen to B. watch C. look D. see
7. He had Mickey Mouse and some other _______ characters on his T-shirt.
A. cartoon B. science C. music D.
wildlife
8. The _______ on TV last night was so funny.
A. news B. educational programme
C. comedy D. documentary
9. Music channel attracts millions of _______ throughout the country.
A. characters B. writers C. reporters D.
viewers
10. This _______ programme is showing the wildlife of African lions.
A. sports B. animal C. advertising D.
fashion

C. GRAMMAR
I. Fill in each blank with a suitable question word.
1. _______ many channels are there on your TV? - About 75.
2. _______ is the girl in the white shirt? - She’s my sister.
3. _______ do you usually leave home for school? - Around 6:15.
4. _______ were you absent yesterday? - Because I was sick.
5. _______ are you looking for? - My workbook.
6. _______ is the host of this programme? - I don’t know.
7. _______ are you today, Brian? - Very good, thanks.
8. _______ is Ho Chi Minh TV Station? - It’s over there.
9. _______ are you so happy? - Because I got an A mark for English.
10. _______ programme do you like more, animal or science? - Science.
II. Fill in the blanks with and, but, or so to complete the
sentences.
1. He wants to go to the theatre, _______ it's raining too heavily.
2. Bob takes the remote control, _______ he turns on the TV.
3. Daisy is tired, _______ she stops studying for a while.
4. The sound quality was poor, _______ we couldn’t fully enjoy the music.
5. Jackson loves Discovery Channel, _______ he often watches it with his
brother.
6. I’m sorry, _______ I think you’re wrong about this film.
7. The talk show ends, _______ everyone starts to clap and cheer loudly.
8. She wants a notebook, _______ he gives her a book.
9. Our house is in the central district, _______ we can easily get to cinemas.
10. I want to use public transportation, _______ I travel by bus.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. _______ do you watch the news programmes? - Four times a week.
A. How often B. How long C. How many D. How
much
2. You don’t usually watch TV. _______ is it? - Because I don’t have free
time.
A. When B. What C. How D. Why
3. _______ is it from here to the TV station? - Three kilometres.
A. How far B. How long C. How much D. How often
4. _______ is your favourite comedian? - Charlie Chaplin.
A. Who B. Which C. How D. What
5. _______ is the film Zootopia on? - At 7 p.m. tonight.
A. How B. What C. Where D. When
6. I _______ comedies, _______ I enjoy Mr. Bean very much.
A. don’t like - and B. don’t like - but C. like - but D. don’t
like - so
7. There _______ some clever direction, _______ the show is very well shot.
A. isn’t - so B. is - and C. aren't - but D. are -
but
8. I _______ busy, _______ I can manage to watch my favourite programme.
A. am - but B. am - and C. am not - so D. am
not - but
9. The new TV _______ broken, _______ they want to return it to the shop.
A. is - but B. isn’t - so C. is - so D. isn’t -
and
10. We _______ to buy a new smart TV, _______ we have to save money.
A. need - so B. need - but C. don’t need - so D. don’t
need - so
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. I don’t like the book, and the movie is funny.
A B C D
2. Who is the name of the national TV channel?
A B C D
3. How many do you know about game shows?
A B C D
4. Fred is tired, so he wants to turn on the TV and goes to bed.
A B C D
5. The movie had a long credit, so it took us long than usual.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. My favourite channel is National Geographic.

2. I am living in Tan Binh District at present.

3. Nick leaves home for school at 7 o’clock.

4. She goes to see the doctor because she is sick.

5. We are talking about our new friend Sophia.

6. The cinema is opposite the restaurant.

7. I go to the movies twice a month.

8. They travel to Nha Trang by car.

II. Complete the conversation with the words or phrase in the box.
favourite about programme boring activities animals TV
how many
Ryan: Are you watching (1) _______ now, Lucy?
Lucy: Yes, I am.
Ryan: (2) _______ hours do you watch TV every day?
Lucy: For one hour only.
Ryan: What do you love to watch?
Lucy: I watch any programmes for children such as cartoons, (3) _______ or
music.
Ryan: Do you have any (4) _______ channel?
Lucy: No, I don’t. What (5) _______ you?
Ryan: My favourite is Sports. You know I love football games.
Lucy: Do you think watching football is (6) _______ ?
Ryan: No, I don’t. It encourages us to take physical (7) _______ . It is good
for health.
Lucy: Ryan! We’ll talk more after I finish watching this (8) _______ .
Ryan: Okay, Lucy.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and decide whether the statements are TRUE
or FALSE.
There are different kinds of TV viewers. Some people watch
television for entertainment, others watch only news, and a lot of them
watch TV when they have nothing else to do. Most people watch TV in the
evening because this allows them to sit in front of the TV set with their
relatives and to spend some free time together.
As for me, watching TV is one of the cheapest and most interesting
ways for entertainment. My favourite channel is Cartoon Network. It
broadcasts all day so I can enjoy the programmes whenever I have free
time. It is a channel of entertainment for kids and families, so my parents
can also watch the programmes with me.
 I often search for my favourite programmes from Cartoon Network
website. On the website, there is a schedule for all programmes. I have
relaxation time from watching this channel.
1. All people watch TV for entertainment. __________
2. People don’t watch TV when they have nothing to do. __________
3. Evening is the time that most people watch TV. __________
4. To many people, watching TV is a good time to stay together. _________
5. According to the writer, watching TV costs very much. __________
6. Cartoon Network is a channel for kids and families. __________
7. Cartoon Network channel does not broadcast at night. __________
8. TV viewers can look for the schedule on Cartoon Network website. ____

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

often view interesting at and but friends
characters
Among a lot of cartoons I have ever watched, my favourite is Tom
and Jerry.
Whenever I have free time, I like to watch this cartoon. There are
two main (1) _______ .
Tom is a blue and white cat. He is rather stupid. Jerry is an intelligent
brown mouse. He (2) _______ makes fun of Tom. Tom’s main job is to chase
Jerry and try to catch him but fails. I think it is very (3) _______ to watch
every time Tom tries to catch Jerry. I have tried to wait and see Tom catch
Jerry, (4) _______ it never happens.
Sometimes, both Tom and Jerry become close (5) _______ and help
each other when they have problems. Also, there are a lot of funny
situations in the cartoon that I still remember well now.
The cartoon brings me laughter whenever I (6) _______ it. It helps me
relax after a long day (7) _______ work. I like watching cartoons so much,
(8) _______ I do not agree that cartoons are only for children.

F. WRITING
I. Write complete questions using the prompts given.
1. Who/ your brother/ go/ the cinema/ with?

2. How often/ she/ watch/ this programme?

3. Why/ you/ want to check/ the TV schedule?

4. When/ be/ the next show time/ of this cartoon?

5. Where/ those reporters/ get/ the news?

6. Which/ cartoon/ be/ funnier,/ Doraemon or Pokemon?

7. What/ be/ the weather like/ your place?

8. How many/ buttons/ the remote control/ have?

II. Combine the sentences using the word in brackets.

1. The TV is small. She moves forward to the screen, (so)

2. I have a lot of homework. I can’t enjoy the programme. (so)

3. The film ended in the cinema. People walked quickly to the door. (and)

4. We were bored with the performance. The MC made it funnier. (but)

5. John is busy. He saves time to watch his favourite talent show. (but)

6. I like this programme. It’s interesting and funny. (because)

7. The documentary was about history. It was also about childhood. (and)

8. There was not much else to see. He turned off the TV. (so)
 UNIT 8
SPORTS AND GAMES
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
chess bag contest band men
fan rest gathering step habit
happy tennis practise relax welcome
/e/ /æ/

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. envelop B. elegant C. remember D.
adventure
2. A. pleasant B. racket C. essential D.
decorate
3. A. challenge B. badminton C. safe D.
fantastic
4. A. match B. many C. says D. said
5. A. capital B. standard C. passenger D.
woman

B. VOCABULARY
I. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
racket boat ball shoes goggles badminton playground
sporty players goal
1. _______ can be played by two or four people.
2. The golf _______ rolled for a while and fell into the hole.
3. Is _______ racing a type of water sports? - Yes, it is.
4. Skiers wear _______ to protect their eyes from the sun.
5. How many _______ are there in a football team?
6. They scored a fantastic _______ and won the match.
7. This shop sells sports goods such as sports clothing and sports _______ .
8. Similar to badminton, you have to buy a _______ to play tennis.
9. Her personal trainer is a healthy, fit, and _______ young woman.
10. Mr. Dawson would like to build an adventure _______ for the orphans.
II. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. I like _______, so I will save money to buy a good bicycle.
A. jogging B. swimming C. cycling D. skiing
2. They don’t allow players to use hands in _______, except goalkeepers.
A. volleyball B. football C. basketball D.
baseball
3. In _______, you need to knock down all the pins.
A. badminton B. tennis C. table tennis D.
bowling
4. I like _______ morning exercise because it keeps me healthy.
A. doing B. playing C. walking D.
jumping
5. _______ is a rope pulling game, and it requires strength.
A. Skateboarding B. Roller skating C. Tug of war D.
Skipping
6. William is very _______ - he runs five kilometres every day.
A. fit B. tall C. smart D. shy
7. The two _______ greeted the audiences before the match started.
A. teams B. games C. competitions D. sports
8. The _______ refused a goal, but finally we won the game.
A. players B. coach C. fans D.
referee
9. She is among the best _______ runners in the country.
A. jogging B. marathon C. badminton D.
cycling
10. My father is playing _______ with his friend now.
A. aerobics B. exercise C. karate D. chess

C. GRAMMAR
I. Write the verbs in brackets in the past simple to complete the
sentences.
1. They _______ (hold) the Olympic Games in Tokyo in 2021.
2. It _______ (be) great to have a family gathering last weekend.
3. Last Sunday, I _______ (travel) around by bus with some of my friends.
4. They _______ (not visit) many interesting places during their trip.
5. Yesterday afternoon he _______ (go) to his basketball club.
6. What _______ Patrick _______ (eat) _______ at the night market 2 days
ago?
7. We _______ (not learn) English with Mrs. Dorris last semester.
8. She _______ (meet) some talented people in the competition.
9. The first ancient Olympic Games _______ (take) place in 776 BC.
10. _______ your family _______ (have) a good holiday last month?
II. Complete the sentences using imperatives.
Ex: Your friends are making too much noise.
→ Don’t make too much noise.
1. Your little sister is watching TV for too long.
Don’t

2. He wants the players to run faster.

Run

3. The man asks the audiences to cheer for the team.

Cheer

4. Some boys are playing football on the street.

Please

5. Nick tells his brother to take a break.

Take

6. My mother tells me to do my homework.

Do

7. Our teacher wants us to look at the board.

Look

8. The referee politely asked the player to stand up.

Please

9. Frank wants his friend to wait for a while.

Wait

10. The coach wants his players to relax for some minutes.
Relax

III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.

1. _______ watch too much TV, Jack! Turn it off.
A. Not B. Don’t C. Doesn’t D. No
2. Don’t _______ the animals in the zoo.
A. feeds B. feeding C. feed D. to
feed
3. Daisy _______ swimming with her friends last weekend.
A. went B. go C. is going D. goes
4. Terry _______ any sports when he was in grade 5.
A. don’t play B. didn’t played C. doesn’t play D. didn’t
play
5. _______ there the Olympic Games in 2017?
A. Is B. Are C. Was D. Were
6. _______ the marathon on TV last night, Jonathan?
A. Do you watch B. Did you watch
C. Did you watched D. Do you watched
7. _______ late because the match will start soon.
A. Don’t come B. Didn’t come C. Not coming D. Won’t
come
8. I _______ to practise karate about 3 months ago.
A. was start B. am starting C. started D. start
9. Pele _______ his first World Cup at the age of 17 in 1958.
A. is winning B. win C. wins D. won
10. They are playing chess. _______ loudly.
A. Don’t talk B. Not to talk C. Not talk D.
Doesn’t talk
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. I play table tennis with George some hours ago.
A B C D
2. You look tired now, so stop exercising and to rest.
A B C D
3. Talk loud! They are listening to the coach.
A B C D
4. What did you usually do at break time at school?
A B C D
5. Change your clothes, and you can’t swim in the pool.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ Of course I can. I’m in the school’s football team.
___ No. I don’t play football, but I go swimming every weekend.
1 Can you play football, Owen?
___ School team? Wow! I didn’t know that. How often do you play it?
___ Yes, I do. How about you? Do you play football or any other sports?
___ We have three games a week.
___ Thanks, Owen.
___ Three games a week? Do you practise a lot?
___ Swimming is good. You look sporty and healthy!
II. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. There were 32 football teams in 2018 FIFA World Cup.

2. I often go cycling in my spare time.

3. Pele was voted Football Player of the Century in 1999.

4. Yes, I’d like to watch motor racing on TV.

5. Joseph went mountain climbing yesterday afternoon.

6. Carson practises at the karate club three times a week.

7. I need to buy a pair of gloves because I’ll be a goalkeeper in this

afternoon's game.

8. They played the final match in Wembley Stadium.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Football was played hundreds of years ago and many people believe
that it originated from England. Football is also called soccer in the US. It is
a team game. In each team, there are eleven members, ten players and
one goalkeeper. In a football match, two teams play against each other
during 90 minutes in a rectangular field. The match is divided into two
halves with each half lasting 45 minutes. Between the two halves is a
break of 15 minutes. Football players try to kick the ball into the other
team’s goal, and the goalkeeper tries to stop the ball from getting into the
goal. Whichever team scores more goals will win the game. In a football
game, only two goalkeepers can keep the ball in their hands.
Football is the most popular game all over the world. Whenever we
turn on the TV, there are football matches on different channels.
The Football World Cup, an international football event, is held every
four years. It is so popular that there are millions of people watching it.
1. Where did football originate?
2. How many goalkeepers are there in each football team?

3. How long does a football match last?

4. What does the goalkeeper do?

5. Can all football players keep the ball in their hands?

6. Do people hold the Football World Cup every four years?

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

better win us than free and useful
homework
There are different kinds of sports games. They are necessary and
(1) _______ for all of us. Sports games help us to keep fit and healthy so
that we can study and work (2) _______ . When we play a sports game, we
come to learn many things. We learn how to keep calm and make our
mind strong so that we can overcome a difficult situation and (3) _______
the game.
Playing a sports game helps us to be strong, cheerful, happy and
gives (4) _______ energy and strength. Many students say that they feel
happier in a playground (5) _______ they do in a classroom because while
playing a sports game they temporarily forget their lessons and (6) _______
. Schools and universities also encourage students to play sports games in
their (7) _______ time.
How about you? What sports games do you like? Choose one (8)
_______ practise it to have joyful time!

F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. play/ Sports and games/ an/ our lives/ in/ important part

2. join/ Did/ sports competition/ you/ in/ the/ last week?

3. London/ in/ were/ The 2012 Olympic Games/ held

4. about/ Television programmes/ sports and games/ popular/ are

5. stand/ the boys/ wants/ to/ The teacher/ in line

6. when/ played/ My father/ volleyball/ he/ young/ was

7. football games/ every/ watch/ weekend/ Millions of people

8. a sports game/ Playing/ is/ very good/ your health/ for

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. Could you help me buy a good tennis racket?
Please

2. You mustn’t go out late at night.

Don’t

3. Pele won his first World Cup at the age of seventeen.

Pele won his first World Cup when

4. Every football team has a goalkeeper.

There is

5. Harry is the same height as other players in his volleyball team.

Harry is as

6. Don’t take off the blindfold when playing blind man's buff.
You mustn’t

7. Let's participate in the international marathon next month!

How about
?
8. Why don’t you play a sport in your free time?
You should
 UNIT 9
CITIES OF THE WORLD
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
photo town cold loud ground
phone hour snow brown radio
tower postcard road sound home
/aʊ/ /əʊ/

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. now B. know C. around D.
downtown
2. A. coast B. go C. low D.
counter
3. A. narrow B. grocery C. allow D.
motorcycle
4. A. snow B. amount C. shout D. cloud
5. A. outside B. local C. boat D. global
B. VOCABULARY
I. Choose the correct answer.
1. Hue is an old city. It has (historic/ modern) sites and cultural attractions.
2. Tokyo is a very (cheap/ expensive) place to live. Prices are high there.
3. The market is always crowded and (quiet/ noisy) in the morning.
4. The children are too (old/ young) to travel alone or go out at night.
5. In summer, the streets are really (cold/ hot) at noon. You should stay
inside.
6. Unlike Ha Noi, Ho Chi Minh City has two seasons, rainy and (dry/ wet).
7. You will see the whole city from the top of that (short/ tall) building.
8. With more than 24 million people, Shanghai is a very (big/ small) city in
population.
9. The journey to Paris was (boring/ exciting), so he wants to go there
again.
10. We were late this morning because there was (light/ heavy) traffic.
II. Fill in the blanks with the words and phrases in the box.
 night market palace tasty building tower
river bank floating market street food stall
landmarks
1. My parents used to run a fruit and vegetable _______ in the market.
2. Westminster Abbey is one of the most famous _______ in London.
3. A _______ is a market where goods are sold from boats.
4. Every year, millions of visitors climb to the top of the Eiffel _______ in
Paris.
5. This smoothie is really _______ - where did you buy it?
6. Banh mi is a familiar _______ in most cities in Viet Nam.
7. Da Lat _______ offers diverse shopping experiences to tourists.
8. _______ erosion causes severe damage to the communities in the
Mekong Delta.
9. A skyscraper is an extremely tall _______ in the city, and it may be up to
over 160 floors.
10. The Independence _______ is a must-see tourist attraction in Ho Chi
Minh City.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Big Ben is the most famous _______ in England.
A. house B. station C. skyscraper D. tower
2. Quiet villages with cool air, blossom, and bird singing are ideal places
for visitors who want to escape from _______ cities.
A. noisy B. calm C. peaceful D. lonely
3. They can’t buy a house because of the _______ cost of housing.
A. cheap B. low C. high D.
expensive
4. Hoi An _______ Town is really beautiful, especially at night with the
lanterns.
A. Smart B. Ancient C. Modern D. New
5. The _______ Opera House was the youngest building to be included on
the UNESCO World Heritage list.
A. London B. Sydney C. New York D.
Singapore
6. Asia is the Earth’s largest and most populous _______.
A. island B. country C. ocean D.
continent
7. Canada is one of 23 _______ in North America.
A. countries B. landmarks C. capitals D. cities
8. Umbrellas and raincoats are what people need in _______ days.
A. sunny B. stormy C. snowy D. rainy
9. In this city, people are _______, food is _______, and the weather is
always _______.
A. nice - delicious - friendly B. friendly - nice - delicious
C. friendly - delicious - nice D. delicious - friendly - nice
10. Ben Thanh Market is a famous _______ of Ho Chi Minh City.
A. museum B. monument C. landmark D.
square

C. GRAMMAR
I. Fill in the blanks with my, your, his, her, its, our, or their.
1. Mrs. Lien parked the car there. It’s _______ car.
2. Anna has a brother. _______ name is Thomas.
3. I have a new bicycle. _______ bicycle is black.
4. Your dog is very lovely. What’s _______ name?
5. We are in class 6A1. _______ class has 50 students.
6. Hello! My name is Luan. What’s _______ name?
7. What’s that girl’s name? - _______ name is Angelina.
8. You look strange today. _______ hair is shorter than usual.
9. Sue and James are friends. _______ houses are next to each other.
10. We bought a new apartment. _______ apartment is on the 7th floor.
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. Is this Lan’s room? - Yes, it’s (hers/ her).
2. These are (our/ their) seats, not theirs.
3. This is (hers/ his) postcard. It isn’t (my/ mine).
4. Whose ruler is this? Is it (your/ yours)?
5. Is it (your/ his) puppy? - Yes, it’s mine.
6. (Theirs/ Their) car is red, and (our/ ours) is black.
7. I’ve lost (mine/ my) pencil. Can I borrow (yours/ you)?
8. My cousin has a cat. (Its/ It) name is Katy.
9. Stacy and Kelly like salad. It’s (her/ their) favourite food.
10. This is (we/ our) room, and (theirs/ your) is just across the staircases.
III. Choose the best answers to complete the sentences.
1. _______ son caused some trouble at _______ school yesterday.
A. Her - his B. His - her C. Hers - his D. Her -
her
2. The bird is flapping _______ wings against the bars of _______ cage.
A. it - it B. it - its C. its - its D. its - it
3. There’s a big contrast between _______ neighbourhood and _______.
A. him - hers B. his - her C. hers - his D. her -
his
4. I’ll show you to _______ room. _______ is across the hall.
A. your - Ours B. yours - Ours C. yours - Our D. your -
Our
5. We gave them _______ address, and they gave us _______.
A. ours - their B. our - theirs C. our - their D. ours -
theirs
6. He decorated _______ room with pictures of all _______ favourite sports
figures.
A. his - mine B. his - his C. his - hers D. his -
theirs
7. Bob, are these old books in this drawer _______? - Yes, they’re all
_______.
A. yours - mine B. your - my C. your - mine D. yours
- my
8. _______ mother is a teacher. She started _______ job fifteen years ago.
A. My - hers B. Mine - hers C. Mine - her D. My -
her
9. _______ work is bad, but _______ is worse, and _______ is the worst of all.
A. Yours - hers - mine B. Yours
- her - my
C. Your - her - my D. Your - hers - mine
10. Arthur and William are good friends of _______. I often visit _______
hometown.
A. mine - theirs B. my - theirs C. mine - their D. my -
their
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. You can use my computer until you is repaired.
A B C D
2. Their house is very similar to ours, but ours is bigger than.
A B C D
3. Mrs. Harley is in the living room, and hers baby is crying.
A B C D
4. My relatives all lives in Ho Chi Minh City while his are in Ha Noi.
A B C D
5. I from Da Nang, and most of my friends are from there too.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Match the sentences.
1. The postcard had a picture of a. Yes. It’s the symbol of Paris.
Rome.
2. I travelled to Amsterdam last b. It has the largest bell in England.
summer. c. Oh yes! Sydney isn’t too hot.
3. Nice photo! This must be the d. It’s also the capital city of the
Eiffel Tower. UK.
4. Is the weather there hotter than e. Which building are you talking
in Sydney? about?
5. What is the weather like in your f. Yes, I did. He is an American.
city? g. Is Rome in Italy?
6. It’s the tallest building in Ho Chi h. Really? How was the city?
Minh City.
i. She’s from the Philippines.
7. London is the largest city of the
j. It’s sunny and hot now.
UK.
8. Where is your English teacher
from?
9. Did you talk to a foreigner last
night?
10. What do you know about Big
Ben Tower?
II. Answer the questions. Use the words in brackets.
1. When should I visit Nha Trang? (in spring)

2. Which country is famous for tulip flowers? (the Netherlands)

3. How far is it from your house to the city centre? (about 7 kilometres)

4. Who is the most popular British writer? (William Shakespeare)

5. Where is the centre of Ho Chi Minh City? (District 1)

6. Does she like to live in the city or in the countryside? (in the city)

7. How often do you go cycling in the suburbs? (never)

8. What is the weather like in Liverpool today? (mostly cloudy)

E. READING
I. Read the passage and decide whether the statements are TRUE
or FALSE.
Paris, the capital of France, is one of the largest cities in Europe, with 2.2
million people living in the centre and almost 12 million people living in
the suburbs. It is located on the River Seine. Paris is famous for being the
most beautiful and romantic of all cities. It is also called the City of Light or
the Capital of Fashion. A large part of the city, including the River Seine, is
a UNESCO World Heritage Site.
The city has a lot of landmarks, such as the world’s most visited tourist
site the Eiffel Tower, the Arc de Triomphe, the Notre-Dame Cathedral, and
the Louvre Museum. Paris is the most visited place in the world with 45
million tourists every year.
Paris has a climate with cool winters and warm summers. The weather is
so pleasant in the summer, so it is a great time to visit Paris.
Paris is well connected to the rest of Europe by train. Walking in Paris is
one of the greatest pleasures of visiting the City of Light. It is possible to
cross the entire city in only a few hours. Along the streets, there are a lot
of cafes, fashion shops, and souvenir shops.
1. There are more people living in the centre than living in the suburbs. _
2. River Seine is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. ________
3. According to the text, Paris is famous for the Eiffel Tower. ________
4. There are only some landmarks in the city. ________
5. Paris is also known as the Capital of Fashion. ________
6. Paris is the most popular tourist attraction in the world. ________
7. The best time to visit Paris is winter. ________
8. Tourists can buy souvenirs along the streets. ________
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
also parks Asia crowded when holds festivals
tourist
Located in Southeast (1) _______ , Singapore has become one of the
world’s richest countries and has the world’s busiest port. Singapore is
also one of the most popular (2) _______ attractions in the world. With the
population of over 5.5 million people, it is a very (3) _______ city, but it is
one of the cleanest cities in the world.
Singapore is a garden city, with over 50 major (4) _______ and 4
nature reserves, the Flower Dome, the Cloud Forest, museums, statues
and theatres. Those who want to go shopping should come to Orchard
Road with miles and miles of shopping malls. Singapore (5) _______ a lot of
events each year. Some of its famous (6) _______ and events include the
Singapore Food Festival, The Singapore Sun Festival, The Singapore Music
Festival, the Singapore Arts Festival, and the Chingay Parade. Christmas is
(7) _______ widely celebrated in Singapore. It is a season (8) _______ the
city streets and shopping malls are crowded along its famous shopping
belt.
- port (n): cảng - reserve (n): khu bảo tồn
F. WRITING
I. Write complete sentences using the prompts given.
1. We/ go/ that Japanese restaurant/ two weeks/ ago.

2. Can/ you/ tell/ me/ way/ nearest bakery?

3. Tom/ not/ take/ any photos/ of Times Square/ last time.

4. weather in Toronto/ be/ wonderful,/ and/ landscape/ be/ amazing.

5. I/ can’t/ get home/ quickly/ because/ there/ be/ heavy traffic/ on/ street.

6. Minh An/ have/ elder brother/ Ha Noi,/ and/ his name/ be/ Huy An.

7. the tour guide/ take/ your family/ to/ floating market/ yesterday?

8. Naomi and I/ both/ have/ black hair,/ but/ hers/ be/ lighter/ than/ mine.

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. This is her maths notebook.
This maths notebook

2. Is it your idea of camping in the countryside?

Is the idea
?
3. The house in that corner belongs to them.
The house

4. Your village is bigger than our village.

Our village is

5. He owns the apartment on the second floor.

The apartment

6. How many times a week do you go to the downtown areas?

How often
?
7. The United Kingdom has many famous landmarks.
 There are

8. What is the distance between the art gallery and the bus stop?
How far
?
 REVIEW 3
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced
differently from the others.
1. A. left B. west C. scene D. bell
2. A. game B. family C. program D. traffic
3. A. healthy B. both C. weather D.
marathon
4. A. cold B. boat C. postcard D.
historic
5. A. head B. beach C. ready D. dead
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. All players must use their hands to play (volleyball/ football).
2. You can try a lot of (delicious/ beautiful) local food in Thailand.
3. (Temple/ Tower) of Literature is a well-known landmark in Ha Noi.
4. Are you watching the weather (series/ forecast) on TV?
5. The streets in London are always crowded and (quiet/ noisy).
6. Tom and Jerry is my favourite TV (channel/ programme).
7. Pele is regarded as the best football (player/ viewer) of all time.
8. Their city is very (dirty/ clean) - you can’t find garbage in the streets.
9. Ms. Sally is the only (weatherman/ weathergirl) I’ve ever known.
10. We must buy (rackets/ skis), or we can’t play tennis.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. The Statue of Liberty in the U.S. is a famous _______.
A. monument B. museum C. landmark D.
square
2. The _______ air in the city is badly affecting the health of the residents.
A. clean B. polluted C. hot D. fresh
3. Kids like _______ programmes because they are funny.
A. cartoon B. discovery C. documentary D. news
4. Tea is still the most _______ drink in Britain.
A. expensive B. popular C. unpopular D.
healthy
5. Billy turned on the radio to listen to the _______.
A. documentary B. cartoons C. sports news D.
romance
6. He likes outdoor _______ such as football and cycling.
A. events B. exercises C. games D.
activities
7. The comedy is long, but it's funny and _______.
 A. serious B. boring C. entertaining D.
clumsy
8. Their city is very _______, and it has a lot of new buildings.
A. old B. modern C. polluted D. noisy
9. Paul was the _______ for the game show, and we were the viewers.
A. MC B. interviewer C. newsreader D. writer
10. I want to learn skateboarding, but I don’t have a _______.
A. racket B. bicycle C. boat D.
skateboard
IV. Fill in the blanks with the correct form or tense of the verbs
play, go, do, watch, like, have, take, see.
1. They are planning to _______ fishing in the Lake Erie.
2. The first World Cup _______ place in Uruguay.
3. We went to the city centre and _______ dinner last night.
4. Which activity do you prefer, doing aerobics or _______ tennis?
5. Jonathan _______ the sports channel every weekend.
6. He can _______ karate, but he’s not very good at it.
7. Did you _______ the London Bridge when you visited England?
8. Robert doesn’t play sports. He _______ reading comics.
V. Write the correct form of the word in brackets.
1. I like Ms. Sandra because she is _______ and funny. (friend)
2. This channel has some _______ programmes for kids. (education)
3. When I need advice, Kelvin is a _______ and generous friend. (help)
4. This pea cake is yummy and _______ , so many people like it. (taste)
5. _______ market is a unique form of market in Viet Nam. (float)
6. Brian often plays basketball, so he is _______ and sporty, (health)
7. Is Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs an _______ movie? (animation)
8. Hue is one of the most ancient _______ in Viet Nam. (city)
9. It’s a lovely _______ day - why don’t we take a walk along the coast?
(sun)
10. Cartoon is a programme for young _______ . (view)
VI. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1. I don’t like watching films _______ television.
2. _______ the weekend we can play a game of badminton.
3. We spent several days sightseeing _______ Berlin.
4. The cinema is only three kilometres _______ my house.
5. Why don’t you go and watch the show _______ Dad?
6. She has read a lot of books _______ sports and games.
7. He is watching TV in the room and doesn’t go out _______ fresh air.
8. This talk show is on _______ 7 o’clock on Sundays.
9. Will you go with us _______ the stadium this Saturday?
10. The Houston Marathon is an annual event held _______ January.
VII. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. _______ does your sister watch TV? - Every evening.
A. When B. How much C. What time D. How
often
2. Shaun the Sheep _______ his favourite cartoon when he was a child.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
3. My puppy is very cute, and _______ name is Milo.
A. it B. its C. my D. mine
4. My father _______ as a television news editor from 2018 to 2021.
A. worked B. works C. is working D. work
5. Mia _______ school last year and moved to Toronto to find a job.
A. left B. leaves C. is leaving D. leaves
6. Lillian loves sunbathing, _______ she often goes to the beach.
A. but B. so C. because D.
although
7. _______ me the remote control, please.
A. To give B. Giving C. Give D. You
give
8. _______ swimming in the lake. It’s dangerous.
A. Not go B. No going C. Don’t go D. Not to
go
9. _______ kind of sports do you play? - Table tennis.
A. How B. What C. How many D. Which
10. I can play shuttlecock, _______ I’m not really good at it.
A. so B. because C. and D. but
VIII. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. A few days ago my father buys a new soccer ball for me.
A B C D
2. What often do you watch this animal programme?
A B C D
3. Doing exercise is good, but doesn’t do too hard.
A B C D
4. These photos of her sister show off hers smooth black hair.
A B C D
5. When are you going to spend your vacation? - In Nha Trang.
A B C D
VII. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. There _______ (be) an interesting game show on TV yesterday.
2. He _______ (usually, walk) to the park and plays shuttlecock with his
friends.
3. The tourists _______ (want) to try the famous Toblerone chocolate from
Switzerland.
4. They _______ (cancel) the picnic because the weather was really bad.
5. Ms. Ronnie can’t meet you right now because she _______ (teach) in the
classroom.
6. _______ your father _______ (watch) car racing on TV last night?
7. Mum _______ (search) for her cooking programme at the moment.
8. The flight to Birmingham _______ (arrive) at 1.30 p.m. local time.
9. Albert _______ (win) the first prize in the skiing competition 3 years ago.
10. Don’t talk too loud, Gwen! Your sister _______ (sleep).
VIII. Match the sentences.
1. Did you have a nice weekend? a. What a beautiful city!
2. What did you do last Sunday? b. Is it in New York?
3. Did you take this photo? It’s c. I went cycling with my father.
nice. d. Yes, it is.
4. This is Toronto, a city in Canada. e. Sorry. I don't have free time.
5. Why do you turn off the TV, f. No. The picture is from my
Mum? brother.
6. The place in this picture is Times g. Yeah, it was OK.
Square. h. Good. They can protect your
7. I always wear goggles when I eyes.
swim. i. Because it’s time for bed.
8. Is this the Old Town
in j. Yes. It’s my favourite
Stockholm? programme.
9. What an interesting programme
it is!
10. Do you want to join our karate
club?
IX. Complete the dialogues. Use the words in the box.
and much on programme went cultural
sports that

1. Stanley: What is your favourite type of TV _______ ?

Robert: It’s cartoon.
2. Evan: Did you have a nice weekend, Mike?
Mike: Yeah, it was OK. I _______ fishing with my cousin.
3. Sara: How _______ do you know about television in this city?
Fred: Not much. I only know some programmes for children.
4. Jenny: What _______ do you play in your spare time?
Frank: I play volleyball. How about you?
5. Harry: Tomorrow we’re driving around to discover Da Lat.
James: _______ sounds interesting!
6. Kelly: Hue is a charming city with many _______ sites.
Paula: It is also famous for Perfume River.
7. Rebecca: My sister was _______ TV last month.
William: Really? What show was that?
8. Brenda: I’m living in a big city, but it’s noisy _______ polluted.
Caroline: Why don’t you move to the countryside?
X. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Every four years, in a different country around the world, there is a
big sports competition. It is like the Olympics but only for one sport. The
most popular sport in the world! What do you know about the FIFA World
Cup?
The first World Cup was in 1930, in Uruguay. In the final game
Uruguay beat Argentina and became the first World Cup winners. 13
countries played in the first World Cup. Now there are 32 countries in the
competition.
Until 2002 the World Cup was always in a European or an American
country. South Korea and Japan held the first Asian World Cup. The first
African World Cup was in 2010, in South Africa.
Brazil is the most successful World Cup team. They are the only
team that has played in every tournament. So far they have won it five
times. Germany and Italy have won it four times. Uruguay, Argentina, and
France have won it two times. England and Spain have won it once.
- beat (v): đánh bại - tournament (n): giải đấu
1. There is a World Cup every _______.
A. one year B. two years C. four years D. eight
years
2. In the first World Cup, _______.
A. there were 13 teams
B. Argentina beat Uruguay in the final match
C. there were 32 teams
D. Argentina and Uruguay are the winners
3. In 2002, the World Cup was in _______.
A. an American country B. a
European country
C. an Asian country D. South Korea and Japan
4. Why is Brazil the most successful World Cup team?
A. Because they haven’t played in every tournament so far.
 B. Because they have played in all tournaments and won World Cup five
times.
C. Because no one could beat them in every competition.
D. Because Germany and Italy have only won World Cup four times.
5. Which of the following is NOT true?
A. The first World Cup was in 1930.
B. Uruguay won the first World Cup.
C. France have won World Cup once.
D. South Africa held the first African World Cup.
XI. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
it include on attract many watching
buildings fireworks

Sydney is a city (1) _______ the east coast of Australia which is the
capital city of New South Wales. About five million people live in Sydney
which makes (2) _______ the biggest city in Oceania. In Sydney, there are
many famous (3) _______ : the Sydney Opera House, the Queen Victoria
Building and the Sydney Harbour Bridge. Sydney has a large harbour and
(4) _______ beaches. The most famous beach is Bondi Beach.
Sydney has lots of things to see and do. These (5) _______ visiting
Taronga Zoo - the northern side of the harbour, eating food, looking at art
or (6) _______ sports (like cricket or rugby) or walking down George Street
which has many nice shops. Sydney has some of Australia’s best shopping
areas. Many people go to Sydney City to watch the great (7) _______
display over the harbour on New Year’s Eve. Sydney holds events
throughout the year that (8) _______ tourists from around the world, some
namely events are Vivid Sydney, Royal Easter Show, and more.
XII. Write complete sentences using the prompts given.
1. not/ watch/ TV/ until/ midnight!

2. Michael/ go swimming/ nearly/ every day.

3. you/ join in/ the sports competition/ yesterday?

4. That tennis player/ not/ take part/ the tournament/ last week.

5. The weather there/ be/ hot/ than/ in my place.

6. The Merlion/ have/ the head/ a lion/ and/ the body/ a fish.

7. My mother/ always/ wear/ her helmet/ when/ she/ ride/ a bike.

8. Each year/ the Golden Gate Bridge/ attract/ more/ 10 million visitors.

XIII. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as

the first one.
1. William James is a friend of mine.
William James is one

2. It’s a good idea to discuss the problem with our teacher.

We should

3. It’s essential that you wear protective clothing in this area.

You must

4. When do you usually wake up in the morning?

What
?
5. Although that programme was interesting, I didn’t watch it.
That programme was interesting,

6. Let’s watch some movies on TV tonight.

Why don’t

?
7. You mustn’t be late for school, or you’ll have trouble with Ms. Loan.
Don’t

8. Because Jack wants to get excellent marks, he studies hard.

Jack wants to get excellent marks,
 UNIT 10:
OUR HOUSES IN THE FUTURE
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
smartphone address cottage guitar birthday
poster resort forest routine ocean
alarm heater success villa disease
First-stressed syllable Second-stressed syllable

II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the
others.
1. A. famous B. police C. device D.
machine
2. A. receive B. complete C. perform D. gather
3. A. helpful B. flower C. about D.
wireless
4. A. happen B. hotel C. visit D.
bathroom
5. A. event B. market C. water D.
garden

B. VOCABULARY
I. Put the nouns into the suitable verb list.
the shopping, emails, the flowers, meals, housework, the plants, dinner,
the oven, my room, the Internet, my friends, food from the supermarket,
my pets, websites, the kitchen, old people, the air conditioner, the
washing-up, the police in an emergency
1. do
2. tidy
3. cook
4. fix
5. water
6. surf
7. send and
 receive
8. take care of
9. order
10. contact
II. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. He lives in _______ because he likes farming work.
A. the sea B. the countryside C. space D. the
city
2. Hi-tech _______ might help mothers to look after children.
A. computers B. robots C. smartphones D.
machines
3. Besides storing foods, a modern _______ can cook meals.
A. washing machine B. dishwasher C. fridge D.
wireless TV
4. Wind flowing from a ceiling _______ can make the whole room cool and
airy.
A. fridge B. electric cooker C. electric fan D. smart
clock
5. I usually _______ the dishes after dinner.
A. cook B. wash C. help D. water
6. _______ will help us watch TV programmes from space.
A. Smart clock B. Robot C. Wireless TV D. Super
car
7. Here, you can enjoy the _______ view and dive into the turquoise water.
A. hill B. city C. park D. sea
8. Mrs. Nina is cooking dinner in the _______ now.
A. kitchen B. bathroom C. bedroom D. living
room
9. We might live in a comfortable _______ on the Moon.
A. supermarket B. apartment C. garden D. school
10. I can wash all my dirty clothes with the help of the _______.
A. dishwasher B. wardrobe
C. cupboard D. washing machine
III. Choose the correct preposition in brackets to complete the
sentences.
1. Our future houses might be _______ the ground. (at/ under/ to)
2. He wishes that he will have a villa _______ the sea. (by/ of/ above)
3. This car runs _______ electricity, so we don’t use gas. (for/ with/ on)
4. He doesn’t want to live _______ the city when he grows up. (of/ in/ to)
5. I can order food from a restaurant while I’m _______ home. (on/ in/ at)
6. Will robots help us _______ the household chores? (on/ for/ with)
7. I think all my dreams will come true _______ the future. (in/ to/ of)
8. Do you think there is life _______ other planets? (above/ on/ at)

C. GRAMMAR
I. Put the verbs into the correct form in the future simple.
1. I know for sure that I _______ (not go) out late at night.
2. They _______ (build) a bridge over that river.
3. Technology _______ (help) us build better houses.
4. The smart clock _______ (not start) because the battery is empty.
5. What _______ your dream house _______ (look) like?
6. In the future, houses _______ (be) more convenient.
7. He _______ (not surf) the Internet as regularly as he does now.
8. _______ Bailey _______ (move) to another city next year?
9. My mother _______ (not cook) because robots will help her.
10. We _______ (use) solar power as the main energy source.
II. Put the verbs into the correct form with might or mightn’t.
1. Humans _______ (not live) on the Moon.
2. People _______ (go) on holiday in space in the future.
3. In 50 years, we _______ (not travel) by car or motorbike.
4. They _______ (not use) natural gas to cook.
5. My parents _______ (come) home late this evening.
6. I _______ (not see) my classmates during summer holiday.
7. Robots _______ (replace) workers in the near future.
8. She _______ (not walk) to school tomorrow morning.
9. We _______ (wear) differently in the next century.
10. Houses _______ (talk) to us like robots.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Happy new year! Wishing that we _______ healthy and happy.
A. will be B. are C. were D. might
be
2. Michael _______ having a robot at home, but his father _______.
A. mightn’t mind - doesn’t mind B. might mind - don’t mind
C. might mind - might mind D. mightn’t mind - minds
3. We _______ a hi-tech house next year, and it _______ in the city.
A. won’t buy - will be B. buy - won’t be
C. will buy - will be D. don’t buy - will be
4. She _______ send me emails, but she _______ call me directly.
 A. might - might B. will - will
C. mightn’t - won’t D. mightn’t - might
5. Julia _______ get there in time, but I _______ be sure.
A. might - can’t B. might - can C. will - can D. won’t
- can’t
6. There _______ be a helicopter on the roof so I _______ fly to school.
A. won’t - can B. can’t - might C. will - can D.
mightn’t - will
7. _______ modern robots _______ the chores? - Yes, they _______.
A. Will... do - do B. Will... do – will
C. Do ... do - will D. Will... do - won’t
8. She _______ a few ideas about what she _______ in the future, but
nothing definite.
A. have - will do B. have - does C. has - might do D. has -
do
9. _______ houses in the future _______ the environment? - Yes, they
_______.
A. Will... protect - will B.
Does ... protect - will
C. Does ... protect - don’t D. Will...
protect - do
10. _______ Mr. Henry _______ a white fence for his garden? - No, he _______.
A. Does ... builds - doesn’t B. Will... build - won’t
C. Do ... build - do D. Will... build - doesn’t
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. Bring a raincoat because it might to rain today!
A B C D
2. Everyone believes that Josh stays at home all day tomorrow.
A B C D
3. What type of house you will live in the future ?
A B C D
4. Linda doesn’t have a map, so she might find our house.
A B C D
5. I think my future house will be on the mountains.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Match the sentences.
1. Jane thinks we might live with a. What will the TV look like?
robots. b. My bedroom, of course.
2. What kind of houses do you like? c. By the sea.
3. Robots will be much smarter. d. Because it can move.
4. Where will your dream house e. No. It will use solar energy.
be? f. She might be right about that.
5. I’m thinking about wireless TV. g. Will they be smarter than us?
6. Which room do you like best? h. I like motorhome.
7. What a beautiful view your i. Thanks for your compliment.
house has! j. Yes, people can start engine by
8. Why do you like motorhome? voice now.
9. We might control many things
by voice.
10. Will the house use wind
energy?
II. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. Mr. Kelvin might build a new house.

2. The house will look like a UFO.

3. Yes. It will have several windows.

4. The cottage will be on top of the hill.

5. I might live in the mountains because I like trees.

6. They will buy a wireless TV and a modern fridge for appliances.

7. My dream house will have a lot of rooms.

8. No. This factory won’t use wind energy.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and choose the best answer to the questions.
My dream house will be a one-storey country cottage. Though many
people like to live in a big house, I prefer living in a small one on a farm
because I might enjoy fresh air and a peaceful atmosphere. Like most
cottages, my house will be quiet.
The front of the house will be made of stone and it will have a nice
wooden roof with a chimney on the top. I will use space in my house
efficiently. There will be a living room, four bedrooms, two bathrooms and
large windows that will let in a lot of natural light.
In the living room, there will be a reading table, a sofa, and a
computer. The reading table will become a dining table in the evening,
and the sofa will turn into a bed at night. I might not even cook, but I will
buy canned food from the supermarket.
I love flowers, so I will plant various kinds of flowers around the
house. I think it might be really lovely. I will take a lot of photos of flowers
every day. This is my hobby.
1. According to the passage, how will the dream house be?
A. It will be a big house.
B. It will be a small house.
C. It will have some storeys.
D. It will be a cottage, but it won’t be on a farm.
2. The house will have _______.
A. 1 living room and 4 bathrooms B. 2 bedrooms and 1 living
room
C. 4 bedrooms and 2 bathrooms D. 2 bathrooms and 2
windows
3. The computer will be _______.
A. in the living room B. in one of the bedrooms
C. near a window D. on the reading table
4. What will happen to the reading table and the sofa?
A. The reading table and the sofa will become dining tables in the
evening, and they will turn into beds at night.
B. The reading table will become a dining table at day, and the sofa will
turn into a bed at night.
C. The reading table will become a dining table in the evening, and the
sofa will turn into a bed at night.
D. The reading table will become a dining table in the morning, and the
sofa will turn into a bed in the evening.
5. The writer’s hobby is _______.
A. reading books B. cooking meals
C. planting trees D. taking photos of flowers
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
appliances prefer energy it worry might
future but

What kind of houses would you like to live in? Some people like
living in simple houses in the countryside while others (1) _______ living in
modern houses in big cities.
 John often says that he would like to live in a modern house. Now, he
is drawing his (2) _______ house. The house looks like a UFO, (3) _______ it
might float on the water as a boat, and he calls it a boathouse. Because
the house is on the water, he will make a special device so that he might
get (4) _______ from water and wind. In his smart house, he will need only
a single control which (5) _______ be the same as a smartphone. It will
control lights and electric (6) _______ , supply heat, and even lock doors.
He will have a security system in his future house so that he will not (7)
_______ about his safe. The security system will protect the house from
thieves and robbers.
He will buy a cute robot so that he will talk to (8) _______ and he will
have it do all the housework. He will buy new and modern furniture. His
future house will be modern and comfortable.

F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. by/ future apartment/ will be/ the sea/ My

2. not/ The future car/ might/ run/ electricity/ on

3. by/ UFO house/ be surrounded/ will/ lots of trees/ His

4. in/ live/ People in the city/ might/ houses/ under the ground

5. everywhere/ you/ Will/ travel/ a/ in/ motorhome?

6. houseboat/ We/ the lake/ will/ on/ have/ a

7. on/ People/ wireless TVs/ use/ Mars/ might

8. be/ big trees and flowers/ There/ my garden/ in/ will

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. There will be about twenty rooms in their dream palace.
Their dream palace will

2. I’m not sure about living in an apartment in a skyscraper.

I mightn’t

3. Please help me arrange the furniture!

 Will you
?
4. They will probably stay with us in a guest house.
They might

5. We mightn’t see them at the weekend.

Perhaps we won’t

6. I’m thinking about studying French this year.

I might

7. In what ways will we control the future robots?

How will
?
8. Maybe my parents won’t move to the countryside.
My parents mightn’t
 UNIT 11
OUR GREENER WORLD
A. PHONETICS
I. Decide whether the bold syllables are stressed (S) or unstressed
(U).
1. Plastic bags are a big environmental hazard.
2. We need to develop greener products.
3. It’s a good idea to recycle household waste.
4. The environment is a popular topic these days.
5. There is a severe water shortage in parts of Africa.
II. Underline the stressed syllables.
1. Coal is a finite resource.
2. We are planting trees in the park.
3. The shortage of energy is the problem.
4. It’s our duty to save water.
5. This machine runs on solar power.

B. VOCABULARY
I. Complete the sentences using the words or phrases in the box.
reusing charity glass rubbish plastic
bag
recycling bins reduce survey exchange
fairs
1. They have _______ for old bottles and cans.
2. Do you want me to pour you a _______ of water?
3. We can make a nice flower vase by _______ this plastic bottle.
4. I’d like to _______ this dress for one in a smaller size.
5. They will exhibit their new designs at the trade _______ this spring.
6. A good way to _______ air pollution is using less cars.
7. They went on a ten-kilometre walk to raise money for _______ .
8. Some people just dump their _______ in the river.
9. We should do a _______ on how people use energy.
10. It takes 1,000 years for a _______ to degrade in a landfill.
II. Choose the best answers to complete the sentences.
1. This shopping bag is not _______, so I can buy it.
A. cheap B. simple C. expensive D. green
2. _______ materials are good for our environment.
A. Expensive B. Natural C. Polluted D. Fresh
3. Sewage from the factories is the main cause of _______ in this river.
 A. soil pollution B. air pollution
C. water pollution D. noise pollution
4. Reusable bags are better for the environment than _______ ones.
A. plastic B. rubbish C. shopping D. paper
5. I turned off the electric fan to _______ electricity.
A. reuse B. save C. recycle D.
reduce
6. Alan gave me a _______ bottle when I finished jogging.
A. air B. plant C. soil D. water
7. You should _______ things that can be recycled in a recycling bin.
A. put B. cut down C. decorate D. throw
away
8. Most books and notebooks are made of _______.
A. plastic B. wood C. paper D.
rubber
9. They _______ empty cans into new window frames.
A. recycle B. reduce C. swap D. reuse
10. You should give your old clothes to those _______.
A. for fun B. for good C. in use D. in
need

C. GRAMMAR
I. Fill in the blank with a, an or the.
1. Victoria is _______ animal lover.
2. I have _______ idea about reusing old things.
3. There is _______ used glass on the coffee table.
4. Her father is _______ environmentalist.
5. Today is _______ first day of our holiday.
6. She’s delivering _______ speech about greenhouse effect.
7. Are you going to _______ beach this Sunday morning?
8. Recycle Club is _______ organisation for students to help our
environment.
9. They are staying at _______ five-star resort in Da Nang.
10. Is he staying at _______ Furama resort in Da Nang?
II. Write the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1. The air _______ (not be) so polluted if people _______ (not drive) too
many cars.
2. What _______ you _______ (do) if you _______ (see) somebody litter?
3. If we _______ (keep) using oil, we _______ (run) out of it soon.
4. Bella _______ (harm) the environment if she _______ (not reuse) her old
items.
5. I _______ (buy) recycled bags if they _______ (not cost) much.
6. _______ it _______ (be) better if Carlos _______ (go) to school by bus?
7. We _______ (save) more trees if we _______ (use) paper economically.
8. If there _______ (be) flood, many people _______ (lose) their homes.
9. If he _______ (give) his old clothes to charity, he _______ (help) people in
need.
10. Wild animals _______ (die) if people _______ (continue) destroying their
habitats.
III. Combine the sentences using conditional sentence type 1 and
the words given.
1. Factories dump waste into rivers. A lot of fish die.
If

2. People keep using plastic bags. Oceans are full of plastic garbage.
If

3. They go to work by taxi. They don’t save a lot of money.

They won't

4. People build too many houses. Land for farming decreases.

Land for farming

5. The Earth becomes hotter. The polar ice cap melts.

If

6. You don’t write on both sides. You waste your paper.

You

7. We use recycled products. We won't harm the environment.

We

8. People breathe polluted air. They suffer from lung diseases.

If

9. The residents don’t often cycle. There is too much air pollution in this
area.
There
10. Those companies will receive good feedbacks. They produce reusable
bags.
If

IV. Choose the best answers to complete the sentences.

1. I’ve finished _______ my homework and I’m going to _______ bed now.
A. the - 0 B. 0 - 0 C. the - the D. a - a
2. Daisy will become ‘greener’ if she _______ a reusable shopping bag.
A. carry B. carries C. will carry D.
carried
3. What will you do if you _______ someone throwing trash on the street?
A. can see B. will see C. see D. saw
4. If we _______ more plants, we _______ soil pollution.
A. will grow - reduce B. grew - will reduce
C. grow - will reduce D. are growing - will reduce
5. If you bring water bottles to a picnic, what type of bottles _______?
A. do you bring B. should you bring C. are you bringing D. you
will bring
6. Solar panels are _______ example of _______ renewable energy
technologies.
A. an - a B. the - the C. the - a D. an - 0
7. _______ method of transportation has _______ major effect on _______
environment.
A. The - a -the B. A - a - an C. The - the - the D. 0 - a -
an
8. If students _______ to school by bus, there _______ less traffic.
A. go - will be B. will go - is C. will go - will be D. go - is
9. _______ your food in a reusable box if you bring it to school?
A. Will you not put B. You won’t put C. You will put D. Will
you put
10. Is it true that _______ water conducts heat faster than _______ air?
A. the - an B. a - an C. the - the D. 0 - 0
V. Choose the word of phrase that needs correcting.
1. If we don’t use recycled paper, we will save a lot of trees.
A B C D
2. Streets will be cleaner if people puts trash in a trash bin.
A B C D
3. People can have breathing problems if they will breathe polluted air.
A B C D
4. If she doesn’t use plastic bags, she will help to reduce a plastic waste.
 A B C D
5. If plastic waste is thrown away, it will be dangerous for environment.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ You want to keep them, don’t you?
___ Why do you want to reuse them? They are very cheap, and it’s easy to
buy the brand new ones.
___ I’m folding plastic bags.
___ Because we will help the environment if they are reused. Plastic bags
are very dangerous for living things!
___ I see. I have an idea. We should also keep plastic water bottles.
___ OK.
1 What are you doing, Naomi?
___ Good idea. There is one in the fridge. Let’s go and take it.
___ Yes, I do. These bags are still new, so I can use them again.
II. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. I use recycled items because I want to save the environment.

2. Everybody should reduce waste and reuse plastic bags.

3. No. My parents don’t grow vegetables at home.

4. There are two electric fans in my room.

5. I turn off the lights when I leave my classroom.

6. He swapped his old novels with his cousins.

7. Yes. There is a recycling bin in my house.

8. You can buy reusable bags at the check-out desk.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and answer the questions.
We know that we will pollute the environment if we do not use
materials wisely. People have founded many programmes to save
materials and protect the environment. 3Rs is one of them. 3Rs stands for
Reduce, Reuse and Recycle.
Reducing means we reduce the amount of waste we produce. This is
the best way to help the environment. If we do not reduce the waste, we
will pollute our environment more seriously.
Reusing is using the items again. For example, plastic bags can be
reused if it is still new. We should not throw away reusable things but
store and use them for other purposes.
Recycling is changing the waste materials into new products. For
example, we recycle waste paper to make carton boxes. We should
recycle as many things as possible.
If we reduce, reuse and recycle our resources, we will save energy
and money. Moreover, we will help to prevent pollution and global climate
change.
1. What will happen if people do not use materials wisely?

2. What does 3Rs stand for?

3. What does “reducing” mean?

4. What will happen if we do not reduce the waste?

5. What is “reusing”, and “recycling”?

6. Should we throw away reusable things?

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

harmful solar reduce energy use walk products
serious
Have you ever thought of how to reduce pollution? Here are 5 easy ways:
- Use public means of transportation. We shouldn’t use cars to go to
nearby places, but (1) _______, ride a bicycle or take a bus. It is one of
the best ways to (2) _______ pollution.
- Use green energy. We should use renewable energy such as (3) _______
energy and wind.
- Turn off lights, computers and all other electric devices when they are
not in (4) _______ . If we do so, we will save a lot of (5) _______ and
money.
- Be careful with the rubbish we throw away every day because they
cause (6) _______ pollution. We should not throw rubbish into lakes,
rivers and seas.
- Use environmentally friendly (7) _______ . We should use reusable bags
and bottles instead of plastic ones. Plastic waste is (8) _______ to the
environment.

F. WRITING
I. Write conditional sentences type 1 using the prompts given.
1. we/ breathe in/ polluted air/ we/ get/ sick.

2. Daniel/ see/ rubbish/ on the streets/ he/ pick/ it/ up.

3. she/ not/ use/ water/ she/ close/ the water tap.

4. his friends/ like/ his books/ he/ swap/ the books/ with them.

5. I/ go shopping/ this evening/I/ buy/ some/ recycled bags.

6. we/ find/ creative ways/ to use energy/ we/ save/ a lot of/ money.

7. they/ invite/ me/ to join/ 3Rs club/I/ be/ very glad.

8. you/ spend/1.5 hour/ on Facebook/ every day/ you/ waste/ 7 months/ in

10 years.

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. It's forbidden to throw garbage there.
You mustn’t

2. Stop polluting the lake, or the fish will die.

If we don’t

3. Reducing plastic waste is helpful for our life.

We should

4. Because we don’t recycle paper, we don’t save lots of trees.

If we

5. Scientists advise not using too many plastic containers.

People shouldn’t
6. I don’t think bicycling will pollute the air.
I think bicycling

7. Don’t waste oil, or it will run out soon.

If people

8. Cities are convenient, but the air in cities is polluted.

Although
 UNIT 12
ROBOTS
A. PHONETICS
I. Decide whether the sentences are statements or not (Yes or
No).
1. He worked like a robot. __________
2. Which jobs will robots replace? __________
3. What a lovely robot it is! __________
4. These cars aren’t built by robots. __________
5. The scientists will create a robot dog. __________
6. Send a letter to my aunt. __________
7. I didn’t show him the robot pet. __________
8. Can your robot hold an object? __________
II. Decide whether the sentences have falling tone or not (Yes or
No).
1. That’s an impressive robot! __________
2. This is the latest model in robot technology. __________
3. What a huge robot they have! __________
4. Robots have different uses in modern industry. _______
5. Clean the floor and feed the dog. __________
6. Doctor robots will nurse and play with children. _______
7. Industrial robots can outwork humans. __________
8. Why won’t robots take all of our jobs? __________

B. VOCABULARY
I. Fill in the blanks with the phrases in the box.
build buildings pick fruit do the washing work as
guards
read our moods repair a broken machine cut the grass
move heavy objects teach students look after sick
people
1. These systems claim to be able to _______ , emotions and personality
traits.
2. Robot kitchen will make your dinner, _______ and share housework.
3. Big construction companies use worker robots to _______ in many cities.
4. This friendly robot can act as a health advisor for coronavirus patients
and _______.
5. Tevel Aerobotics Technologies developed flying robots that can _______
at orchards.
6. Robots with high payload capacities have the ability to lift and _______
up to 300 kg.
7. Robots are increasingly being used to _______ in the classroom for some
subjects.
8. The industrial robotic arms allow technicians to _______ or to create a
new one.
9. Security robots are designed to replace people who _______ in modern
buildings.
10. Little robot gardener can _______ , sweep the leaves and even plough
the fields.
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. I think most of home robots can (live/ clean) the house.
2. Emily expects that a smart robot can (drink/ make) and serve coffee.
3. Nowadays, robots can (understand/ teach) some simple requests.
4. Will there ever be a robot that (does/ takes) all the housework?
5. My robot (helps/ plays) computer games very well. I can’t win against it.
6. Teacher robots can (study/ teach) online now, using the Internet.
7. A home robot can set a table for a meal before (washing/ drying) the
dishes.
8. Her robot will (cook/ eat) dinner, so she will have more free time.
9. Teacher robots will be able to (understand/ help) students with difficult
exercises.
10. They program the robot to (water/ grow) plants only when the soil is
dry.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Home robots will help people do all household _______.
A. waste B. chores C. furniture D.
appliances
2. His robot can boil water and make _______ for guests.
A. meal B. food C. tea D. bed
3. Can your robot hear and _______ all words you say?
A. teach B. order C. shout D.
understand
4. This robot takes a photo of you to recognise your _______.
A. face B. word C. voice D.
speech
5. Schools will use _______ robots in classes in the future.
A. teacher B. doctor C. space D.
worker
6. _______ robots are useful today - they make the beds and clean the
rooms.
 A. Factory B. Home C. House D.
School
7. Worker robots will be able to _______ houses in the air.
A. buy B. make C. work D. build
8. Do you think that robots will _______ our life better?
A. move B. do C. make D. have
9. In the past, robots only had a _______ role in our life.
A. minor B. dangerous C. big D. simple
10. Space robots can _______ space station or _______ some experiments.
A. fly - make B. build - do C. go - do D. work -
take

C. GRAMMAR
I. Complete the sentences. Use the superlative form of the
adjectives in brackets.
1. _______ robot, or nanobot, can enhance the precision of a surgeon.
(small)
2. This is _______ travelling robot vacuum I have watched on TV. (slow)
3. What are some of _______ things you could order a robot to do? (funny)
4. I think 250-Year-Old Automaton was _______ robot in the world. (old)
5. Is Saarang Sumesh no longer _______ robot maker in India? (young)
6. Robots replacing humans to do most jobs wouldn’t be _______ future.
(bad)
7. At the current time, Japan is the world's _______ producer of robots. (big)
8. For starters in robotics, what is _______ robot that one can make? (easy)
9. _______ space probe mankind has launched from Earth is Voyager 1.
(far)
10. This path finder robot reaches the destination with _______ route
around obstacles. (short)
II. Complete the sentences. Use comparative or superlative form
of the adjectives in brackets.
1. Your robot is so much _______ than the one I bought last summer. (nice)
2. Space robots can explore the _______ planets in the solar system. (hot)
3. This flying robot is only slightly _______ than the diameter of a pencil.
(tall)
4. What is the cheapest drone with the _______ flight time? (long)
5. This robot can walk upstairs and his arms stretch _______ than a car.
(wide)
6. Investment in new robot technologies has become _______ than before.
(large)
7. My pen friend said, 'There is nothing _______ than being served by a
robot!' (bad)
8. Where can I buy the _______ robot vacuum for pet hair cleanup? (good)
9. Singapore was the country with the _______ robot density in 2019. (high)
10. Explorers built this robot to work in the _______ temperatures on Earth.
(cold)
III. Choose the best answers to complete the sentences.
1. Using robots is one of _______ ways to explore this deep cave.
A. safest B. the safer C. safer D. the
safest
2. Robots work 24/7 at a _______ price than _______ wage exists today.
A. lower much - lowest B. much
lowest - the lower
C. much lower - the lowest D. lower much - the lowest
3. _______ robot was designed for war, almost _______ than a human.
A. The smartest - smarter B.
Smarter - smartest
C. The smartest - smartest D.
Smarter - the smartest
4. The automotive industry is one of _______ users of industrial robots.
A. the larger B. the largest C. larger D.
largest
5. A robot called Cheetah is _______ than the _______ human, Usain Bolt.
A. the faster - fastest B. faster - fastest
C. the faster - the fastest D. faster
- the fastest
6. Can we put those robots in order from _______ to _______?
A. heaviest - lightest B. the heavier - the lighter
C. heavier - lighter D. the heaviest - the lightest
7. RoboBee is currently the world's _______ robot, even a paper clip is
_______ it.
A. smallest - bigger B. the smallest - bigger
C. smallest - bigger than D. the
smallest - bigger than
8. Robots don’t get tired and some are _______ than the _______ human.
A. far stronger – strongest B. far
strongest - strongest
C. stronger far - strongest D.
stronger far - stronger
9. Even if you’re _______ person in the world, our robot _______ after your
mess.
 A. tidier - cleans up B. the tidier - will clean up
C. tidiest - cleans up D. the tidiest - will clean up
10. The _______ robot mowers are _______ a petrol-powered lawnmower.
A. noisier - much quieter B.
noisiest - much quieter than
C. noisiest - quieter much D.
noisier - quieter much than
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. Can the smartest robots understand and speak much than 100
languages?
A B C D
2. Robots will be very useful because they won’t do almost everything
instead of us.
A B C D
3. This is the smallest of all home robots, and I can put them in my school
bag.
A B C D
4. Dr. Adam’s home robot do the dishes, irons clothes, and puts toys away.
A B C D
5. A doctor robot can helps sick people and do many things like humans.
A B C D
D. SPEAKING
I. Complete the dialogues. Use the words or phrases in the box.
make they will are there simple
why what you say quite a lot how
many
1. Luke: What could robots do in the past?
Issac: Robots could do very _______ things.
2. Oliver: Could robots do the laundry and housework?
Lucas: Yes, they could. But they couldn’t _______ coffee.
3. Amelia: What can robots do now?
Harper: Now robots can do _______ .
4. Amigail: Can robots understand what we say?
Camila: No, they can’t understand _______ .
5. Jacob: _______ do you call them worker robots?
Daniel: Because they can help build our houses.
6. Emma: _______ types of robots do you have?
Sophia: I have two types of robots: home robots and worker robots.
7. Madison: _______ other types of robots?
Avery: Yes. There are doctor robots and teacher robots.
8. Mia: Will future robots be able to sing English songs?
Scarlett: Yes, _______ . I think so.
II. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ Robots are smart now, and they can do a lot of things.
___ Maybe. Robots will be able to smile, but they won’t have feelings like
us.
1 How much do you know about robots, Mr. Spencer?
___ Recognise my face and voice? Can I talk with them?
___ Of course, you can. They will answer you if they understand what you
say.
___ A lot of things? Could you give some examples?
___ Sounds interesting! Will they smile if I make a joke?
___ No, I don’t think so. Robots don’t have physical body like humans.
___ They can guard the house, cook meals, recognise your face and
voice...
___ Will scientists create some robots with feelings?

E. READING
I. Read the text and choose the best answer to the questions.
In a restaurant, robots can serve food just like waiters and
waitresses. Besides, it is interesting to see a robot serving customers.
Some fast-food chains have already replaced their kitchen team with
robots. Robots are not only serve foods but also cook. Scientists in San
Francisco in the US have developed a robot that can automatically
produce 400 burgers in an hour, carrying out the work of three humans.
Japanese restaurants have used restaurant robots for simple tasks such as
collecting or washing dishes and cleaning the floor.
Akihiro Suzuki works at Yaskawa Electric, a company that develops
robots. He says robots can’t do everything a human can, but they can
work without becoming tired. He says robots can’t taste food or change
heating levels. But he says if a dish is easily prepared, a robot can repeat
the same movement to reproduce the same meal. He says people all over
the world now eat sushi, but there are not enough skilled cooks to prepare
it. He says his robots can help anyone make sushi. Other robots have been
created to help decorate cakes or cut and peel apples.
- carry out (v): thực hiện - reproduce (v): bắt chước, làm
lại
- skilled (adj): có kỹ năng, lành nghề
1. What can robots do in a restaurant?
A. Robots can work with the kitchen team.
B. Robots can replace waiters and waitresses.
C. Robots can serve food just like waiters and waitresses.
 D. Robot can help customers to cook.
2. According to the first paragraph, a robot _______.
A. can carry out the work of three people
B. can’t serve food without waiters or waitresses
C. can produce 400 burgers in a day
D. can’t replace a kitchen team
3. Japanese restaurants have used restaurant robots for _______.
A. producing burgers B. simple tasks
C. replacing humans D. serving customers
4. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the second
paragraph?
A. Robots can’t do everything a human can.
B. Robots can work and they become tired after that.
C. Robots can’t taste food.
D. Robots can’t change heating levels.
5. In the second paragraph, Akihiro Suzuki says his robot can reproduce a
meal if _____.
A. the cook repeats the same movement so his robot can learn it
B. the dish is hard for the cooks to prepare it
C. there are not enough skilled cooks to prepare it
D. it is easily prepared
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
what help elderly gardening iron main
communicate but
You are busy studying or working. You do not have enough time and
energy to do housework. Why don’t you buy a home robot? They might be
a little expensive (1) _______ they can change your life. Home robots are
programmed to (2) _______ with household chores.
(3) _______ will home robots be able to do? One of the (4) _______ tasks of
home robots will be doing household chores. Besides, they will also be
used for (5) _______ , playing with children, taking care of patients, and
providing entertainment.
Scientists want to make home robots which can (6) _______ the clothes,
make the beds, and do many of other things that humans can do. Also,
these labor-saving robots will be able to help disabled or (7) _______
people. To handle all of the above, they must be able to (8) _______ with
humans.

F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. on/ will/ Doctor/ robots/ instead of/ operate/ us/ human doctors
2. in/I/ robots/ won’t/ electricity/ too much/ the future/ think/ use

3. help/ us/ Tiny robots/ our bodies/ can/ and repair/ to find/ problems/ in

4. use/ security guards/ robots/ as/ People/ in/ some important places

5. us/ helped/ Their robot/ and dangerous things/ to do/ many complicated

6. scientists/ In the future,/ will/ many types of/ intelligent robots/ design

7. for 24 hours,/ A robot/ can/ doesn’t/ the same work/ do/ but/ it/ complain

8. on Mars/ will/ Space robots/ space stations/ build/ and other planets

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. There are more than 100 worker robots in their factory.
Their factory

2. ASIMO robot isn’t as tall as my Japanese friend.

My Japanese friend

3. Doctor robots don’t know how to do the household chores.

Doctor robots can’t

4. Gundam was bigger than any other robots in the world in 2020.
Gundam was

5. They should buy a smarter driverless car.

Why don’t
?
6. You should give some directions, or he won’t understand you.
If you don’t

7. Home robots become cheaper, so people start to buy them.

Because
8. This robot won’t function if it doesn’t hear my voice command.
Unless
 REVIEW 4
I. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the
others.
1. A. wireless B. robot C. product D.
protect
2. A. palace B. exchange C. tonight D.
instead
3. A. plastic B. repair C. study D.
household
4. A. resident B. reuse C. reduce D.
receive
5. A. human B. rubbish C. improve D. heavy
II. Complete the sentences using the words or phrases in the box.
reusable bins appliances smart TV
containers
materials recycle dishwasher cooker
energy
1. You should use _______ products instead of plastic ones.
2. Their house is equipped with all kinds of modern _______ .
3. Japanese people _______ more than half of their waste paper.
4. Methane gas from food waste is a potentially valuable source of
_______ .
5. I think a _______ isn’t that smart without an internet connection.
6. Their new model of _______ is a great water and energy saver.
7. I have an interesting idea of recycling plastic food _______ .
8. Electric rice _______ has two indicating lamps marked ‘Cook’ and
‘Warm’.
9. General waste and recycling _______ have different coloured lids.
10. Reusable bag is ‘greener’ because it’s made of natural _______ .
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. _______ robots can do quite a lot of things nowadays.
A. Old B. Hi-tech C. Funny D. Low-
tech
2. If we plant more _______, the air won’t be so polluted.
A. trees B. flowers C. gardens D.
vegetables
3. _______ causes us to suffer from hearing problems.
A. Soil pollution B. Water pollution C. Noise pollution D. Air
pollution
4. Elizabeth _______ the bed in her bedroom every day.
 A. swaps B. does C. takes D. makes
5. This latest Samsung _______ TV can do many things like a computer.
A. new B. smart C. automatic D. big
6. Remember to _______ the lights when you go out.
A. turn on B. throw away C. turn off D. get
out
7. My future house might be located near the paddy fields _______.
A. on the Moon B. in the countryside C. by the
sea D. in space
8. The best way to _______ paper is to use it less.
A. recycle B. protect C. waste D. save
9. Can your gardening robot _______ in front of the yard?
A. cut the hedge B. wash the dishes C. do the laundry D. make
the bed
10. Besides taking care of patients, doctor robots can help _______.
A. scientists in space B. students at school
C. people in need D. workers in factories
IV. Write the correct form of the word in brackets.
1. You should bring your own _______ bags to the market. (shop)
2. This book provides _______ information about the environment. (help)
3. People might find _______ ways to reduce plastic waste. (create)
4. Don’t leave the lights on because it wastes _______ . (electric)
5. _______ have invented many important things. (science)
6. Water pollution makes fish die; soil pollution makes _______ die. (plant)
7. When you buy a new product, you should choose a(n) _______ one.
(reuse)
8. We must reduce the use of _______ resources of the Earth, (nature)
9. My father usually does the _______ at weekends. (garden)
10. Our city will become cleaner and _______ than they are now. (green)
V. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1. World Environment Day is _______ 5th June.
2. What are you doing _______ the supermarket, Jane?
3. I’m going to buy some fruits _______ my mother.
4. Some day we might build cities _______ space.
5. If we use this kind _______ bag, we’ll help reduce plastic waste.
6. I like to live _______ the sea and enjoy sandy beaches.
7. What will life _______ Earth be like in the future?
8. Robots will be able to communicate _______ humans.
9. Kelley has planned to spend a week _______ the mountains.
10. She will have a project _______ robots in the future.
VI. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. People _______ go on holiday to Mars some day.
A. can B. must C. might D.
should
2. I’m fascinated by the house that looks like _______ UFO.
A. the B. a C. an D. 0
3. _______ people do not necessarily have of all.
A. The happiest - the best B.
happiest - best
C. The happiest - best D.
happiest - the best
4. I believe that people _______ definitely make the world greener in the
future.
A. will B. can C. won’t D. might
5. If Nam _______ plastic bags, he will help protect the environment.
A. didn’t use B. will use C. uses D.
doesn’t use
6. What _______ if we live in the noisy surroundings?
A. happened B. will happen C. happens D.
happen
7. You _______ pass the exams to study in higher classes.
A. might B. mightn’t C. must D.
should
8. With high-end washing machines, we provide the _______ laundry
service.
A. cleaner and safest B. cleaner and the safest
C. cleanest and the safer D.
cleanest and safest
9. The next generation of robots _______ use electricity, but solar power.
A. didn’t B. don’t C. won’t D.
couldn’t
10. The beach will be full of garbage _______ dustmen don’t collect it.
A. so B. if C. but D. unless
VII. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. They use solar energy to cook and running home appliances.
A B C D
2. You should keep that item - it might being very useful one day.
A B C D
3. If robots will do all our work, we will become so lazy.
A B C D
4. When our washed machine broke, our neighbours let us use theirs.
 A B C D
5. Finland is one of happiest countries according to the World Happiness
Report.
A B C D
VIII. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. Listen! _______ your phone _______ (ring) downstairs?
2. She _______ (receive) a postcard from her brother yesterday.
3. Scientists _______ (find) ways to recycle more things soon.
4. Last week, they _______ (exchange) their old shoes for new ones at the
fair.
5. Life expectancy in Europe _______ (increase) greatly in the 20th century.
6. This Saturday morning I _______ (do) the gardening with my mum.
7. If Sue _______ (use) recycled paper, she _______ (help) to save the
forests.
8. Hoang _______ (not do) enough preparation for his exam, and he failed.
9. If people _______ (stop) deforestation, they _______ (save) wild animals.
10. Country life _______ (not be) always as peaceful as city dwellers _______
(think).
IX. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. People will live under the ground in the future.

2. I don’t think we should have robots in our life.

3. Our school will have new computer system next year.

4. This neighbourhood collects old batteries twice a week.

5. No. I don’t like walking or cycling in the rain.

6. I will go to school by bike to protect the environment.

7. My dream house will look like a motorhome.

8. We bought a home robot to help us with the housework.

X. Match the sentences.

1. I’m drawing a picture of my house. a. How about physics?
2. This is my teacher robot. b. In the city.
3. Don’t forget to turn off the light. c. See you later.
4. Where will you live when you grow d. Can it teach English?
up? e. Really? It looks like a beehive.
5. How can we reduce household f. Sure. I’ll turn it off.
waste? g. Because I enjoy the fresh air.
6. I have to go now. h. Let's follow the 3Rs rule.
7. Are reusable bags expensive? i. No. They are cheap.
8. I can’t decide which subject to j. Yes. I call it “Kitty”.
review first!
9. Does your robot have a name?
10. Why do you like to live in the
countryside?
XI. Read the text and answer the questions.
We know that paper is made from trees, so recycling paper helps to
save trees. Saving trees helps to prevent air pollution, soil erosion and
floods.
In Britain, 12.5 million tons of paper are used every year. An average
person uses 38kg of paper each year. It takes 24 trees to make one ton of
paper. 67 % of paper used in Britain is kept for recycling.
Paper recycling is so important and we should recycle our waste paper.
To get the benefits of recycling, we must give our contribution to the work.
Paper recycling is also a great chore for children depending on their
age. It is an important way for children to learn about responsibility for
saving money and trees, and working together. Recycling chores help
children to learn about going green and protecting natural resources.
Children can also help with recycling at home, at school and in the
community.
- erosion (n): sự xói mòn - contribution (n): sự đóng
góp
- responsibility (n): trách nhiệm
1. Recycling paper helps to save trees because _______.
A. trees help to prevent air pollution B. paper is made from trees
C. trees help to prevent soil erosion D. trees help to prevent floods
2. How much paper does an average person in Britain use each year?
A. 12.5 million tons of paper B. one ton of paper
C. 38kg of paper D. 67 % of paper in Britain
3. Which of the following is true about paper recycling?
A. Paper recycling isn’t very important.
B. Paper recycling is a boring chore for children.
C. Children can’t do anything at home to help with recycling.
D. Paper recycling needs our contribution.
4. Paper recycling is an important way for children _______.
 A. to learn about saving trees
B. to take responsibility for using paper
C. to know how to make paper from trees
D. to work together for money
5. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A. Children should use recycled paper.
B. Children must give their contribution to paper recycling.
C. Children can’t help with paper recycling at school.
D. Children can learn about saving trees and protecting resources.
XII. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
one recognise easier scientists sports heavy do
products
Robots are changing our life now in so many ways, and actually they
have been our life for years. (1) _______ have tried to make personal robots
more suitable for home life. What will future robots be able to do?
They will help take care of old people. This will be (2) _______ of the
most important uses of personal robots in the coming years. Personal
robots will be able to make daily tasks (3) _______ . It will help old people
many things, such as do the housework, go to buy (4) _______ at the
supermarket, help to lift (5) _______ things, and even take old people to
cross a busy street.
Besides doing the housework, robots will be able to (6) _______ us by
our faces. They will be able to talk to us and (7) _______ what we ask them
to do. Robots will be able to communicate with us as a friend. They will be
able to play (8) _______ and games with children and tell the children
bedtime stories.
XIII. Write complete sentences using the prompts given.
1. I/ afraid/ Ellie/ can/ not/ see/ you/ until/ 3 o’clock.

2. People/ die/ if/ they/ not/ breathe.

3. Nathan/ design/ his/ dream house/ at/ moment.

4. Floods/ not happen/ if/ the villagers/ plant/ more trees.

5. My future house/ might/ be/ the suburbs/ the city.

6. If/ people/ cycle more/ there/ be/ less/ air pollution.

7. She/ need/ grow/ some flowers/ her garden.

8. We/ have/ robot/ to look after/ the children/ next year.

XIV. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as

the first one.
1. Don’t overload the washing machine, or it won’t work properly.
If you

2. Scarlett is not sure about planting more trees with us next time.
Scarlett mightn’t

3. My future villa will have a garden and a playground.

There will

4. The class will not start until the teacher arrives.

When the teacher arrives,

5. Anderson will probably move to a new apartment in the city.

Anderson might

6. I won't throw those old chairs away unless they are broken.
If those old chairs aren't

7. This robot is smarter than all other robots in the exhibition.

This is the

8. Hurry up or we will be late for school.

If we don’t
 UNIT 1: MY NEW SCHOOL - KEY
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
lunch far smart study
hard
sharpener compass schoolyard subject
alarm
rubber Sunday month large
fast

/a:/ /ʌ/
far; smart; hard; sharpener; lunch; study; compass; subject;
schoolyard; alarm; large; fast rubber; Sunday; month

II. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. computer B. compass C. fun D. month
2. A. card B. farm C. art D. share
3. A. eat B. breakfast C. teach D. seat
4. A. grammar /æ/ B. calendar /æ/ C. father /ɑ/ D.
calculator /æ/
5. A. lunch B. watch C. school D. chess

B. VOCABULARY
I. Put the words into the correct group.
calculator father football textbook mother English
school bag maths teacher physics judo rubber
student history chess compass basketball friend ruler
science classmate badminton pencil case Vietnamese
1. People: Father; Mother; Teacher; Student; Classmate; Friend
____________________________________________________________________________
2. Sports and games: Football; Judo; Basketball; Badminton; Chess
____________________________________________________________________________
3. School subjects: English; Maths; Physics; History; Vietnamese;
Science
____________________________________________________________________________
4. School things: Calculator; Textbook; School bag; Rubber; Pencil
Case; Ruler; Compass;
____________________________________________________________________________
II. Put the words into the correct column.

judo breakfast maths housework the violin lunch

chemistry volleyball
dinner grammar the guitar homework friends geography
pop music

do play study have

judo, homework, the violin, maths, breakfast, lunch,
housework, volleyball, the chemistry, dinner, friends,,
karate, exercise, guitar, pop grammar, classmates,
the ironing music, geography, notebooks
basketball, English, physics,
badminton

III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.

1. I have a new _______, but I don’t wear it every day.
A. pencil case B. notebook C. bicycle D.
uniform
wear sth : mặc
uniform-> đồng phục

2. You can borrow books from the school _______.

A. yard B. canteen C. library D.
garden
borrow books=> library: thư viện

3. My pencil is not sharp any more. I need a pencil _______.

A. sharpener B. case C. eraser D. head
not sharp-> ko nhọn
=> sharpener : gọt bút chì

4. What do you usually do _______ break time?

 A. on B. in C. at D. about
at break time-> trong thời gian giải lao

5. In the afternoon, we learn to draw, swim, or do _______.

A. football B. science C. judo D. lunch
do judo : tập võ

6. We study many _______ - maths, science, English, etc.

A. exercises B. grades C. subjects D. units
study + subjects

7. My best friend usually plays football in the school _______.

A. park B. garden C. playground D. club
school playground: sân chơi

8. Mary studies in _______ school. She doesn’t go home every day.

A. a boarding B. an international C. a new D. a high
borarding school: trường nội trú

9. The unit has a list of _______. It’s about 30 words.

A. lesson B. vocabulary C. grammar D.
homework
a list of + N ->1 danh sách
words=> vocabulary: từ vựng

10. I’m in grade 6, but that English _______ is for grade 7.

A. textbook B. schoolbag C. compass D.
calculator
English textbook: sgk tiếng Anh

C. GRAMMAR
I. Complete the sentences using the present simple.
1. He usually ________goes_________ (go) to school on time.
2. ________Does Ms. Lucy teach_________ (Ms. Lucy, teach) English in
your school?
3. Bella ________doesn’t remember _________ (not remember) her new
friends’ names.
4. My new school ________has_________ (have) a judo club.
5. The students _______study__________ (study) maths every Wednesday.
6. Every day, Susan _________takes________ (take) her sons to school.
7. ________Do you help_________ (you, help) your mother to do the
laundry?
8. John ________doesn’t like_________ (not like) doing homework.
9. Duy and Quang _______don’t join__________ (not join) our football team.
10. The sun _______rises__________ (rise) in the east and
________sets_________ (set) in the west.

II. Change the sentences into the negative form and question
form.
1. Joe uses pencils with erasers on top.
Joe doesn’t use pencils with erasers on top.
Does Joe use pencils with erasers on top?

2. Henderson reads many science books.

Henderson doesn’t read many science books.
Does Henderson read many science book?

3. Jennifer is busy with her homework.

Jennifer isn’t busy with her homework.
Is Jennifer busy with her homework?

4. We go to the classroom in sequence.

We don’t go to the classroom in sequence.
Do we go to the classroom in sequence?

5. I come straight home after school.

I don’t come straight home after school.
Do I come straight home after school?

6. The playground of the school is full of people.

The playground of the school isn’t full of people.
Is the playground of the school full of people?

7. Albert is her classmate in junior high school.

Albert isn’t her classmate in junior high school.
Is Albert her classmate in junior high school?

8. They do experiments in the greenhouse.

They don’t do experiments in the greenhouse.
Do they do experiments in the greenhouse?
9. The teacher gives paper to all the children.
The teacher doesn’t give paper to all the children.
Does the teacher give paper to all the children?

10. Physics and English are your favourite subjects.

Physics and English aren’t your favourite subjects.
Are Physics and English your favourite subjects?

III. Choose the correct answer.

1. (Rarely he/ He rarely) gets up before noon.
2. She (never swims/ swims never) in the sea.
3. (Never I see/ I never see) Julia at any school festivals.
4. This cinema (often doesn’t/ doesn’t often) offer free tickets.
5. Those kids (always are/ are always) late for breakfast.
6. Michael (is rarely/ rarely is) angry at his friends.
7. Brian (isn’t usually/ usually isn’t) satisfied with his marks.
8. Simon (often leaves/ leaves often) home for school before 7 a.m.
9. She (sometimes has/ has sometimes) a walk in the evenings.
10. We (seldom write/ don’t seldom write) to our grandfather.
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Linh _______ lunch with her best friend.
A. always have B. always has C. has always D. have
always
2. Your school bag _______ heavy.
A. looks B. look C. is look D. are
look
3. We _______ shuttlecock at break time.
A. often plays B. play often C. often play D. plays
often
4. The food in the canteen _______ quite good.
A. usually are B. are usually C. usually is D. is
usually
5. I _______ football, but my brother _______ badminton.
A. likes - like B. like - likes C. am like - is like D. like -
is likes
6. Julia _______ excited when a new school year _______.
A. feels always - starts B. feel
always - start
C. always feels - start D.
always feels - starts
7. _______ worried about my results at school.
A. I never am B. Never I am C. I am never D. I’m
not never
8. I _______ my cousin by his real name.
A. usually don’t call B. don’t call usually
C. don’t usually call D.
doesn’t usually call
9. Hector _______ the last one to leave the room.
A. never is B. is never C. isn’t never D. never
isn't
10. Our teacher _______ strict when he _______ a lesson.
A. is always - has B. is always - have
C. always is - has D. always is - have
V. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. How are your first day at school, Duong?
A B => is C D
2. Huong and Duyen doesn’t have English lessons on Tuesdays.
A => don’t B C D
3. My cousin’s school is has 7 classes and about 300 students.
A B => x C D
4. She always is punctual, but her friend is always late.
A => is always B C D
5. I do my homework and watches TV every evening.
A B C => watch D

D. SPEAKING
I. Match the sentences.
1. What do you do after school? a. Yes, Mum.
2. I am John. Nice to meet you. b. Maths.
3. Do you wear uniform at school? c. Oh, wonderful.
4. You can use my calculator. d. I am Mary. Nice to meet you,
5. How do you go to school? too.
6. Does Mary live near her school? e. Yes, I do.
7. How is your first day at school? f. By bus.
8. What is your favourite subject at g. Thanks so much.
school? h. No, she doesn’t.
9. Put on your shoes, and let’s go. i. I practise judo.
10. Where are they playing j. In the playground.
football?
1-i: Bạn làm gì sau khi đi học về? - Mình tập võ judo
2-d: Mình là John. Rất vui khi được gặp bạn - Mình là Mary. Mình
cũng rất vui khi được gặp bạn.
3-d: Bạn có mặc đồng phục khi đến trường không - Mình có
4-g: Bạn có thể sử dụng cái máy tính cầm tay của mình - Cảm ơn
bạn rất nhiều
5-f: Bạn đến trường bằng gì? - Xe búyt
6-h: Mary có sống gần trường không? - Bạn ấy không
7-c: Ngày đầu tiên đi học bạn thấy như thế nào? - Ồ, tuyệt vời
8-b: Môn học yêu thích của bạn ở trường là gì? - Môn toán
9-a: Con hãy đi giày vào rồi chúng ta cùng đi - Vâng, thưa mẹ
10-j: "Họ đang chơi đá bóng ở đâu vậy?"-"Trong sân ý"

II. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.

_2_ Hi, Mai. Are you ready?
_6_ How beautiful! It's such a great present.
_5_ Yes, it is. It’s my father’s present for the new school year.
_4_ Thanks, Mai. Is that your new bag?
_3_ Yes, just a minute. Oh, you’re wearing the new uniform. You look
smart, Lien!
1 Hi, Lien.
_7_ Thank you. Let me put on my uniform. Then we can go to school.
_8_ Sure, Mai.

1. Chào Liên.
2. Chào Mai. Cậu đã sẵn sàng chưa?
3. Rồi, đợi 1 phút. Oh, cậu đang mặc đồng phục mới này. Trông
cậu thông lắm đấy Liên!
4. Cảm ơn Mai. Đó có phải là chiếc cặp mới của bạn không?
5. Đúng vậy. Đó là món quà mà bố tớ tặng cho năm học mới.
6. Nó thật đẹp làm sao! Đó là một món quà tuyệt vời.
7. Cảm ơn cậu. Đợi mình mặc đồng phục. Rồi chúng ta cùng đến
trường.
8. Chắc chắn rồi Mai.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and answer the questions.
A primary school, or an elementary school, is a school for children
between the ages of about six and twelve. It comes after preschool. When
children finish learning at primary school, they go to secondary school.
 In the United Kingdom, a primary school usually comprises a nursery
and the first seven years of a child’s full-time learning. In Australia and the
United States, primary school begins with kindergarten. It lasts for six
years, usually until the fifth or sixth grade.
In Singapore, primary school refers to those students who are
normally between the ages of 7 to 12. Primary School is classified as Pl to
P6 for Primary 1 to Primary 6 respectively. At the end of P6, students sit
for a national level Primary School Leaving Exam (PSLE) which is used for
placement into Secondary School. Prior to Primary School, pupils attend
Kindergarten School for 2 years.
(Trường tiểu học, hay trường tiểu học, là trường dành cho trẻ em
trong độ tuổi từ khoảng sáu đến mười hai. Trường này nằm sau trường
mẫu giáo. Khi trẻ em hoàn thành chương trình học ở trường tiểu học,
chúng sẽ vào trường trung học.
Ở Vương quốc Anh, trường tiểu học thường bao gồm nhà trẻ và bảy
năm đầu tiên trong quá trình học tập toàn thời gian của trẻ. Ở Úc và Hoa
Kỳ, trường tiểu học bắt đầu bằng trường mẫu giáo. Trường kéo dài sáu
năm, thường là đến lớp năm hoặc lớp sáu.
Ở Singapore, trường tiểu học dành cho những học sinh thường từ 7
đến 12 tuổi. Trường tiểu học được phân loại từ lớp 1 đến lớp 6 tương ứng.
Vào cuối lớp 6, học sinh sẽ tham gia Kỳ thi tốt nghiệp tiểu học (PSLE) cấp
quốc gia, được sử dụng để xếp lớp vào trường trung học. Trước khi vào
trường tiểu học, học sinh sẽ học mẫu giáo trong 2 năm.)
1. What is a primary school?
A primary school is a school for children between the ages of
about six and twelve.

2. Does primary school come after preschool?

Yes, it does.
3. Where does a primary school comprises a nursery and the first seven
years of a child’s full-time learning?
In the United Kingdom.
4. Where does primary school begin with kindergarten?
In Australia and the United States.
5. In Singapore, who does primary school refer to?
Primary school refers to those students who are normally
between the ages of 7 to 12.
6. When do the students in Singapore sit for a national level Primary
School Leaving Exam?
At the end of P6.
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

classroom learning know again

enjoyable subject
 A lesson in school is a planned period of time for (1) ___ learning ____ .
It involves one or more students being taught by a teacher. A lesson may
be either one section of a textbook or a short period of time during which
learners are taught about a (2) ___ subject ____ or taught how to perform
an activity. Lessons are generally taught in a (3) ___ classroom ____ but
may instead take place in a situated learning environment.
Also, a lesson means a learner learning something he did not (4) ___
know ____ before. Such a lesson can be either planned or accidental, (5)
___ enjoyable____ or painful. The slang phrase “to teach someone a
lesson”, means to punish or scold a person for a mistake they have made
to make sure that he does not make the same mistake (6) ___ again ____ .
F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. is/ school/ an/ place/ My/ interesting
My school is an interesting place.
- Cấu trúc: S + tobe + ( a/ an) + adj + ....

2. Peter/ like/ computer science?/ Does

Does Peter like computer science?
− Cấu trúc: Do/ does + S + like + V + O?

3. often/ Ms. Thy/ a/ pink dress/ wear/ doesn’t

Ms.Thu often doesn't wear a pink dress.
− Cấu trúc: S + do/ does + not + V + O?

4. do/ How/ you/ go/ school/ every day?/ to

How do you go to school every day?
− Cấu trúc: How + Do/ does + V + O?

5. good at/ I’m/ not/ usually/ playing sports

I'm usually not good at playing sports.
− Cấu trúc: S + trạng từ tần suất + V + O

6. you/ Do/ play/ with/ often/ football/ your friends?

Do you often play football with your friends?
− Cấu trúc: Do/ does + V + O?

7. every morning/I/ walk/ school/ my sister/ to/ with

I walk to school with my sister every morning.
− Cấu trúc: S + Vs/es
8. friends/ they/ nice/I/ me/ and/ are/ have/ a lot of/ to
I have a lot of friends and they are nice to me.
− Cấu trúc: S + has/have + V + O

II. Rewrite the sentences so that it has the words in brackets.

1. Do Phong, Duy and Vy walk to school? (usually)
Do Phong, Duy and Vy usually walk to school?

2. Kelvin reviews the lesson in the morning. (rarely)

Kelvin rarely reviews the lesson in the morning.
3. Are Gwen and Anna busy on Fridays? (normally)
Are Gwen and Anna normally busy on Fridays?
4. The streets are crowded at this time of the day. (always)
The streets are always crowded at this time of the day.
5. The children have beefsteak for lunch. (seldom)
The children seldom have beefsteak for lunch.
6. They don’t do exercise at the weekends. (often)
They don't often do exercise at the weekends.
7. I forget to turn off the lights before leaving the room. (sometimes)
I sometimes forget to turn off the lights before leaving the room.
8. The canteen doesn’t run out of drinking water. (frequently)
The canteen doesn't frequently run out of drinking water.
 UNIT 2
MY HOUSE
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column according to the
pronunciation of ending sound.
chairs flats floors roofs rooms
toilets shops posters desks
doorsteps
kitchens clocks walls lamps
wardrobes
/s/ /z/

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. tables B. lights C. villas D.
windows
2. A. suburbs B. books C. streets D. safes
3. A. markets B. camps C. schools D. parks
4. A. gardens B. beds C. parents D. halls
5. A. drawers B. sofas C. photos D. attics
B. VOCABULARY
I. Put the words into the correct groups.
apartment attic country house picture stilt house
bathroom cupboard bedroom bookshelf town house
vase villa table kitchen hall chair living room
sofa toilet wardrobe
Types of buildings Rooms Furniture

II. Choose the correct word(s) to complete the sentences.

1. Her family’s _______ is on the fifteenth floor. (flat/ town house)
2. My sister is washing the dishes in the _______ now. (kitchen/ attic)
3. Susan wants to sit on the _______ next to the window. (table/ chair)
4. Frank will take a _______ before wearing the new uniform. (bath/ bed)
5. We don’t usually stay up late to watch _______ . (picture/ television)
6. Kate is sleeping in her _______ at the moment. (living room/ bedroom)
7. Mum is buying me a new _______ for my clothes this week. (chest of
drawers/ cupboard)
8. They live in an expensive _______ in the city. (stilt house/ villa)
9. I often turn on the _______ in hot weather. (air conditioner/ microwave)
10. There’s some ice and cold drinks in the _______ . (wardrobe/ fridge)
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. He keeps old books in the _______ on the top floor.
A. kitchen B. ceiling C. attic D. hall
2. I need to take a shower. Where is the _______?
A. dining room B. living room C. bedroom D.
bathroom
3. She is at the _______, washing her hands.
A. fridge B. fireplace C. sink D.
cupboard
4. She usually stands on the _______ and looks down the street.
A. balcony B. window C. roof D. wall
5. We often use bowls and _______ at mealtimes.
A. dishwasher B. chopsticks C. microwave D.
cookers
6. My grandpa’s _______ is in a tall building.
A. apartment B. villa C. town house D. stilt
house
7. My friends stay in _______ when they go camping.
A. a tent B. a country house C. a cottage D. an
apartment
8. Tom is opening the _______ to get some food.
A. wardrobe B. fridge C. chest of drawers D.
dishwasher
9. There is a big _______ of my family on the wall.
A. picture B. lamp C. window D. fan
10. Mary wants to buy a big _______ to store all her clothes.
A. fridge B. drawer C. bed D.
wardrobe
C. GRAMMAR
I. Choose the correct answer.
1. This is my (grandparents’/ grandparents’s) country house.
2. I don’t like (this gate’s colour/ the colour of this gate).
3. Do you know the address of (Mr. Wilson’s/ Mr. Wilson’) house?
4. I have to go to the (dentist’s/ dentists’s) tomorrow.
5. (New Year’s Eve/ New Year Eve) is the day before January 1st.
6. One of (my father/ my father’s) hobbies is fishing.
7. They are on the (upper floor of the building/ building’s upper floor).
8. (Birthday party of Kelvin/ Kelvin’s birthday party) will be next Friday.
9. (Last weekend’s journey/ The journey of last weekend) was
unforgettable.
10. The (department store’s lift/ lift of the department store) isn’t on the
ground floor.
II. Write the correct possessive cose of the nouns in brackets.
1. _______ (Iris) desk is over there.
2. She wants to look for _______ (women) clothes.
3. _______ (Mr. Dell) house is on this street.
4. The _______ (boys) new toy cars are the envy of his friends.
5. They won’t buy another house in _______ (ten years) time.
6. _______ (Elis) room is along this passage.
7. These are my _______ (friends) posters.
8. His _______ (parents) workshop isn’t too big.
9. Is _______ (Layla) book on the shelf?
10. Her house is near _______ (Ethan and Jacob) apartment.
III. Put a tick () next to the correct phrases and correct the false
ones.
1. the garden of my neighbour _______________
2. the president’s villa _______________
3. my dad’s new laptop _______________
4. the kid’ toys _______________
5. Viet Nam’s largest city _______________
6. the apartment’s basement _______________
7. two years time _______________
8. Mr. Hung town house _______________
9. the mens’s shoes _______________
10. the bedroom’s key _______________
IV. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition in brackets.
1. Her mum is cooking lunch _______ the kitchen. (on/ in)
IN + CÁC PHÒNG TRONG NHÀ

2. My cat is sleeping _______ the sofa now. (in/ on)

3. The second floor is always _______ the third flloor. (under/ in front of)
on the + STT + floor: ở trên tầng ....
under + STT + floor: ở dưới tầng

4. The living room of their house is _______ the dining room. (between/
next to)
5. I can’t watch TV because my brother is standing _______ me. (behind/ in
front of)
6. There is a wall _______ the bathroom and the bedroom. (next to/
between)
7. You can’t see the window because it is _______ the curtains. (behind/
under)
8. Can you put some pillows _______ the bed, please? (on/ in)
V. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Ms. Jennifer is _______ work now.
A. on B. next to C. at D. in
2. Is Steven still _______ bed with flu?
A. at B. in C. on D. under
ON THE BED: TRÊN GIƯỜNG
IN BED: để chỉ ai đó đang nằm trên giường và chuẩn bị đi ngủ
hoặc đang chuẩn bị thức dậy.

3. He hangs his coat _______ the door.

A. in B. between C. at D.
behind
4. The puppy (CON CHÓ) is hiding _______ the bed.
A. under B. in front of C. between D. at
5. You can find the dictionary _______ that bookshelf.
A. at B. on C. in D. under
ON THAT BOOKSHELF: TRÊN GIÁ SÁCH

6. Julia has to wear braces _______ her teeth.

A. in front of B. in C. next to D. on
ON ONE’S TEETH: TRÊN RĂNG
DỊCH: Julia phải đeo niềng răng

7. I can’t see the screen because of the person _______ me.

 A. behind B. in front of C. at D. in
8. Fred is standing _______ the window over there.
A. between B. in C. at D. on
9. The Jeffersons had a picnic _______ the river.
A. on B. in C. under D. next
to
10. Tiffany is sleeping _______ her mum and dad.
A. between B. under C. at D. in
VI. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. The student favourite subject is science.
A B C D
2. Samuel and Anna’s flower garden are really big.
A B C D
3. I stays with my dad, my mum and my older brother.
A B C D
4. He lives in a small town behind Liverpool and Manchester.
AB C D
5. Lucas’s and Amanda’s new apartment is really modern.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Answer the questions. Use the word(s) in brackets.
1. Where do you live, Brian? (near the city centre)
I live near the city centre (Tôi sống gần trung tâm thành phố)

2. Do you live in a town house? (yes)

Yes, I do

3. Is Thao’s bedroom big or small? (big)

Thao's bedroom is big

4. Who does Emily live with? (her parents and her younger brother)
She lives with her parents and her younger brother (Cô ấy sống
cùng với bố mẹ và em trai cô ấy)

5. Where is my school bag? (on the table)

Your school bag is on the table (cặp của bạn ở trên bàn)

6. Does your house have an attic? (yes)

Yes, it does

7. Is this your brother’s bedroom? (no)

No, it isn't

8. What is your favourite place in the house? (the living room)

My favourite place in the house is the living room (nơi yêu thích ở
trong nhà là phòng khách)

II. Match the sentences.

1. Anna, are you in your room? a. No, I don’t.
2. Where is the cat? b. My bedroom is upstairs.
3. Is it your study room, Hoang? c. No, it’s my parents’ reading
4. Let's clean the kitchen after room.
dinner. d. Some books, pens, and a lamp.
5. Do you know where our dog is? e. Living room.
6. Where does your grandfather f. It’s great that you like it.
live? g. In a villa by the sea.
7. Where is your bedroom? h. It’s under the sofa.
8. Which room in the house do you i. Great idea!
like best? j. Yes, I’m here, Mum.
9. What do you have on your desk?
10. I like your garden.

1. j 2. h 3. c 4. i 5. a 6. g 7. b 8. e

E. READING
I. Read the passage and decide whether the statements are TRUE
or FALSE.
A house is a building that is made for people to live in. It is not a place
that can be easily packed up and carried away like a tent or moved like a
caravan. If people live in the same house for more than a short stay, then
they call it their “home”.
(Nhà có nhiều hình dạng và kích thước khác nhau. Chúng có thể nhỏ
chỉ bằng một phòng hoặc có thể có hàng trăm phòng. Chúng cũng có
nhiều hình dạng khác nhau và có thể chỉ có một tầng hoặc nhiều tầng
khác nhau. Một tòa nhà lớn với nhiều tầng và căn hộ được gọi là "một khối
nhà chung cư" hoặc một tòa nhà chung cư.)

Houses have many different shapes and sizes. They may be as small
as just one room, or they may have hundreds of rooms. They also come in
many different shapes and may have just one level or several different
levels. A big building with lots of levels and apartments is called “a block
of flats” or an apartment block.
(Nhà là một tòa nhà được xây dựng để mọi người sinh sống. Đây không
phải là nơi có thể dễ dàng đóng gói và mang đi như lều trại hay di chuyển
như xe caravan. Nếu mọi người sống trong cùng một ngôi nhà trong thời
gian dài hơn một thời gian ngắn, thì họ gọi đó là "nhà" của họ.)

Houses have a roof to keep off the rain and sun, and walls to keep out
the wind and cold. They have window openings to let in light, and a floor.
Houses of different countries look different to each other, because of
different materials and styles.
(Nhà có mái che để che mưa và nắng, tường để ngăn gió và lạnh.
Chúng có cửa sổ để đón ánh sáng và sàn nhà. Nhà ở các quốc gia khác
nhau trông khác nhau vì vật liệu và phong cách khác nhau.)

1. A house is not easily to be packed up and carried away like a tent.

2. If people live in the same house for a short stay, they call it their
“home”.

3. Small houses and big houses have the same number of rooms.

4. A block of flats is a big building with lots of levels and apartments.

5. Both houses and apartment blocks may have different levels.

6. Houses have a roof to keep off the rain, sun, wind, and cold.

1. A house is not easily to be packed up and carried away like a

tent.
=> True
=> câu thứ 2: It is not a place that can be easily packed
up and carried away like a tent.
2. If people live in the same house for a short stay, they call it
their "home".
=> False
=> câu thứ 3: If people live in the same house for more
than a short stay, then they call it their "home".
3. Small houses and big houses have the same number of
rooms.
=> False
=> câu thứ 5: They may be as small as just one room, or
they may have hundreds of rooms.
4. A block of flats is a big building with lots of levels and
apartments.
=> True
=> câu thứ 7: A big building with lots of levels and
apartments is called " a block of flats".
5. Both houses and apartment blocks may have different levels.
=> True
=> tóm tắt toàn bộ đoạn 1: (câu thứ 5, 6, 7)
6. Houses have a roof to keep off the rain, sun, wind, and cold.
=> False
=> câu thứ nhất (đoạn 2): Houses have a roof to keep of
the rain and sun, and walls to keep out of the wind and
cold.

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

with bathrooms walls village

because move
The place you live in is your home, whether it’s a house with four (1) ___
walls ____ and a roof, a flat that’s part of a larger building or a caravan on
wheels that can (2) ___ move ____ around. The homes in your city, town
or (3) ___ village ____ may look different from yours - this could be
because they were built at a different time, and from different materials.
(Nơi bạn sống là nhà của bạn, cho dù đó là một ngôi nhà có bốn (1) ___
bức tường ____ và một mái nhà, một căn hộ là một phần của một tòa nhà
lớn hơn hoặc một đoàn xe có bánh xe có thể (2) ___ di chuyển ____ xung
quanh. Những ngôi nhà trong thành phố, thị trấn hoặc (3) ___ làng ____ của
bạn có thể trông khác với nhà bạn - điều này có thể là do chúng được xây
dựng vào thời điểm khác nhau và từ những vật liệu khác nhau.)
Homes have changed over the centuries (4) ___ because ____ the way
we live has changed during that time. For example, we don’t all live in one
room (5) ___ with ____ our horses and cows anymore like the way that the
Iron Age Celts did, and it’s more common to have (6) ___ bathrooms ____
inside our homes now instead of at the back of the garden like the
Victorians in Britain did in the 19th century.
(Nhà cửa đã thay đổi qua nhiều thế kỷ (4) ___ vì ____ cách chúng ta
sống đã thay đổi trong thời gian đó. Ví dụ, chúng ta không còn sống trong
một căn phòng (5) ___ với ____ ngựa và bò của mình nữa như cách người
Celt thời Đồ sắt đã làm, và việc có (6) ___ phòng tắm ____ bên trong nhà
của chúng ta hiện nay phổ biến hơn thay vì ở phía sau khu vườn như người
Victoria ở Anh đã làm vào thế kỷ 19.)

F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. is/ big wardrobe/ my sister’s bedroom/ There/ a/ in
There is a big wardrobe in my sister's bedroom.

2. on/ not/ pillows/ There/ the bed/ the guest room/ in/ any/ are
There aren't any pillow on the bed in the guest room.

3. the town/ are/ schools/ There/ in/ four

There are four schools in the town.

4. in/ no/ is/ Melissa's/ There/ basement/ house

There is no basement in Melissa's house.

5. the living room,/ red carpet/ is/ there/ In/ the floor/ on/ a
In the livingroom, there is a red carpet on the floor.

6. a sink/ dishwasher/ and a/ in/ there/ Is/ your kitchen?

Is there a sink and a dishwasher in your kitchen ?

7. the/ Is/ your room/ next to/ bathroom?

Is your room next to the bathroom ?

8. picture/ There/ the wall/ is/ a/ on/ of flowers

There is a picture of flowers on the wall.

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. The small house does not have a basement.
There isn't a basement in the small house. (Dịch: Không có tầng
hầm trong ngôi nhà nhỏ.)

2. Kelvin is standing in front of Natalia.

Natalia is standing behind Kelvin. (Dịch: Natalia đứng sau
Kelvin.)

3. I have a desktop and a bookcase in my bedroom.

There is a desktop and a bookcase in my bedroom. (Dịch: Có 1
cái máy tính để bàn và 1 cái tủ sách trong phòng của tôi.)

4. There are three ceiling fans in our classroom.

 Our classroom has three ceiling fans. (Dịch: Lớp học của chúng
tôi có 3 cái quạt trần.)

5. They have two cookers in the kitchen.

There are two cookers in the kitchen. (Dịch :Có 2 cái bếp trong
nhà bếp.)

6. There aren’t a lot of people on the bus.

The bus doesn’t have a lot of people. (Dịch: Xe buýt không có
nhiều người.)

7. Does your new apartment have many rooms?

Are there many rooms in your new apartment? (Dịch :Có nhiều
phòng trong căn hộ mới của bạn không?)

8. Let's put those new chairs in the dining room.

How about putting those new chairs in the dining room? (Dịch:
Đặt những chiếc ghế mới trong phòng ăn thì thế nào? ; Giải thích:
How about+ Ving)
 UNIT 3
MY FRIENDS
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
best play picnic boring patient
chubby pencil blonde band elbow
ponytail biscuit yearbook pretty sporty
/b/ /p/

II. Fill in the blanks with "b" or "p" to complete the words.
1. Jenny doesn’t have __ lack hair and __ rown eyes.
2. This is a __ icture of my friends at the __ arty.
3. I’m going to the foot __ all clu __ with my __ rother.
4. Can you __ ass me the __ iscuits __ lease?
5. I usually go on a __ icnic with my __ arents.

B. VOCABULARY
I. Choose the correct word in brackets to complete the sentences.
1. Tomorrow morning I’m having a _______ out at the dentist’s. (teeth/
tooth)
2. Jane wears a beautiful necklace around her _______ . (nose/ neck)
3. You must move your arms and _______ when swimming. (legs/ ears)
4. Helena has a round _______ with a high forehead, (face/ cheeks)
5. Please don’t speak when you have food in your _______ . (lips/ mouth)
6. I raise my _______ up to ask the teacher a question, (hands/ hand)
7. William has a small red spot above his right _______ . (eye/ eyes)
8. On seeing me, my dog wagged its _______ excitedly. (nail/ tail)
9. My _______ are hurt after a long walk to school. (feet/ foot)
10. Amanda has red _______ , so I can recognise her easily. (fur/ hair)
II. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. John is _______. He does not live with his parents.
A. boring B. serious C. independent D.
helpful
2. Rebecca often talks in class. She is _______.
 A. shy B. talkative C. creative D.
patient
3. Noriko looks pretty in her new _______ style.
A. hair B. elbow C. neck D.
shoulder
4. Jose finishes difficult maths questions in a short time. He is _______.
A. helpful B. clever C. kind D.
confident
5. Sara studies all day. She is a _______ girl.
A. funny B. sporty C. serious D. hard-
working
6. Jim rarely talks to his classmates. He is quite _______.
A. friendly and easy-going B. talkative and creative
C. dependent and confident D. quiet and reserve
7. Nick has broad shoulders and strong _______.
A. cheeks B. arms C. eyes D. head
8. Jack often plays sports and practises judo. He’s so _______.
A. short B. slim C. weak D. sporty
9. Phuc is _______. He is only 12 years old but 1.7 metre in height.
A. strong B. long C. fat D. tall
10. You can see her beautiful _______ when she smiles.
A. ears B. teeth C. feet D. neck

C. GRAMMAR
I. Choose the correct word(s) in brackets to complete the
sentences.
1. She _______ often busy on Mondays, (is/ has)
2. Julia _______ a round face and blue eyes, (have/ has)
3. Henry _______ creative and clever, (doesn’t have/ isn’t)
4. They _______ brown eyes and black hair, (are/ have)
5. _______ always kind and funny in class? (Do you have/ Are you)
6. The twins both _______ green eyes and fair skin, (are/ have)
7. Alex and Beck _______ tall but good-looking, (aren’t/ isn’t)
8. _______ blonde hair and big eyes? (Is James/ Does James have)
9. I _______ dark skin and curly hair, (don’t have/ am not)
10. Betty _______ chubby cheeks and white skin, (has/ is)
II. Write the correct form of the verbs in brackets in the present
continuous.
1. This evening, we _______ (work) on our school project.
2. I _______ (visit) my grandparents next Saturday afternoon.
3. The children _______ (watch) cartoons on TV at the moment.
4. _______ you _______ (play) football with my team this Sunday morning?
5. Bob _______ (not come) to our club tonight. He’s busy.
6. My mother _______ (bake) an apple pie for my birthday at the weekends.
7. The students are in the schoolyard now. They _______ (not take) a test.
8. _______ Harry _______ (cycle) to school tomorrow?
9. Wendy _______ (travel) to England for summer camp at present.
10. Look! Betty and Lucas _______ (talk) to a reporter.
III. Write the correct form of the verbs in the present simple or
the present continuous.
1. I _______ (not review) my maths lesson now.
2. Where _______ your grandfather _______ (live) ?
3. Look! Khoa _______ (speak) to a stranger.
4. She _______ (never, drink) lemonade at night.
5. Where _______ Jimmy _______ (go) at the moment?
6. What _______ your brother _______ (do) every weekend?
7. What’s that noise? - Paul _______ (play) the drums.
8. Ms. Thao _______ (sometimes, travel) to Canada in summer.
9. I’m looking at those boys. They _______ (wear) beautiful uniforms.
10. Henderson _______ (not walk) to school every afternoon.
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Caroline _______ to see the dentist at 3 p.m. this afternoon.
A. come B. coming C. comes D. is
coming
2. David and his friends _______ volleyball right now.
A. are playing B. play C. plays D. is
playing
3. Tomorrow evening, we _______ to the cinema.
A. are going B. go C. going D. goes
4. You can borrow Trinity's laptop. She _______ it at present.
A. doesn’t use B. use C. isn’t using D. uses
5. Mary _______ on the phone at the moment.
A. talk B. not talk C. talks D. is
talking
6. Listen! Someone _______ at the door.
A. knocks B. is knocking C. are knocking D. knock
7. What time _______ you _______ your English class?
A. are ... starting B. do ... start C. are ... start D. do ...
starting
8. I _______ reading comic books in free time.
 A. am liking B. like C. liking D. likes
9. Isabella _______ Literature on Wednesdays and Fridays.
A. don’t study B. doesn’t studies C. isn’t studying D.
doesn’t study
10. Nicholas _______ to Da Nang on tonight’s flight.
A. are flying B. is flying C. flies D. fly
V. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. He is a round face, a big nose, and short hair.
A B C D
2. She doesn’t very tall, but she’s pretty cute.
A B C D
3. What colour are her eyes have? - They’re blue.
A B C D
4. He wears glasses and he has very funny.
A B C D
5. This Sunday I do the gardening with my mum.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Match the sentences.
1. We are working on our school a. No, she doesn’t.
project. b. OK. Bye!
2. Does she have a round face? c. Yes. She talks a lot.
3. It’s time to go home. See you d. Green eyes? Where is she from?
later! e. Her name is Sylvie.
4. Where does Brian come from? f. Yes, she is.
5. My classmate has green eyes. g. He is not very tall.
6. What is your best friend’s name? h. Oh, I’m sorry. I can’t.
7. What does he look like? i. What is it about?
8. Is Olivia friendly and funny? j. He comes from England.
9. Would you like to join my party?
10. Lauren is kind but talkative.
II. Complete the conversation. Use the sentences in the box.
 What does she look like?
Why do you like her?
Who do you sit next to in your class, Lily?
It's great to hear that. When can I meet her?
Thank you very much.
Can you introduce me to her?
Blue eyes? I think she looks beautiful without
glasses.
Do you like her?
Ella: (1)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: I sit next to Chloe.
Ella: (2)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: She’s tall. She wears glasses and she has blue eyes.
Ella: (3)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: You’re right. But she wears glasses all the time.
Ella: (4)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: Yes, I do.
Ella: (5)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: Because she is friendly and helpful. She usually makes me laugh and
helps me with my English homework.
Ella: (6)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: Sure, Ella. I think she will like you. And three of us will be good
friends.
Ella: (7)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: Let me ask her first. Then I’ll tell you later.
Ella: (8)
____________________________________________________________________________
Lily: Never mind.
E. READING
I. Read the passage and choose the best answers to the
questions.
There is a newcomer in our class. Her name is Daisy. She is tall with
curly, blonde hair. She has big blue eyes. I like her charming smile very
much.
Although she is a newcomer, she makes friends with other students
easily because she is friendly, easy-going, and sociable. Most of the
classmates like her. During the lessons, Daisy rarely talks when the
teacher explains something. In class, she is hard-working and does all
exercises. When we work in groups, she is energetic, helpful and active.
She always makes everything exciting.
Daisy’s house is far away from school, so she stays in the campus.
After class, she takes part in a sports club of the school. She is sporty and
can play volleyball well.
She enjoys reading books, going out with friends, listening to music,
and hiking. She tells me she would like to become a tour guide and she
also wants to travel to many other places in the world.
1. What is Daisy’s appearance?
A. She is tall with straight blonde hair.
B. She is tall and she has blue eyes.
C. She is short with curly blonde hair.
D. She is short and she has brown eyes.
2. Why does she make friends with other students easily?
A. Because she is talkative.
B. Because she is funny and clever.
C. Because she is unfriendly and shy.
D. Because she is friendly, easy-going, and sociable.
3. When working in groups, Daisy _______.
A. is hard-working and does all exercises
B. does all exercises and makes everything exciting
C. is energetic, helpful and active
D. is helpful but she rarely talks
4. Daisy is not interested in _______.
A. playing football B. listening to music
C. reading books D. going out with friends
5. Which of the following statements is NOT true about Daisy?
A. During the lessons, she talks when the teacher explains something.
B. She joins the school sports club after class.
C. She stays in the campus because her house is far away from school.
 D. She wants to become a tour guide and travel to many places.
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
similar sorrows sharing or necessary
knows
A friend is a person that someone likes or (1) _______. People who are
friends talk to each other and spend time together. They also help each
other when they are in trouble (2) _______ are hurt. Friends are people that
can be looked up to and trusted. Sometimes people can’t share their
secrets with their parents, but they share them with their friends. Usually,
friends have (3) _______ interests. A friend is one who admires a person’s
skill and helps or encourages them to make the right choices and do not
get into any trouble at all.
Friendship is both good and (4) _______ . Humans cannot live all alone.
We are social beings. We need someone to share our joys and (5) _______ .
Generally, it is only people of similar age, character, background,
mentality, etc., who can understand us and our problems. Friends are
needed for support and for (6) _______ .

F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. an/ My best friend/ active/ is/ person

2. watching/ my siblings/ am/ I/ with/ a film

3. smart/ My teacher/ woman/ and funny/ a/ is

4. and a/ has/ hair/ chubby/ Carlix/ curly/ face

5. are/ together/ today/ Sally and I/ lunch/ having

6. you/ join/ us/ like/ the/ to/ with/ Would/ summer camp?
7. is/ basketball/ plays/ sporty/ and/ Owen/ well

8. helping/ physics homework/ At/ my/ is/ present/ with/ my sister/ me

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. Her hair is long and curly.
Her hair isn’t
2. His eyes are big and blue.
He has

3. Do you want to join our judo club?

Would you
?
4. My friends are very honest.
I have

5. He likes this book best.

This is

6. She has chubby and rosy cheeks.

Her cheeks

7. What is the new neighbour's appearance?

What does
?
8. My new school has lots of students.
There are
 REVIEW 1
I. Fill in the blanks with “b” or “p” to complete the words.
1. I’ll go and __ uy a __ air of shoes.
2. He __ acked a few things into a __ ag.
3. The __ ictures are in __ lack and white.
4. There are two __ assengers in the us.
5. She gave me a __ resent on my __ irthday.
II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced
differently from the others.
1. A. uniforms B. classmates C. desks D. lamps
2. A. fun B. study C. compass D.
homework
3. A. lessons B. shoes C. cheeks D.
friends
4. A. car B. mark C. wardrobe D. start
5. A. subjects B. rulers C. pencils D. eyes
III. Complete the sentences with the correct words in the box.
light compass blonde drawers board lunch maths
friendly house round
1. Their grandparents live in a country _______ .
2. My best friend has a _______ face and short hair.
3. There is only one ceiling _______ in the living room.
4. The teacher isn’t writing on the _______ now.
5. She needs to have a _______ to draw a circle.
6. What time do you usually have school _______ ?
7. _______ is a subject with numbers and figures.
8. Jessica is _______ . She can make friends easily.
9. Our room has a chest of _______ and a wardrobe.
10. Does she have long and _______ hair?
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. My sister usually has breakfast in the _______ .
A. bathroom B. kitchen C. bedroom D. attic
2. Look! The girls are skipping in the _______.
A. school canteen B. school library C. schoolyard D. school
garden
3. Do you _______ a uniform at school every day?
A. wear B. help C. move D. pass
4. There is a reading table _______ the bookshelf.
A. next to B. on C. under D. in
5. She’s Trang. Her cheeks are chubby and _______.
A. curly B. rosy C. long D. kind
6. Jonathan is sitting on the chair _______ Barbara.
A. under B. at C. in front of D. on
7. She’s afraid of talking to strangers. She’s very _______.
A. confident B. friendly C. talkative D. shy
8. Gabriel is clever. He _______ things quickly and easily.
A. understands B. does C. plays D. likes
9. I can’t see my cat because it’s _______ the door.
A. under B. in front of C. behind D.
between
10. Mr. Mason often makes jokes and tells _______ stories.
A. touching B. funny C. sad D. boring
V. Choose the correct answer.
1. Robert usually do (lessons/ homework) with Jessica.
2. It’s cold here. I don’t need a(n) (air conditioner/ fridge).
3. Rachel is (confident/ clever). She is sure about what she says.
4. (Science/ Music) is her favourite subject. She is playing the piano at
present.
5. He wants to sit on the (sink/ sofa), but his cat is sleeping on it.
6. They are healthy. They do (football/ judo) every day.
7. Do you always brush your (tooth/ teeth) after every meal?
8. She has about ten pens in her (pencil sharpener/ pencil case).
9. We don’t have a (washing machine/ dishwasher). We wash the dishes
by hand.
10. Joe likes his dog very much. It has a long (leg/ tail) and big ears.
VI. Write the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Is there a big window in the _______ room? (live)
2. Kyle is sometimes noisy and a little _______ . (talk)
3. Chloe is very _______ and always has new ideas. (create)
4. These firefighters often help other people. They are _______ . (help)
5. My older sister plays sports regularly. She looks _______ . (sport)
6. Anna is a _______ and charming girl. (beauty)
7. Stephanie has rather _______ and curly hair. (length)
8. Bella is a nice classmate. She is always funny and _______ . (friend)
9. Ms. Kelly teaches Literature. Her lectures are _______ . (interest)
10. Do you think that Samantha is a _______ person? (care)
VII. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Stefany _______ hard-working and serious.
 A. has B. is C. are D. have
2. Camila _______ some exercise in the morning.
A. usually do B. usually does C. do usually D. does
usually
3. We often _______ lunch at school at about 11 o’clock.
A. are eating B. eats C. is eating D. eat
4. Diligent students _______ this subject.
A. doesn’t occasionally fail B. don’t occasionally fail
C. don’t fail occasionally D.
occasionally doesn’t fail
5. Be quiet! My younger sister _______ upstairs.
A. is sleeping B. sleeps C. sleep D. are
sleeping
6. Eric always gets good marks. He _______ very hard.
A. plays B. has C. studies D. does
7. _______ everyone _______ note of the lesson right now?
A. Is ... taking B. Does ... take C. Do ... take D. Are ...
taking
8. _______ in any of our group discussions.
A. Never she participates B. She
doesn’t never participates
C. She participates never D. She
never participates
9. This Sunday morning, Vivian and I _______ to the safari park.
A. go B. goes C. are going D. is
going
10. She _______ yoga _______.
A. practises - regularly fairly B. is practising - fairly
regularly
C. practises - fairly regularly D. practise - regularly fairly
VIII. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. I come from Hue, but I _______ (study) at a secondary school in Da Nang
now.
2. What time _______ you _______ (get up) every morning?
3. We _______ (work) on our history project this weekend.
4. There _______ (be) two computer rooms in Matt's boarding school.
5. Every day, Zoe _______ (learn) English with Ms. Eleanor.
6. Look at Brenda! She _______ (wear) a new uniform.
7. Johan _______ (always, do) his homework before going to bed.
8. The girls _______ (play) skipping game at the moment.
9. William _______ (never, forget) his parents’ birthday.
10. _______ Sue _______ (stay) at home? - Yes. She _______ (not travel) with
us today.
IX. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1. How many lamps are there _______ your room?
2. Olivia is lazy. She spends all day sitting _______ the TV.
3. Michael is putting his hands and arms _______ his back.
4. In this game, the students have to hold hands and stand _______ each
other.
5. There is a bookshop _______ our school and the department store.
6. Does the city’s subway go _______ the ground?
7. Let's put these new bowls _______ the kitchen counter.
8. I often go _______ the supermarket with my parents at weekends.
9. Lucy stays _______ home and reviews her lessons.
10. Is Janet still lying _______ bed? Let's go to her room and wake her up.
X. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. There are only two bedrooms on my house.
A B C D
2. We are usually play football at break time.
A B C D
3. I have good friends and helped teachers.
A B C D
4. Listen! Someone knocks at the front door.
A B C D
5. Our school year is starting on September 5th.
A B C D

XI. Match the sentences.

1. Is he good at playing sports? a. Yes, sure.
2. His room looks so big. b. Yes, I’d love to.
3. What is the name of her school? c. It looks nice too.
4. What do you usually do at break d. No. I don’t like wearing it.
time? e. Dream School.
5. Can you pass me the pen, f. No, not really good.
please? g. I stay in class.
6. Do you like wearing a uniform? h. Nice to meet you.
7. Look! Mai is coming with i. They’re beautiful, Mum.
someone.
j. Oh, who’s that?
8. Would you like some fresh
water?
9. This is Phong, my new friend.
10. I’ve bought these new bowls.
XII. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a
conversation.
____ It’s on the second floor. Do you want to see it?
____ What about your room? Where is it?
____ Thank you. It’s just a small garden. Let’s go inside! (They go inside.)
____ Sure thing.
1 Welcome to my house!
____ Yes. It's where my family usually watch TV and talk.
____ Sarah, you have a nice garden! The flowers and plants look so
beautiful.
____ Oh! Is this the living room?
____ Maybe later. Now I would like to take a look around here.

XIII. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

similar email from exciting stories
relationship
Have you ever wondered what it would be like to see the world (1)
_______ the eyes of a stranger? To see what they think and how life must
feel for them? How different or (2) _______ are you? Being a pen pal is
essentially just that. Pen pals are sets of people who regularly write to
each other, primarily via postal mail or email. They don’t usually have a
well-established (3) _______ in person and so are, most of the time,
strangers. They share their thoughts and (4) _______ with each other and
often develop lifelong friendships. For some individuals the fun of having
pen pals often lies in the fact that the letters are handwritten, therefore
snail mail is their preferred way of communicating, while for others the
modernity of (5) _______ interaction is a better fit. Regardless of the
preferred mode, having a pen pal is super fun and (6) _______ .
XIV. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Education is an important part of British life. There are hundreds of
schools, colleges and universities in England, including some of the most
famous in the world.
Education is free and compulsory for all children between the ages of 5
- 16. Some children are educated at home rather than in school.
Children’s education in England is normally divided into two separate
stages. They begin with primary education at the age of five and this
usually lasts until they are eleven. Then they move to secondary school,
there they stay until they reach sixteen, seventeen or eighteen years of
age.
 Teachers in primary schools (4-11 years old) are always addressed by
their surname by parents and pupils alike, always Mr., Mrs. or Miss Smith...
In secondary schools (11 - 16 years), teachers are usually addressed as
Miss or Sir.
1. How many schools, colleges and universities are there in Britain?

2. Is education free and compulsory for all children between the ages of 5 -
16?

3. How many stages is children’s education in England divided into?

4. At what age do children move to secondary school?

5. How do parents and pupils address teachers in primary schools?

6. How are teachers in secondary schools addressed?

XV. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.

1. excited/ my/ first day/ school/ at/ I’m/ about

2. subjects/ and geography/ favourite/ My/ literature/ are

3. in/ are/ How many/ your/ bedrooms/ there/ house?

4. a/ a/ is/ maths teacher/ at/ My father/ secondary school

5. blue eyes,/ has/ straight nose/ Grace/ and a/ full lips

6. are/ some books/ on/ next to/ There/ the desk/ my chair

7. watering/ likes/ flowers/ our garden/ in/ My brother/ the

8. attend/ with/ Would/ like/ to/ you/ birthday party/ Mai’s/ me?

XVI. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as

the first one.
1. There are about 20 classrooms in my international school.
My international school
2. The dishwasher is on the left of the cupboard, and the fridge is on the
right.
The cupboard

3. How about having a picnic at the park this weekend?

Let's

4. She has soft hands and slim fingers.

Her hands

5. There is a lot of vitamin C in oranges.

Oranges

6. The table is in front of the sofa.

The sofa

7. The room doesn’t have any windows.

There aren't

8. His body is strong and sporty.

He
 UNIT 4:
MY NEIGHBOURHOOD
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
busy peaceful beach leave gym
excited city street cathedral fantastic
police people cheap noisy historic
/i/ /i:/

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. historic B. wide C. public D.
hospital
2. A. centre B. city C. convenient D.
cinema
3. A. expensive B. example C. exciting D.
exercise
4. A. beautiful B. beach C. cheap D.
peaceful
5. A. tree B. street C. week D. coffee

B. VOCABULARY
I. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. A _______ is a place for worshipping.
A. square B. temple C. market D. palace
2. Green Hotel? Go to the end of the road. It’s on your _______.
A. direction B. leg C. turn D. left
3. The air in that area is _______ with smoke from factories.
A. terrible B. fresh C. polluted D. boring
4. Could you please tell me the _______ to the post office?
A. road B. way C. street D. path
5. Vehicles are moving fast. It’s dangerous to _______ the street now.
A. run B. build C. walk D. cross
6. London is _______. You have to earn a lot of money to live there.
 A. expensive B. crowded C. cheap D.
famous
7. The city is always crowded and _______. I don’t like it.
A. noisy B. quiet C. peaceful D.
convenient
8. The express train leaves the _______ at 9 o’clock.
A. railway station B. workshop
C. post office D. shopping centre
9. There are many famous paintings in this _______.
A. supermarket B. gallery C. memorial D.
cathedral
10. Go _______ ahead, then take the first turning on your right.
A. past B. to C. straight D. away
II. Fill in each blank a suitable word in brackets.
1. Could you show me the way to the bus _______? (square/ stop)
2. Computers and smartphones are important parts of _______ life.
(historic/ modern)
3. There are all types of shops here. It’s very _______ . (convenient/
inconvenient)
4. He lives in a _______ and peaceful village on the hill. (quiet/ noisy)
5. The _______ in my neighbourhood sells a variety of cheeses. (theatre/
market)
6. The path is too _______ for two people to walk together. (narrow/ wide)
7. Andy works in the city centre. but he lives in the _______ . (suburbs/
downtown)
8. She wants to see the movie again. It’s really _______ . (exciting/ boring)
9. I need to relax because I have a _______ headache. (terrible/ fantastic)
10. Dad is taking me to the amusement _______ this weekend. (park/
playground)

C. GRAMMAR
I. Choose the correct answer.
1. Lucy is smart, but Carol is (smarter/ more smart) than her.
2. It’s too hot! Today is even (hoter/ hotter) than yesterday.
3. Cities are always (moderner/ more modern) than rural areas.
4. Which city is (more historic/ more historic than), Hue or Hoi An?
5. The downtown is (exciter/ more exciting) than suburbs.
6. This film is (more interesting/ interesting more) than that film.
7. The streets are very (wetter/ wet) after a heavy rain.
8. Which one is (gooder/ better), a house or an apartment?
9. Motorbike is (more popular/ popularer) than car in my place.
10. His school is only a (small/ smaller) school near the hill.
II. Make comparisons using the adjectives in brackets.
1. The city is _______ (noisy) the countryside.
2. Ho Chi Minh City is _______ (crowded) Da Nang City.
3. Tommy is much _______ (friendly) Jennifer.
4. Which building is _______ (big), the corner shop or the supermarket?
5. Is living in a house _______ (convenient) living in an apartment?
6. London is really _______ (busy) Liverpool.
7. Their new villa is _______ (far) from the hospital than the old one.
8. The air now is a lot _______ (polluted) in the past.
9. The traffic jams today are _______ (bad) before.
10. Travelling by plan is _______ (comfortable) travelling by car.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Your neighbourhood is _______ my neighbourhood.
A. quieter than B. quiet than
C. more quiet D. more quieter than
2. Young people like city life because it is _______ countryside life.
A. more than inconvenient B. more inconvenient than
C. more convenient than D.
inconvenient more than
3. Generally, a grocery store is _______ than a supermarket.
A. more small B. more big C. bigger D.
smaller
4. At night, the streets look _______ with colourful lights.
A. more wonderful B. wonderful more
C. more wonderful than D.
wonderful than
5. I think your town is much _______ than my town.
A. more new B. modern C. more ancient D. more
older
6. Is Vung Tau Beach _______ Long Son Beach?
A. prettier than B. more pretty than
C. more prettier than D. prettyer than
7. The park near my house is _______ than the central park.
A. large B. larger C. more large D. more
larger
8. Those big buildings look _______ than these small ones.
A. newier B. newwer C. more new D. newer
9. Are motorbikes really _______ than cars in your country?
 A. more expensive B. more cheap C. expensive D. more
cheap
10. In my city, there is less traffic, and the streets are _______.
A. wider than B. wider C. more wide D. wide
than
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. This shortcut is always much more short than that road.
A B C D
2. This river is more polluted as other rivers in the area.
A B C D
3. Not turn left at the traffic lights but turn right at the next corner.
A B C D
4. There are two market and a high school in our neighbourhood.
A B C D
5. Many people think that modern life is good than life in the past.
A B C D
D. SPEAKING
I. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ Thanks a lot. How far is it from here?
___ Is it on the right or on the left of the street?
___ No problem.
___ It’s about 500 metres from here.
___ Go straight and turn right at the second traffic lights. The post office
will be at the end of the street.
1 Excuse me! Could you tell me the way to the central post office?
___ It’s on the right, next to the city museum.
___ Thank you so much.
II. Match the sentences.
1. Shall we go there by taxi? a. It’s cooler than here.
2. I think we’re lost! b. Yes. They are also very modern.
3. Can you tell us the way to Tan c. My pleasure.
Ky House? d. They are friendly and generous.
4. Wow! We’re at the central post e. Let’s ask the girl over there for
office. help,
5. How are the people in the f. No. Let’s walk there.
village? g. Yes. It looks historic.
6. Thank you so much for your h. But our city is prettier.
help.
i. Go straight, then turn right.
7. Where shall we go first?
j. Let’s go to Chua Cau first.
8. My city is very pretty.
9. What’s the weather like in your
city?
10. These buildings are really tall.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and choose the best answers to the
questions.
London is the capital city of the United Kingdom. There are a lot of
cars in the city. People go everywhere by car, so traffic in the city centre is
heavier than that in the suburbs. It is harder to find a place to park a car
than to do it in other areas. The public means of transport is cheaper than
cars but the Londoners prefer their own cars. Moreover, there are more
and more tourists and visitors coming to London for sightseeing or
shopping. At weekends, the streets are noisier and busier than they are on
weekdays. Now, traffic jams are worse than ever before.
Although the living cost in the suburbs and the countryside is
cheaper than that in the city centre, most young people prefer living in the
city centre. London is richer than other cities in the United Kingdom, but it
is more polluted because of the city Industry, vehicles, and plenty of
people.
1. How is the traffic in London?
A. Traffic in the city centre is better than before.
B. Traffic in the suburbs is better than before.
C. Traffic in the city centre is heavier than that in the suburbs.
D. Traffic in the suburbs is heavier than that in the city centre.
2. People in London prefer to go around _______.
A. by their own cars
B. by public means of transport
C. by both their own cars and public means of transport
D. by any vehicles
3. How are the streets in London at weekends?
A. There is less traffic. B. The streets are noisier.
C. Traffic jams are better. D. The traffic is not heavier.
4. The living cost in the city centre is _______.
A. cheaper than that in the suburbs and the countryside
B. not expensive but people like to live in the suburbs and the
countryside
C. not cheap so more people want to leave for the suburbs and the
countryside
D. more expensive than that in the suburbs and the countryside
5. According to the passage, what is NOT true about London?
 A. London’s public means of transport is more expensive than cars.
B. There are a lot of people in the city centre, especially at weekends.
C. More and more people come to London for sightseeing.
D. London is richer than other cities in the United Kingdom.
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
problems charitable helping apartment together
frustrated
A neighbour, or neighbor in American English, is a person who lives
nearby, normally in a house or an (1) _______ that is next door or, in the
case of houses, across the street. Some people form friendships with their
neighbours and help them by sharing their tools and (2) _______ with
gardening tasks. Other people become (3) _______ with their neighbours if
the neighbour makes a lot of noise or a mess.
A group of people living close (4) _______ in a small community is
called a neighbourhood. Some neighbourhoods have many community
organisations, where people volunteer and do (5) _______ activities. Other
neighbourhoods in poor communities may have no community
organisations, and there may be many (6) _______ in the community.
F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. going/ Going/ by/ by/ car/ bicycle/ than/ is/ faster/ much

2. street/ There/ post office/ at/ corner/ a/ the/ of/ the/ is

3. this/ we/ shall/ What/ do/ Saturday evening?

4. watch/ stay/ at/ home/ Let’s/ and/ TV

5. in/ is/ suburbs/ Da Nang City/ My neighbourhood/ the/ of

6. dinner?/ we/ go/ Shall/ to/ the/ after/ cinema

7. is/ Ho Chi Minh City/ busy and crowded/ for/ too/ me

8. me/ you/ Can/ the/ to/ tell/ way/ Ben Thanh Market?

II. Combine the two sentences using the comparative form of the
adjectives in brackets.
Ex: My city has about 10 million people. Your city has about 8 million
people. (crowded)
=> My city is more crowded than your city.
1. Her mother is 37 years old. Her father is 38 years old. (old)

2. A hotel room costs $20 a night. A guest house room costs $15 a night.
(cheap)

3. Martin’s villa is $100,000. Henry’s villa is $150,000. (expensive)

4. This valley is about 300m deep. That valley is about 310m deep. (deep)

5. This square is about 7,500m2. That square is about 7,000m2. (big)

6. The office block has 33 floors. The shopping mall has 15 floors. (tall)

7. My house is 3km from school. His house is 5km from school. (far)

8. John is about 38 kilos in weight. Sylvie is about 36 kilos in weight.

(heavy)
 UNIT 5
NATURAL WONDERS OF VIET NAM
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
boat island tent forest wonder
guide visit holiday climate road
boot sand waterfall drive hotel
/t/ /d/

II. Fill in the blanks with “t” or “d” to complete the words.
1. The village lies behin the moun __ ain.
2. Should we __ rive or travel on foo __ ?
3. The sun’s hea __ vaporises the wa __ er of the ocean.
4. The amusemen __ park is built aroun a man-ma __ e lake.
5. Our __ our inclu __ es a visi __ to the san __ unes.

B. VOCABULARY
I. Match each word with its definition.
1. a. a large area of land that is thickly covered with trees
mountain b. a very high hill, often with rocks or snow near the top
2. river c. a large pool of water that is surrounded by land
3. waterfall d. a large area of land that has very little water and very
4. forest few plants growing on it, often covered with sand.
e. a piece of land that is completely surrounded by water
5. cave f. an area of sand or small stones beside the sea or a lake
6. desert g. an area of low land between hills or mountains, often
7. lake with a river flowing through it
h. a large hole in the side of a hill or under the ground
8. beach i. a place where a stream or river falls from a high place
9. island j. a large area of water that flows into the sea
10. valley

II. Choose the correct answer.

1. The (bay/ cave) often has a huge roof.
2. There’s a lot of danger in (rock/ water) climbing.
3. Viet Nam is located in the (continent/ island) of Asia.
4. Samantha takes a pair of (glasses/ scissors) to cut the string.
5. A (compass/ watch) needle always points at the north.
6. A good tube of (suncream/ toothpaste) will help to prevent sunburn.
7. You can sleep in this sleeping (bag/ coat) during the trip.
8. She took her (school bag/ backpack) and joined some friends for a trek.
9. We can’t overbuild a (natural/ man-made) environment area.
10. The (mount/ valley) that we are trying to reach lies behind the next
hill.
III. Find the odd word.
1. A. photo B. plaster C. scissors D. poster
2. A. travel B. island C. valley D. mountain
3. A. suncream B. milk C. tea D. water
4. A. camping B. amazing C. climbing D. hiking
5. A. Mount Everest B. Viet Nam C. Ha Long Bay D. The
Sahara Desert
6. A. visitors B. tourists C. travellers D. workers
7. A. lake B. ocean C. river D. desert
8. A. boat B. bike C. backpack D. airplane
9. A. Ninh Binh B. Quang Ninh C. Kien Giang D. Ganh Da
Dia
10. A. narrow B. wonderful C. beautiful D. awesome

C. GRAMMAR
I. Write C next to countable nouns and UC next to uncountable
nouns.
1. beach _______ , lake _______
2. soil _______ , water _______
3. river _______ , stream _______
4. mountain _______ , forest _______
5. knowledge _______ , information _______
6. plaster _______ , suncream _______
7. park _______ , museum _______
8. tea _______ , milk _______
9. furniture _______ , item _______
10. attraction _______ , destination _______
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. Boats are readily available to (visitor/ visitors).
2. Each year millions of (person/ people) visit this holiday destination.
3. Could you give (some/ a) advice on what to wear?
4. The best way to explore the countryside is on (foot/ feet).
5. We had a fantastic (trip/ trips) to Cat Tien National Park last summer.
6. To hear a hundred (time/ times) is not so good as to see once.
7. Could I have two cups of (coffee/ coffees) and a tea, please?
8. She saves (a few/ a little) money every month for the summer vacation.
9. (How much/ How many) does it cost to stay one night in a five-star
hotel?
10. The agent provided information on (much/ many) ways of travelling.
III. Fill in the blanks with must or mustn’t.
1. We _______ step on the grass in the yard.
2. Everyone _______ wear a life vest when boating.
3. Students _______ pick flowers in the school garden.
4. We _______ leave now or we’ll miss the plane.
5. They _______ drive a car without a driving licence.
6. Your hands are dirty. You _______ touch anything.
7. You _______ take photos in the gallery.
8. In Britain, you _______ drive on the left.
9. We _______ book the tickets before it’s too late.
10. You _______ use a mobile phone when the plane is taking off.
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. You _______ go mountain climbing alone. You _______ go in a group.
A. must - must B. mustn’t - must C. mustn’t - mustn’t D. must -
mustn’t
2. We only stayed for _______ days in Da Nang, then we headed to Hoi An.
A. much B. a little C. a few D. many
3. You _______ put the trash in a bin. You _______ throw it on the street.
A. must - mustn’t B. mustn’t - must C. mustn’t - mustn’t D. must -
must
4. _______ items of hand luggage can I take on the plane?
A. How much B. How many C. How far D. How
often
5. The tourists _______ take photos of this villa. They _______ ask for
permission first.
A. mustn’t - mustn’t B. must - mustn’t C. must - must D.
mustn’t - must
6. Could you share us _______ olive oil? We ran out of it.
A. an B. a little C. a few D. any
7. You _______ park your vehicle in this area. You _______ drive to the
parking lots.
A. mustn’t - mustn’t B. must - must C. mustn’t - must D. must -
mustn’t
8. Student tour guides _______ visitors on _______ one-hour tour of the
campus.
A. take - a B. are - an C. help - some D. have -
0
9. You _______ wash your hands before meals, and you _______ wear warm
clothes when it is cold.
A. mustn’t - must B. must – must
C. must - mustn’t D. mustn’t - mustn’t
10. There is _______ sand on the beach, so we can build _______
sandcastles.
A. many - much B. a few - many C. much - many D. a little
- much
V. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. I can’t find many information on these wonders.
A B C D
2. Walkways allows visitors to enter the caves in safety.
A B C D
3. It’s important that you must be late for school.
A B C D
4. A group of child are playing in the fountain in the park.
A B C D
5. There are only a little items of clothing in the backpack.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. They are spending their evening on the beach.

2. We plan to take our holiday next month.

3. The tickets for the concert are $333.

4. I bring two pairs of shoes for the field trip.

5. I want to visit Mount Fuji because it looks magnificent.

6. The name of that mountain in the distance is Langbiang.

7. A lot of people join the trip to Cuc Phuong National Park every month.

8. No, these aren’t the photos of Phong Nha Cave.

II. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.

___ What is special about it?
___ Wow! It must be very large.
1 Do you like nature, Natalie?
___ It’s difficult to say, but the Great Barrier Reef in Australia is really
amazing.
___ The Great Barrier Reef is the world’s largest coral reef. It is one of the
seven wonders of the natural world. You can view it from a long
distance.
___ Yes, I do. I often read books about natural wonders.
___ That’s incredible! I want to visit the Great Barrier Reef one day.
___ Yes. The reef is very large, and it’s the only living thing on earth visible
from space.
___ So in your opinion, what is the most beautiful natural wonder?

E. READING
I. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Boasting picturesque landscapes from the north to the south, Viet
Nam is home to the world’s largest cave - Son Doong. Son Doong Cave is
located in Phong Nha - Ke Bang National Park, Quang Binh province. The
cave contains a 5-km tunnel which can reach a height of 250 metres and a
width of 200 metres. The main cave is large enough to house a 40-floor
skyscraper. It’s quite surprising that the first to discover this cave was a
local farmer in 1990, but it took almost two more decades for Son Doong
to be rediscovered. The team of locals and British explorers found the
whole impressive ecosystem with a set of caves, tunnels, beaches, lakes
and rivers in 2009.
Now Son Doong is one of the world’s greatest natural wonders, along
with the Grand Canyon, Victoria Falls, Mount Everest, etc. The first guided
tours to the safe part of the cave started in 2013. Adventurous travellers
can book a trip to explore the magnificent ecosystem and sleep in unique
campsites at this mysterious cave.
1. Where is Son Doong Cave located?

2. How high and wide is the 5-km tunnel?

3. How large is the main cave?

4. Did a local farmer discover the cave in 1990?

5. When did the British explorers find the whole impressive ecosystem?

6. Is Son Doong Cave one of the world’s greatest natural wonders?

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

mountains fields destination on more
natural
Lak Lake's name evokes curiosity and charm for visitors that wish to
explore this wild beauty. In addition to the (1) _______ beauty and fresh air,
adventure elephant riding and taking one-piece timber boat (2) _______ Lak
Lake make this place become an indispensable (3) _______ for tours to Dak
Lak and the Central Highlands. Lak Lake is a beautiful landscape of the
Central Highlands. It is both a source of fish and a gigantic freshwater
reservoir supplying water to hundreds of hectares of rice (4) _______ , and
also makes the climate here cooler. This is a natural lake with the greatest
depth which is (5) _______ than T’nung Lake in Gia Lai province. Lak Lake is
5 km wide, adopted with Krong Ana River. The water always looks deep
and blue. The lake is surrounded by high (6) _______ making its water
appear calm; and having the vast primeval forests with abundant flora and
fauna.

E. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. a lot of/ Ha Long Bay/ islands/ has/ marvelous

2. the test/ We/ talk/ during/ mustn’t

3. Phu Quoc City/ There/ in/ lots of/ tourist destinations/ are

4. brush/ You/ your teeth/ must/ three times a day

5. in/ Are/ natural/ there/ camping sites/ any/ your area?

6. fishing villages/ can/ Tourists/ visit/ there/ and national parks/ many

7. when/ Everyone/ be/ crossing/ the street/ must/ careful

8. their/ class/ use/ in/ mobile phones/ The students/ mustn’t

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. Don’t drop litter at public places or natural landscapes.
You mustn’t

2. The waterfall is really amazing.

What
!
3. Nha Trang City is bigger than Phan Thiet City.
Phan Thiet City is

4. They don’t allow tourists to cross the desert alone.

Tourists mustn’t

5. It’s necessary for travellers to make a reservation.

Travellers must

6. There are life vests for all the passengers on this cruise ship.
They have

7. Their rule is wearing a swimsuit in the pool.

People must

8. Not many people can book a trip to explore the cave.

Only a
 UNIT 6:
OUR TET HOLIDAY
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
shrimp rice shopping celebrate rooster
decoration share spring tradition wish
blossom classmate rubbish strike bicycle
/s/ /ʃ/

II. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. present B. festival C. sing D.
sweets
2. A. special B. should C. say D. wish
3. A. family B. relative C. tradition D.
pagoda
4. A. clean B. calendar C. decorate D.
celebrate
5. A. fireworks B. friends C. shops D.
parents

B. VOCABULARY
I. Match the words to make meaningful phrases.
1. go a. fireworks
2. watch b. special food
3. get c. the shopping
4. do d. trees
5. cook e. to the pagoda
6. plant f. a wish
7. break g. lucky money
8. visit h. the floor
9. clean i. relatives
10. make j. the vase
II. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. What do Vietnamese people usually do to _______ Tet?
A. come B. eat C. have D.
celebrate
2. My grandma will cook banh chung - our special _______ at Tet.
A. flower B. meal C. food D. fruit
3. The kids love to play and have _______ during the holiday.
A. sadness B. fight C. bad luck D. fun
4. In Viet Nam, Tet is a good time for family _______.
A. saying B. preparing C. gathering D.
singing
5. I like to _______ friends over to play board game at weekends.
A. make B. invite C. ask D. help
6. Lunar New Year, or Tet, is the longest _______ in Viet Nam.
A. activity B. holiday C. ceremony D.
anniversary
7. The wooden _______ in the room is covered in dust. We need to clean it.
A. furniture B. housework C. fireworks D.
square
8. Giving _______ to children is a tradition at Tet Holiday.
A. sweets B. new clothes C. special food D. lucky
money
9. People often spend time visiting their _______ during Tet.
A. neighbours B. teachers C. relatives D.
friends
10. We _______ you a Happy New Year and a good fortune in the coming
year!
A. wish B. say C. cheer D. sing

C. GRAMMAR
I. Fill in each blank with should or shouldn’t.
1. Teenagers _______ play online games all night.
2. Gordon _______ help his mother with the housework.
3. We _______ clean our house before Tet.
4. You _______ cross the street at red traffic light.
5. She’s always tired. She _______ go to bed late every night.
6. Students _______ use their mobile phones in exams.
7. The kids _______ spend too much time in front of TV.
8. You _______ knock on the door before entering a room.
9. We _______ take care of our parents and old people.
10. Children _______ eat lots of vegetables and _______ eat too many
sweets.
II. Fill in each blank with some or any.
1. Mai wants _______ ice cream.
2. Do we have _______ bread in the fridge?
3. There is _______ special food on the table.
4. Why don’t you give me _______ advice?
5. There is _______ rice on your cheek.
6. There isn’t _______ milk in the box.
7. Can you tell me _______ traditions of Tet?
8. She doesn’t want _______ apple juice.
9. Are there _______ peach flowers in the vase?
10. Tim needs _______ help with the furniture.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. The peach flowers _______ beautiful, but you _______ jump to touch
them.
A. look - shouldn’t B. look - should
C. looks - should D. looks - shouldn’t
2. Can you get me _______ hot water, please?
A. any B. some C. much D. many
3. You _______ ask other people for lucky money. It _______ very polite.
A. shouldn’t - is B. should - is C. shouldn’t - isn’t D.
should - isn’t
4. Albert took _______ photos of the ceremony, but Anna didn’t take
_______.
A. much - any B. many - some C. a lot of - some D. lots of
- any
5. We _______ our hands before every meal.
A. should always wash B.
always should wash
C. should wash always D. never
should wash
6. Susan didn’t eat _______ banh tet, but Philip tried _______.
A. any - any B. some - some C. some - any D. any -
some
7. At Tet, you _______ make a wish, but you _______ break things.
A. shouldn’t - shouldn’t B. should
- should
C. should - shouldn’t D. shouldn’t - should
8. There aren’t _______ strawberries on the cake.
 A. many B. much C. a little D. some
9. You _______ go out with friends, but you _______ travel too far.
A. should - should B. should - shouldn’t
C. shouldn’t - shouldn’t D.
shouldn’t - should
10. _______ eat shrimp at New Year? - No, you _______.
A. I should - shouldn’t B. I
should - should
C. Should I - should D. Should I - shouldn’t

IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.

1. May I have any more eggs and cheese, please?
A B C D
2. You always should brush your teeth after meals.
A B C D
3. He shouldn’t make his house look beautiful at Tet.
A B C D
4. Do you have some idea about planting peach trees in this area?
A B C D
5. Do we should also buy flowers and plants to decorate the house?
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Complete the conversation. Use the sentences in the box.
Interesting! How about during Tet?
Will you watch the fireworks display?
Sounds great! I hope you enjoy yourself.
Oh, I know banh chung. I tried it last year. It's
delicious.
Wow! What will you buy?
I'd love to, but I have another plan. Thanks
anyway!
What will you do at Tet, Hoa?
What will you do exactly?

Jose: (1)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: Well, I will have a lot of things to do.
Jose: (2)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: I will help my parents to decorate the house before Tet. We will go
shopping and it will be the biggest shopping in the year.
Jose: (3)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: We will buy special types of food, furniture, presents, flowers...
Jose: (4)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: I will visit my grandparents and relatives during Tet. It’s the time for
family gatherings. We will also have great food, especially banh
chung.
Jose: (5)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: Yes, Tet is the best time to eat banh chung.
Jose: (6)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: Yes, I will watch it with my family. We will stay together on New
Year’s Eve.
Jose: (7)
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: Thank you. Would you like to join us?
Jose: (8)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Hoa: It’s OK.

II. Match the sentences.

1. What will you do at Tet? a. It’s at the end of January.
2. Thank you for helping me. b. But you shouldn’t eat all of it.
3. When is Tet this year? c. I will visit my grandparents.
4. People are in a hurry before Tet. d. Yes, you should.
5. Should I invite friends home? e. Of course! I will dress beautifully.
6. Tet is coming! We are so f. Let's buy some fruits and
excited. candies!
7. We will make lots of banh g. What will you do to celebrate it?
chung. h. The same to you!
8. Will you wear new clothes during i. Never mind.
Tet? j. Yeah! Everyone is preparing for
9. Happy New Year! it.
10. What should we give our
relatives at Tet?
E. READING
I. Fill in each blank with a suitable word in the box.
return festive celebration symbolising
reunions spring
Tet Nguyen Dan, shortened to Tet, is Viet Nam’s Lunar New Year and is
the most important annual (1) _______ and public holiday in Viet Nam.
Tet celebrates the beginning of a new year as well the coming of (2)
_______ . Exciting festivities are held such as making traditional food and
shopping. During this time there is a real sense of celebration in the air,
making it an unforgettable (3) _______ time.
Celebrated as a time of renewal, Tet serves as an opportunity for
Vietnamese people to pay homage to their ancestors and have family (4)
_______ .
Preparations usually begin a week before Tet, as people start to (5)
_______ home, clean their family graves, worship at their family altars and
decorate their homes with apricot blossoms, peach blossoms and kumquat
trees, (6) _______ the hope of prosperity and well-being.
II. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Korean New Year is on the first day of the Korean Lunar calendar. It
is one of the most important and traditional Korean holidays. The
celebration lasts three days: the day before Korean New Year’s Day,
Korean New Year’s Day itself, and the day after Korean New Year’s Day.
Korean New Year is a family holiday. Most people try to return home
to spend time with their relatives. It is important to spend the holiday at
home. During the first morning of New Year, Koreans show their respect to
their ancestors. Traditional foods are placed on a table as an offering to
their ancestors, and they pray for well-being and good health. They
prepare a lot of traditional foods for family members coming to have
meals.
Gifts are given to family members. Koreans wear new beautiful
traditional clothes called Hanbok during New Year.
- respect (n): sự kính trọng - ancestor (n): tổ tiên
1. How many days does the celebration last?

2. Why do Koreans try to return home?

3. What do Koreans do on the first morning of New Year?

4. What do Koreans pray for?

5. Why do Koreans prepare a lot of traditional foods?

6. What is the name of their traditional clothes?

E. WRITING
I. Write complete sentences using should or shouldn’t and the
prompts given.
1. You/ play/ with/ fire./ It is dangerous for kids.

2. You/ park/ here./ It is not allowed.

3. You/ wear/ a raincoat./ It is raining outside.

4. Please be quiet! You/ make/ so much noise/ in the library.

5. We/ arrive/ at the airport/ two hours before the flight.

6. I/ eat/ these cakes. I’m not hungry now.

7. The boys/ play/ football outside. It’s a beautiful day.

8. You/ sometimes/ help/ your mother with the housework.

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. Why don’t you join a sports club at your school?
You should

2. There is no bank service during Tet.

There isn’t

3. Don’t talk too loud because my sister is sleeping.

We shouldn’t

4. Drinking too much wine is not good for your father.

Your father shouldn’t

5. They have no five-fruit tray on the ancestral altar.

They don’t
6. There is little traffic on the road these days.
There isn’t

7. Getting up early every day is good for your health.

You should

8. There aren’t many shops in our grandparents’ neighbourhood.

There are a
 REVIEW 2
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced
differently from the others.
1. A. see B. sea C. exciting D. police
2. A. street B. eat C. convenient D. noisy
3. A. like B. river C. spring D. wish
4. A. special B. celebrate C. sun D.
expensive
5. A. wish B. summer C. shoe D. shop
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. The Sahara is the biggest (desert/ valley) in the world.
2. Tet, or Lunar New Year, is our (traditional/ modern) holiday.
3. I like to live in the (suburban/ urban) area. It’s peaceful and quiet.
4. Hector is living on the seventh floor of this (temple/ building).
5. We will (do/ make) some house decorating before Tet.
6. The road is too (narrow/ wide). Cars can’t pass it.
7. It’s raining! You must take a waterproof (coat/ coast) with you.
8. Keep straight, then (go/ turn) left at the next traffic light.
9. Their village is at the foot of the (rock/ mountain).
10. This shirt is (expensive/ cheap). I don’t have enough money.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Children often receive _______ in red envelopes during Tet.
A. lucky money B. banh tet C. sweets D.
wishes
2. I am busy now. I can’t take you to the railway _______.
A. station B. stop C. gate D. corner
3. You must _______ their rules when you visit their place.
A. read B. follow C. get D. pass
4. _______ is a raised part of the Earth’s surface, much larger than a hill.
A. River B. Fall C. Desert D.
Mountain
5. I think that the Pacific is the largest _______ in the world.
A. waterfall B. mountain C. ocean D. river
6. The street is very _______ with a lot of traffic. We can’t move fast.
A. quiet B. crowded C. large D. busy
7. This apricot tree produces many yellow _______ in spring.
A. branches B. flowers C. fruits D. leaves
8. He likes to _______ his house with flowers and plants.
A. hang B. make C. decorate D. do
9. Is the Central Post Office opposite the Sai Gon Notre-Dame _______?
A. Temple B. Square C. Art Gallery D.
Cathedral
10. Shops are a long way from my house. It’s _______.
A. inconvenient B. polluted C. expensive D.
convenient
IV. Write the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Is life in this city _______ than life in your homeland? (good)
2. They will hold a big _______ on New Year’s Eve. (celebrate)
3. Evening in the countryside is a very _______ time. (peace)
4. That old building is now a _______ monument. (history)
5. The children in my neighbourhood are quite _______ . (friend)
6. We will have many traditional _______ on Tet holiday. (activity)
7. The Grand Canyon is not the _______ canyon in the world. (wide)
8. She often brings a _______ bag instead of a tent. (sleep)
9. The main _______ of that place is the huge waterfall. (attract)
10. These photos bring back my _______ memories of the tour. (wonder)
V. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1. At Tet, we give our best wishes _______ each other.
2. Madagasca is one of the largest islands _______ the world.
3. You should take all necessary things _______ you.
4. It’s near here, so we can walk or go _______ bicycle.
5. My parents will cook banh chung _______ a big pot.
6. There will be a big statue _______ the entrance of the flower street.
7. It’s faster to take the second turning _______ the left.
8. At midnight _______ December 31, temples all over the country ring their
bells.
9. She learned some customs about Tet _______ her parents.
10. Its colour changes _______ different times of the day.
VI. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. The weather in Ho Chi Minh City is _______ that in Da Lat City.
A. hotter than B. hotter C. hot than D. more
hot
2. Everyone _______ wear a face mask in public areas during the Covid-19
pandemic.
A. shouldn’t B. should C. mustn’t D. must
3. There aren’t _______ new clothes in the wardrobe.
A. some B. any C. a D. an
4. An ocean is commonly much _______ a lake.
A. larger B. the larger
 C. larger than D. more than large
5. You _______ tell lies or say bad things.
A. should B. mustn’t C. must D.
shouldn’t
6. I need to calculate how _______ time the assignment will take.
A. a few B. a little C. much D. many
7. Which cave is _______, Phong Nha or Son Doong?
A. more greater B. greater than C. great more D.
greater
8. An average person _______ drink two litres of water daily.
A. shouldn’t B. should C. must D.
mustn’t
9. I think joining in geography club is _______ going out at noon.
A. more exciting than B. the
more exciting
C. more exciting D. exciting more
10. You _______ go when the traffic light is red.
A. shouldn’t B. mustn’t C. should D. must
VII. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. You should throw garbage on the street like that.
A B C D
2. Is playing games more funny than going for a picnic?
A B C D
3. There is usually a lot of visitors in Da Lat during Tet.
A B C D
4. A good neighbour is good than a brother in the next village.
A B C D
5. How much litres of water do you think this huge bottle contains?
A B C D
VIII. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. There _______ (be) many historic monuments in Ho Chi Minh City.
2. She _______ (own) a microwave, but she _______ (only, use) it to reheat
soup.
3. Look at the map! We _______ (stand) near the central park.
4. We _______ (discuss) the natural wonders of the world now.
5. Ha Long Bay _______ (have) the nicest scenery in Viet Nam.
6. I’m not free at the moment. I _______ (tidy) my room.
7. Hien isn’t healthy because she _______ (never, eat) much for breakfast.
8. _______ Joseph _______ (plant) trees in the garden at the moment?
9. Gordon _______ (not do) much in the evenings except watching
television.
10. _______ she _______ (usually, go) back to her home village at Tet?
IX. Match the sentences.
1. You shouldn’t stay up late. a. Yes, there is one at the next
2. What shall we do this afternoon? corner.
3. This picture of coral reefs looks b. You’re right. It’s bad for my
beautiful! health.
4. I will travel a lot this holiday. c. But where is the supermarket?
5. This black hat is nicer than that d. Let’s go to the amusement park.
white hat. e. Sorry, I can’t. I don’t know this
6. There’s a bus stop next to the area.
supermarket. f. About 300 metres.
7. Excuse me! Is there a post office g. Sure! I promise.
near here? h. Really? Where will you go?
8. How far is it from here? i. But the white one is cheaper.
9. You mustn’t tell anyone my j. Yes. It’s the biggest coral reefs in
secrets. the world.
10. Can you tell me the way to the
gas station?
X. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ I must ask my parents first. I hope they will allow me to go with you.
___ I am going on a really great journey this year. Do you want to come
with me?
___ I will read more books in my free time. How about you?
___ Wow! Joining a bike camp is one of my dreams! But do you think we
can make it?
___ This new year will be full of fun and excitement!
___ I’m going to be in a bike camp. I will travel to the countryside.
1 What is your aim for new year?
___ Don’t worry! It won't be too tiring, and we can make new friends!
___ A great journey? Where will you go?
___ I believe they will. Let’s ask them now.
XI. Read the passage and decide whether the statements are
TRUE or FALSE.
New Year’s Day is a public holiday in the United Kingdom (UK). It is
on January 1st. People in the UK usually celebrate New Year from the
evening of December 31st to January 1st.
On New Year’s Eve, at midnight, when the Big Ben clock strikes to
mark the coming of New Year, people welcome New Year and sing the
traditional song “Auld-Lang-Syne”. They open the back door to let the old
year out and ask the first dark-haired man to come through the front door
carrying bread, salt, and coal. This means that in the following year
everyone in the house will have enough food (bread), earn enough money
(salt), and be warm enough (coal).
Many people have parties at home or go out. There is also a popular
tradition of exchanging New Year gifts while wishing each other well. New
Year parades are the biggest attraction of New Year celebrations in the
UK. They are organised in almost all major cities of the UK.
- exchange (v): trao đổi - parade (n): cuộc diễu hành
1. New Year’s Day is a public holiday in the UK. __________
2. It is on the first day of the lunar calendar. __________
3. The New Year’s celebration is only on December 31st. __________
4. In the UK, salt symbolises money. __________
5. Everyone has parties at home on New Year’s Day. __________
6. People exchange gifts on New Year’s Day. __________
7. New Year parades are the biggest attraction on this occasion. ______
8. The parades are organised in the countryside of the UK. __________
XII. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
than are include long freshwater in animals rainy
teeth widest

The Amazon River is located (1) _______ South America within the
Amazon Rainforest. It is the second longest river in the world, with more
than 6,400 kilometres (2) _______ . That is longer (3) _______ the United
States from the east coast to the west coast. During the dry season, the
(4) _______ parts of the Amazon are only a few kilometres wide. But during
the (5) _______ season, the river can be more than 32 kilometres wide.
There (6) _______ over 3000 different species of fish in the Amazon
River. One of the most well-known fish within the Amazon River is the
piranha. With its sharp (7) _______ , it’s one of the most feared fish in the
world. The Amazon is home to the Amazon river dolphin. This is a (8)
_______ dolphin. People also find other well-known (9) _______ in the
Amazon River. These (10) _______ snakes, catfish, electric eel, crabs,
turtles and crocodile.
- sharp (adj): bén - species (n): loài
XIII. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. at/ You/ visit/ your relatives/ should/ Tet

2. much/ usually/ Ho Chi Minh City/ more/ Vung Tau/ is/ than/ crowded

3. decorate/ do/ you/ What/ your/ need to/ room?

4. several/ supermarkets/ my neighbourhood/ in/ are/ There

5. to/ the/ Can/ tell/ me/ you/ way/ Sai Gon Bridge?

6. when/ A/ is/ very useful/ go camping/ sleeping bag/ you/ overnight

7. quite/ all day/ playing/ children/ are/ tired/ The/ after

8. the/ any/ mustn’t/ play/ You/ sports/ on/ street/ kinds of

XIV. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as

the first one.
1. Going out alone at night is very dangerous.
You shouldn’t

2. It’s essential that I come home after school.

I must

3. Shall we go out for a walk around the lake?

Let’s

4. The teacher doesn’t allow us to copy the other teams’ work.

We mustn’t

5. William is taller than other students in my class.

Other students in my class

6. Why don’t we discuss more about our project?

How about
?
7. Please tell me some well-known traditions on Tet Holiday.
Can
?
8. Going to bed early every day is good for your health.
You should
 UNIT 7
TELEVISION
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
month feather that earth them
weather thank there through this
three thing gather both than
/θ/ /ð/

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. then B. theatre C. throw D. fourth
2. A. brother B. breathe C. thirsty D. there
3. A. nothing B. third C. healthy D. their
4. A. breath B. mother C. maths D. think
5. A. teeth B. weather C. they D.
without

B. VOCABULARY
I. Match the words with the correct descriptions.
1. TV programme a. a person watching TV
2. character b. a programme with many episodes that have the
3. TV series same characters
4. viewer c. a programme broadcast on television
5. TV show d. a person represented in a film, play, or story
6. channel e. a book or a magazine giving the time of TV
programmes
7. comedy
f. an organization that broadcasts television or
8. TV guide
radio programmes
g. any content produced for viewing on a television
set
h. a play, film or TV show that is intended to be
funny
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. Donald Duck is a famous (cartoon/ documentary) character in the USA.
2. This (romance/ comedy) is very funny - we all laugh when watching it.
3. My brother usually opens (sports/ science) channel to watch tennis.
4. Mrs. Harper likes (entertaining/ educational) programmes because they
help her relax.
5. The main (character/ content) in the movie is Dr. Lewis Anderson.
6. A lot of TV (readers/ viewers) watch this mini-series every weekend.
7. Jennifer won the (talent/ game) show by her dancing ability.
8. Bolt is a computer (wildlife programme/ animated film) produced by
Walt Disney Animation Studios.
9. The game turned into more of an interactive TV (channel/ series) than a
traditional game.
10. Watching TV is (boring/ popular) nowadays and billions of people
watch TV every day.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. According to the _______, there will be rain.
A. game show B. TV series
C. weather forecast D. animal programme
2. The _______ is introducing the next song to the audience.
A. MC B. viewer C. character D.
comedian
3. Journey to Mars is a new _______ programme on this channel.
A. comedy B. sports C. animals D.
science
4. Let’s have a look at the TV _______ and see what’s on.
A. station B. guide C. show D. set
5. The film was _______ so my mother turned off the TV and went to bed.
A. boring B. interesting C. funny D.
educational
6. How many hours a day do you _______ TV?
A. listen to B. watch C. look D. see
7. He had Mickey Mouse and some other _______ characters on his T-shirt.
A. cartoon B. science C. music D.
wildlife
8. The _______ on TV last night was so funny.
A. news B. educational programme
C. comedy D. documentary
9. Music channel attracts millions of _______ throughout the country.
A. characters B. writers C. reporters D.
viewers
10. This _______ programme is showing the wildlife of African lions.
A. sports B. animal C. advertising D.
fashion

C. GRAMMAR
I. Fill in each blank with a suitable question word.
1. _______ many channels are there on your TV? - About 75.
2. _______ is the girl in the white shirt? - She’s my sister.
3. _______ do you usually leave home for school? - Around 6:15.
4. _______ were you absent yesterday? - Because I was sick.
5. _______ are you looking for? - My workbook.
6. _______ is the host of this programme? - I don’t know.
7. _______ are you today, Brian? - Very good, thanks.
8. _______ is Ho Chi Minh TV Station? - It’s over there.
9. _______ are you so happy? - Because I got an A mark for English.
10. _______ programme do you like more, animal or science? - Science.
II. Fill in the blanks with and, but, or so to complete the
sentences.
1. He wants to go to the theatre, _______ it's raining too heavily.
2. Bob takes the remote control, _______ he turns on the TV.
3. Daisy is tired, _______ she stops studying for a while.
4. The sound quality was poor, _______ we couldn’t fully enjoy the music.
5. Jackson loves Discovery Channel, _______ he often watches it with his
brother.
6. I’m sorry, _______ I think you’re wrong about this film.
7. The talk show ends, _______ everyone starts to clap and cheer loudly.
8. She wants a notebook, _______ he gives her a book.
9. Our house is in the central district, _______ we can easily get to cinemas.
10. I want to use public transportation, _______ I travel by bus.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. _______ do you watch the news programmes? - Four times a week.
A. How often B. How long C. How many D. How
much
2. You don’t usually watch TV. _______ is it? - Because I don’t have free
time.
A. When B. What C. How D. Why
3. _______ is it from here to the TV station? - Three kilometres.
A. How far B. How long C. How much D. How often
4. _______ is your favourite comedian? - Charlie Chaplin.
A. Who B. Which C. How D. What
5. _______ is the film Zootopia on? - At 7 p.m. tonight.
A. How B. What C. Where D. When
6. I _______ comedies, _______ I enjoy Mr. Bean very much.
A. don’t like - and B. don’t like - but C. like - but D. don’t
like - so
7. There _______ some clever direction, _______ the show is very well shot.
A. isn’t - so B. is - and C. aren't - but D. are -
but
8. I _______ busy, _______ I can manage to watch my favourite programme.
A. am - but B. am - and C. am not - so D. am
not - but
9. The new TV _______ broken, _______ they want to return it to the shop.
A. is - but B. isn’t - so C. is - so D. isn’t -
and
10. We _______ to buy a new smart TV, _______ we have to save money.
A. need - so B. need - but C. don’t need - so D. don’t
need - so
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. I don’t like the book, and the movie is funny.
A B C D
2. Who is the name of the national TV channel?
A B C D
3. How many do you know about game shows?
A B C D
4. Fred is tired, so he wants to turn on the TV and goes to bed.
A B C D
5. The movie had a long credit, so it took us long than usual.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. My favourite channel is National Geographic.

2. I am living in Tan Binh District at present.

3. Nick leaves home for school at 7 o’clock.

4. She goes to see the doctor because she is sick.

5. We are talking about our new friend Sophia.

6. The cinema is opposite the restaurant.

7. I go to the movies twice a month.

8. They travel to Nha Trang by car.

II. Complete the conversation with the words or phrase in the box.
favourite about programme boring activities animals TV
how many
Ryan: Are you watching (1) _______ now, Lucy?
Lucy: Yes, I am.
Ryan: (2) _______ hours do you watch TV every day?
Lucy: For one hour only.
Ryan: What do you love to watch?
Lucy: I watch any programmes for children such as cartoons, (3) _______ or
music.
Ryan: Do you have any (4) _______ channel?
Lucy: No, I don’t. What (5) _______ you?
Ryan: My favourite is Sports. You know I love football games.
Lucy: Do you think watching football is (6) _______ ?
Ryan: No, I don’t. It encourages us to take physical (7) _______ . It is good
for health.
Lucy: Ryan! We’ll talk more after I finish watching this (8) _______ .
Ryan: Okay, Lucy.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and decide whether the statements are TRUE
or FALSE.
There are different kinds of TV viewers. Some people watch
television for entertainment, others watch only news, and a lot of them
watch TV when they have nothing else to do. Most people watch TV in the
evening because this allows them to sit in front of the TV set with their
relatives and to spend some free time together.
As for me, watching TV is one of the cheapest and most interesting
ways for entertainment. My favourite channel is Cartoon Network. It
broadcasts all day so I can enjoy the programmes whenever I have free
time. It is a channel of entertainment for kids and families, so my parents
can also watch the programmes with me.
 I often search for my favourite programmes from Cartoon Network
website. On the website, there is a schedule for all programmes. I have
relaxation time from watching this channel.
1. All people watch TV for entertainment. __________
2. People don’t watch TV when they have nothing to do. __________
3. Evening is the time that most people watch TV. __________
4. To many people, watching TV is a good time to stay together. _________
5. According to the writer, watching TV costs very much. __________
6. Cartoon Network is a channel for kids and families. __________
7. Cartoon Network channel does not broadcast at night. __________
8. TV viewers can look for the schedule on Cartoon Network website. ____

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

often view interesting at and but friends
characters
Among a lot of cartoons I have ever watched, my favourite is Tom
and Jerry.
Whenever I have free time, I like to watch this cartoon. There are
two main (1) _______ .
Tom is a blue and white cat. He is rather stupid. Jerry is an intelligent
brown mouse. He (2) _______ makes fun of Tom. Tom’s main job is to chase
Jerry and try to catch him but fails. I think it is very (3) _______ to watch
every time Tom tries to catch Jerry. I have tried to wait and see Tom catch
Jerry, (4) _______ it never happens.
Sometimes, both Tom and Jerry become close (5) _______ and help
each other when they have problems. Also, there are a lot of funny
situations in the cartoon that I still remember well now.
The cartoon brings me laughter whenever I (6) _______ it. It helps me
relax after a long day (7) _______ work. I like watching cartoons so much,
(8) _______ I do not agree that cartoons are only for children.

F. WRITING
I. Write complete questions using the prompts given.
1. Who/ your brother/ go/ the cinema/ with?

2. How often/ she/ watch/ this programme?

3. Why/ you/ want to check/ the TV schedule?

4. When/ be/ the next show time/ of this cartoon?

5. Where/ those reporters/ get/ the news?

6. Which/ cartoon/ be/ funnier,/ Doraemon or Pokemon?

7. What/ be/ the weather like/ your place?

8. How many/ buttons/ the remote control/ have?

II. Combine the sentences using the word in brackets.

1. The TV is small. She moves forward to the screen, (so)

2. I have a lot of homework. I can’t enjoy the programme. (so)

3. The film ended in the cinema. People walked quickly to the door. (and)

4. We were bored with the performance. The MC made it funnier. (but)

5. John is busy. He saves time to watch his favourite talent show. (but)

6. I like this programme. It’s interesting and funny. (because)

7. The documentary was about history. It was also about childhood. (and)

8. There was not much else to see. He turned off the TV. (so)
 UNIT 8
SPORTS AND GAMES
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
chess bag contest band men
fan rest gathering step habit
happy tennis practise relax welcome
/e/ /æ/

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. envelop B. elegant C. remember D.
adventure
2. A. pleasant B. racket C. essential D.
decorate
3. A. challenge B. badminton C. safe D.
fantastic
4. A. match B. many C. says D. said
5. A. capital B. standard C. passenger D.
woman

B. VOCABULARY
I. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
racket boat ball shoes goggles badminton playground
sporty players goal
1. _______ can be played by two or four people.
2. The golf _______ rolled for a while and fell into the hole.
3. Is _______ racing a type of water sports? - Yes, it is.
4. Skiers wear _______ to protect their eyes from the sun.
5. How many _______ are there in a football team?
6. They scored a fantastic _______ and won the match.
7. This shop sells sports goods such as sports clothing and sports _______ .
8. Similar to badminton, you have to buy a _______ to play tennis.
9. Her personal trainer is a healthy, fit, and _______ young woman.
10. Mr. Dawson would like to build an adventure _______ for the orphans.
II. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. I like _______, so I will save money to buy a good bicycle.
A. jogging B. swimming C. cycling D. skiing
2. They don’t allow players to use hands in _______, except goalkeepers.
A. volleyball B. football C. basketball D.
baseball
3. In _______, you need to knock down all the pins.
A. badminton B. tennis C. table tennis D.
bowling
4. I like _______ morning exercise because it keeps me healthy.
A. doing B. playing C. walking D.
jumping
5. _______ is a rope pulling game, and it requires strength.
A. Skateboarding B. Roller skating C. Tug of war D.
Skipping
6. William is very _______ - he runs five kilometres every day.
A. fit B. tall C. smart D. shy
7. The two _______ greeted the audiences before the match started.
A. teams B. games C. competitions D. sports
8. The _______ refused a goal, but finally we won the game.
A. players B. coach C. fans D.
referee
9. She is among the best _______ runners in the country.
A. jogging B. marathon C. badminton D.
cycling
10. My father is playing _______ with his friend now.
A. aerobics B. exercise C. karate D. chess

C. GRAMMAR
I. Write the verbs in brackets in the past simple to complete the
sentences.
1. They _______ (hold) the Olympic Games in Tokyo in 2021.
2. It _______ (be) great to have a family gathering last weekend.
3. Last Sunday, I _______ (travel) around by bus with some of my friends.
4. They _______ (not visit) many interesting places during their trip.
5. Yesterday afternoon he _______ (go) to his basketball club.
6. What _______ Patrick _______ (eat) _______ at the night market 2 days
ago?
7. We _______ (not learn) English with Mrs. Dorris last semester.
8. She _______ (meet) some talented people in the competition.
9. The first ancient Olympic Games _______ (take) place in 776 BC.
10. _______ your family _______ (have) a good holiday last month?
II. Complete the sentences using imperatives.
Ex: Your friends are making too much noise.
→ Don’t make too much noise.
1. Your little sister is watching TV for too long.
Don’t

2. He wants the players to run faster.

Run

3. The man asks the audiences to cheer for the team.

Cheer

4. Some boys are playing football on the street.

Please

5. Nick tells his brother to take a break.

Take

6. My mother tells me to do my homework.

Do

7. Our teacher wants us to look at the board.

Look

8. The referee politely asked the player to stand up.

Please

9. Frank wants his friend to wait for a while.

Wait

10. The coach wants his players to relax for some minutes.
Relax

III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.

1. _______ watch too much TV, Jack! Turn it off.
A. Not B. Don’t C. Doesn’t D. No
2. Don’t _______ the animals in the zoo.
A. feeds B. feeding C. feed D. to
feed
3. Daisy _______ swimming with her friends last weekend.
A. went B. go C. is going D. goes
4. Terry _______ any sports when he was in grade 5.
A. don’t play B. didn’t played C. doesn’t play D. didn’t
play
5. _______ there the Olympic Games in 2017?
A. Is B. Are C. Was D. Were
6. _______ the marathon on TV last night, Jonathan?
A. Do you watch B. Did you watch
C. Did you watched D. Do you watched
7. _______ late because the match will start soon.
A. Don’t come B. Didn’t come C. Not coming D. Won’t
come
8. I _______ to practise karate about 3 months ago.
A. was start B. am starting C. started D. start
9. Pele _______ his first World Cup at the age of 17 in 1958.
A. is winning B. win C. wins D. won
10. They are playing chess. _______ loudly.
A. Don’t talk B. Not to talk C. Not talk D.
Doesn’t talk
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. I play table tennis with George some hours ago.
A B C D
2. You look tired now, so stop exercising and to rest.
A B C D
3. Talk loud! They are listening to the coach.
A B C D
4. What did you usually do at break time at school?
A B C D
5. Change your clothes, and you can’t swim in the pool.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ Of course I can. I’m in the school’s football team.
___ No. I don’t play football, but I go swimming every weekend.
1 Can you play football, Owen?
___ School team? Wow! I didn’t know that. How often do you play it?
___ Yes, I do. How about you? Do you play football or any other sports?
___ We have three games a week.
___ Thanks, Owen.
___ Three games a week? Do you practise a lot?
___ Swimming is good. You look sporty and healthy!
II. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. There were 32 football teams in 2018 FIFA World Cup.

2. I often go cycling in my spare time.

3. Pele was voted Football Player of the Century in 1999.

4. Yes, I’d like to watch motor racing on TV.

5. Joseph went mountain climbing yesterday afternoon.

6. Carson practises at the karate club three times a week.

7. I need to buy a pair of gloves because I’ll be a goalkeeper in this

afternoon's game.

8. They played the final match in Wembley Stadium.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Football was played hundreds of years ago and many people believe
that it originated from England. Football is also called soccer in the US. It is
a team game. In each team, there are eleven members, ten players and
one goalkeeper. In a football match, two teams play against each other
during 90 minutes in a rectangular field. The match is divided into two
halves with each half lasting 45 minutes. Between the two halves is a
break of 15 minutes. Football players try to kick the ball into the other
team’s goal, and the goalkeeper tries to stop the ball from getting into the
goal. Whichever team scores more goals will win the game. In a football
game, only two goalkeepers can keep the ball in their hands.
Football is the most popular game all over the world. Whenever we
turn on the TV, there are football matches on different channels.
The Football World Cup, an international football event, is held every
four years. It is so popular that there are millions of people watching it.
1. Where did football originate?
2. How many goalkeepers are there in each football team?

3. How long does a football match last?

4. What does the goalkeeper do?

5. Can all football players keep the ball in their hands?

6. Do people hold the Football World Cup every four years?

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

better win us than free and useful
homework
There are different kinds of sports games. They are necessary and
(1) _______ for all of us. Sports games help us to keep fit and healthy so
that we can study and work (2) _______ . When we play a sports game, we
come to learn many things. We learn how to keep calm and make our
mind strong so that we can overcome a difficult situation and (3) _______
the game.
Playing a sports game helps us to be strong, cheerful, happy and
gives (4) _______ energy and strength. Many students say that they feel
happier in a playground (5) _______ they do in a classroom because while
playing a sports game they temporarily forget their lessons and (6) _______
. Schools and universities also encourage students to play sports games in
their (7) _______ time.
How about you? What sports games do you like? Choose one (8)
_______ practise it to have joyful time!

F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. play/ Sports and games/ an/ our lives/ in/ important part

2. join/ Did/ sports competition/ you/ in/ the/ last week?

3. London/ in/ were/ The 2012 Olympic Games/ held

4. about/ Television programmes/ sports and games/ popular/ are

5. stand/ the boys/ wants/ to/ The teacher/ in line

6. when/ played/ My father/ volleyball/ he/ young/ was

7. football games/ every/ watch/ weekend/ Millions of people

8. a sports game/ Playing/ is/ very good/ your health/ for

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. Could you help me buy a good tennis racket?
Please

2. You mustn’t go out late at night.

Don’t

3. Pele won his first World Cup at the age of seventeen.

Pele won his first World Cup when

4. Every football team has a goalkeeper.

There is

5. Harry is the same height as other players in his volleyball team.

Harry is as

6. Don’t take off the blindfold when playing blind man's buff.
You mustn’t

7. Let's participate in the international marathon next month!

How about
?
8. Why don’t you play a sport in your free time?
You should
 UNIT 9
CITIES OF THE WORLD
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
photo town cold loud ground
phone hour snow brown radio
tower postcard road sound home
/aʊ/ /əʊ/

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced

differently from the others.
1. A. now B. know C. around D.
downtown
2. A. coast B. go C. low D.
counter
3. A. narrow B. grocery C. allow D.
motorcycle
4. A. snow B. amount C. shout D. cloud
5. A. outside B. local C. boat D. global
B. VOCABULARY
I. Choose the correct answer.
1. Hue is an old city. It has (historic/ modern) sites and cultural attractions.
2. Tokyo is a very (cheap/ expensive) place to live. Prices are high there.
3. The market is always crowded and (quiet/ noisy) in the morning.
4. The children are too (old/ young) to travel alone or go out at night.
5. In summer, the streets are really (cold/ hot) at noon. You should stay
inside.
6. Unlike Ha Noi, Ho Chi Minh City has two seasons, rainy and (dry/ wet).
7. You will see the whole city from the top of that (short/ tall) building.
8. With more than 24 million people, Shanghai is a very (big/ small) city in
population.
9. The journey to Paris was (boring/ exciting), so he wants to go there
again.
10. We were late this morning because there was (light/ heavy) traffic.
II. Fill in the blanks with the words and phrases in the box.
 night market palace tasty building tower
river bank floating market street food stall
landmarks
1. My parents used to run a fruit and vegetable _______ in the market.
2. Westminster Abbey is one of the most famous _______ in London.
3. A _______ is a market where goods are sold from boats.
4. Every year, millions of visitors climb to the top of the Eiffel _______ in
Paris.
5. This smoothie is really _______ - where did you buy it?
6. Banh mi is a familiar _______ in most cities in Viet Nam.
7. Da Lat _______ offers diverse shopping experiences to tourists.
8. _______ erosion causes severe damage to the communities in the
Mekong Delta.
9. A skyscraper is an extremely tall _______ in the city, and it may be up to
over 160 floors.
10. The Independence _______ is a must-see tourist attraction in Ho Chi
Minh City.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Big Ben is the most famous _______ in England.
A. house B. station C. skyscraper D. tower
2. Quiet villages with cool air, blossom, and bird singing are ideal places
for visitors who want to escape from _______ cities.
A. noisy B. calm C. peaceful D. lonely
3. They can’t buy a house because of the _______ cost of housing.
A. cheap B. low C. high D.
expensive
4. Hoi An _______ Town is really beautiful, especially at night with the
lanterns.
A. Smart B. Ancient C. Modern D. New
5. The _______ Opera House was the youngest building to be included on
the UNESCO World Heritage list.
A. London B. Sydney C. New York D.
Singapore
6. Asia is the Earth’s largest and most populous _______.
A. island B. country C. ocean D.
continent
7. Canada is one of 23 _______ in North America.
A. countries B. landmarks C. capitals D. cities
8. Umbrellas and raincoats are what people need in _______ days.
A. sunny B. stormy C. snowy D. rainy
9. In this city, people are _______, food is _______, and the weather is
always _______.
A. nice - delicious - friendly B. friendly - nice - delicious
C. friendly - delicious - nice D. delicious - friendly - nice
10. Ben Thanh Market is a famous _______ of Ho Chi Minh City.
A. museum B. monument C. landmark D.
square

C. GRAMMAR
I. Fill in the blanks with my, your, his, her, its, our, or their.
1. Mrs. Lien parked the car there. It’s _______ car.
2. Anna has a brother. _______ name is Thomas.
3. I have a new bicycle. _______ bicycle is black.
4. Your dog is very lovely. What’s _______ name?
5. We are in class 6A1. _______ class has 50 students.
6. Hello! My name is Luan. What’s _______ name?
7. What’s that girl’s name? - _______ name is Angelina.
8. You look strange today. _______ hair is shorter than usual.
9. Sue and James are friends. _______ houses are next to each other.
10. We bought a new apartment. _______ apartment is on the 7th floor.
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. Is this Lan’s room? - Yes, it’s (hers/ her).
2. These are (our/ their) seats, not theirs.
3. This is (hers/ his) postcard. It isn’t (my/ mine).
4. Whose ruler is this? Is it (your/ yours)?
5. Is it (your/ his) puppy? - Yes, it’s mine.
6. (Theirs/ Their) car is red, and (our/ ours) is black.
7. I’ve lost (mine/ my) pencil. Can I borrow (yours/ you)?
8. My cousin has a cat. (Its/ It) name is Katy.
9. Stacy and Kelly like salad. It’s (her/ their) favourite food.
10. This is (we/ our) room, and (theirs/ your) is just across the staircases.
III. Choose the best answers to complete the sentences.
1. _______ son caused some trouble at _______ school yesterday.
A. Her - his B. His - her C. Hers - his D. Her -
her
2. The bird is flapping _______ wings against the bars of _______ cage.
A. it - it B. it - its C. its - its D. its - it
3. There’s a big contrast between _______ neighbourhood and _______.
A. him - hers B. his - her C. hers - his D. her -
his
4. I’ll show you to _______ room. _______ is across the hall.
A. your - Ours B. yours - Ours C. yours - Our D. your -
Our
5. We gave them _______ address, and they gave us _______.
A. ours - their B. our - theirs C. our - their D. ours -
theirs
6. He decorated _______ room with pictures of all _______ favourite sports
figures.
A. his - mine B. his - his C. his - hers D. his -
theirs
7. Bob, are these old books in this drawer _______? - Yes, they’re all
_______.
A. yours - mine B. your - my C. your - mine D. yours
- my
8. _______ mother is a teacher. She started _______ job fifteen years ago.
A. My - hers B. Mine - hers C. Mine - her D. My -
her
9. _______ work is bad, but _______ is worse, and _______ is the worst of all.
A. Yours - hers - mine B. Yours
- her - my
C. Your - her - my D. Your - hers - mine
10. Arthur and William are good friends of _______. I often visit _______
hometown.
A. mine - theirs B. my - theirs C. mine - their D. my -
their
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. You can use my computer until you is repaired.
A B C D
2. Their house is very similar to ours, but ours is bigger than.
A B C D
3. Mrs. Harley is in the living room, and hers baby is crying.
A B C D
4. My relatives all lives in Ho Chi Minh City while his are in Ha Noi.
A B C D
5. I from Da Nang, and most of my friends are from there too.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Match the sentences.
1. The postcard had a picture of a. Yes. It’s the symbol of Paris.
Rome.
2. I travelled to Amsterdam last b. It has the largest bell in England.
summer. c. Oh yes! Sydney isn’t too hot.
3. Nice photo! This must be the d. It’s also the capital city of the
Eiffel Tower. UK.
4. Is the weather there hotter than e. Which building are you talking
in Sydney? about?
5. What is the weather like in your f. Yes, I did. He is an American.
city? g. Is Rome in Italy?
6. It’s the tallest building in Ho Chi h. Really? How was the city?
Minh City.
i. She’s from the Philippines.
7. London is the largest city of the
j. It’s sunny and hot now.
UK.
8. Where is your English teacher
from?
9. Did you talk to a foreigner last
night?
10. What do you know about Big
Ben Tower?
II. Answer the questions. Use the words in brackets.
1. When should I visit Nha Trang? (in spring)

2. Which country is famous for tulip flowers? (the Netherlands)

3. How far is it from your house to the city centre? (about 7 kilometres)

4. Who is the most popular British writer? (William Shakespeare)

5. Where is the centre of Ho Chi Minh City? (District 1)

6. Does she like to live in the city or in the countryside? (in the city)

7. How often do you go cycling in the suburbs? (never)

8. What is the weather like in Liverpool today? (mostly cloudy)

E. READING
I. Read the passage and decide whether the statements are TRUE
or FALSE.
Paris, the capital of France, is one of the largest cities in Europe, with 2.2
million people living in the centre and almost 12 million people living in
the suburbs. It is located on the River Seine. Paris is famous for being the
most beautiful and romantic of all cities. It is also called the City of Light or
the Capital of Fashion. A large part of the city, including the River Seine, is
a UNESCO World Heritage Site.
The city has a lot of landmarks, such as the world’s most visited tourist
site the Eiffel Tower, the Arc de Triomphe, the Notre-Dame Cathedral, and
the Louvre Museum. Paris is the most visited place in the world with 45
million tourists every year.
Paris has a climate with cool winters and warm summers. The weather is
so pleasant in the summer, so it is a great time to visit Paris.
Paris is well connected to the rest of Europe by train. Walking in Paris is
one of the greatest pleasures of visiting the City of Light. It is possible to
cross the entire city in only a few hours. Along the streets, there are a lot
of cafes, fashion shops, and souvenir shops.
1. There are more people living in the centre than living in the suburbs. _
2. River Seine is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. ________
3. According to the text, Paris is famous for the Eiffel Tower. ________
4. There are only some landmarks in the city. ________
5. Paris is also known as the Capital of Fashion. ________
6. Paris is the most popular tourist attraction in the world. ________
7. The best time to visit Paris is winter. ________
8. Tourists can buy souvenirs along the streets. ________
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
also parks Asia crowded when holds festivals
tourist
Located in Southeast (1) _______ , Singapore has become one of the
world’s richest countries and has the world’s busiest port. Singapore is
also one of the most popular (2) _______ attractions in the world. With the
population of over 5.5 million people, it is a very (3) _______ city, but it is
one of the cleanest cities in the world.
Singapore is a garden city, with over 50 major (4) _______ and 4
nature reserves, the Flower Dome, the Cloud Forest, museums, statues
and theatres. Those who want to go shopping should come to Orchard
Road with miles and miles of shopping malls. Singapore (5) _______ a lot of
events each year. Some of its famous (6) _______ and events include the
Singapore Food Festival, The Singapore Sun Festival, The Singapore Music
Festival, the Singapore Arts Festival, and the Chingay Parade. Christmas is
(7) _______ widely celebrated in Singapore. It is a season (8) _______ the
city streets and shopping malls are crowded along its famous shopping
belt.
- port (n): cảng - reserve (n): khu bảo tồn
F. WRITING
I. Write complete sentences using the prompts given.
1. We/ go/ that Japanese restaurant/ two weeks/ ago.

2. Can/ you/ tell/ me/ way/ nearest bakery?

3. Tom/ not/ take/ any photos/ of Times Square/ last time.

4. weather in Toronto/ be/ wonderful,/ and/ landscape/ be/ amazing.

5. I/ can’t/ get home/ quickly/ because/ there/ be/ heavy traffic/ on/ street.

6. Minh An/ have/ elder brother/ Ha Noi,/ and/ his name/ be/ Huy An.

7. the tour guide/ take/ your family/ to/ floating market/ yesterday?

8. Naomi and I/ both/ have/ black hair,/ but/ hers/ be/ lighter/ than/ mine.

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. This is her maths notebook.
This maths notebook

2. Is it your idea of camping in the countryside?

Is the idea
?
3. The house in that corner belongs to them.
The house

4. Your village is bigger than our village.

Our village is

5. He owns the apartment on the second floor.

The apartment

6. How many times a week do you go to the downtown areas?

How often
?
7. The United Kingdom has many famous landmarks.
 There are

8. What is the distance between the art gallery and the bus stop?
How far
?
 REVIEW 3
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced
differently from the others.
1. A. left B. west C. scene D. bell
2. A. game B. family C. program D. traffic
3. A. healthy B. both C. weather D.
marathon
4. A. cold B. boat C. postcard D.
historic
5. A. head B. beach C. ready D. dead
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. All players must use their hands to play (volleyball/ football).
2. You can try a lot of (delicious/ beautiful) local food in Thailand.
3. (Temple/ Tower) of Literature is a well-known landmark in Ha Noi.
4. Are you watching the weather (series/ forecast) on TV?
5. The streets in London are always crowded and (quiet/ noisy).
6. Tom and Jerry is my favourite TV (channel/ programme).
7. Pele is regarded as the best football (player/ viewer) of all time.
8. Their city is very (dirty/ clean) - you can’t find garbage in the streets.
9. Ms. Sally is the only (weatherman/ weathergirl) I’ve ever known.
10. We must buy (rackets/ skis), or we can’t play tennis.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. The Statue of Liberty in the U.S. is a famous _______.
A. monument B. museum C. landmark D.
square
2. The _______ air in the city is badly affecting the health of the residents.
A. clean B. polluted C. hot D. fresh
3. Kids like _______ programmes because they are funny.
A. cartoon B. discovery C. documentary D. news
4. Tea is still the most _______ drink in Britain.
A. expensive B. popular C. unpopular D.
healthy
5. Billy turned on the radio to listen to the _______.
A. documentary B. cartoons C. sports news D.
romance
6. He likes outdoor _______ such as football and cycling.
A. events B. exercises C. games D.
activities
7. The comedy is long, but it's funny and _______.
 A. serious B. boring C. entertaining D.
clumsy
8. Their city is very _______, and it has a lot of new buildings.
A. old B. modern C. polluted D. noisy
9. Paul was the _______ for the game show, and we were the viewers.
A. MC B. interviewer C. newsreader D. writer
10. I want to learn skateboarding, but I don’t have a _______.
A. racket B. bicycle C. boat D.
skateboard
IV. Fill in the blanks with the correct form or tense of the verbs
play, go, do, watch, like, have, take, see.
1. They are planning to _______ fishing in the Lake Erie.
2. The first World Cup _______ place in Uruguay.
3. We went to the city centre and _______ dinner last night.
4. Which activity do you prefer, doing aerobics or _______ tennis?
5. Jonathan _______ the sports channel every weekend.
6. He can _______ karate, but he’s not very good at it.
7. Did you _______ the London Bridge when you visited England?
8. Robert doesn’t play sports. He _______ reading comics.
V. Write the correct form of the word in brackets.
1. I like Ms. Sandra because she is _______ and funny. (friend)
2. This channel has some _______ programmes for kids. (education)
3. When I need advice, Kelvin is a _______ and generous friend. (help)
4. This pea cake is yummy and _______ , so many people like it. (taste)
5. _______ market is a unique form of market in Viet Nam. (float)
6. Brian often plays basketball, so he is _______ and sporty, (health)
7. Is Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs an _______ movie? (animation)
8. Hue is one of the most ancient _______ in Viet Nam. (city)
9. It’s a lovely _______ day - why don’t we take a walk along the coast?
(sun)
10. Cartoon is a programme for young _______ . (view)
VI. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1. I don’t like watching films _______ television.
2. _______ the weekend we can play a game of badminton.
3. We spent several days sightseeing _______ Berlin.
4. The cinema is only three kilometres _______ my house.
5. Why don’t you go and watch the show _______ Dad?
6. She has read a lot of books _______ sports and games.
7. He is watching TV in the room and doesn’t go out _______ fresh air.
8. This talk show is on _______ 7 o’clock on Sundays.
9. Will you go with us _______ the stadium this Saturday?
10. The Houston Marathon is an annual event held _______ January.
VII. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. _______ does your sister watch TV? - Every evening.
A. When B. How much C. What time D. How
often
2. Shaun the Sheep _______ his favourite cartoon when he was a child.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
3. My puppy is very cute, and _______ name is Milo.
A. it B. its C. my D. mine
4. My father _______ as a television news editor from 2018 to 2021.
A. worked B. works C. is working D. work
5. Mia _______ school last year and moved to Toronto to find a job.
A. left B. leaves C. is leaving D. leaves
6. Lillian loves sunbathing, _______ she often goes to the beach.
A. but B. so C. because D.
although
7. _______ me the remote control, please.
A. To give B. Giving C. Give D. You
give
8. _______ swimming in the lake. It’s dangerous.
A. Not go B. No going C. Don’t go D. Not to
go
9. _______ kind of sports do you play? - Table tennis.
A. How B. What C. How many D. Which
10. I can play shuttlecock, _______ I’m not really good at it.
A. so B. because C. and D. but
VIII. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. A few days ago my father buys a new soccer ball for me.
A B C D
2. What often do you watch this animal programme?
A B C D
3. Doing exercise is good, but doesn’t do too hard.
A B C D
4. These photos of her sister show off hers smooth black hair.
A B C D
5. When are you going to spend your vacation? - In Nha Trang.
A B C D
VII. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. There _______ (be) an interesting game show on TV yesterday.
2. He _______ (usually, walk) to the park and plays shuttlecock with his
friends.
3. The tourists _______ (want) to try the famous Toblerone chocolate from
Switzerland.
4. They _______ (cancel) the picnic because the weather was really bad.
5. Ms. Ronnie can’t meet you right now because she _______ (teach) in the
classroom.
6. _______ your father _______ (watch) car racing on TV last night?
7. Mum _______ (search) for her cooking programme at the moment.
8. The flight to Birmingham _______ (arrive) at 1.30 p.m. local time.
9. Albert _______ (win) the first prize in the skiing competition 3 years ago.
10. Don’t talk too loud, Gwen! Your sister _______ (sleep).
VIII. Match the sentences.
1. Did you have a nice weekend? a. What a beautiful city!
2. What did you do last Sunday? b. Is it in New York?
3. Did you take this photo? It’s c. I went cycling with my father.
nice. d. Yes, it is.
4. This is Toronto, a city in Canada. e. Sorry. I don't have free time.
5. Why do you turn off the TV, f. No. The picture is from my
Mum? brother.
6. The place in this picture is Times g. Yeah, it was OK.
Square. h. Good. They can protect your
7. I always wear goggles when I eyes.
swim. i. Because it’s time for bed.
8. Is this the Old Town
in j. Yes. It’s my favourite
Stockholm? programme.
9. What an interesting programme
it is!
10. Do you want to join our karate
club?
IX. Complete the dialogues. Use the words in the box.
and much on programme went cultural
sports that

1. Stanley: What is your favourite type of TV _______ ?

Robert: It’s cartoon.
2. Evan: Did you have a nice weekend, Mike?
Mike: Yeah, it was OK. I _______ fishing with my cousin.
3. Sara: How _______ do you know about television in this city?
Fred: Not much. I only know some programmes for children.
4. Jenny: What _______ do you play in your spare time?
Frank: I play volleyball. How about you?
5. Harry: Tomorrow we’re driving around to discover Da Lat.
James: _______ sounds interesting!
6. Kelly: Hue is a charming city with many _______ sites.
Paula: It is also famous for Perfume River.
7. Rebecca: My sister was _______ TV last month.
William: Really? What show was that?
8. Brenda: I’m living in a big city, but it’s noisy _______ polluted.
Caroline: Why don’t you move to the countryside?
X. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Every four years, in a different country around the world, there is a
big sports competition. It is like the Olympics but only for one sport. The
most popular sport in the world! What do you know about the FIFA World
Cup?
The first World Cup was in 1930, in Uruguay. In the final game
Uruguay beat Argentina and became the first World Cup winners. 13
countries played in the first World Cup. Now there are 32 countries in the
competition.
Until 2002 the World Cup was always in a European or an American
country. South Korea and Japan held the first Asian World Cup. The first
African World Cup was in 2010, in South Africa.
Brazil is the most successful World Cup team. They are the only
team that has played in every tournament. So far they have won it five
times. Germany and Italy have won it four times. Uruguay, Argentina, and
France have won it two times. England and Spain have won it once.
- beat (v): đánh bại - tournament (n): giải đấu
1. There is a World Cup every _______.
A. one year B. two years C. four years D. eight
years
2. In the first World Cup, _______.
A. there were 13 teams
B. Argentina beat Uruguay in the final match
C. there were 32 teams
D. Argentina and Uruguay are the winners
3. In 2002, the World Cup was in _______.
A. an American country B. a
European country
C. an Asian country D. South Korea and Japan
4. Why is Brazil the most successful World Cup team?
A. Because they haven’t played in every tournament so far.
 B. Because they have played in all tournaments and won World Cup five
times.
C. Because no one could beat them in every competition.
D. Because Germany and Italy have only won World Cup four times.
5. Which of the following is NOT true?
A. The first World Cup was in 1930.
B. Uruguay won the first World Cup.
C. France have won World Cup once.
D. South Africa held the first African World Cup.
XI. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
it include on attract many watching
buildings fireworks

Sydney is a city (1) _______ the east coast of Australia which is the
capital city of New South Wales. About five million people live in Sydney
which makes (2) _______ the biggest city in Oceania. In Sydney, there are
many famous (3) _______ : the Sydney Opera House, the Queen Victoria
Building and the Sydney Harbour Bridge. Sydney has a large harbour and
(4) _______ beaches. The most famous beach is Bondi Beach.
Sydney has lots of things to see and do. These (5) _______ visiting
Taronga Zoo - the northern side of the harbour, eating food, looking at art
or (6) _______ sports (like cricket or rugby) or walking down George Street
which has many nice shops. Sydney has some of Australia’s best shopping
areas. Many people go to Sydney City to watch the great (7) _______
display over the harbour on New Year’s Eve. Sydney holds events
throughout the year that (8) _______ tourists from around the world, some
namely events are Vivid Sydney, Royal Easter Show, and more.
XII. Write complete sentences using the prompts given.
1. not/ watch/ TV/ until/ midnight!

2. Michael/ go swimming/ nearly/ every day.

3. you/ join in/ the sports competition/ yesterday?

4. That tennis player/ not/ take part/ the tournament/ last week.

5. The weather there/ be/ hot/ than/ in my place.

6. The Merlion/ have/ the head/ a lion/ and/ the body/ a fish.

7. My mother/ always/ wear/ her helmet/ when/ she/ ride/ a bike.

8. Each year/ the Golden Gate Bridge/ attract/ more/ 10 million visitors.

XIII. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as

the first one.
1. William James is a friend of mine.
William James is one

2. It’s a good idea to discuss the problem with our teacher.

We should

3. It’s essential that you wear protective clothing in this area.

You must

4. When do you usually wake up in the morning?

What
?
5. Although that programme was interesting, I didn’t watch it.
That programme was interesting,

6. Let’s watch some movies on TV tonight.

Why don’t

?
7. You mustn’t be late for school, or you’ll have trouble with Ms. Loan.
Don’t

8. Because Jack wants to get excellent marks, he studies hard.

Jack wants to get excellent marks,
 UNIT 10:
OUR HOUSES IN THE FUTURE
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
smartphone address cottage guitar birthday
poster resort forest routine ocean
alarm heater success villa disease
First-stressed syllable Second-stressed syllable

II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the
others.
1. A. famous B. police C. device D.
machine
2. A. receive B. complete C. perform D. gather
3. A. helpful B. flower C. about D.
wireless
4. A. happen B. hotel C. visit D.
bathroom
5. A. event B. market C. water D.
garden

B. VOCABULARY
I. Put the nouns into the suitable verb list.
the shopping, emails, the flowers, meals, housework, the plants, dinner,
the oven, my room, the Internet, my friends, food from the supermarket,
my pets, websites, the kitchen, old people, the air conditioner, the
washing-up, the police in an emergency
1. do
2. tidy
3. cook
4. fix
5. water
6. surf
7. send and
 receive
8. take care of
9. order
10. contact
II. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. He lives in _______ because he likes farming work.
A. the sea B. the countryside C. space D. the
city
2. Hi-tech _______ might help mothers to look after children.
A. computers B. robots C. smartphones D.
machines
3. Besides storing foods, a modern _______ can cook meals.
A. washing machine B. dishwasher C. fridge D.
wireless TV
4. Wind flowing from a ceiling _______ can make the whole room cool and
airy.
A. fridge B. electric cooker C. electric fan D. smart
clock
5. I usually _______ the dishes after dinner.
A. cook B. wash C. help D. water
6. _______ will help us watch TV programmes from space.
A. Smart clock B. Robot C. Wireless TV D. Super
car
7. Here, you can enjoy the _______ view and dive into the turquoise water.
A. hill B. city C. park D. sea
8. Mrs. Nina is cooking dinner in the _______ now.
A. kitchen B. bathroom C. bedroom D. living
room
9. We might live in a comfortable _______ on the Moon.
A. supermarket B. apartment C. garden D. school
10. I can wash all my dirty clothes with the help of the _______.
A. dishwasher B. wardrobe
C. cupboard D. washing machine
III. Choose the correct preposition in brackets to complete the
sentences.
1. Our future houses might be _______ the ground. (at/ under/ to)
2. He wishes that he will have a villa _______ the sea. (by/ of/ above)
3. This car runs _______ electricity, so we don’t use gas. (for/ with/ on)
4. He doesn’t want to live _______ the city when he grows up. (of/ in/ to)
5. I can order food from a restaurant while I’m _______ home. (on/ in/ at)
6. Will robots help us _______ the household chores? (on/ for/ with)
7. I think all my dreams will come true _______ the future. (in/ to/ of)
8. Do you think there is life _______ other planets? (above/ on/ at)

C. GRAMMAR
I. Put the verbs into the correct form in the future simple.
1. I know for sure that I _______ (not go) out late at night.
2. They _______ (build) a bridge over that river.
3. Technology _______ (help) us build better houses.
4. The smart clock _______ (not start) because the battery is empty.
5. What _______ your dream house _______ (look) like?
6. In the future, houses _______ (be) more convenient.
7. He _______ (not surf) the Internet as regularly as he does now.
8. _______ Bailey _______ (move) to another city next year?
9. My mother _______ (not cook) because robots will help her.
10. We _______ (use) solar power as the main energy source.
II. Put the verbs into the correct form with might or mightn’t.
1. Humans _______ (not live) on the Moon.
2. People _______ (go) on holiday in space in the future.
3. In 50 years, we _______ (not travel) by car or motorbike.
4. They _______ (not use) natural gas to cook.
5. My parents _______ (come) home late this evening.
6. I _______ (not see) my classmates during summer holiday.
7. Robots _______ (replace) workers in the near future.
8. She _______ (not walk) to school tomorrow morning.
9. We _______ (wear) differently in the next century.
10. Houses _______ (talk) to us like robots.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Happy new year! Wishing that we _______ healthy and happy.
A. will be B. are C. were D. might
be
2. Michael _______ having a robot at home, but his father _______.
A. mightn’t mind - doesn’t mind B. might mind - don’t mind
C. might mind - might mind D. mightn’t mind - minds
3. We _______ a hi-tech house next year, and it _______ in the city.
A. won’t buy - will be B. buy - won’t be
C. will buy - will be D. don’t buy - will be
4. She _______ send me emails, but she _______ call me directly.
 A. might - might B. will - will
C. mightn’t - won’t D. mightn’t - might
5. Julia _______ get there in time, but I _______ be sure.
A. might - can’t B. might - can C. will - can D. won’t
- can’t
6. There _______ be a helicopter on the roof so I _______ fly to school.
A. won’t - can B. can’t - might C. will - can D.
mightn’t - will
7. _______ modern robots _______ the chores? - Yes, they _______.
A. Will... do - do B. Will... do – will
C. Do ... do - will D. Will... do - won’t
8. She _______ a few ideas about what she _______ in the future, but
nothing definite.
A. have - will do B. have - does C. has - might do D. has -
do
9. _______ houses in the future _______ the environment? - Yes, they
_______.
A. Will... protect - will B.
Does ... protect - will
C. Does ... protect - don’t D. Will...
protect - do
10. _______ Mr. Henry _______ a white fence for his garden? - No, he _______.
A. Does ... builds - doesn’t B. Will... build - won’t
C. Do ... build - do D. Will... build - doesn’t
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. Bring a raincoat because it might to rain today!
A B C D
2. Everyone believes that Josh stays at home all day tomorrow.
A B C D
3. What type of house you will live in the future ?
A B C D
4. Linda doesn’t have a map, so she might find our house.
A B C D
5. I think my future house will be on the mountains.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Match the sentences.
1. Jane thinks we might live with a. What will the TV look like?
robots. b. My bedroom, of course.
2. What kind of houses do you like? c. By the sea.
3. Robots will be much smarter. d. Because it can move.
4. Where will your dream house e. No. It will use solar energy.
be? f. She might be right about that.
5. I’m thinking about wireless TV. g. Will they be smarter than us?
6. Which room do you like best? h. I like motorhome.
7. What a beautiful view your i. Thanks for your compliment.
house has! j. Yes, people can start engine by
8. Why do you like motorhome? voice now.
9. We might control many things
by voice.
10. Will the house use wind
energy?
II. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. Mr. Kelvin might build a new house.

2. The house will look like a UFO.

3. Yes. It will have several windows.

4. The cottage will be on top of the hill.

5. I might live in the mountains because I like trees.

6. They will buy a wireless TV and a modern fridge for appliances.

7. My dream house will have a lot of rooms.

8. No. This factory won’t use wind energy.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and choose the best answer to the questions.
My dream house will be a one-storey country cottage. Though many
people like to live in a big house, I prefer living in a small one on a farm
because I might enjoy fresh air and a peaceful atmosphere. Like most
cottages, my house will be quiet.
The front of the house will be made of stone and it will have a nice
wooden roof with a chimney on the top. I will use space in my house
efficiently. There will be a living room, four bedrooms, two bathrooms and
large windows that will let in a lot of natural light.
In the living room, there will be a reading table, a sofa, and a
computer. The reading table will become a dining table in the evening,
and the sofa will turn into a bed at night. I might not even cook, but I will
buy canned food from the supermarket.
I love flowers, so I will plant various kinds of flowers around the
house. I think it might be really lovely. I will take a lot of photos of flowers
every day. This is my hobby.
1. According to the passage, how will the dream house be?
A. It will be a big house.
B. It will be a small house.
C. It will have some storeys.
D. It will be a cottage, but it won’t be on a farm.
2. The house will have _______.
A. 1 living room and 4 bathrooms B. 2 bedrooms and 1 living
room
C. 4 bedrooms and 2 bathrooms D. 2 bathrooms and 2
windows
3. The computer will be _______.
A. in the living room B. in one of the bedrooms
C. near a window D. on the reading table
4. What will happen to the reading table and the sofa?
A. The reading table and the sofa will become dining tables in the
evening, and they will turn into beds at night.
B. The reading table will become a dining table at day, and the sofa will
turn into a bed at night.
C. The reading table will become a dining table in the evening, and the
sofa will turn into a bed at night.
D. The reading table will become a dining table in the morning, and the
sofa will turn into a bed in the evening.
5. The writer’s hobby is _______.
A. reading books B. cooking meals
C. planting trees D. taking photos of flowers
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
appliances prefer energy it worry might
future but

What kind of houses would you like to live in? Some people like
living in simple houses in the countryside while others (1) _______ living in
modern houses in big cities.
 John often says that he would like to live in a modern house. Now, he
is drawing his (2) _______ house. The house looks like a UFO, (3) _______ it
might float on the water as a boat, and he calls it a boathouse. Because
the house is on the water, he will make a special device so that he might
get (4) _______ from water and wind. In his smart house, he will need only
a single control which (5) _______ be the same as a smartphone. It will
control lights and electric (6) _______ , supply heat, and even lock doors.
He will have a security system in his future house so that he will not (7)
_______ about his safe. The security system will protect the house from
thieves and robbers.
He will buy a cute robot so that he will talk to (8) _______ and he will
have it do all the housework. He will buy new and modern furniture. His
future house will be modern and comfortable.

F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. by/ future apartment/ will be/ the sea/ My

2. not/ The future car/ might/ run/ electricity/ on

3. by/ UFO house/ be surrounded/ will/ lots of trees/ His

4. in/ live/ People in the city/ might/ houses/ under the ground

5. everywhere/ you/ Will/ travel/ a/ in/ motorhome?

6. houseboat/ We/ the lake/ will/ on/ have/ a

7. on/ People/ wireless TVs/ use/ Mars/ might

8. be/ big trees and flowers/ There/ my garden/ in/ will

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. There will be about twenty rooms in their dream palace.
Their dream palace will

2. I’m not sure about living in an apartment in a skyscraper.

I mightn’t

3. Please help me arrange the furniture!

 Will you
?
4. They will probably stay with us in a guest house.
They might

5. We mightn’t see them at the weekend.

Perhaps we won’t

6. I’m thinking about studying French this year.

I might

7. In what ways will we control the future robots?

How will
?
8. Maybe my parents won’t move to the countryside.
My parents mightn’t
 UNIT 11
OUR GREENER WORLD
A. PHONETICS
I. Decide whether the bold syllables are stressed (S) or unstressed
(U).
1. Plastic bags are a big environmental hazard.
2. We need to develop greener products.
3. It’s a good idea to recycle household waste.
4. The environment is a popular topic these days.
5. There is a severe water shortage in parts of Africa.
II. Underline the stressed syllables.
1. Coal is a finite resource.
2. We are planting trees in the park.
3. The shortage of energy is the problem.
4. It’s our duty to save water.
5. This machine runs on solar power.

B. VOCABULARY
I. Complete the sentences using the words or phrases in the box.
reusing charity glass rubbish plastic
bag
recycling bins reduce survey exchange
fairs
1. They have _______ for old bottles and cans.
2. Do you want me to pour you a _______ of water?
3. We can make a nice flower vase by _______ this plastic bottle.
4. I’d like to _______ this dress for one in a smaller size.
5. They will exhibit their new designs at the trade _______ this spring.
6. A good way to _______ air pollution is using less cars.
7. They went on a ten-kilometre walk to raise money for _______ .
8. Some people just dump their _______ in the river.
9. We should do a _______ on how people use energy.
10. It takes 1,000 years for a _______ to degrade in a landfill.
II. Choose the best answers to complete the sentences.
1. This shopping bag is not _______, so I can buy it.
A. cheap B. simple C. expensive D. green
2. _______ materials are good for our environment.
A. Expensive B. Natural C. Polluted D. Fresh
3. Sewage from the factories is the main cause of _______ in this river.
 A. soil pollution B. air pollution
C. water pollution D. noise pollution
4. Reusable bags are better for the environment than _______ ones.
A. plastic B. rubbish C. shopping D. paper
5. I turned off the electric fan to _______ electricity.
A. reuse B. save C. recycle D.
reduce
6. Alan gave me a _______ bottle when I finished jogging.
A. air B. plant C. soil D. water
7. You should _______ things that can be recycled in a recycling bin.
A. put B. cut down C. decorate D. throw
away
8. Most books and notebooks are made of _______.
A. plastic B. wood C. paper D.
rubber
9. They _______ empty cans into new window frames.
A. recycle B. reduce C. swap D. reuse
10. You should give your old clothes to those _______.
A. for fun B. for good C. in use D. in
need

C. GRAMMAR
I. Fill in the blank with a, an or the.
1. Victoria is _______ animal lover.
2. I have _______ idea about reusing old things.
3. There is _______ used glass on the coffee table.
4. Her father is _______ environmentalist.
5. Today is _______ first day of our holiday.
6. She’s delivering _______ speech about greenhouse effect.
7. Are you going to _______ beach this Sunday morning?
8. Recycle Club is _______ organisation for students to help our
environment.
9. They are staying at _______ five-star resort in Da Nang.
10. Is he staying at _______ Furama resort in Da Nang?
II. Write the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1. The air _______ (not be) so polluted if people _______ (not drive) too
many cars.
2. What _______ you _______ (do) if you _______ (see) somebody litter?
3. If we _______ (keep) using oil, we _______ (run) out of it soon.
4. Bella _______ (harm) the environment if she _______ (not reuse) her old
items.
5. I _______ (buy) recycled bags if they _______ (not cost) much.
6. _______ it _______ (be) better if Carlos _______ (go) to school by bus?
7. We _______ (save) more trees if we _______ (use) paper economically.
8. If there _______ (be) flood, many people _______ (lose) their homes.
9. If he _______ (give) his old clothes to charity, he _______ (help) people in
need.
10. Wild animals _______ (die) if people _______ (continue) destroying their
habitats.
III. Combine the sentences using conditional sentence type 1 and
the words given.
1. Factories dump waste into rivers. A lot of fish die.
If

2. People keep using plastic bags. Oceans are full of plastic garbage.
If

3. They go to work by taxi. They don’t save a lot of money.

They won't

4. People build too many houses. Land for farming decreases.

Land for farming

5. The Earth becomes hotter. The polar ice cap melts.

If

6. You don’t write on both sides. You waste your paper.

You

7. We use recycled products. We won't harm the environment.

We

8. People breathe polluted air. They suffer from lung diseases.

If

9. The residents don’t often cycle. There is too much air pollution in this
area.
There
10. Those companies will receive good feedbacks. They produce reusable
bags.
If

IV. Choose the best answers to complete the sentences.

1. I’ve finished _______ my homework and I’m going to _______ bed now.
A. the - 0 B. 0 - 0 C. the - the D. a - a
2. Daisy will become ‘greener’ if she _______ a reusable shopping bag.
A. carry B. carries C. will carry D.
carried
3. What will you do if you _______ someone throwing trash on the street?
A. can see B. will see C. see D. saw
4. If we _______ more plants, we _______ soil pollution.
A. will grow - reduce B. grew - will reduce
C. grow - will reduce D. are growing - will reduce
5. If you bring water bottles to a picnic, what type of bottles _______?
A. do you bring B. should you bring C. are you bringing D. you
will bring
6. Solar panels are _______ example of _______ renewable energy
technologies.
A. an - a B. the - the C. the - a D. an - 0
7. _______ method of transportation has _______ major effect on _______
environment.
A. The - a -the B. A - a - an C. The - the - the D. 0 - a -
an
8. If students _______ to school by bus, there _______ less traffic.
A. go - will be B. will go - is C. will go - will be D. go - is
9. _______ your food in a reusable box if you bring it to school?
A. Will you not put B. You won’t put C. You will put D. Will
you put
10. Is it true that _______ water conducts heat faster than _______ air?
A. the - an B. a - an C. the - the D. 0 - 0
V. Choose the word of phrase that needs correcting.
1. If we don’t use recycled paper, we will save a lot of trees.
A B C D
2. Streets will be cleaner if people puts trash in a trash bin.
A B C D
3. People can have breathing problems if they will breathe polluted air.
A B C D
4. If she doesn’t use plastic bags, she will help to reduce a plastic waste.
 A B C D
5. If plastic waste is thrown away, it will be dangerous for environment.
A B C D

D. SPEAKING
I. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ You want to keep them, don’t you?
___ Why do you want to reuse them? They are very cheap, and it’s easy to
buy the brand new ones.
___ I’m folding plastic bags.
___ Because we will help the environment if they are reused. Plastic bags
are very dangerous for living things!
___ I see. I have an idea. We should also keep plastic water bottles.
___ OK.
1 What are you doing, Naomi?
___ Good idea. There is one in the fridge. Let’s go and take it.
___ Yes, I do. These bags are still new, so I can use them again.
II. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. I use recycled items because I want to save the environment.

2. Everybody should reduce waste and reuse plastic bags.

3. No. My parents don’t grow vegetables at home.

4. There are two electric fans in my room.

5. I turn off the lights when I leave my classroom.

6. He swapped his old novels with his cousins.

7. Yes. There is a recycling bin in my house.

8. You can buy reusable bags at the check-out desk.

E. READING
I. Read the passage and answer the questions.
We know that we will pollute the environment if we do not use
materials wisely. People have founded many programmes to save
materials and protect the environment. 3Rs is one of them. 3Rs stands for
Reduce, Reuse and Recycle.
Reducing means we reduce the amount of waste we produce. This is
the best way to help the environment. If we do not reduce the waste, we
will pollute our environment more seriously.
Reusing is using the items again. For example, plastic bags can be
reused if it is still new. We should not throw away reusable things but
store and use them for other purposes.
Recycling is changing the waste materials into new products. For
example, we recycle waste paper to make carton boxes. We should
recycle as many things as possible.
If we reduce, reuse and recycle our resources, we will save energy
and money. Moreover, we will help to prevent pollution and global climate
change.
1. What will happen if people do not use materials wisely?

2. What does 3Rs stand for?

3. What does “reducing” mean?

4. What will happen if we do not reduce the waste?

5. What is “reusing”, and “recycling”?

6. Should we throw away reusable things?

II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.

harmful solar reduce energy use walk products
serious
Have you ever thought of how to reduce pollution? Here are 5 easy ways:
- Use public means of transportation. We shouldn’t use cars to go to
nearby places, but (1) _______, ride a bicycle or take a bus. It is one of
the best ways to (2) _______ pollution.
- Use green energy. We should use renewable energy such as (3) _______
energy and wind.
- Turn off lights, computers and all other electric devices when they are
not in (4) _______ . If we do so, we will save a lot of (5) _______ and
money.
- Be careful with the rubbish we throw away every day because they
cause (6) _______ pollution. We should not throw rubbish into lakes,
rivers and seas.
- Use environmentally friendly (7) _______ . We should use reusable bags
and bottles instead of plastic ones. Plastic waste is (8) _______ to the
environment.

F. WRITING
I. Write conditional sentences type 1 using the prompts given.
1. we/ breathe in/ polluted air/ we/ get/ sick.

2. Daniel/ see/ rubbish/ on the streets/ he/ pick/ it/ up.

3. she/ not/ use/ water/ she/ close/ the water tap.

4. his friends/ like/ his books/ he/ swap/ the books/ with them.

5. I/ go shopping/ this evening/I/ buy/ some/ recycled bags.

6. we/ find/ creative ways/ to use energy/ we/ save/ a lot of/ money.

7. they/ invite/ me/ to join/ 3Rs club/I/ be/ very glad.

8. you/ spend/1.5 hour/ on Facebook/ every day/ you/ waste/ 7 months/ in

10 years.

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. It's forbidden to throw garbage there.
You mustn’t

2. Stop polluting the lake, or the fish will die.

If we don’t

3. Reducing plastic waste is helpful for our life.

We should

4. Because we don’t recycle paper, we don’t save lots of trees.

If we

5. Scientists advise not using too many plastic containers.

People shouldn’t
6. I don’t think bicycling will pollute the air.
I think bicycling

7. Don’t waste oil, or it will run out soon.

If people

8. Cities are convenient, but the air in cities is polluted.

Although
 UNIT 12
ROBOTS
A. PHONETICS
I. Decide whether the sentences are statements or not (Yes or
No).
1. He worked like a robot. __________
2. Which jobs will robots replace? __________
3. What a lovely robot it is! __________
4. These cars aren’t built by robots. __________
5. The scientists will create a robot dog. __________
6. Send a letter to my aunt. __________
7. I didn’t show him the robot pet. __________
8. Can your robot hold an object? __________
II. Decide whether the sentences have falling tone or not (Yes or
No).
1. That’s an impressive robot! __________
2. This is the latest model in robot technology. __________
3. What a huge robot they have! __________
4. Robots have different uses in modern industry. _______
5. Clean the floor and feed the dog. __________
6. Doctor robots will nurse and play with children. _______
7. Industrial robots can outwork humans. __________
8. Why won’t robots take all of our jobs? __________

B. VOCABULARY
I. Fill in the blanks with the phrases in the box.
build buildings pick fruit do the washing work as
guards
read our moods repair a broken machine cut the grass
move heavy objects teach students look after sick
people
1. These systems claim to be able to _______ , emotions and personality
traits.
2. Robot kitchen will make your dinner, _______ and share housework.
3. Big construction companies use worker robots to _______ in many cities.
4. This friendly robot can act as a health advisor for coronavirus patients
and _______.
5. Tevel Aerobotics Technologies developed flying robots that can _______
at orchards.
6. Robots with high payload capacities have the ability to lift and _______
up to 300 kg.
7. Robots are increasingly being used to _______ in the classroom for some
subjects.
8. The industrial robotic arms allow technicians to _______ or to create a
new one.
9. Security robots are designed to replace people who _______ in modern
buildings.
10. Little robot gardener can _______ , sweep the leaves and even plough
the fields.
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. I think most of home robots can (live/ clean) the house.
2. Emily expects that a smart robot can (drink/ make) and serve coffee.
3. Nowadays, robots can (understand/ teach) some simple requests.
4. Will there ever be a robot that (does/ takes) all the housework?
5. My robot (helps/ plays) computer games very well. I can’t win against it.
6. Teacher robots can (study/ teach) online now, using the Internet.
7. A home robot can set a table for a meal before (washing/ drying) the
dishes.
8. Her robot will (cook/ eat) dinner, so she will have more free time.
9. Teacher robots will be able to (understand/ help) students with difficult
exercises.
10. They program the robot to (water/ grow) plants only when the soil is
dry.
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. Home robots will help people do all household _______.
A. waste B. chores C. furniture D.
appliances
2. His robot can boil water and make _______ for guests.
A. meal B. food C. tea D. bed
3. Can your robot hear and _______ all words you say?
A. teach B. order C. shout D.
understand
4. This robot takes a photo of you to recognise your _______.
A. face B. word C. voice D.
speech
5. Schools will use _______ robots in classes in the future.
A. teacher B. doctor C. space D.
worker
6. _______ robots are useful today - they make the beds and clean the
rooms.
 A. Factory B. Home C. House D.
School
7. Worker robots will be able to _______ houses in the air.
A. buy B. make C. work D. build
8. Do you think that robots will _______ our life better?
A. move B. do C. make D. have
9. In the past, robots only had a _______ role in our life.
A. minor B. dangerous C. big D. simple
10. Space robots can _______ space station or _______ some experiments.
A. fly - make B. build - do C. go - do D. work -
take

C. GRAMMAR
I. Complete the sentences. Use the superlative form of the
adjectives in brackets.
1. _______ robot, or nanobot, can enhance the precision of a surgeon.
(small)
2. This is _______ travelling robot vacuum I have watched on TV. (slow)
3. What are some of _______ things you could order a robot to do? (funny)
4. I think 250-Year-Old Automaton was _______ robot in the world. (old)
5. Is Saarang Sumesh no longer _______ robot maker in India? (young)
6. Robots replacing humans to do most jobs wouldn’t be _______ future.
(bad)
7. At the current time, Japan is the world's _______ producer of robots. (big)
8. For starters in robotics, what is _______ robot that one can make? (easy)
9. _______ space probe mankind has launched from Earth is Voyager 1.
(far)
10. This path finder robot reaches the destination with _______ route
around obstacles. (short)
II. Complete the sentences. Use comparative or superlative form
of the adjectives in brackets.
1. Your robot is so much _______ than the one I bought last summer. (nice)
2. Space robots can explore the _______ planets in the solar system. (hot)
3. This flying robot is only slightly _______ than the diameter of a pencil.
(tall)
4. What is the cheapest drone with the _______ flight time? (long)
5. This robot can walk upstairs and his arms stretch _______ than a car.
(wide)
6. Investment in new robot technologies has become _______ than before.
(large)
7. My pen friend said, 'There is nothing _______ than being served by a
robot!' (bad)
8. Where can I buy the _______ robot vacuum for pet hair cleanup? (good)
9. Singapore was the country with the _______ robot density in 2019. (high)
10. Explorers built this robot to work in the _______ temperatures on Earth.
(cold)
III. Choose the best answers to complete the sentences.
1. Using robots is one of _______ ways to explore this deep cave.
A. safest B. the safer C. safer D. the
safest
2. Robots work 24/7 at a _______ price than _______ wage exists today.
A. lower much - lowest B. much
lowest - the lower
C. much lower - the lowest D. lower much - the lowest
3. _______ robot was designed for war, almost _______ than a human.
A. The smartest - smarter B.
Smarter - smartest
C. The smartest - smartest D.
Smarter - the smartest
4. The automotive industry is one of _______ users of industrial robots.
A. the larger B. the largest C. larger D.
largest
5. A robot called Cheetah is _______ than the _______ human, Usain Bolt.
A. the faster - fastest B. faster - fastest
C. the faster - the fastest D. faster
- the fastest
6. Can we put those robots in order from _______ to _______?
A. heaviest - lightest B. the heavier - the lighter
C. heavier - lighter D. the heaviest - the lightest
7. RoboBee is currently the world's _______ robot, even a paper clip is
_______ it.
A. smallest - bigger B. the smallest - bigger
C. smallest - bigger than D. the
smallest - bigger than
8. Robots don’t get tired and some are _______ than the _______ human.
A. far stronger – strongest B. far
strongest - strongest
C. stronger far - strongest D.
stronger far - stronger
9. Even if you’re _______ person in the world, our robot _______ after your
mess.
 A. tidier - cleans up B. the tidier - will clean up
C. tidiest - cleans up D. the tidiest - will clean up
10. The _______ robot mowers are _______ a petrol-powered lawnmower.
A. noisier - much quieter B.
noisiest - much quieter than
C. noisiest - quieter much D.
noisier - quieter much than
IV. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. Can the smartest robots understand and speak much than 100
languages?
A B C D
2. Robots will be very useful because they won’t do almost everything
instead of us.
A B C D
3. This is the smallest of all home robots, and I can put them in my school
bag.
A B C D
4. Dr. Adam’s home robot do the dishes, irons clothes, and puts toys away.
A B C D
5. A doctor robot can helps sick people and do many things like humans.
A B C D
D. SPEAKING
I. Complete the dialogues. Use the words or phrases in the box.
make they will are there simple
why what you say quite a lot how
many
1. Luke: What could robots do in the past?
Issac: Robots could do very _______ things.
2. Oliver: Could robots do the laundry and housework?
Lucas: Yes, they could. But they couldn’t _______ coffee.
3. Amelia: What can robots do now?
Harper: Now robots can do _______ .
4. Amigail: Can robots understand what we say?
Camila: No, they can’t understand _______ .
5. Jacob: _______ do you call them worker robots?
Daniel: Because they can help build our houses.
6. Emma: _______ types of robots do you have?
Sophia: I have two types of robots: home robots and worker robots.
7. Madison: _______ other types of robots?
Avery: Yes. There are doctor robots and teacher robots.
8. Mia: Will future robots be able to sing English songs?
Scarlett: Yes, _______ . I think so.
II. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a conversation.
___ Robots are smart now, and they can do a lot of things.
___ Maybe. Robots will be able to smile, but they won’t have feelings like
us.
1 How much do you know about robots, Mr. Spencer?
___ Recognise my face and voice? Can I talk with them?
___ Of course, you can. They will answer you if they understand what you
say.
___ A lot of things? Could you give some examples?
___ Sounds interesting! Will they smile if I make a joke?
___ No, I don’t think so. Robots don’t have physical body like humans.
___ They can guard the house, cook meals, recognise your face and
voice...
___ Will scientists create some robots with feelings?

E. READING
I. Read the text and choose the best answer to the questions.
In a restaurant, robots can serve food just like waiters and
waitresses. Besides, it is interesting to see a robot serving customers.
Some fast-food chains have already replaced their kitchen team with
robots. Robots are not only serve foods but also cook. Scientists in San
Francisco in the US have developed a robot that can automatically
produce 400 burgers in an hour, carrying out the work of three humans.
Japanese restaurants have used restaurant robots for simple tasks such as
collecting or washing dishes and cleaning the floor.
Akihiro Suzuki works at Yaskawa Electric, a company that develops
robots. He says robots can’t do everything a human can, but they can
work without becoming tired. He says robots can’t taste food or change
heating levels. But he says if a dish is easily prepared, a robot can repeat
the same movement to reproduce the same meal. He says people all over
the world now eat sushi, but there are not enough skilled cooks to prepare
it. He says his robots can help anyone make sushi. Other robots have been
created to help decorate cakes or cut and peel apples.
- carry out (v): thực hiện - reproduce (v): bắt chước, làm
lại
- skilled (adj): có kỹ năng, lành nghề
1. What can robots do in a restaurant?
A. Robots can work with the kitchen team.
B. Robots can replace waiters and waitresses.
C. Robots can serve food just like waiters and waitresses.
 D. Robot can help customers to cook.
2. According to the first paragraph, a robot _______.
A. can carry out the work of three people
B. can’t serve food without waiters or waitresses
C. can produce 400 burgers in a day
D. can’t replace a kitchen team
3. Japanese restaurants have used restaurant robots for _______.
A. producing burgers B. simple tasks
C. replacing humans D. serving customers
4. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the second
paragraph?
A. Robots can’t do everything a human can.
B. Robots can work and they become tired after that.
C. Robots can’t taste food.
D. Robots can’t change heating levels.
5. In the second paragraph, Akihiro Suzuki says his robot can reproduce a
meal if _____.
A. the cook repeats the same movement so his robot can learn it
B. the dish is hard for the cooks to prepare it
C. there are not enough skilled cooks to prepare it
D. it is easily prepared
II. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
what help elderly gardening iron main
communicate but
You are busy studying or working. You do not have enough time and
energy to do housework. Why don’t you buy a home robot? They might be
a little expensive (1) _______ they can change your life. Home robots are
programmed to (2) _______ with household chores.
(3) _______ will home robots be able to do? One of the (4) _______ tasks of
home robots will be doing household chores. Besides, they will also be
used for (5) _______ , playing with children, taking care of patients, and
providing entertainment.
Scientists want to make home robots which can (6) _______ the clothes,
make the beds, and do many of other things that humans can do. Also,
these labor-saving robots will be able to help disabled or (7) _______
people. To handle all of the above, they must be able to (8) _______ with
humans.

F. WRITING
I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. on/ will/ Doctor/ robots/ instead of/ operate/ us/ human doctors
2. in/I/ robots/ won’t/ electricity/ too much/ the future/ think/ use

3. help/ us/ Tiny robots/ our bodies/ can/ and repair/ to find/ problems/ in

4. use/ security guards/ robots/ as/ People/ in/ some important places

5. us/ helped/ Their robot/ and dangerous things/ to do/ many complicated

6. scientists/ In the future,/ will/ many types of/ intelligent robots/ design

7. for 24 hours,/ A robot/ can/ doesn’t/ the same work/ do/ but/ it/ complain

8. on Mars/ will/ Space robots/ space stations/ build/ and other planets

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the
first one.
1. There are more than 100 worker robots in their factory.
Their factory

2. ASIMO robot isn’t as tall as my Japanese friend.

My Japanese friend

3. Doctor robots don’t know how to do the household chores.

Doctor robots can’t

4. Gundam was bigger than any other robots in the world in 2020.
Gundam was

5. They should buy a smarter driverless car.

Why don’t
?
6. You should give some directions, or he won’t understand you.
If you don’t

7. Home robots become cheaper, so people start to buy them.

Because
8. This robot won’t function if it doesn’t hear my voice command.
Unless
 REVIEW 4
I. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the
others.
1. A. wireless B. robot C. product D.
protect
2. A. palace B. exchange C. tonight D.
instead
3. A. plastic B. repair C. study D.
household
4. A. resident B. reuse C. reduce D.
receive
5. A. human B. rubbish C. improve D. heavy
II. Complete the sentences using the words or phrases in the box.
reusable bins appliances smart TV
containers
materials recycle dishwasher cooker
energy
1. You should use _______ products instead of plastic ones.
2. Their house is equipped with all kinds of modern _______ .
3. Japanese people _______ more than half of their waste paper.
4. Methane gas from food waste is a potentially valuable source of
_______ .
5. I think a _______ isn’t that smart without an internet connection.
6. Their new model of _______ is a great water and energy saver.
7. I have an interesting idea of recycling plastic food _______ .
8. Electric rice _______ has two indicating lamps marked ‘Cook’ and
‘Warm’.
9. General waste and recycling _______ have different coloured lids.
10. Reusable bag is ‘greener’ because it’s made of natural _______ .
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. _______ robots can do quite a lot of things nowadays.
A. Old B. Hi-tech C. Funny D. Low-
tech
2. If we plant more _______, the air won’t be so polluted.
A. trees B. flowers C. gardens D.
vegetables
3. _______ causes us to suffer from hearing problems.
A. Soil pollution B. Water pollution C. Noise pollution D. Air
pollution
4. Elizabeth _______ the bed in her bedroom every day.
 A. swaps B. does C. takes D. makes
5. This latest Samsung _______ TV can do many things like a computer.
A. new B. smart C. automatic D. big
6. Remember to _______ the lights when you go out.
A. turn on B. throw away C. turn off D. get
out
7. My future house might be located near the paddy fields _______.
A. on the Moon B. in the countryside C. by the
sea D. in space
8. The best way to _______ paper is to use it less.
A. recycle B. protect C. waste D. save
9. Can your gardening robot _______ in front of the yard?
A. cut the hedge B. wash the dishes C. do the laundry D. make
the bed
10. Besides taking care of patients, doctor robots can help _______.
A. scientists in space B. students at school
C. people in need D. workers in factories
IV. Write the correct form of the word in brackets.
1. You should bring your own _______ bags to the market. (shop)
2. This book provides _______ information about the environment. (help)
3. People might find _______ ways to reduce plastic waste. (create)
4. Don’t leave the lights on because it wastes _______ . (electric)
5. _______ have invented many important things. (science)
6. Water pollution makes fish die; soil pollution makes _______ die. (plant)
7. When you buy a new product, you should choose a(n) _______ one.
(reuse)
8. We must reduce the use of _______ resources of the Earth, (nature)
9. My father usually does the _______ at weekends. (garden)
10. Our city will become cleaner and _______ than they are now. (green)
V. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1. World Environment Day is _______ 5th June.
2. What are you doing _______ the supermarket, Jane?
3. I’m going to buy some fruits _______ my mother.
4. Some day we might build cities _______ space.
5. If we use this kind _______ bag, we’ll help reduce plastic waste.
6. I like to live _______ the sea and enjoy sandy beaches.
7. What will life _______ Earth be like in the future?
8. Robots will be able to communicate _______ humans.
9. Kelley has planned to spend a week _______ the mountains.
10. She will have a project _______ robots in the future.
VI. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. People _______ go on holiday to Mars some day.
A. can B. must C. might D.
should
2. I’m fascinated by the house that looks like _______ UFO.
A. the B. a C. an D. 0
3. _______ people do not necessarily have of all.
A. The happiest - the best B.
happiest - best
C. The happiest - best D.
happiest - the best
4. I believe that people _______ definitely make the world greener in the
future.
A. will B. can C. won’t D. might
5. If Nam _______ plastic bags, he will help protect the environment.
A. didn’t use B. will use C. uses D.
doesn’t use
6. What _______ if we live in the noisy surroundings?
A. happened B. will happen C. happens D.
happen
7. You _______ pass the exams to study in higher classes.
A. might B. mightn’t C. must D.
should
8. With high-end washing machines, we provide the _______ laundry
service.
A. cleaner and safest B. cleaner and the safest
C. cleanest and the safer D.
cleanest and safest
9. The next generation of robots _______ use electricity, but solar power.
A. didn’t B. don’t C. won’t D.
couldn’t
10. The beach will be full of garbage _______ dustmen don’t collect it.
A. so B. if C. but D. unless
VII. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. They use solar energy to cook and running home appliances.
A B C D
2. You should keep that item - it might being very useful one day.
A B C D
3. If robots will do all our work, we will become so lazy.
A B C D
4. When our washed machine broke, our neighbours let us use theirs.
 A B C D
5. Finland is one of happiest countries according to the World Happiness
Report.
A B C D
VIII. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. Listen! _______ your phone _______ (ring) downstairs?
2. She _______ (receive) a postcard from her brother yesterday.
3. Scientists _______ (find) ways to recycle more things soon.
4. Last week, they _______ (exchange) their old shoes for new ones at the
fair.
5. Life expectancy in Europe _______ (increase) greatly in the 20th century.
6. This Saturday morning I _______ (do) the gardening with my mum.
7. If Sue _______ (use) recycled paper, she _______ (help) to save the
forests.
8. Hoang _______ (not do) enough preparation for his exam, and he failed.
9. If people _______ (stop) deforestation, they _______ (save) wild animals.
10. Country life _______ (not be) always as peaceful as city dwellers _______
(think).
IX. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. People will live under the ground in the future.

2. I don’t think we should have robots in our life.

3. Our school will have new computer system next year.

4. This neighbourhood collects old batteries twice a week.

5. No. I don’t like walking or cycling in the rain.

6. I will go to school by bike to protect the environment.

7. My dream house will look like a motorhome.

8. We bought a home robot to help us with the housework.

X. Match the sentences.

1. I’m drawing a picture of my house. a. How about physics?
2. This is my teacher robot. b. In the city.
3. Don’t forget to turn off the light. c. See you later.
4. Where will you live when you grow d. Can it teach English?
up? e. Really? It looks like a beehive.
5. How can we reduce household f. Sure. I’ll turn it off.
waste? g. Because I enjoy the fresh air.
6. I have to go now. h. Let's follow the 3Rs rule.
7. Are reusable bags expensive? i. No. They are cheap.
8. I can’t decide which subject to j. Yes. I call it “Kitty”.
review first!
9. Does your robot have a name?
10. Why do you like to live in the
countryside?
XI. Read the text and answer the questions.
We know that paper is made from trees, so recycling paper helps to
save trees. Saving trees helps to prevent air pollution, soil erosion and
floods.
In Britain, 12.5 million tons of paper are used every year. An average
person uses 38kg of paper each year. It takes 24 trees to make one ton of
paper. 67 % of paper used in Britain is kept for recycling.
Paper recycling is so important and we should recycle our waste paper.
To get the benefits of recycling, we must give our contribution to the work.
Paper recycling is also a great chore for children depending on their
age. It is an important way for children to learn about responsibility for
saving money and trees, and working together. Recycling chores help
children to learn about going green and protecting natural resources.
Children can also help with recycling at home, at school and in the
community.
- erosion (n): sự xói mòn - contribution (n): sự đóng
góp
- responsibility (n): trách nhiệm
1. Recycling paper helps to save trees because _______.
A. trees help to prevent air pollution B. paper is made from trees
C. trees help to prevent soil erosion D. trees help to prevent floods
2. How much paper does an average person in Britain use each year?
A. 12.5 million tons of paper B. one ton of paper
C. 38kg of paper D. 67 % of paper in Britain
3. Which of the following is true about paper recycling?
A. Paper recycling isn’t very important.
B. Paper recycling is a boring chore for children.
C. Children can’t do anything at home to help with recycling.
D. Paper recycling needs our contribution.
4. Paper recycling is an important way for children _______.
 A. to learn about saving trees
B. to take responsibility for using paper
C. to know how to make paper from trees
D. to work together for money
5. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A. Children should use recycled paper.
B. Children must give their contribution to paper recycling.
C. Children can’t help with paper recycling at school.
D. Children can learn about saving trees and protecting resources.
XII. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
one recognise easier scientists sports heavy do
products
Robots are changing our life now in so many ways, and actually they
have been our life for years. (1) _______ have tried to make personal robots
more suitable for home life. What will future robots be able to do?
They will help take care of old people. This will be (2) _______ of the
most important uses of personal robots in the coming years. Personal
robots will be able to make daily tasks (3) _______ . It will help old people
many things, such as do the housework, go to buy (4) _______ at the
supermarket, help to lift (5) _______ things, and even take old people to
cross a busy street.
Besides doing the housework, robots will be able to (6) _______ us by
our faces. They will be able to talk to us and (7) _______ what we ask them
to do. Robots will be able to communicate with us as a friend. They will be
able to play (8) _______ and games with children and tell the children
bedtime stories.
XIII. Write complete sentences using the prompts given.
1. I/ afraid/ Ellie/ can/ not/ see/ you/ until/ 3 o’clock.

2. People/ die/ if/ they/ not/ breathe.

3. Nathan/ design/ his/ dream house/ at/ moment.

4. Floods/ not happen/ if/ the villagers/ plant/ more trees.

5. My future house/ might/ be/ the suburbs/ the city.

6. If/ people/ cycle more/ there/ be/ less/ air pollution.

7. She/ need/ grow/ some flowers/ her garden.

8. We/ have/ robot/ to look after/ the children/ next year.

XIV. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as

the first one.
1. Don’t overload the washing machine, or it won’t work properly.
If you

2. Scarlett is not sure about planting more trees with us next time.
Scarlett mightn’t

3. My future villa will have a garden and a playground.

There will

4. The class will not start until the teacher arrives.

When the teacher arrives,

5. Anderson will probably move to a new apartment in the city.

Anderson might

6. I won't throw those old chairs away unless they are broken.
If those old chairs aren't

7. This robot is smarter than all other robots in the exhibition.

This is the

8. Hurry up or we will be late for school.

If we don’t
 REVIEW 4
I. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the
others.
1. A. wireless B. robot C. product D.
protect
2. A. palace B. exchange C. tonight D.
instead
3. A. plastic B. repair C. study D.
household
4. A. resident B. reuse C. reduce D.
receive
5. A. human B. rubbish C. improve D. heavy
II. Complete the sentences using the words or phrases in the box.
reusable bins appliances smart TV
containers
materials recycle dishwasher cooker
energy
1. You should use _______ products instead of plastic ones.
2. Their house is equipped with all kinds of modern _______ .
3. Japanese people _______ more than half of their waste paper.
4. Methane gas from food waste is a potentially valuable source of
_______ .
5. I think a _______ isn’t that smart without an internet connection.
6. Their new model of _______ is a great water and energy saver.
7. I have an interesting idea of recycling plastic food _______ .
8. Electric rice _______ has two indicating lamps marked ‘Cook’ and
‘Warm’.
9. General waste and recycling _______ have different coloured lids.
10. Reusable bag is ‘greener’ because it’s made of natural _______ .
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. _______ robots can do quite a lot of things nowadays.
A. Old B. Hi-tech C. Funny D. Low-
tech
2. If we plant more _______, the air won’t be so polluted.
A. trees B. flowers C. gardens D.
vegetables
3. _______ causes us to suffer from hearing problems.
A. Soil pollution B. Water pollution C. Noise pollution D. Air
pollution
4. Elizabeth _______ the bed in her bedroom every day.
 A. swaps B. does C. takes D. makes
5. This latest Samsung _______ TV can do many things like a computer.
A. new B. smart C. automatic D. big
6. Remember to _______ the lights when you go out.
A. turn on B. throw away C. turn off D. get
out
7. My future house might be located near the paddy fields _______.
A. on the Moon B. in the countryside C. by the
sea D. in space
8. The best way to _______ paper is to use it less.
A. recycle B. protect C. waste D. save
9. Can your gardening robot _______ in front of the yard?
A. cut the hedge B. wash the dishes C. do the laundry D. make
the bed
10. Besides taking care of patients, doctor robots can help _______.
A. scientists in space B. students at school
C. people in need D. workers in factories
IV. Write the correct form of the word in brackets.
1. You should bring your own _______ bags to the market. (shop)
2. This book provides _______ information about the environment. (help)
3. People might find _______ ways to reduce plastic waste. (create)
4. Don’t leave the lights on because it wastes _______ . (electric)
5. _______ have invented many important things. (science)
6. Water pollution makes fish die; soil pollution makes _______ die. (plant)
7. When you buy a new product, you should choose a(n) _______ one.
(reuse)
8. We must reduce the use of _______ resources of the Earth, (nature)
9. My father usually does the _______ at weekends. (garden)
10. Our city will become cleaner and _______ than they are now. (green)
V. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1. World Environment Day is _______ 5th June.
2. What are you doing _______ the supermarket, Jane?
3. I’m going to buy some fruits _______ my mother.
4. Some day we might build cities _______ space.
5. If we use this kind _______ bag, we’ll help reduce plastic waste.
6. I like to live _______ the sea and enjoy sandy beaches.
7. What will life _______ Earth be like in the future?
8. Robots will be able to communicate _______ humans.
9. Kelley has planned to spend a week _______ the mountains.
10. She will have a project _______ robots in the future.
VI. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. People _______ go on holiday to Mars some day.
A. can B. must C. might D.
should
2. I’m fascinated by the house that looks like _______ UFO.
A. the B. a C. an D. 0
3. _______ people do not necessarily have of all.
A. The happiest - the best B.
happiest - best
C. The happiest - best D.
happiest - the best
4. I believe that people _______ definitely make the world greener in the
future.
A. will B. can C. won’t D. might
5. If Nam _______ plastic bags, he will help protect the environment.
A. didn’t use B. will use C. uses D.
doesn’t use
6. What _______ if we live in the noisy surroundings?
A. happened B. will happen C. happens D.
happen
7. You _______ pass the exams to study in higher classes.
A. might B. mightn’t C. must D.
should
8. With high-end washing machines, we provide the _______ laundry
service.
A. cleaner and safest B. cleaner and the safest
C. cleanest and the safer D.
cleanest and safest
9. The next generation of robots _______ use electricity, but solar power.
A. didn’t B. don’t C. won’t D.
couldn’t
10. The beach will be full of garbage _______ dustmen don’t collect it.
A. so B. if C. but D. unless
VII. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting.
1. They use solar energy to cook and running home appliances.
A B C D
2. You should keep that item - it might being very useful one day.
A B C D
3. If robots will do all our work, we will become so lazy.
A B C D
4. When our washed machine broke, our neighbours let us use theirs.
 A B C D
5. Finland is one of happiest countries according to the World Happiness
Report.
A B C D
VIII. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. Listen! _______ your phone _______ (ring) downstairs?
2. She _______ (receive) a postcard from her brother yesterday.
3. Scientists _______ (find) ways to recycle more things soon.
4. Last week, they _______ (exchange) their old shoes for new ones at the
fair.
5. Life expectancy in Europe _______ (increase) greatly in the 20th century.
6. This Saturday morning I _______ (do) the gardening with my mum.
7. If Sue _______ (use) recycled paper, she _______ (help) to save the
forests.
8. Hoang _______ (not do) enough preparation for his exam, and he failed.
9. If people _______ (stop) deforestation, they _______ (save) wild animals.
10. Country life _______ (not be) always as peaceful as city dwellers _______
(think).
IX. Write the questions for the underlined words.
1. People will live under the ground in the future.

2. I don’t think we should have robots in our life.

3. Our school will have new computer system next year.

4. This neighbourhood collects old batteries twice a week.

5. No. I don’t like walking or cycling in the rain.

6. I will go to school by bike to protect the environment.

7. My dream house will look like a motorhome.

8. We bought a home robot to help us with the housework.

X. Match the sentences.

1. I’m drawing a picture of my house. a. How about physics?
2. This is my teacher robot. b. In the city.
3. Don’t forget to turn off the light. c. See you later.
4. Where will you live when you grow d. Can it teach English?
up? e. Really? It looks like a beehive.
5. How can we reduce household f. Sure. I’ll turn it off.
waste? g. Because I enjoy the fresh air.
6. I have to go now. h. Let's follow the 3Rs rule.
7. Are reusable bags expensive? i. No. They are cheap.
8. I can’t decide which subject to j. Yes. I call it “Kitty”.
review first!
9. Does your robot have a name?
10. Why do you like to live in the
countryside?
XI. Read the text and answer the questions.
We know that paper is made from trees, so recycling paper helps to
save trees. Saving trees helps to prevent air pollution, soil erosion and
floods.
In Britain, 12.5 million tons of paper are used every year. An average
person uses 38kg of paper each year. It takes 24 trees to make one ton of
paper. 67 % of paper used in Britain is kept for recycling.
Paper recycling is so important and we should recycle our waste paper.
To get the benefits of recycling, we must give our contribution to the work.
Paper recycling is also a great chore for children depending on their
age. It is an important way for children to learn about responsibility for
saving money and trees, and working together. Recycling chores help
children to learn about going green and protecting natural resources.
Children can also help with recycling at home, at school and in the
community.
- erosion (n): sự xói mòn - contribution (n): sự đóng
góp
- responsibility (n): trách nhiệm
1. Recycling paper helps to save trees because _______.
A. trees help to prevent air pollution B. paper is made from trees
C. trees help to prevent soil erosion D. trees help to prevent floods
2. How much paper does an average person in Britain use each year?
A. 12.5 million tons of paper B. one ton of paper
C. 38kg of paper D. 67 % of paper in Britain
3. Which of the following is true about paper recycling?
A. Paper recycling isn’t very important.
B. Paper recycling is a boring chore for children.
C. Children can’t do anything at home to help with recycling.
D. Paper recycling needs our contribution.
4. Paper recycling is an important way for children _______.
 A. to learn about saving trees
B. to take responsibility for using paper
C. to know how to make paper from trees
D. to work together for money
5. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A. Children should use recycled paper.
B. Children must give their contribution to paper recycling.
C. Children can’t help with paper recycling at school.
D. Children can learn about saving trees and protecting resources.
XII. Fill in each blank with a word in the box.
one recognise easier scientists sports heavy do
products
Robots are changing our life now in so many ways, and actually they
have been our life for years. (1) _______ have tried to make personal robots
more suitable for home life. What will future robots be able to do?
They will help take care of old people. This will be (2) _______ of the
most important uses of personal robots in the coming years. Personal
robots will be able to make daily tasks (3) _______ . It will help old people
many things, such as do the housework, go to buy (4) _______ at the
supermarket, help to lift (5) _______ things, and even take old people to
cross a busy street.
Besides doing the housework, robots will be able to (6) _______ us by
our faces. They will be able to talk to us and (7) _______ what we ask them
to do. Robots will be able to communicate with us as a friend. They will be
able to play (8) _______ and games with children and tell the children
bedtime stories.
XIII. Write complete sentences using the prompts given.
1. I/ afraid/ Ellie/ can/ not/ see/ you/ until/ 3 o’clock.

2. People/ die/ if/ they/ not/ breathe.

3. Nathan/ design/ his/ dream house/ at/ moment.

4. Floods/ not happen/ if/ the villagers/ plant/ more trees.

5. My future house/ might/ be/ the suburbs/ the city.

6. If/ people/ cycle more/ there/ be/ less/ air pollution.

7. She/ need/ grow/ some flowers/ her garden.

8. We/ have/ robot/ to look after/ the children/ next year.

XIV. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as

the first one.
1. Don’t overload the washing machine, or it won’t work properly.
If you

2. Scarlett is not sure about planting more trees with us next time.
Scarlett mightn’t

3. My future villa will have a garden and a playground.

There will

4. The class will not start until the teacher arrives.

When the teacher arrives,

5. Anderson will probably move to a new apartment in the city.

Anderson might

6. I won't throw those old chairs away unless they are broken.
If those old chairs aren't

7. This robot is smarter than all other robots in the exhibition.

This is the

8. Hurry up or we will be late for school.

If we don’t